Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

40th Annual Convention; Chicago, IL; 2014

Program by Day for Saturday, May 24, 2014


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Special Event #3
Health, Sports, and Fitness Special Interest Group Soldier Field 10-mile Run
Saturday, May 24, 2014
6:00 AM–9:00 AM
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Annabelle Winters (Garden Center Services, Inc.)

Please join participating SIG members for the the 11th running of the Fleet Feet Sports Soldier Field 10 Mile, which includes a memorable finish on the 50-yard line of Soldier Field! Event details and registration can be found at www.soldierfield10.com. (Please note that this run is not organized by the HSF SIG. Registration and compliance with all event policies and procedures is required.) Please meet us in the meeting room at 6:00 am, dressed in your running gear. The HSF SIG is happy to pick up registration packets and bibs for those traveling from outside Chicago. If you would like us to do this for you, please forward the bib number confirmation email to hsf.abai@gmail.com. In the text of your forwarded email, be sure to state that you are providing authorization for Annabelle Winters to pick-up your packet. Please be prompt as we'll depart as a group from the meeting room and walk the 0.5 mile from McCormick Place to Soldier Field.

Keyword(s): run, soldier field
 
 
Workshop #W50
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: The Cipani Get Me Game for Children With ASD: Developing a Parental Repertoire
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W176a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ennio C. Cipani, Ph.D.
ENNIO C. CIPANI (National University), ALESSANDRA LYNN CIPANI (University of California, Riverside)
Description: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) comprise a diverse group of learners: some comprehend language well, but can fail to perform even simple requests. One might say they are disinterested and lack "motivation" to follow adult directives. For others, spoken language seems like a jumble of incomprehensible sounds. I have devised a two-phase structured skills training program that can be deployed by parents (and school personnel): the Cipani Get Me Game (GMG) is a structured training format to sequentially develop two sets of skills in children. It does so by developing the instructional repertoire of the parent(s). First, it is important for any child to be able to be responsive to instructions/directives given to him or her by a parent and/or teacher. In this game, instructional responsiveness is targeted as the sole objective in phase 1 (for both groups). Children with high functioning autism or other high incidence disabilities as well as children with severe and profound intellectual disabilities need such a skill. Therefore, phase 1 directly targets the child's ability to follow an instruction, irrespective of the language deficit in the child. In phase 2, the development of a progressive comprehension of language is the target.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) utilize a diagnostic test to determine language comprehension of a target child; (2) train a parent in the skill repertoire needed for phase 1 implementation of the Cipani GMG; (3) train a parent in the skill repertoire needed for phase 2 implementation of the Cipani GMG, including use of superimposition and stimulus fading of discriminative elements of verbal instruction; and (4) utilize a diagnostic test to determine when the child is able to acquire skills from a group instruction format.
Activities: In addition to the lecture, criterion-referenced test items measuring the attendees' understanding and comprehension of the procedures is embedded in the PowerPoint presentations. Also, to reiterate, role-playing demonstrations are plentiful throughout the training. Rehearsal of such procedures by attendees may be afforded (volunteer basis only, depending on time constraints). Handouts to facilitate training of parents will be provided.
Audience: BCBAs and licensed psychologists who are involved with in-home programs who also conduct parent training. This training is ideally suited for the attendee wanting to develop behavioral skills in a child's parent, starting with a structured training format for building instructional responsiveness to their directives.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W51
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
No More Diapers: Using a Behavioral Approach for Toilet Training Success!
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mary Lynch Barbera, Ph.D.
MARY LYNCH BARBERA (Barbera Behavior Consulting)
Description: Independent toileting is one of the most important life skills for children with autism and other disabilities. Whether a child is toilet trained impacts many areas of life including school placement options, access to childcare, and the ability to participate in some leisure activities. In this workshop, Dr. Barbera will review past and current literature in this area and will present the results of a 2013 toilet training survey she conducted of parents and caregivers. Participants will learn about using a behavioral approach to toilet training and the role of parents, therapists, and educators in the toilet training process. Strategies for assessing toileting needs, developing toilet training plans, implementation of research-based strategies, and the need for making data-based toileting decisions will be presented. Participants will leave the workshop with a Toilet Training Toolkit, which will include an assessment tool, sample data sheets, and strategies to start or re-start toilet training immediately with a variety of children.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) discuss the pertinent toilet training literature; (2) state the purpose and role of a toilet training manager; (3) state the three steps usually needed for toilet training and discuss the reasons why dry pants checks and positive practice have often not been utilized in recent years; and (4) complete forms including the assessment form, plan, and data sheets.
Activities: Lecture, video review, role-playing, and small group activities.
Audience: The primary audience for this workshop is BCBAs, licensed psychologists, and educators. Direct therapists, students, parents, and anyone involved or interested in toilet training are also welcome.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W52
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Building General Repertoires for Children With Autism: Instruction That Adds Value
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald, M.S.
JACQUELYN M. MACDONALD (The New England Center for Children), KELLY L. MCCONNELL (The New England Center for Children), RENEE C. MANSFIELD (The New England Center for Children), CHATA A. DICKSON (The New England Center for Children)
Description: Behavior change is helpful to an individual only to the extent that this change is seen across relevant environments. Although the importance of the generality of behavior change has been emphasized by behavior analysts for more than four decades, there remains work to be done to encourage practitioners to apply recommended methods to improve learners' performance across settings, and to support them in this application. In this workshop we will (1) discuss the meaning of the terms "generalization," "generality," and "general repertoire"; (2) discuss the importance of considerations of use as part of the initial planning for teaching a skill; (3) review strategies for establishing general repertoires; and (4) facilitate exercises whereby attendees will practice these strategies. Strategies to be discussed include those offered by Stokes and Baer in 1977, as well as general case analysis, matrix training, and generalization mapping. Skill areas specifically addressed will include observational learning, imitation, community skills, and social skills.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) identify the differences in meaning between the terms "generalization," "generality," and "general repertoire"; (2) identify skills that could meet the criteria for behavioral cusp, as defined by Bosch and Fuqua (2001); (3) explain why it is important to plan for generalization from the start of instruction; (4) conduct a general case analysis; (5) design a matrix for matrix training; (6) define observational learning and distinguish it from imitation; and (7) describe a strategy for teaching a student to learn from observing another.
Activities: This workshop will include a balance of lecture, workbook activities, sharing in dyads, practicing skills discussed in the lecture with assistance and feedback, and sharing work with the larger group.
Audience: The target audience is teachers, practitioners of applied behavior analysis, licensed psychologists, and BCBAs (especially those in the first 5 years of their practice).
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism Education, Generality, Generalization
 
Workshop #W53
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Designing an Adult Program to Provide a Meaningful Adulthood for Individuals More Impaired by Autism
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W181b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Martineau, Ed. S.
ELIZABETH MARTINEAU (Nashoba Learning Group), HEATHER M. BAIROS (Nashoba Learning Group), STEPHANIE DANIELS (Nashoba Learning Group), TOM PETRINI (Nashoba Learning Group), JESSICA TILLEY (Nashoba Learning Group)
Description: As the incidence of autism has increased over the last decades, high quality ABA programs have grown to meet the needs of a sizable segment of the school-aged population impaired by autism. However, the legal imperative to educate all individuals, and the funding available to do so, ceases when individuals turn 21 or 22 (depending on the state). As the young adults with moderate to severe autism who have received quality ABA school programming begin to turn 22 in increasing numbers, solutions need to be developed to allow these individuals to realize their potential and use the skills they have gained to participate in meaningful work, community engagement, continued life skills development, and recreation and leisure activities. For the majority of these individuals continuation of skilled and comprehensive behavior support is required to allow meaningful participation in activities. Nashoba Learning Group (NLG) developed and launched Adult Day and Work Programs in March of 2013 in Massachusetts to efficiently and effectively provide the support these individuals need for a successful adulthood. Our program is growing rapidly and is serving our graduates as well as graduates of other local ABA school programs. This workshop will review the design of NLG's adult program, including curriculum and activities, staffing, behavior plan development, and sample annual goals and objectives. We will review our operating expenses and how we have worked with public and private sources to fund our program. Activities required to develop and start up a program will be outlined as well as challenges that we have faced. The workshop is designed for individuals interested in creating adult programs and in providing services to adults as well as for individuals serving those of transition age who wish to optimize instruction to provide the best preparation for adulthood.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) describe the steps required to create an adult program, (2) discuss key success factors, (3) identify the funding needed to start and maintain a quality program, (4) describe how to reconcile the costs of providing a quality program with available resources, (5) identify a workable design for program activities, and (6) identify behavior management plan priorities.
Activities: Participants will engage in a variety of activities throughout the workshop. We will begin with an overview of NLG's adult program and activities provided to adults. We will review the workplan needed to achieve program launch and the ongoing activities required for program success. The need for fundraising and strong cost negotiation with funding agencies will be reviewed. Critical success factors for the program will be identified. Participants will see video of participants engaged in activities and review and receive copies of template documents, such as behavior management plans and annual goals and objectives.
Audience: This workshop is designed for BCBA-level clinical directors, as well as program administrators and licensed psychologists. Presenters will assume that participants are familiar with a variety of ABA techniques and with individualized curriculum design and behavior plan development. Participants should have a strong interest in developing adult programs that provide participants with meaningful work, community, and life skills development activities.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Adult programs, Adults, life skills, work supp0rt
 
Workshop #W54
CE Offered: BACB
CANCELED: Use of Technology and Tablet-Based Data Collection in Community-Based Instruction for Individuals With Autism
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D.
GLORIA M. SATRIALE (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)  ), AVI GLICKMAN (Mission for Educating Citizens with Autism), THOMAS L. ZANE (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College)
Description: The use of readily available technology is transforming the way we approach education. At this moment, there are more than 1,200 applications (apps) available in the iTunes store targeting education for individuals with autism. Advances in technology are reinventing typical uses of devices, creating new "adaptive" uses that are decreasing stigma and increasing generalized use of technology across environments. Portable devices such as iPads, iPods, iPhones, or PDAs have the potential of taking teachers out of the equation in the instructional interaction. Furthermore, increasingly available technology provides more opportunities for electronic data collection with real-time data graphing, analysis, and archiving. Apps for iPhone, iPad, iPod, and Android platforms have been shown to enhance skill acquisition, independent functioning, and behavioral improvement for adolescents with autism and other developmental disabilities. During this presentation, participants will learn to use a tablet-based data collection system and the following apps: iRewards (token economy), GeeTasks (scheduling), MyTalk (communication), and Visual Impact Pro (task analyses). During the workshop, participants will learn to create programs with these apps, leaving with competence in developing and applying each for targeted skill development. The participants will practice with the tablet-based data collection system, score videotapes, and master the graphing functions.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) describe the functions of each of the apps demonstrated, (2) use each app to develop a particular program for an individual, (3) demonstrate the use of the app in an analog scenario, and (4) describe the components of the tablet-based data collection system.
Activities: This workshop will involve lecture, demonstration, and hands-on use of each app. Participants will actually load the apps onto their own devices, open the apps, and develop software programs applicable to clients and students in their care (this will involve most of the 3-hour workshop). The workshop will also involve hands-on use of the tablet-based data collection system, with the goal of successfully taking data with it and implementing the graphing function. (Registered participants will be contacted in advance of the workshop with detailed instructions for preparation.)
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for BACB certificants, behavior analysts, special education teachers, administrators, program developers, and parents who develop and implement instructional programs to teach academic, social, vocational, and ADL skills. In addition, the target audience includes all teachers, professionals, and parents who take data on learning and behavioral targets.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, data collection, technology
 
Workshop #W55
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Practical Strategies for Teaching Higher Order Social Skills to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jennifer Yakos, M.A.
CECILIA KNIGHT (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), JENNIFER YAKOS (Institute for Behavioral Training)
Description: One of the defining features of an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a marked impairment in the ability to engage in social interactions with others. The development of appropriate and successful social behaviors is often one of the most critical yet challenging skill repertoires for individuals with ASD to establish. This is especially true for higher order social skills such as detecting and responding to subtle social cues, engaging in reciprocal conversations, understanding humor, and negotiating compromise. This workshop will provide instructors with practical strategies for teaching higher order social skills. Discussion will include a review of specific advanced social behaviors that are commonly problematic for individuals with ASD, as well as ABA instructional strategies that utilize both contingency-based teaching and rule-governed behavior training. Examples of teaching methodologies for a variety of higher order social skills will be presented, including video clip demonstration of techniques commonly effective with ASD learners. Small group training activities will also be conducted to allow for direct rehearsal of targeted instructional strategies.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) identify common higher order social skill deficits exhibited by individuals with autism spectrum disorder, (2) identify effective ABA teaching procedures for higher order social skills training utilizing both contingency-based and rule-governed behavior instruction, (3) demonstrate several ABA instructional strategies for higher order social skills training, and (4) identify beneficial tips for effective social skills instruction and common mistakes to avoid.
Activities: Workshop format will include lecture, small and whole group discussion, small group activities, and guided practice.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for BACB certificants and licensed psychologists, behavior analysts, clinicians, teachers, and therapists interested in teaching advanced social skills and social language skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Parents and graduate students may also benefit.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): advanced instruction, social communication, social skills
 
Workshop #W56
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Teaching Perspective Taking to Individuals With Autism: Research and Practical Strategies
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Adel C. Najdowski, Ph.D.
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), ANGELA M. PERSICKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Description: Perspective-taking skills are crucial for successful social interactions, yet children with autism spectrum disorders often have difficulty with perspective taking, including detecting what others are thinking, feeling, and wanting, as well as interpreting their use of nonliteral language (e.g., deception, sarcasm, and disguised mands). This seminar will (1) briefly touch upon the influence of relational frame theory (RFT) in the assessment and treatment of perspective taking (please note this is not an RFT workshop), (2) provide a review of behavioral research for training skills in this area, and (3) present practical strategies and curriculum targets for teaching this repertoire.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) identify the basics of how RFT relates to perspective taking, (2) identify key components of a comprehensive perspective-taking curriculum, (3) identify prerequisites for teaching perspective-taking skills, and (4) identify behavioral procedures with empirical support for teaching perspective-taking skills.
Activities: Participants will review research, watch videos, identify which deficit areas exist for presented vignettes, and discuss strategies for intervention.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for clinicians interested in delivering intervention for perspective taking to children and adolescents with autism, including BACB certificants and licensed psychologists. Schoolteachers and administrators, parents, researchers, professors, and graduate students would also benefit.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, perspective taking
 
Workshop #W57
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Improving Classroom Behavior Support Practices Through Applied Behavior Analysis for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D.
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute), MEGAN R. JOY (May Institute)
Description: This workshop will provide behavior analysts with an evidence-based approach to designing effective classroom interventions for students with ASD. It includes the use of functional assessment as a method to systematically evaluate the classroom environment in order to design, implement, and evaluate effective classroom-wide behavioral support practices. Once the environment is assessed, the model incorporates both indirect (i.e., lecture, written training materials) and direct (i.e., modeling, performance feedback) instruction. Finally, participants will learn how teachers participate in a data-based decision making process in order to establish more effective practices, procedures, and interactions with students. Data will be presented supporting the need for a comprehensive training method that includes both indirect and direct instruction for teachers to adequately implement classroom-wide behavior support practices.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) apply functional assessment strategies to the selection and implementation of effective classroom-wide practices with students with ASD; (2) use evidence-based methods used to train teachers in classroom-wide behavior support practices; (3) use a data-based decision process used with teachers to modify classroom behavior support practices; and (4) use instructional and behavior support practices that establish more effective interactions between teachers and students and increase on-task behavior.
Activities: Participants will have an opportunity to engage in discussions with other behavior analysts, analyze sample data, draw conclusions about relevant classroom-wide interventions, and role-play providing effective performance feedback to educational staff.
Audience: BACB certificants and licensed psychologists, as well as behavior analysts who provide training and consultation to schoolteachers or paraprofessionals.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Classroom, General Education, Inclusion
 
Workshop #W58
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Why Typical Peers Matter: Evidence-based Practices
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Laura Kenneally, Ed.D.
LAURA KENNEALLY (Advance Inc.)
Description: Students who are placed in self-contained classrooms or segregated private schools have limited opportunities to be with typical peers (Cammuso, 2011). Experts continue to debate the value of inclusion and which placement is best to educate students with autism. As our goal is to teach students to be independent and contributing members of society, they require opportunities for inclusion (Wagner, 2000). This workshop presents examples of how typical peers can make a positive and meaningful difference in students' lives by engaging with them in simple, everyday skills. Participants will be taught simple strategies to help students with autism learn skills from typical peers. The presenters will demonstrate how to set up three types of peer modeling in inclusion programs or to adapt video modeling programs for students who have limited access to typical peers.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) identify simple opportunities and strategies to maximize interactions between students with autism and typical peers, (2) apply successful intervention strategies to increase language and behavioral skills for students with autism via typical peer models, and (3) measure behavior changes relating to specific intervention and treatment to gauge the effectiveness of typical peer models as related to content area 9 (behavior change procedures) of the BACB task list; these include the following: 9-26—use language acquisition/communication training procedures, 9-27—use self-management strategies, 9-28—use behavior change procedures to promote stimulus and response generalization, and 9-29—use behavior change procedures to promote maintenance.
Activities: Instructional strategies include lecture, discussion, video examples, and step-by-step guided practice to set up three different types of social skills programs for a variety of learners from beginners to those with more sophisticated social skills.
Audience: BCBAs, special education teachers, licensed psychologists.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, evidence based, peer model
 
Workshop #W59
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
The Science of Effective Learning Environments: The Importance of Stimulus Control for Students With Autism
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Kathleen McCabe-Odri, Ed.D.
KATHLEEN MCCABE-ODRI (Partners in Learning, Inc.), JENNIFER CORNELY (Partners in Learning, Inc.), LAUREN DEGRAZIA (Partners in Learning, Inc.), NICOLE M. RZEMYK (Partners in Learning, Inc.), NICOLE PEASE (Partners in Learning, Inc.)
Description: Many educators struggle with how to teach the learner with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Traditional educational settings often fail to structure classrooms that minimize errors and maximize success for ASD students. Teaching staff may attempt to prompt correct responses, yet fail to establish the environmental antecedent as a discriminative stimulus; thus, these discrete skills fail to generalize into applied, independent behavior. Acquisition rates are low in these settings, while prompting rates and dependency on supports remain high. Despite the use of rewards and corrections in these ineffective classes, the properties for operant behavior change via reinforcement and punishment procedures are not in place. This workshop provides participants with a structured tutorial for classroom applications on how to establish stimulus control, identify antecedent events, and best provide procedures for stimulus discrimination learning. The workshop addresses other key processes for effective learning environments, such as stimulus generalization, the forming of stimulus classes, and the role stimulus equivalence plays in higher order processes such as social behavior. In addition, this tutorial helps participants identify possible barriers to establishing stimulus control, such as masking and overshadowing. The distinction between stimulus prompts and response prompts and their effects on learning rates are examined.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) identify key processes for effective learning environments; (2) apply methods to establish stimulus control, stimulus generalization, forming stimulus classes, and stimulus equivalence to classroom learning situations; (3) identify possible barriers to establishing stimulus control and use techniques discussed to minimize those effects on skill acquisition; and (4) distinguish between stimulus prompts and response prompts to better address the needs of students.
Activities: Instructional strategies include lecture, discussion, small group breakout, video demonstrations, and materials for identifying effective learning strategies and possible barriers to skill acquisition.
Audience: BACB certificants, licensed psychologists, behavior consultants, classroom teachers, and child study team case managers.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W60
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Behavioral Relaxation: Training and Scale
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Victoria Stout Kubal, M.S.
VICTORIA STOUT KUBAL (California Consulting and Research Institute), VANESSA STOUT HUAMAN (360 Core Studio)
Description: Relaxation techniques are an integral part of the successful treatment of those exhibiting anxiety-related, pain-related, and/or anger-related behaviors. The sooner a client learns relaxation and other types of self-control techniques, the safer his/her internal and external environments may become. In addition, due to limitations in funding, providers must often demonstrate that extensive treatment progress has been made within a relatively short period of time. Poppen's (1998) Behavioral Relaxation Scale (BRS) is an assessment tool for measuring the progress of an individual demonstrating the 10 overt relaxed behaviors taught to criterion with Behavioral Relaxation Training (BRT). BRT can be an effective part of treatment for individuals with emotional/mental disorders, hyperactivity, schizophrenia, traumatic brain injury, physical limitations, and/or restricted cognitive/intellectual capabilities. This workshop will provide an opportunity to experience Poppen's (1998) Upright Behavioral Relaxation Training (URT) by means of labeling, modeling, imitation, practice, and corrective feedback. Once workshop participants are proficient in demonstrating URT and can verbally describe these 10 relaxed behaviors and corresponding examples of unrelaxed behaviors, they will be taught how to assess URT using the BRS.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) position his/her own body in alignment with the 10 overt relaxed behaviors from Upright Behavioral Relaxation Training (URT); (2) write a description of each of the 10 overt relaxed behaviors from URT in his/her own words and provide corresponding examples of unrelaxed behaviors; (3) give another individual appropriate feedback so that the other individual can correct himself/herself according to the 10 URT postures; and (4) observe, record, and assess another individual's performance of the 10 relaxed behaviors from URT by accurately using the Behavioral Relaxation Scale (BRS).
Activities: Verbal Behavior: Listen to a presentation regarding the physiological effects of relaxation, the history of using relaxation training to treat psychological and physical disorders, and Poppen's (1998) development of Behavioral Relaxation Training and the Behavioral Relaxation Scale. Labeling and Modeling: View a live demonstration of the 10 postures included in Upright Behavioral Relaxation Training (URT). Each relaxed posture will be labeled, described topographically, and demonstrated physically. Modeling and Imitation: Learn how to breathe diaphragmatically, then imitate the other nine relaxed behaviors of URT while viewing an instructor as a model. After each participant has proficiently demonstrated each posture separately, he/she will practice relaxing all 10 areas at the same time. Feedback: Practice silently while the instructors are giving each participant individual corrective feedback. Later, workshop participants will form pairs and alternate practicing URT and giving each other corrective feedback. Criterion Tests: Take URT Written Criterion Test; score one another's criterion test. Take BRS Written Criterion Test; score one another's criterion test. Assessment: Behavioral Relaxation Scale (BRS) scoring methodology will be explained and demonstrated. All observers, including the instructor, will simultaneously score the BRS for the model.
Audience: The target audience includes licensed psychologists and practitioners certified by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board at the doctoral (BCBA-D), master's (BCBA), or bachelor's (BCaBA) degree levels and who work with the following populations: clients with anxiety disorders, pain-related difficulties, or anger management problems; individuals with traumatic brain injury or developmental disabilities; persons exhibiting hyperactive or repetitive behaviors; clients exhibiting schizophrenic behaviors; and persons who experience an extreme amount of "stress." Professionals with a strong interest in behavioral medicine, clinical behavior analysis, family and child therapy, and/or health and fitness training will also benefit from attending this workshop.
Content Area: Methodology
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): mindfulness, relaxation, self-control, stress management
 
Workshop #W61
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Treating Children With Behavioral and Emotional Disorders: Integrating Emotional and Moral Behaviors to Promote Generalization
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University)
Description: Traditional treatment for children with emotional and behavioral problems often follows the medical model with the assumption that behavioral symptoms are the result of underlying psychopathology. In contrast, behavior analysts conduct observations of behavior in a variety of settings to determine the effect of stimulus conditions and setting events, functional assessments to determine the causes and maintainers of behaviors, and careful analysis of learning histories to determine the efficacy of specific reinforcers and punishers. Behavioral treatment facilities for these children often use a contingency-based focus when teaching appropriate behavior that works well for managing children's behavior in a structured setting where individuals follow through with predictable contingencies. However, these children are often not prepared to function in a generalized setting where they are expected to respond to a relationship-based focus for dealing with problem behavior. Additionally, although they may have learned social, academic, and vocational skills, they may be lacking in emotional and moral skills. The presenter will discuss the impact that learning history has on current behavior and ways to develop effective behavioral treatments that are relationship-based and focus on emotional and moral skills. Case examples will be provided, along with opportunities to get feedback on the cases of participants.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) name several emotional and immoral behaviors of children and adolescents who are diagnosed with behavioral/emotional disorders, (2) tell how the learning histories of children diagnosed with behavioral/emotional disorders affect their emotional and moral behaviors, (3) describe several behavioral techniques that can be used to treat children diagnosed with behavioral/emotional disorders, (4) explain the limits of typical behavioral interventions and suggest alternative interventions that can be used to treat children diagnosed with behavioral/emotional disorders, and (5) describe how to apply these techniques to assist children diagnosed with behavioral/emotional disorders in professional settings.
Activities: Participants will listen to didactic information and real-life case histories in homes, schools, and community settings; take notes; ask questions; view a PowerPoint presentation; present their own cases for feedback; and participate in role-play situations.
Audience: Participants may include BACB certificants, licensed psychologists, counselors, health care providers, social workers, and/or teachers who serve children with developmental disabilities, or typically developing children who have emotional difficulties and/or have been given psychiatric diagnoses.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): EMOTIONAL BEHAVIORS, EMOTIONAL DISORDERS
 
Workshop #W62
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
CANCELED: A Contextual Model for Promoting Quality of Life in Elderly Persons With Dementia
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jane E. Fisher, Ph.D.
JANE E. FISHER (University of Nevada, Reno), CYNDY SOTO (University of Nevada, Reno), ALEXANDROS MARAGAKIS (University of Nevada, Reno), OLGA CIRLUGEA (University of Nevada, Reno), SUSAN LONGCHAMP (University of Nevada, Reno)
Description: Cognitive disorders such as Alzheimer's disease and vascular dementia produce devastating losses to the behavioral repertoires of older adults. Older adults with dementia are frequently under the care of family members, including spouses and adult children. Family caregivers of persons with dementia are faced with significant and frequent caregiving challenges as a result of the changes to the older adult's behavioral repertoire. This presentation will describe a contextual model for promoting the behavioral health and quality of life of persons with dementia and their family caregivers. Presenters will describe the application of behavior analysis strategies useful for working with elderly persons with dementia and their family caregivers. Recent research on factors that contribute to excess disability in older adults with dementia and strategies for detecting and preventing behavioral and cognitive decline due to reversible adverse events in older adults with dementia will be reviewed. The workshop will include videotaped examples to illustrate material. This will include examples of typical behaviors, possible caregiver responses, and demonstration of effective techniques.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) articulate current issues in the treatment of persons with dementia; (2) cite empirical evidence from pharmacological and psychosocial research supporting a restraint-free model of care;(3) identify assessment and treatment strategies consistent with a restraint-free, contextual model of care; and (4) describe the relevance of the contextual model for the use of psychotropic drugs in persons with dementia.
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through a combination of lecture, video observation, and group discussion.
Audience: This workshop will appeal to a broad audience. Attendance will be appropriate for BACB certificants, licensed psychologists, and others who wish to gain exposure to the application of behavioral principles to the care of elderly persons with dementia.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Behavioral Monitoring, Caregiving, Dementia
 
Workshop #W63
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Responding to Ethical Dilemmas in Everyday Practice
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Rebecca Thompson, Ph.D.
REBECCA THOMPSON (Wisconsin Early Autism Project, Inc.), MARY HOPTON-SMITH (Wisconsin Early Autism Project, Inc.)
Description: This intermediate-level workshop will provide participants with the opportunity to practice applying the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct for Behavior Analysts to ethical dilemmas that arise in the everyday practice of applied behavior analysis. After briefly reviewing the BACB guidelines, participants will break up into small groups to review case scenarios, identify which guidelines are relevant to each scenario, and discuss how they would respond to the ethical dilemmas in each scenario. The small discussion groups will then report back to the entire group to compare their responses to each scenario. This workshop is intended to be interactive and assumes that participants are already familiar with the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct for Behavior Analysts. The presenters will have case scenarios prepared for the workshop, but participants are also invited to come prepared with scenarios they would like to discuss with the group.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) describe each of the guidelines in the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct for Behavior Analysts, (2)identify which guidelines are relevant to a specific ethical dilemma, and (3) describe responses to ethical dilemmas that are consistent with the BACB guidelines.
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through guided practice and group discussion.
Audience: Licensed psychologists, BCBAs, BCaBAs, BCBA candidates, and ABA clinicians.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Ethics
 
Workshop #W64
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
A Novel Approach to Parent Training: Establishing Critical Discrimination and Responding Repertoires
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, Ed.D.
STEVEN RIVERS (Beacon ABA Services), ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services), DENA SHADE-MONUTEAUX (Beacon ABA Services)
Description: Parent training procedures can often require significant hours of clinician time to develop and implement. Once target skills are acquired, the parents do not always demonstrate generalization of the skills across behavioral topographies. An analysis of parent repertoires suggests that what parents are lacking may be three critical skills. The first is the ability to reliably discriminate correct and incorrect responses (appropriate from inappropriate behavior). The second is the ability to identify what is and is not a reinforcing response to their child. Last is the ability to demonstrate the discrimination and performance response successively (discriminate when to deliver reinforcement and then the actual delivery or withholding of reinforcement under the discriminated conditions). This workshop uses a behavioral skills training approach to teach participants how to establish the critical discrimination repertoires and the performance repertoire necessary for parents to effectively manage challenging behavior, reinforce adaptive behavior and do it more critically, and respond to novel behavioral situations. In this model, parents are required to demonstrate the target discriminations across a wide range of adapted and problem behavior to competency prior to moving to the next treatment phase. Efficacy data will be presented, video exemplars will be shown, and sample materials will be provided to participants.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) describe critical parent discrimination skills associated with high levels of correct program implementation, (2) describe procedures to teach parents to correctly discriminate between adaptive/desired and maladaptive/undesired behaviors, and (3) develop examples of discrimination training repertoires for parents.
Activities: I. Introductions—background/service model II. Discussion points on the importance/relevance of parent training—(A) review of this training's main focus, (B) critical components of this training model (correct/incorrect, deliver/withhold), and (C) movement through phases contingent on performance for each phase of treatment III. Participant criteria—(A) parent's ability to participate in training session, (B) consent to be videotaped (potential for review), and (C) target behavior maintained by attention IV. Description of treatment phases of parent training model—(A) pre-test (baseline), (B) treatment conditions 1. phases 1–3, and (C) post-test V. Creation of interval data sheets for pre- and post-test phases VI. Creation of data sheets (step by step) for treatment phases—(A) identify target behavior(s) with definitions (for parents and staff) for reference, (B) list child/observer/date/phase/defined characteristics of phase, and (C) trial number, program, target, child/staff responses with definitions VII. Review/identify table-top activity for discrete trial training (DTT) VIII. Format of training sessions—(A) materials required (data sheets, writing instruments, token boards, clipboards, video camera, DTT materials, reinforcers), (B) pre-session set-up and discussions with parent, (C) in-vivo discussion (feedback and check-in regarding trial number), (D) trials conducted per session, and (E) post-session discussions IX. Review video exemplars X. Group role-play with practice data sheets XI. Material packet distribution XII. Data review of past participants (ease of use, rapid acquisition, reductions observed in target behavior) XIII. Questions/discussion
Audience: Practicing behavior analysts (including BACB certificants and licensed psychologists) who provide home-based services and struggle with changing the behavior of parents with respect to behavioral interventions and implementation of teaching procedures.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Discrimination Training, Parent Training
 
Workshop #W65
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Using Essential for Living: A Functional Skills Curriculum With the Essential Eight Skills and the Speaker Initiative
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Patrick E. McGreevy, Ph.D.
PATRICK E. MCGREEVY (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A. and Associates), TROY FRY (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A. and Associates)
Description: Essential for Living is a communication, behavior, and functional skills assessment, curriculum, and professional practitioner's handbook for children and adults with moderate to severe disabilities, including autism. Dr. McGreevy will help participants to improve the quality of their instruction and behavior management by teaching the Essential Eight Skills and the steps and goals of the Speaker Initiative.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) describe when and how to teach must-have functional skills to learners with developmental disabilities; (2) select an alternative, primary method of speaking for non-verbal learners; (3) develop more functional IEPs and ISPs; and (4) measure and document small increments of learner progress.
Activities: Dr. McGreevy will describe the Essential Eight Skills, the Speaker Initiative, and other aspects of Essential for Living. He will also provide in-person and videotaped demonstrations, along with specific exercises for participants.
Audience: The target audience is behavior analysts, including BACB certificants; psychologists, teachers; residential coordinators; and speech-language pathologists.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Workshop #W66
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Just Do What I Said! Using Performance Engineering to Improve Consultative Practice
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Steven Celmer, M.A.
STEVEN CELMER (Virginia Commonwealth University), BLAKE GRIDER (Quality Behavior Solutions, Inc.)
Description: How many times have you been in a consultative relationship and given evidence-based recommendations that will benefit a client only to come back a few weeks later and find that hardly any of your recommendations have been completed? Is it because the employees have a poor work ethic? Or perhaps they've been poorly trained? While these would be easy excuses to make, the answer to these questions is almost always "no." The employees' performance is simply a product of their environment and the contingencies in place. In this workshop, participants will improve their consultative repertoire by learning how to analyze performance and deliberately "engineer" it to achieve their goals. Participants will be given scenarios and asked to pinpoint the environmental sources of poor performance, design solutions specifically tailored to address the case of the problem, and plan for evaluating the effectiveness of those interventions.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) evaluate whether a "performance issue" is worth pursuing within the context of overall consultative goals; (2) use a systematic method to identify the causes of performance issues as deficits in environmental accommodations, effective consequences, or skill training; (3) identify appropriate and tailored solutions that will address the core of performance issues; (4) decide which solutions will be the most practical to pursue given the specific consultative setting; and (5) decide upon measures of improvement to collect that will inform potential changes needed to improve intervention effectiveness and efficiency.
Activities: Workshop activities will include (1) presentation of core content through a blend of informative lecture and case studies and (2) practice with the presented analysis rubric through group evaluation of performance scenarios and discussion of participants' current performance-engineering projects.
Audience: This workshop will be of interest to individuals working in consultative roles in the fields of education and developmental disabilities, including BACB certificants and licensed psychologists. The workshop's primary focus is the professional whose role is to consult with others but who, due to this consultative position, has less control over organizational outcomes because of a lack of direct influence over clients. Examples and discussion will primarily revolve around consultation in educational settings.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Consultation, Developmental Disabilities, Education, Performance Management
 
Workshop #W67
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Acting Out: Learning BACB Ethics Through Interactive Teams
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: R. Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D.
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University), R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University)
Description: For a professional to behave in an ethical fashion, she or he needs at least three skill sets: (1) familiarity with the ethical standards that are pertinent to her or his profession (e.g, the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's Guidelines for Responsible Conduct for Behavior Analysts); (2) skills in evaluating everyday professional activities to determine whether they comply with or violate ethical guidelines; and (3) problem-solving and communication skills to tactfully confront and effectively resolve real-world ethical challenges. This workshop will focus on the second and third of these skill sets. Using a team learning approach and real-life examples provided by workshop attendees, participants will develop, rehearse, and receive coaching on strategies to confront and resolve ethical challenges that they encounter in their professional practice. Participants should be prepared to describe an ethical challenge that they have encountered and to do so in a manner that protects the identify of those involved in the ethical issue.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) use the BACB ethics guidelines to evaluate real-world ethical challenges and develop strategies to manage ethical challenges, (2) use communication strategies and other techniques to resolve ethical dilemmas, and (3) evaluate and use constructive feedback from workshop leaders and attendees.
Activities: Working in teams of five to six, participants will identify an ethical challenge and develop a brief skit that depicts a strategy to confront and resolve that ethical challenge. Workshop leaders and other attendees will offer constructive suggestions to improve the efficacy and effectiveness of their efforts to resolve ethical challenges.
Audience: This workshop is designed primarily for practitioners who have BACB credentials and wish to (1) hone their skills to tactfully and effectively resolve ethical challenges and (2) acquire CEUs in the ethics domain as required for BACB recertification. Others, including licensed psychologists, who are interested in acquiring competence in applying BACB ethical guidelines to real-world challenges and resolving ethical challenges in practice and research are also encouraged to attend.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W68
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Teaching Good Learner Repertoires
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Steven J. Ward, M.A.
STEVEN J. WARD (Whole Child Consulting LLC), TERESA A. GRIMES (Whole Child Consulting LLC)
Description: A variety of assessments and curricula address important skills, such as daily living skills, language, and academic repertoires. Some students progress very well through these curricula, and others do not. What are the differences between those students who learn efficiently and those who do not? The Inventory of Good Learner Repertoires (Ward, 2008) assesses the ways in which a student learns and, when paired with Teaching Good Learner Repertoires, guides teachers in individualized methods for developing strong learners. Participants in this workshop will learn to assess critical learner repertoires, to design and implement instruction on these repertoires, and to track student progress. Come and learn how to make your students easier to teach!
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) identify and assess learner repertoires for a student he or she knows; (2) gauge student effort, both subjectively and objectively; (3) select ideal targets for improving instructional efficiency; (4) use "dimensions grids" to isolate target repertoires; and (5) gather data on the development of learner repertoires and make appropriate programmatic decisions.
Activities: Lecture, video review, assessment of a specific learner with whom each participant is familiar, completion (and use) of "dimensions grids" to isolate target repertoires, and group case review.
Audience: This workshop is intended for experienced BCBAs, BCaBAs, licensed psychologists, and teachers/specialists with a background in behavioral teaching techniques.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): instructional efficiency, learner repertoires, prompt acceptance
 
Workshop #W69
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Self-Management for a Better Tomorrow
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W181c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S.
MARK MALADY (Brohavior; HSI/WARC), RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior), SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), ANITA LI (Florida Institute of Technology), MARC D'ANTIN (Brohavior), NICHOLE L DAVIS (
Lodestone Academy
), MICHAEL FANTETTI (Western New England University, Brohavior  ), ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno)
Description: Self-management techniques are some of the strongest tools for achieving meaningful behavior change. Self-management can go from the personal level to the professional level and should be used by behavior analysts to facilitate effective behavior change across a wide range of phenomena. The current workshop aims to present the research foundation for using self-management in clinical practice and in daily life. Self-management techniques will be reviewed, and strategies for implementation to maintenance checks will be covered. The workshop will also teach learners how to recruit peers to assist in self-management projects, as well as to establish peer-support networks for projects. Participants will leave the workshop with new tools and at least five ideas for projects they can start and implement when they return to their natural environment.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participants will be able to (1) select and utilize self-management procedures across various learners, (2) troubleshoot breakdowns in self-management protocols, and (3) conceptually design self-management procedures from a behavioral viewpoint.
Activities: Instructional formats of this workshop include a plethora of Ignite-style presentations, discussion, and small group breakouts. Workshop objectives will be met through instruction and—via small group breakout—practice selecting personal targets, creating monitoring networks, covering graphical displays and change markers, and learning to use a daily per-minute standard celeration chart.
Audience: This workshop is suitable for practitioners (human service professionals, BACB certificants, licensed psychologists, and others) and students of behavior analysis.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Better Tomorrow, Real-World Change, Self-Management
 
Workshop #W70
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
BACB Experience Supervision: Preparing the Next Generation of Behavior Analysts
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Lisa N. Britton, Ph.D.
LISA N. BRITTON (Spectrum Center), AMY CRYE (Spectrum Center), THELMISHA VINCENT (Spectrum Center), KATE MATEO ASIS (Spectrum Center)
Description: The purpose of this workshop is to provide clarification and support to those who will be conducting BACB experience supervision and/or supervision of BCaBAs. This workshop has three main focus areas: (1) identifying the specific requirements for experience supervision outlined by the BACB, (2) discussing best practices in supervision within the human service industry, and (3) emphasizing the key elements of coaching and performance feedback in improving the skills of behavior analysts.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) state the specific requirements for experience supervision identified by the BACB, including timelines for implementation; (2) engage in a coaching/performance feedback scenario with a partner; and (3) provide feedback to others on their coaching/performance feedback skills.
Activities: This workshop will incorporate a combination of instructional strategies including didactic delivery of information, guided notes, videos, discussion, and role-plays to practice key concepts.
Audience: The target audience for this workshop includes BCBA and BCBA-D practitioners who are providing BACB experience supervision to others preparing for careers in behavior analysis.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Workshop #W71
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Cultural Competence in Delivering ABA to Military Service Members, Veterans, and Their Families
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/TPC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Kent Corso, Psy.D.
KENT CORSO (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Description: This workshop delves deeply into military and veteran culture in order to help behavior analysts and assistant behavior analysts develop interventions that reflect client preferences, and carry social validity for this population. The workshop will cover the range of clinical problems currently experienced by military service members and veterans, with particular attention to how the experience of serving relates to these clinical sequelae. Attendees will learn about military values, terms, acronyms, and expressions and how to apply this knowledge to improve their understanding of the military and veteran cultural frame of reference (i.e., reinforcement history). Finally, attendees will learn how to practice with family members in a culturally competent manner, which has particular importance for those working with spouses or children of military members (e.g.,TRICARE ECHO Autism Demonstration Program). Attendees may earn three ethics continuing education units for BACB certificants and/or licensed psychologists.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) define terms that are frequently used in military and veteran culture, (2) list the values that are widely embraced by military service members and veterans, (3) list specific methods of delivering applied behavior analysis that reflect military and veteran cultural values, (4) explain the behavioral etiology of many of the current post-deployment symptoms, and (5) describe specific actions behavior analysts and assistant behavior analysts can take to practice in a culturally competent way when working in the TRICARE ECHO Autism Demonstration Program.
Activities: Instructional strategies consist of didactic lecture, video presentation, discussion, and small group breakouts to apply the didactic information.
Audience: Behavior analysts (master's and doctoral level), assistant behavior analysts, and licensed psychologists who work within the TRICARE ECHO Autism Demonstration Program; anyone wishing to pursue work with this population; and those who desire ethics continuing education credits.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, cultural competence, ethics, military/veteran
 
Workshop #W72
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
On Becoming Fully Verbal
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Gladys Williams, Ph.D.
GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro de Investigacion y Ensenanza del Lenguaje), RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Self-employed)
Description: The purpose of this workshop is to walk through the hierarchy of language acquisition. Research has shown that basic prerequisites greatly enhance an individual's ability to develop functional language. These skills include discriminating voices, face recognition, eye contact, and visual tracking. In this workshop we will provide an overview of the teaching procedures designed to develop an echoic repertoire and strengthen observational learning. We will discuss several strategies developed to bring vocal emissions under stimulus control. A strong repertoire of tacts is the core of conversation. This discussion will include some basic strategies for teaching tacts as well as a detailed outline of the rapid tacting protocol. In addition, we will teach the steps to develop the skills required to sequence events, structure conversations, and relay stories. In discussing the specific procedures we will highlight their importance in increasing an individual's tact repertoire. Building on that knowledge, we will introduce a structure for gradually increasing the sophistication and complexity of language with the goal of becoming fully verbal.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, the participant will be able to (1) describe the basic protocols of prerequisite skills, (2) describe strategies designed to teach echoics, (3) describe strategies designed to teach tacts, (4) describe the role of secondary verbal operants, and (5) describe a hierarchy of complex language.
Activities: Instructional strategies include lecture, discussion, and small group activities.
Audience: This workshop is appropriate for BACB certificants, licensed psychologists, behavior analysts, teachers, consultants, ABA therapists, administrators, speech-language pathologists, and school personnel.
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional communication, language, prerequisite skills, social competence
 
Special Event #4
Closed Meeting: Affiliated Chapters Leadership Training
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 AM–11:00 AM
Regency Ballroom C-D (Hyatt Regency McCormick Place)
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
ABAI training sessions are great opportunities for chapter leaders to gain knowledge and expertise on issues of central importance to their ABAI affiliated chapters. This training is for chapter leaders only. Although the chapter training is free for up to three officers per chapter, advance registration is required. This event is closed; attendance is by invitation only.
Keyword(s): chapters leadership, leadership training
 
 
Special Event #5
Closed Meeting: Special Interest Group Leadership Training
Saturday, May 24, 2014
9:00 AM–11:00 AM
Regency Ballroom E (Hyatt Regency McCormick Place)
Chair: Kurt Salzinger (Hofstra University)
 
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-UIC)
 

ABAI is pleased to offer a Leadership Training Session for officers of ABAI Special Interest Groups (SIGs) for the purpose of providing strategies for guiding the growth of SIGs and providing services to members and constituents. This training is for SIG leaders only.Although the SIG training is free for up to three officers per SIG, registration is required. This event is closed; attendance is by invitation only.



The ABAI SIG Board: A New Resource for SIGs

Christy Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom)

This year, the ABAI Executive Council unanimously approved a proposal to establish a board specifically charged with furthering ABAI’s mission as it pertains to special interest groups (SIGs). The SIG Board will engage in activities to provide resources to SIGs with the ultimate goal of strategically promoting the diversity of interests within the field of behavior analysis. Board coordinator, Christy Alligood, will share the specific goals and current initiatives of the SIG Board, and lead a discussion with SIG leaders to gather input on board activities and the needs of SIGs.



The Role of the ABAI Program Committee

Mark Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-UIC)

Both new and seasoned SIG leaders often have questions about the role of the ABAI Program Committee and its relationship to SIGs. Mark Mattaini, senior co-chair of the ABAI Program Committee and chair of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility SIG, will share the functions and processes of the Program Committee, current connections between the Program Committee and SIGs, and plans for promoting increased coordination going forward.

Keyword(s): Leadership Training, SIG
 
 
Special Event #6
International Reception
Saturday, May 24, 2014
9:30 AM–11:00 AM
Regency Ballroom A-B (Hyatt Regency McCormick Place)
Chair: Martha Hübner (University of Sao Paulo)

The International Reception is scheduled to welcome international members and review the international development of behavior analysis being conducted at ABAI. All members are welcome.

 
 
Special Event #7
Parents, Professionals and Students: Welcome to the ABAI Convention
Saturday, May 24, 2014
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
 
KERRY A. CONDE (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
 
Parents and other caregivers of individuals with special needs as well as professionals and students are attending the ABAI convention in increasing numbers but may have questions about how to make the most of the experience. Furthermore, an event as large as ABAI may seem overwhelming to newcomers. Parents, professionals and students who may be attending ABAI for the first time are encouraged to participate in this convention orientation and visit our webpage at www.AutismPPPSIG.org. We will provide an overview of ABAI and its convention and highlight the types of events that parents, professionals and students will encounter.
Keyword(s): welcome meeting
 
 
Special Event #8
CE Offered: BACB
Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards
Saturday, May 24, 2014
11:30 AM–12:50 PM
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): SABA Awards
Chair: Kurt Salzinger (Hofstra University)
CE Instructor: Kurt Salzinger, Ph.D.
 

SABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: On Some Ways to Have a Behavior Analyst or Two

Abstract:

On behalf of all of us working to develop behavior analysis throughout Europe, Dr. Hughes said it is his great honor to accept this award. He said he has been lucky enough to work with a host of talented and motivated colleagues from all over the globe who have shared the common goal and value of promoting behavior analysis. In the United Kingdom, they focused on developing training programs that will build a critical mass of competent behavior analysts who are able to contribute across a number of areas to help improve lives. In 2003, Dr. Hughes and Dr. Steve Noone started the first BCBA accredited course in ABA in Europe at Bangor University. The course currently enrolls about 60 students a year, and now 18 similar courses across Europe are training the next generation of behavior analysts. The BACB was an important catalyst to this growth, and Dr. Jerry Shook in particular was instrumental in supporting the efforts in Europe. In this talk, Dr. Hughes describe the conditions that helped bring this about, some of the lessons they learned, and thank some of the people who helped make this happen. Behavior change has become the buzzword for politicians, policymakers, and nonbehavioral psychologists. Recently, Dr. Hughes received almost $3 million (U.S.) in funding from the Welsh European Funding Office to develop the Wales Centre for Behaviour Change. The center will bring together designers, sustainability expertise, neuroscientists, behavioral economists, and crucially, behavior analysts. This represents an exciting area for behavior analysis. However, behavior analysts remain in the minority, and there is much still to do. If we are to continue to grow we must work together, clarify and communicate our values and mission, be nice (especially to those who do not share our perspective), and think bigger in terms of where behavior analysis can have influence, Dr. Hughes wrote.

 
J. CARL HUGHES (Bangor University)
 
Dr. J. Carl Hughes, BCBA-D, is senior lecturer and consultant behavior analyst at the School of Psychology, Bangor University, Wales, and director of the MSc in Applied Behavior Analysis and the Wales Centre for Behaviour Change. He is also the deputy head for teaching and learning of the College for Health and Behavioural Science. He studied for his BSc in psychology in 1993 and obtained his Ph.D. in behavior analysis and verbal behavior in 2000, following which he took a teaching fellowship at the School of Psychology teaching behavior analysis to psychology students. In 2003, he and colleagues started the first BCBA accredited MSc in applied behavior analysis program in Europe. The program now enrolls more than 60 master’s degree students each year. In 1998, Dr. Hughes took over the organization of the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group, UK and Europe (EABG), the longest standing organization devoted to behavior analysis in Europe. Dr. Hughes is a founder and active member of the European Association of Behaviour Analysis, an organization that aims to promote the dissemination and training in behavior analysis across Europe. Dr. Hughes was also on the inaugural board of the newly founded UK-Society for Behaviour Analysis (UK-SBA), the first membership-based body aimed at promoting behavior analysis in the UK. Dr. Hughes has more than 30 peer-reviewed publications in several journals including the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, the American Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities, Behavior Modification, and the Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology. Dr. Hughes is an elected adviser for the Cambridge Centre for Behavioral Studies. Dr. Hughes has a number of research interests, including effective teaching methods, behavioral measurement, early behavioral intervention programs, reading instruction, and verbal behavior.
 

SABA Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: Effecting Social Change in Georgia by Applying Behavior Analysis

Abstract:

Georgia was a Soviet Republic from 1924 to 1991, the birthplace of Joseph Stalin and of Eduard Shevardnadze. The Soviet Union’s collapse threw Georgia into civil war and, eventually, a break from Russian influence. Introducing applied behavior analysis in Georgia in 1997 resulted from an invitation to teach “modern Western” clinical psychology at Tbilisi State University. Our clinical training was behavioral, and our Kansas Ph.D.’s supervised by Donald Baer, with influence from Risley, Wolf, Sherman, Sheldon, Spradlin, and Morris, prepared us to apply behavior analysis in its widest sense to systems, organizations, programs, training, and individuals. Teaching ABA Practicum led us to institutions where children languished without proper care, food, or education. We saw a need, we had the knowledge and skills, and we had to challenge and change the system at government, university, and grass-roots levels. Courageous Georgian colleagues and cooperation of other organizations helped overcome hurdles. The closure of institutions, the emergence of inclusive education, the training of foster parents, caregivers, and teachers, and the support of families with children with special needs all required ABA skills, which we provided. The future is in the hands of a new generation of Georgian psychologists keen to apply behavior analysis widely and effectively.

 
BARRY S. PARSONSON (Applied Psychology International), JaneMary Castelfranc-Allen Rawls (Applied Psychology International)
 
Barry Parsonson received his master’s degree and post-graduate diploma from the University of Canterbury, New Zealand. Following this, he gained an assistant professorship at Waikato University in New Zealand and established an ABA-focused clinical program in 1973. Donald Baer supervised his Ph.D. in 1977 at Kansas. Later, they co-authored several book chapters on analyzing graphed data. Dr. Parsonson served as department chair and faculty dean at Waikato University and is a past president of the New Zealand Psychological Society. Dr. Parsonson and Dr. JaneMary Castelfranc-Allen established the Children of Georgia NGO after teaching ABA theory and practice in the former Soviet Georgia in 1997-99, and discovering abandoned and disabled children in terrible institutional conditions. A SABA International Development Grant in 2000 funded advanced ABA training and a manual introducing ABA. A revised edition has been translated as an introductory university text. For more than 15 years, Dr. Parsonson and Dr. Castelfranc-Allen have taught and promoted ABA in Georgia and now proudly see ABA practitioners there who are completing BCBA qualifications.  
 

SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions to Behavior Analysis: Integration of Behavioral and Pharmacological Methods in the Study and Treatment of Substance Use

Abstract:

For more than 35 years, the Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit (BPRU) at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine has been a leading clinical research and research training program applying behavior analysis methods to the study and treatment of substance use. BPRU research has used the perspective and methodology of behavior analysis to study substance use and abuse as operant behavior that is influenced and/or controlled by its context and consequences. Human laboratory studies have examined the discriminative and reinforcing effects of drugs, examining influences on drug self-administration, choice behavior, and other indices of drug abuse liability. Outpatient therapeutic trials have integrated incentive-based behavior therapies with pharmacotherapies to assess their individual and interactive contributions to outcome. The most enduring contribution of the BPRU program is from its National Institutes of Health-supported postdoctoral research training program. With more than 100 graduates, the program has provided a research training and scientific productivity foundation for subsequent generations of scientists in the substance use and human behavioral pharmacology fields. This presentation will summarize and illustrate several areas of research from BPRU’s history.

 
GEORGE BIGELOW (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
 
George E. Bigelow, Ph.D., is a professor of behavioral biology at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in Baltimore, where he is director of the Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit (BPRU) and director of its postdoctoral research training program on the human behavioral pharmacology of substance abuse. His graduate and postdoctoral training was in experimental psychology and psychopharmacology at the University of Minnesota. Dr. Bigelow’s research has focused on the determinants and consequences of human drug self-administration, and on the use of behavior analysis methods in the study and treatment of substance abuse. His research has included many self-administered and abused substances--alcohol, tobacco, heroin, cocaine, and others--and has included controlled human laboratory research demonstrating drugs functioning as reinforcers and the controllability of drug self-administration by its consequences, as well as outpatient clinical trials of incentive-based behavior therapies both alone and when integrated with pharmacotherapies. He, Roland Griffiths and Maxine Stitzer have worked together for nearly four decades in leading the Hopkins/BPRU research and training program, in applying behavior analysis principles and methods to the study and treatment of substance use, and in training the next generations of clinical research scientists in this area.
 
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in learning about the winner of the SABA Award for International Publication.

Learning Objectives: Forthcoming.
 
Keyword(s): SABA Awards
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #9
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

What's The Motivation?

Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W180 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Steve Martin, None
Chair: Susan G. Friedman (Utah State University)
STEVE MARTIN (Natural Encounters, Inc.)
Steve Martin has been a master falconer for more than 45 years, a parrot trainer for 50 years, and began his professional animal-training career when he set up the first-of-its-kind, free-flight, educational bird show at the San Diego Wild Animal Park in 1976. Since then, he has produced or consulted on educational bird shows at more than 80 facilities in 15 countries. In 1984, Mr. Martin began teaching the science of behavior change to animal keepers at zoos and aquariums to enhance the husbandry, medical care, and enrichment of exhibit animals. He has now served as an animal behavior consultant for more than 50 zoological facilities in more than 20 countries. He also has served as a core team member of the California Condor Recovery Team. Currently, he currently an instructor at the Association of Zoos and Aquariums' Animal Training School; an instructor at the Elephant Training and Management School in Hamburg, Germany; a trustee with the World Parrot Trust; and president of Natural Encounters, Inc. (NEI), a company of more than 30 professional animal trainers. He earned his certification as a professional bird trainer and continues to teach workshops for professional animal trainers at the NEI training facility in Florida.
Abstract:

In this presentation, the construct of motivation will be explored. A motivated animal is operationalized as one who engages in the training dialogue with quick response to discriminative stimuli. Historically, force and coercion were the tools used to motivate animals in zoological settings. Fortunately, those methods are being replaced with more positive approaches. But, even with the current groundswell of positive reinforcement training in zoos, much mythology and poor training practices surround the need to motivate animals. These include putting the blame on the animal, misrepresenting scientific principals, as well as lowering animals' weights to unacceptable levels. Mr. Martin's experience has shaped a training technology, based on antecedent arrangement and positive reinforcement that allows him to successfully work with highly empowered animals. This success depends on approaches such as sensitive reading of body language, high rates of reinforcement, and clear communication of criteria. With these approaches, welfare is increased as animals learn to use their behavior more effectively.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts working with or interested in animals in any training or management capacity.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Describe three skills in arranging the environment to make the target behavior easier for the animal to perform; (2)  List three ways to increase motivation in animals without reducing the animal's weight to unhealthy levels; (3) Observe and describe at least one antecedent stimulus or condition to account for poor animal performance so as not to place blame on the animal; and (4) Explain the effective use of conditional reinforcers in association with back-up reinforcers to reinforce desirable behavior.
Keyword(s): animal behavior, antecedent stimuli, motivation, training
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #10
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Pushing the Envelope: Just How Early can we Identify Anomalous Development in ASD?

Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Jennifer N. Fritz, Ph.D.
Chair: Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
PAULINE A. FILIPEK (The University of Texas Health Science Center)
Dr. Pauline A. Filipek is a professor of pediatrics in the Children's Learning Institute (CLI) and Division of Child and Adolescent Neurology at the University of Texas Health Sciences Center in Houston. She received her B.S. and M.D. from Georgetown University; and she completed a pediatric residency (including chief residency) at the University of Massachusetts Medical Center in Worcester and a child neurology fellowship and MRI-based Morphometry Fellowship at Massachusetts General Hospital/Harvard Medical School. She was recruited to the Children's Learning Institute because of her expertise in clinical and research aspects of children with autistic spectrum disorders and is the director of the CLI's Autism Center. Although her clinical practice is open to children of all ages with autistic spectrum disorders, her specific clinical and research interests surround the earliest identification of warning signs for autism and related disorders in very young infants, even before the first birthday. Dr. Filipek also is the ambassador for Texas to the Center for Disease Control and Prevention's Learn the Signs. Act Early. Initiative and recently received the Texas Early Childhood Comprehensive Systems (ECCS) and the Texas Autism State Planning grants, both from Health Resources and Services Administration.
Abstract:

The earliest identification of atypical development among very young infants at risk for a later diagnosis of an autistic spectrum disorder (ASD) is important to facilitate the earliest possible intervention. Existing literature generally presents that anomalous development is not identifiable until the end of the first year of life. However, this is discordant with clinical anecdotes supporting the premise that, in at least some infants, consistent anomalous behaviors may be identified very early, as early as at ages 3-6 months or even before, that may reliably predict an eventual determination of ASD. Dr. Filipek will first present the course of typical development in the first year of life through video segments to focus on the development of social communication as the hallmark target of atypical development. The existing literature pertaining to findings of anomalous development in the first year of life will be briefly reviewed, with specific attention to study designs focusing on infants who are or are not "at risk" versus infants who eventually are or are not diagnosed with ASD. The newest findings will be presented to document the existence of anomalous development as early as at 3 months of age.

Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in autism.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Discuss the more “subtle” aspects of infant development, particularly those of social communication; (2) Identify signs of anomalous development in very young infants; and (3) Discuss the existing literature pertaining to identification of early signs of ASD in very young infants.
 
 
Symposium #11
Evaluating Behavioral Interventions for Children and their Caregivers: A Focus on Treatment Integrity
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Caitlin Shea Peplinski (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee  )
Abstract:

The best designed behavioral interventions will have limited efficacy if they are not implemented appropriately. It is widely recognized that caregivers will not implement interventions perfectly, but the minimal levels of integrity necessary to obtain behavior change have not been identified for most behavioral interventions. The current symposium provides three studies that systematically assessed sub-optimal levels of treatment integrity as it related to the Hi-P instructional sequence, discrete trial instruction, and three-step prompting and evaluated procedures to promote integral implementation by caregivers.

Keyword(s): caregiver training, compliance, treatment integrity
 
Further Evaluation of the High-Probability Instruction Sequence with and without Programmed Reinforcement
David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), LINA M. MAJDALANY (Florida Institute of Technology), Latasha Sturkie (Florida Institute of Technology), Lindsay Smeltz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: As a procedure to increase compliance, the high-probability instructional sequence includes the delivery of three high-probability instructions immediately before a low-probability instruction. Previous research has found that providing edible reinforcement for compliance with high-probability instructions increases compliance to low-probability instructions (Zuluaga & Normand, 2008) relative to a condition in which reinforcement is withheld for compliance with high-probability instructions. However, a 10-s interinstruction interval was used during this study, which may have reduced the likelihood of compliance to low-probability instructions following the delivery of high-probability instructions without programmed reinforcers. In the current study, we replicated the procedure by Zuluaga and Normand but used a 3-s interinstruction interval. Results indicate that compliance to low-probability instructions was low when reinforcement was withheld after compliance to high-probability instructions, but that the delivery of programmed reinforcers for compliance with high-probability instructions increased compliance to low-probability instructions. Implications of the results for the utility of the high-probability instructional sequence will be discussed.
 

Use of Feedback to Improve Treatment Integrity Globally and in Individual Components of Discrete-Trial Instruction

JAMES E. COOK (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Lashanna Brunson (West Virginia University Center for Excellence in Disabilities), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (West Virginia University), Nicholas Larson (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Decreases in treatment integrity reduce the effectiveness of empirically-validated treatments such as discrete-trial instruction (DTI). Global measures of treatment integrity may mask deficits in implementing individual treatment components. Recent research has shown that decreases in the integrity of individual components of DTI can result in differential decreases in treatment effectiveness. Video modeling can be an effective and efficient method of promoting improved DTI treatment integrity globally. This study examined whether video models tailored to individual components of DTI would result in improvements in treatment integrity in individual components and globally. Four undergraduates were initially provided written instructions for implementing DTI. The undergraduates then implemented DTI with children, and researchers measured DTI treatment integrity both globally and by individual component. Deficits were found in multiple components, especially reinforcer delivery. Showing the undergraduates a video model of correct reinforcer delivery was ineffective at promoting treatment integrity for that specific component, but written feedback and behavioral skills training were effective in improving treatment integrity in individual components and globally. Clinicians should monitor measures of treatment integrity both globally and in individual treatment components to make feedback to staff more efficient and ensure the best treatment for their clients.

 

Parent Training to Implement Three-step Prompting: A Component Analysis and Generalization Assessment.

MELISSA KRABBE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany Catherine Putnam (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Noncompliance is one of the most common behavioral referrals for child psychologists. Interventions based upon response prompting, escape extinction, and differential reinforcement (collectively referred to as three-step prompting) have been demonstrated to be effective for remediating this problem repeatedly, but less attention has been provided to best practice in equipping parents with these skills. Miles and Wilder (2009) demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral skills training (BST) in teaching parents three-step prompting, but the BST approach is effortful and requires onsite coaching of a professional. Further, the effects of this training were only assessed on a target set of instructions. In application, it will be important to ensure that caregivers can implement these procedures across a variety of instructional situations. The current study served as a systematic replication and extension of Miles and Wilder. Specifically, the current study (a) conducted a component analysis of BST to assess the sufficient and necessary components that lead to skill acquisition and (b) evaluated generalization of parents implementation of these procedures across a variety of tasks. We found that the full training package including written instructions, modeling, and feedback yielded the highest levels of treatment integrity and these behaviors generalized across tasks.

 
 
Special Event #12
SQAB Tutorial: Behavior Analysis: Translation of Principles and Clinical Applications in General Practice
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town)
Presenting Authors: : CLAUDIA DROSSEL (University of Michigan)
Abstract:

Early experimentalists, such as Azrin, Ferster, Sidman and many more, had a vision of exporting laboratory-derived operant principles to clinical practice settings. Systematically exploring the possibilities inherent in behavior analytic assessments and interventions, these pioneers and their students markedly raised the standards of care, most notably in areas limited to mere custodial or restraint-based services at the time, where progress had been deemed beyond clinicians? reach. Fast forward to more than half a century later: What do consumers in general clinical practice settings need today? How are the advances in the experimental analysis of behavior used to meet our most pressing public health concerns? This tutorial will link current public health issues with advances in the operant analysis of behavior. It will illustrate how an experimental approach to clinical questions, assessments, and interventions is relevant and timely in today?s health care environment, both as a problem-solving tool and a source of clinical innovation.

 
CLAUDIA DROSSEL (University of Michigan)
Dr. Claudia Drossel holds experimental and clinical doctoral degrees in behavior analysis.  She is specialized in the assessment of and interventions for affective, behavioral, and cognitive changes associated with central nervous system disorders and injuries that occur in adulthood.  Among those are neurodegenerative diseases, cerebrovascular accidents, traumatic brain and spinal cord injuries, and brain and spinal cord tumors.  As a clinical expert in behavioral gerontology, she has co-authored a step-by-step manual illustrating a behavior analytic approach to degenerative diseases such as Alzheimer’s.  Currently a fellow at the University of Michigan Health System, Department of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, Claudia’s clinical and research interests involve tertiary prevention and health promotion for adults with CNS injuries or disorders; aging with disabilities; collaborative care planning, and clients’ and families’ understanding and implementation of treatment recommendations.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #13
CE Offered: BACB

Rocky Waters or Smooth Sailing: Student-Teacher Relationships and Autism Spectrum Disorder

Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W196b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Jan Blacher, Ph.D.
Chair: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The University of Kansas)
JAN BLACHER (University of California, Riverside)
Jan Blacher is a distinguished professor of education and the University of California presidential chair at the University of California, Riverside. She holds a Ph.D. in special education/developmental pychology from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. Dr. Blacher is a fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, the International Association for the Scientific Study of Intellectual Disability, the American Association on Mental Retardation, and the American Psychological Association. She has an international reputation for her research in autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities, and she has published widely in these areas. Her work has examined the effects of out-of-home placement on children and young adults, family functioning when a child has a disability, and the impact of diagnosis, assessment, services, and coping in Latino children and families. Dr. Blacher has two current lines of research, both supported by external funding. One line of research, funded by the Institute for Education Sciences, examines factors affecting transition to school for young children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. A second line, funded by the National Institute on Child Health and Human Development, examines familial relationships when a child has a diagnosis of intellectual delay.
Abstract:

Inclusive school settings for young children with autism spectrum disorder are increasingly the norm. However, we know little about how to ensure a successful transition from early intervention to public or nonpublic schooling. All too often disputes about where and how a child with ASD will be placed when beginning school lead to mediation, fair hearings, or even court. It is important to obtain empirical evidence on aspects of the classroom, the teacher, the family, and the child that could affect these placement decisions and maximize a successful transition. This presentation will draw on data from two longitudinal studies (National Institute of Child Health and Human Development and the Institute of Education Sciences) that specifically address the role of student-teacher-relationships (STRs) in positive school outcomes for children with ASD. Predictors of STRs will be identified for children with ASD as well as for two comparison groups (typically developing children and children with intellectual disabilities). For the ASD group, the role of parent involvement and parent-teacher-relationships in determining STRs also will be highlighted. New data on the role of STRs, child characteristics, and parenting behaviors in children's emergent literacy skills will be discussed, and implications for school practices identified.

Keyword(s): ASD, Parental involvement, School transition
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #14
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Leadership Seminar: Culture Change in a Medical School: The Role of Behavioral Assessments

Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W190a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Schwenk, M.D.
Chair: Lori H. Diener-Ludwig (Zimmet Group)
THOMAS L. SCHWENK (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada School of Medicine)
Thomas L. Schwenk, M.D., is a professor of family medicine, dean of the University of Nevada School of Medicine, and vice president for Health Sciences, University of Nevada, Reno. Before this role, he was chair of the Department of Family Medicine at the University of Michigan for 25 years. He earned a bachelor of science degree in chemical engineering and an M.D. from the University of Michigan, and trained in family medicine, including a Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Faculty Development Fellowship, at the University of Utah. He is board-certified in family medicine and sports medicine. His research primarily focuses on the care of depression and mental illness in primary care. His more recent work has addressed the issue of depression in special populations, including medical students and physicians. He served on the board of the American Board of Family Medicine and was elected to the Institute of Medicine of the National Academies in 2002.
Abstract:

The nature of clinical practice, biomedical research, and medical education in a medical school rewards independent, entrepreneurial, risk-taking behavior by its faculty. These behaviors, while successful in many regards, also result in a fragmented, nonhierarchical, “flat” faculty structure and culture that is somewhat peculiar to medical schools. These cultural forces have been magnified at the University of Nevada School of Medicine (UNSOM) by years of economic and political assaults that left UNSOM with a particularly high level of disengagement, reduced faculty satisfaction anda highly centralized leadership structure that disempowered department chairs and detracted from faculty ownership and investment in UNSOM missions. The speakers will describe strategies used to assess and transform the culture of UNSOM using behavioral systems approaches in order to adapt to changing social demands on the organization (e.g., culturally competent physicians and community engagement). The goals are greater faculty engagement, an emphasis on faculty career development, explicit commitments to achieving individual career and institutional objectives, more decentralized leadership, and a focus on communication, investment, accountability, transparency, and partnership. The use of behavioral assessments will drive socially significant practices within and external to the organization.

Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students and anyone interested in how a culture can be changed by behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to (1) Describe the unique characteristics of medical school culture from a behavioral systems perspective; (2) Identify a behavioral analytic approach to assess faculty attitudes; and (3) Discuss the application of a relational response measure for implicit bias in medical students and opportunities for curricular intervention. 
Keyword(s): education, leadership, Leadership Seminar
 
 
Panel #16
PDS EVENT: Applied Benefits of Translational Research
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Clare Liddon (Florida Institute of Technology)
JOHN A. NEVIN (University of New Hampshire)
MICHAEL E. KELLEY (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Translational research bridges the gap between basic and applied study. This area of research not only demonstrates behavioral phenomena across species and contexts, but it also provides practitioners with fresh information regarding how to more effectively treat those in need. This panel includes translational researchers who see an importance in translating behavioral findings that may have beneficial implications for applied practice.

 
 
Symposium #17
Cultural Sensitivity and Behavior Analysis: A Theoretical and Practical Discourse
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: David J. Cox (STE Consultants, LLC)
Abstract:

Since the 1990s cultural competence or cultural sensitivity has been touted as integral to effective and ethical client care. Behavior analysts are expected to educate clients and their families about their options, engage them in conversations about their values and motivations, and enable clients to make their own treatment choices based on their unique understanding of their best interests. This process of education and shared decision making is undoubtedly more challenging when clients and caregivers do not share common language, world view, or belief system. Behavior analysts also have an obligation to recognize how their own cultural identities influence how they perceive, analyze, and negotiate ethical and clinical dilemmas. They also have a responsibility to recognize that clients belonging to visible minorities frequently face real barriers in accessing high-quality healthcare. Clients who have experienced these barriers may mistrust healthcare professionals, compounding communication challenges. Effectively understanding and working within the parameters of a client's self-identified culture can provide an opportunity to help build trust between the client(s) and the behavior analytic team of practitioners which can, in turn, help maximize the effectiveness of the treatment program. As such, this symposium focuses on aiding behavior analysts in understanding the world view and belief system of their clients from a theoretical and practical standpoint. In addition, this symposium offers further insight through a discipline translational presentation allowing behavior analysts to take advantage of work done in this area from clinical counseling.

Keyword(s): Cultural Sensitivity, Ethics
 

Cultural Competency as it Relates to Delivering Behavior-Analytic Services

SEAN FIELD (Western Michigan University), Shawn Patrick Quigley (Western Michigan University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Utah State University)
Abstract:

As the population of culturally and linguistically diverse individuals in the United States continues to grow, so does the need to advance our understanding of cultural competency from a behavior analytic perspective. One specific area of interest is the dynamic interactions between cultural competency and ethical behavior of the practicing behavior analysts. Given that behavior-analytic settings often differ from other related psychological services (e.g., intensity, duration, location of services, and stakeholders), an analysis of cultural competency and ethical behavior in behavior-analytic settings may be warranted. In this presentation we define culture from various psychological perspectives and explore how current practitioners in behavior-analytic settings may be utilizing various concepts of culture in their daily practice. With this information, we will provide recommendations for how practicing behavior analysts may continue to adapt to changing demographics of clientele while maintaining an ethical approach to solving socially significant behavior problems.

 

Strategies for Tacting and Responding to Mands for Cultural Sensitivity Emitted by Clients

DAVID J. COX (STE Consultants, LLC)
Abstract:

Understanding the individual, familial, and broader cultural values clients communicate or adhere to is an important and crucial aspect of ensuring social validity of the behavior analytic services provided by practitioners of applied behavior analysis. In some instances the client, their extended family, and/or other relevant stakeholders may mand for specific target behaviors (or chains of behaviors) and for the accommodation of religious, cultural, or alternative therapies within the applied behavior analytic setting. Failing to accommodate these requests has the potential to significantly impact the practitioner-client or practitioner-practitioner relationship resulting in subsequent decrement in treatment adherence and fidelity of the outlined treatment program by those in disagreement with the behavior analyst. However, not all requests are ethically equal and acquiescing to the above mentioned client requests may result in a violation of the Guidelines for Responsible Conduct for Behavior Analysts. As such, this presentation focuses on how the behavior analytic practitioner can correctly tact and analyze the ethical appropriateness of treatment requests premised on cultural identity, when consultation with a "cultural authority" may be appropriate, and how practitioners ought to respond when clients and families argue they are "compelled to do certain things" because of their religious or cultural identity.

 

Cultural Sensitivity: Translated Lessons from Clinical Counseling through Verbal Behavior

SARA BOLLMAN (Student)
Abstract:

As Behavior Analysts, we work with a multitude of populations in a variety of different settings. We seek to change socially significant behavior and we assert that said behavior occurs within an environmental context (Cooper, Heron, Heward, 2007). Critical then, is building rapport with the families, caregivers, communities, and the individuals we work with such that a broader understanding of their environment/culture can be achieved. This discussion draws from a clinical framework laid forth by the field of Multicultural Counseling/Therapy. I offer my behavior analytic interpretations of the MCT definitions of 'Cultural Competence,' 'Cultural Sensitivity,' and 'Implications for Clinical Practice' and provide recommendations for application and generalization within a behavior analytic context.

 
 
Paper Session #18
Studies in the History of Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TPC
Chair: Kristjan Gudmundsson (Reykjavik College of Women)
 

B. F. Skinner and E. G. Boring: A Love-Hate Relationship

Domain: Theory
KRISTJAN GUDMUNDSSON (Reykjavik College of Women)
 
Abstract:

B. F. Skinner had difficulties in graduating from the Harvard University Psychology Department and his Ph.D. thesis was in fact originally rejected because of the major figure in the department at that time, professor E. G. Boring. But Boring was also the person who instigated Skinner's move back to Harvard as a professor 20 years later.This paper willanalyze the complex relationship between the two: Skinner and Boring, beginning with Boring's criticism of Skinner's thesis and relate it to Chomsky's infamous but surprisingly similar criticism. This can only be done through unpublished material hinted at in Skinner's autobiography and better revealed in the Harvard University archives. An evaluation is made of the changing relationship between the two and of Boring's original criticism, that let him to reject Skinner's original thesis outright. Finally an attempt will be made to draw out this complicated and indeed conflicting relationship and it will turn out that however harsh they criticized each other, there is in fact mutual respect between the two men: Skinner and Boring.

 

The Construction of the Drive Concept in B.F. Skinner's Work Between 1930 and 1938

Domain: Theory
MATEUS BRASILEIRO PEREIRA (Pontifícia Universidade Catolica de Sao Paulo), Maria Amalia Andry (Pontifícia Universidade Catolica de Sao Paulo)
 
Abstract:

The concept of motivating operation (MO) is presented as a behavior analytical alternative to deal with the traditional problem of motivation and has become a wide spread verbal practice within behavior analysis over the last decades. References to motivating variables, however, can be found since the first texts from authors identified as behavior analysts, especially in the work of B. F. Skinner, the first to approach the topic and probably who most extensively discussed it. In his very first book, The Behavior of Organisms, introduces his conceptual system by presenting the compilation of an extensive research program previously carried and devotes considerable space to the motivating variables. And by presenting the drive concept he establishes the scope assigned to the traditional field of motivation in a science of behavior, as well as its place within a broader conceptual plan. Hence, understanding the origins of the treatment of motivation in Skinners work could be the basis for understanding how these variables would be handled within his explanoty system and (consequently) the analysis of behavior in general. The present study aims to conduct a systematic recovery on the development of the drive concept in Skinners work since the first reference made to the term (1930) to the first systematization of his treatment of Motivation (1938)

 
 
 
Symposium #19
CE Offered: BACB
Encouraging the Emergence of Advanced Language Skills: Contemporary Approaches to Teaching Complex Language Skills to Individuals with ASD
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jacob H. Daar, M.A.
Abstract:

Verbal Behavior approaches to language acquisition have primarily focused on the basic operants described by Skinner. Despite the utility of these conceptualizations in establishing functional communication skills in individuals with ASD and other language delays, difficulties in applying the concepts of mands, tacts, echoics, and intraverbals to more complex language have been observed. While Skinner's own analysis of verbal behavior extended beyond these four concepts, few training protocols include the more advanced conceptualizations included in Skinner's analysis. Furthermore, the now traditional Skinnerian approaches to verbal behavior therapy generally fail to include contemporary behavior analytic approaches to verbal behavior such as rule-governance and arbitrarily applicable relational responding. The present symposium seeks to extend current training and assessment trends beyond the basic verbal operants with investigations into contextually controlled relational classes to train responses to "WH" questions, to examine the utility of establishing perspective-taking frames, and to analyze the validity and reliability of assessments and training curriculums that incorporate Skinner's other verbal concepts. Specific emphasis will be placed on how these approaches affect treatment outcomes, such as generativity and flexibility, in children with ASD.

Keyword(s): autism, language, verbal behavior, Wh Questions
 

Establishing Social Skills in Autism through Derived Relational Responding

SAMANTHA BRODERICK (Student), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida), Jeffrey Oliver (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Establishing social skills in Autism through perspective-taking is a pivotal behavioral repertoire essential for social interaction and basic reciprocity. These behavioral deficits are the hallmark of Autism Spectrum Disorder and can greatly impact the development of meaningful relationships. Mainstream cognitive developmental literature asserts that the social impairments characteristic of ASD result from an underlying inability to appreciate the viewpoint of others due to biological impairments; however, recent advancements in the behavioral analysis of language and cognition under the rubric of Relational Frame Theory have led to the development of a language based view of perspective-taking based on establishing deictic relational responding in typically developing children. Individuals with autism perform with less accuracy on this protocol, the scores of which correlate with some aspects of social functioning. This paper will present a functional contextual method of training perspective-taking as an alternative to the nativist model of Theory of Mind and discuss its implications for addressing a number of social behavioral deficits present in autism.

 

Who, What, and Where; A contextual approach to teaching "Wh" questions to children with ASD.

JACOB H. DAAR (Southern Illinois University), Stephanie Negrelli (Southern Illinois University), Angelina Perdikaris (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Criticisms of the verbal behavior approach to language acquisition therapy have often centered on the narrow and non-generalized repertoires produced by such trainings. In particular, the difficulty with which children acquire more complex language skills, such as those necessary to respond to non-polar interrogative questions, i.e. "Wh" questions, is an indication that the common methods used to teach these skills does not adequately convey the necessary relational or contextual functions required to form generalized responding. The present paper will review deficits in the general verbal behavior therapy approach to teaching "Wh" questions, provide a conceptualization of responding to such questions from a contextual behavioral approach, and provide a paradigm for teaching generalized responding to interrogative questions that involves the application of contextually controlled equivalence classes of noun-word and community associations. Related treatment data gathered while working with children diagnosed with ASD will be presented. Implications for future research and limitations of this approach will be discussed.

 

On the Relationship between the PEAK Relational Training System and Standardized Measures of IQ

KYLE ROWSEY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is an assessment and curriculum protocol which utilizes behavior analytic principles to train academic, social, and daily living skills. The PEAK program is based on research in behavior analysis and includes technologies ranging from basic developmental skills to Skinner's Verbal Behavior to modern approaches to language such as Stimulus Equivalence and Relational Frame Theory. PEAK is designed to be used with children and adults with a wide variety of functional capabilities ranging from skills required to begin the learning process to advanced language and social skills. The current study sought to investigate the relationship between scores on the PEAK Assessment and the IQ scores of individuals with developmental disabilities. Participants were administered both the PEAK Assessment and IQ tests and results were compared. The results indicated a significant, positive correlation between scores on the PEAK Assessment and the IQ scores of participants.

 
 
Symposium #20
CE Offered: BACB
Analysis of Verbal Generative Repertoires and Promising Instructional Intervention Models
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–1:50 PM
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/TPC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Marta Leon (Headsprout)
CE Instructor: Andresa A. De Souza, M.S.
Abstract:

Everyday activities as well as great creative achievements such as those that occur in science, mathematics, and art arise from complex repertoires. Generativity and language-pervading topics in areas such as psychology and education-often lie at the heart of both everyday activities and more complex, novel performances. Within behavior analysis, a multitude of studies has derived tool and component skills that should be established in order to arrive at terminal desired performances, such as holding a conversation, reading and comprehending complex written materials, thinking mathematically, and conducting scientific experiments. Analysis of the components can also suggest promising instructional interventions for developing these terminal repertoires. This symposium will present an analysis of components involved in verbal behaviors described in the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS) and in mathematical thinking. These components will be classified in terms of the learning type model developed by Tiemann and Markle (1990) and further refined by Layng (2005, 2007). Additionally, based on these analyses and on the research literature, suggestions for teaching these different verbal and generative repertoires will be offered.

Keyword(s): instructional interventions, language generativity, learning types
 

ABLLS Verbal Repertoires and their Classification According to Types of Learning

ANDRESA A. DE SOUZA (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ana Carolina Sella (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Service providers for children with autism and other developmental disabilities rely on behavioral assessments to determine not only clients initial repertoires, but also to develop effective treatment. The ABLLS is among the behavioral assessments that are used frequently by professionals to evaluate existing repertoires and support treatment decisions in terms of target behavior choices. This conceptual paper will present an analysis and classification of different verbal repertoires that are defined in the ABLLS according to the different Types of Learning described by Sota, Leon, and Layng (2011) and Tiemann and Markle (1990). The ABLLS areas that will be analyzed and classified include receptive language, vocal imitation, requests, labeling, intraverbals, and syntax and grammar. Within each one of these areas, tasks will be classified according to the following general Types of Learning: psychomotor, simple cognitive, and complex cognitive. Each one of these Types of Learning will be subdivided into more specific categories, and these categories will be operationally defined as a means to develop systematic criteria for classifying the different target verbal behaviors. Additionally, we hope to provide a tool that can be used for the analysis and classification of other verbal behaviors not directly addressed in this analysis.

 

Language-Teaching Best Practices and Types of Learning: An Analysis of ABLLS Verbal Repertoires

ANA CAROLINA SELLA (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andresa A. De Souza (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

The search for evidence-based practices to teach language for children on the autism spectrum is a growing endeavor given the number of children who are diagnosed each year. Suggestions regarding best practices for teaching language to children with autism and other developmental disabilities can be found in a myriad of scientific articles, newsletters, blogs, among other means of communication; however, only a few practices are evidence-based. The choice between different language-teaching procedures depend on the clients existing repertoire, the amount of time and resources available, and the terminal goals described in individualized educational plans. Once terminal repertoires are described, it is necessary to match teaching procedure choices to student needs. The different types of learning described in the instructional design literature can provide guidelines on how to make choices among existing language teaching procedures, since they point to stimulus-stimulus and stimulus-response relations that need to be taught. This conceptual paper will propose practices for teaching receptive language, vocal imitation, requests, labeling, intraverbals, and syntax and grammar based on (a) the literature on language teaching evidence-based practices and (b) an analysis and classification of ABLLS verbal repertoires according to the types of learning.

 

What Does It Mean to Think Mathematically and How Can These Skills Be Developed?

MELINDA SOTA (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Proficiency in mathematics entails much more than being fluent in math facts and procedures for solving equations. Proficiency involves thinking mathematically, and includes a number of component skills that span a variety of learning types. Designing instruction to help learners develop the full range of components that make up mathematical proficiency can be challenging. This presentation will discuss an analysis of mathematical proficiency based on the K-8 Common Core State Standards for Mathematics and the National Research Councils report Adding It Up. This analysis will be presented in terms of the learning type model developed by Tiemann and Markle (1990) and further refined by Layng (2005, 2007) and discussed with a focus on mathematical thinking as verbal behavior. Suggestions and considerations for the design of math instruction based on this analysis and incorporating what we know from research on learning and performancefor example, problem solving, stimulus equivalence, and the development and transfer of stimulus controlwill be presented.

 
 
Symposium #21
CE Offered: BACB
Refining Function-based Interventions for Practical Implementation
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Eileen Roscoe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Function-based interventions, such as differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), are often found successful in treating problem behavior when implemented at full integrity. However, intervention effects may not maintain when treatment integrity is impaired. This symposium will include four papers on procedural refinements of function-based intervention components to enhance practical implementation. The author of the first paper will describe an evaluation comparing two differential reinforcement schedules and a fading procedure for treating automatically reinforced stereotypy. In the second paper, the author will present data on a multiple-schedule procedure for establishing stimulus control over stereotypy. The author of the third paper will describe an evaluation of demand fading without extinction, with and without DRA, for treating escape-maintained problem behavior. In the forth paper, the author will describe a comparison of different stimuli in the context of a multiple-schedule thinning procedure for attention-maintained problem behavior. Gregory Hanley, who will serve as discussant for this symposium, will comment on the symposiums topic area, integrate the speakers contributions, and offer feedback on the presented papers.

Keyword(s): autism, DRA, fading, problem behavior
 

An Evaluation of Differential Reinforcement Procedures for Treating Automatically Reinforced Stereotypy

CHELSEA HEDQUIST (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Amanda Verriden (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often exhibit stereotypy that can be socially stigmatizing and interfere with learning objectives. Although differential reinforcement procedures have been found effective for treating stereotypy, they are often combined with multiple treatment components, making it difficult to determine their independent effects. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate two differential reinforcement interventions, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), when they are implemented independently. Two individuals with an ASD diagnosis, who exhibited high levels of motor stereotypy, participated. In all conditions, task materials required for completing an educationally relevant task were present. No reinforcement baseline, DRA, and DRO conditions were evaluated using multielement and reversal designs. Results indicated DRA was more effective than DRO for decreasing motor stereotypy, increasing productivity, and increasing engagement for both participants. Systematic schedule fading was implemented for one participant. Interobserver agreement data were collected for over 33% of sessions and averaged at least 80%

 

Developing Stimulus Control over Stereotypic Behavior within a Multiple Schedule

BRITTANY CATHERINE PUTNAM (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Self-stimulatory play is problematic when it competes with acquisition of important learning activities; however such play will be non-problematic if it occurs during other times. In the current study, home care staff brought the self-stimulatory sock play of a 10-year-old boy with autism under stimulus control by arranging a multiple schedule. During continuous reinforcement periods, signaled by the presentation of a bracelet the subject wore, sock play would be allowed; during extinction periods, signaled by the removal of the bracelet, sock play was manually disrupted. The durations of these components were faded such that sessions consisted of 1 min of reinforcement and 10 min of extinction with low levels of attempted sock play during extinction periods.

 

Evaluation of Demand Fading without Extinction

Brittany Rothe (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), JELISA SCOTT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Trena M. Rouse (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Demand fading without extinction was evaluated for children with problem behavior maintained by social negative reinforcement. Initially, demands were eliminated and gradually reintroduced across sessions, and problem behavior continued to produce reinforcement in the form of a break from tasks. If demand fading without extinction was ineffective in suppressing problem behavior, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) was added to treatment. Results suggest that extinction was not a necessary component of demand fading, and DRA plus demand fading without extinction was an effective alternative when demand fading alone did not suppress problem behavior.

 

Using Natural Stimuli as a Signal for Reinforcement during Functional Communication Training

AGUSTIN JIMENEZ (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is a widely used and successful intervention for treating problem behavior. However, the intervention may be limited when implemented in natural contexts (e.g., family home) because high rates of communicative responding may occur, which can compromise treatment integrity. The current study extended previous work on the effects of a FCT intervention and schedule thinning procedure implemented in clients daily environments. Specifically, this study evaluated the effectiveness of using natural versus artificial stimuli associated with multiple-schedule components for thinning the schedule of reinforcement. Results demonstrated that both types of multiple schedules were effective for thinning schedules of reinforcement to clinically relevant levels. Artificial stimuli were found to be more effective than natural stimuli for reinforcement schedule thinning for one participant, whereas no discernible difference was observed with the second participant. Follow up phases demonstrated that results were upheld over brief periods of time (i.e., 3 weeks) without intervention.

 
 
Symposium #22
CE Offered: BACB
Mind Full or Mindful?: Exploring and Facilitating Mindfulness and Present Moment Processes
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emily Allen (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Ann Rost (Missouri State University)
CE Instructor: Ann Rost, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Mindfulness is generally defined as the non-judgmental attentive awareness of the present moment. Practicing mindfulness results in significant improvements to both mental and physical well-being, even in small doses. Though mindfulness has its roots in ancient spiritual traditions, it has a number of empirically-supported applications in modern behavior therapy and everyday life. The development of assessment and intervention methodologies, however, remains in early stages. The papers in this symposium aim to contribute to the body of knowledge on mindfulness by exploring the shared perception of mindfulness, the effectiveness and feasibility of interventions on mindfulness, and the impact of mindfulness for effective communication. The first paper will explore the perception of mindfulness in the moment in untrained observers. The second paper will examine the effect of mindfulness training on stress in graduate students. The third paper will explore the effects of a mindfulness meditation intervention on attention in undergraduate students. Finally, the fourth paper will examine the impact of perceived mindfulness on public speaking behaviors. Implications for future research will be discussed.

Keyword(s): Meditation, Observing Mindfulness, Public Speaking, Stress Reduction
 
Picking up on Presence: Identifying Present Moment Behaviors
EMILY ALLEN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Stephanie Caldas (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nick Mollere (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Research has indicated that engaging in the present moment in a nonjudgmental or accepting manner is important in valued living, perspective taking and fostering development of empathic responding. Yet, clear publically observable signs indicating that someone is present,have not yet been substantiated. This research aimed to identify if agreement exists among untrained raters in the identification of present moment behaviors of subjects in videos. Undergraduate students from the University of Louisiana at Lafayette watched videos and reported when they felt the subject was present, how present they felt while watching the videos, and how connected they felt to the subject of the video. It was hypothesized that there would be an overall agreement in participants’ answers, that participants’ level of self-rated presence would be positively correlated with their ratings of the subjects’ presence, and that the more present the participants self-rate and rate the subject, the more connected they will feel to the subject. Preliminary data suggests that untrained raters are quite capable of identifying behaviors as indicative of presence with a high degree of consistency between raters. Implications of present moment behaviors and future directions will be discussed.
 
The Effects of Mindfulness Training on Stress in Graduate Students
TESS GELDERLOOS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Stress and issues relating to stress, such as burnout, have been studied in great detail in multiple areas of psychology. However, the topic of stress has been largely ignored by behavior analysis. This study examined the effect of mindfulness training on stress in graduate students. The research design was an alternating treatments design in which completion of a brief mindfulness audio training was alternated with an educational audio clip each session. After listening to the audio clip participants were then given puzzles to complete in three minutes. The data suggest that mindfulness training did not have a noticeable impact on heart rate or on self reported levels of stress. This research was not consistent with previous research showing an effect of mindfulness training; however, those studies involved longer training sessions of weeks or months of mindfulness training (e.g., Bond & Bunce 2000; Evans, Ferrando, Carr, & Halgin, 2011). Future research is suggested to investigate mindfulness, as well as other stress reduction techniques, at the individual level.
 
Surviving Undergrad: What Can Meditation Do?
MATTHEW WILLIAMS (University of Mississippi), Solomon Kurz (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: The word is out; mindfulness meditation can help a wide variety of practitioners to ameliorate a wide variety of symptoms, ranging from coping with cancer to reducing substance abuse. One of the proposed benefits of mindfulness meditation is increased attention. To date, few studies have been designed to examine whether these expected increases in attention will indeed show up in attention-related performance tests. The few published studies that have examined this show mixed results and many had undesirable limitations such as low power and cross-sectional designs. In this paper, we present a 3-week mindfulness meditation intervention for college undergraduates during which participants performed computer performance tasks. Three conditions varied by how much in-session meditation participants performed. Computer task performance was within and between conditions across the three weeks. Longer-term effects on college GPA and mood are also presented.
 
Presenting with Presence: An Examination of Shared Presence and Effective Communication in the Context of Public Speaking
KRISTIAN LAGRANGE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Stephanie Caldas (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Ashlyne Mullen (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Public speaking is amongst the most terrifying and avoided experiences we humans encounter. Despite having full mastery of all the behaviors necessary to communicate effectively, many of us struggle to bring that repertoire to bear when faced with a public audience. The result is often avoidance. And when public speaking is requisite, that avoidance takes covert forms. There is, however, an alternative. Being present, or mindfully and openly aware, allows for increased sensitivity to audience feedback and overall better presenting. As a result, audiences may find themselves more engaged. The current study will examine how present moment processes contribute to effective communication in the context of public speaking. Audience and speaker ratings of presence will be compared, along with how convergence of perceptions of presence between speaker and audience predict aspects of communication effectiveness. In addition, speaker presence will be considered as a predictor of audience presence. Preliminary data suggests overall convergence of present moment ratings as well as shared presence predicts communication effectiveness in public speaking. Implications for intervention development and application to other kinds of communication will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #23
Current Research in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract:

When left untreated, pediatric feeding problems can result in poor weight gain, weight loss, malnutrition, dehydration, electrolyte imbalances, impairment in cognitive, emotional, and/or academic functioning, compromised immune function, and dependency on tube feedings (Cohen, Piazza, & Navanthe, 2006). This symposium combines 4 data-based presentations on the treatment of pediatric feeding problems from 4 different feeding programs: The Munroe-Meyer Institute, The Kennedy Krieger Institute, University of North Carolina Wilmington, and The Kelberman Center. Following the 4 presentations, Dr. Meeta Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz) will discuss all of the presentations and the implications of the presenter's findings. The first presentation will focus on the relative effects of positive reinforcement and escape extinction, individually and in combination, to treat food refusal. The second presentation will focus on the evaluation and comparison of two procedures, a modified chin prompt and reclined seating, to treat expulsion. The third presentation will focus on the use of a side deposit to increase consumption in children with food refusal. The last presentation will include an evaluation of a chaser to treat packing.

Keyword(s): Expulsion, Food Refusal, Liquid Refusal, Packing
 

Further Examination of the Role of Positive Reinforcement in the Treatment of Food Refusal

DIANE BERTH (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mauzy (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily G. Blinn (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jonathan V. Mariano (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lindsay E. Gordon (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

A combination reversal and multi-element design was used to compare the relative effects of positive reinforcement and escape extinction, individually and in combination, to treat the food refusal of a child diagnosed with a feeding disorder. Positive reinforcement involved adult attention and preferred toys, provided differentially (contingent on bite acceptance) or noncontingently (continuously). Interobserver agreement was collected for 33% of the sessions and agreement was 96%. Bite acceptance did not increase and inappropriate mealtime behavior did not decrease with noncontingent positive reinforcement only. Differential positive reinforcement only resulted in increased acceptance, but not to clinically acceptable levels, and inappropriate mealtime behavior remained high. Acceptance increased to clinically acceptable levels and inappropriate mealtime behavior decreased only when escape extinction was used. Noncontingent reinforcement combined with escape extinction resulted in lower levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior and more stable acceptance than escape extinction only and escape extinction combined with differential reinforcement.

 

Treating Expulsion in Children with Feeding Disorders: When Re-presentation is Not Enough

REBECCA A. SHALEV (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Re-presentation is an effective intervention for decreasing expulsion for some children with feeding disorders. However, for other children, additional treatment components may be necessary to reduce expulsion to clinically acceptable levels. In the current talk, I will describe data and the successful treatment of 2 children with persistent expulsion. First, we implemented nonremoval of the spoon and re-presentation to treat the liquid refusal for both children. When expulsion failed to decrease to acceptable levels, we used a combination multi-element and reversal design to compare and evaluate the effectiveness of two different treatment components (a modified chin prompt and reclined seating) when combined with the original treatment package. During the condition that included the modified chin prompt, the feeder placed the cup between the child's lips while supporting the chin. When the child relaxed the jaw, the feeder deposited the drink while applying gentle, upward pressure to the chin to prompt the mouth to close. During the condition that included the reclined seating, the child sat in a slightly reclined highchair throughout the meal. The conditions with the modified chin prompt and the reclined seating both resulted in lower levels of expels per drink relative to the original treatment package alone.

 

Use of a Side Deposit to Increase Consumption in Children with Food Refusal

EMILY KATE RUBIO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Christine Taylor (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Research has shown that non-removal of the spoon and physical guidance procedures (e.g., jaw prompt, finger prompt) can be effective in treating active food refusal (e.g., head turning, pushing spoon) and increasing food consumption. However, these procedures alone may not be effective in treating more passive food refusal (e.g., sitting still without opening mouth). Researchers have referenced a procedure used to treat passive food refusal that includes placement of the food in the side of the mouth; however, to our knowledge, no research to date has evaluated this treatment, although it may exist in practice. Therefore, using a reversal design, we evaluated the use of a side deposit procedure using a NUK brush for 2 children who engaged in passive refusal when non-removal of the spoon with and without physical guidance procedures (i.e., jaw prompt and finger prompt) were ineffective. Results showed this procedure was effective as part of a multi-component treatment package in increasing food consumption and treating passive food refusal.

 

Using a Chaser to Increase Swallowing in Children with Feeding Disorders: A Replication and Extension

HEATHER KADEY (The Kelberman Center and State University of New York Upstate Medical University), Janet Diaz (The Kelberman Center and State University of New York Upstate Medical University), Christie McCarthy (The Kelberman Center and State University of New York Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Vaz, Piazza, Volkert and Groff (2012) evaluated the use of a chaser to treat packing in three children diagnosed with feeding disorders. In the current study, we replicated and extended their findings with two children diagnosed with autism and food selectivity. The targeted texture for both participants was table texture. In the first case, the child sufficiently masticated bites of target food prior to the presentation of the chaser; thus, no further modifications were necessary to increase levels of swallowing. In the second case, the child did not masticate bites of target foods (i.e., she packed whole pieces of food) therefore; it was necessary to use a chaser in combination with a reduced texture (i.e., chopped). In a follow-up assessment we used a fading procedure to advance this participant to a more age-appropriate texture. We also evaluated the long-term necessity of the chaser across individual foods. In both cases, the use of a liquid chaser was associated with increased levels of swallowing.

 
 
Symposium #24
Field Approaches to Reducing College Drinking: Environmental Influences and Interventions beyond Self-Report
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ryan C. Smith (Virginia Tech Transportation Institute)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Alcohol consumption among college students continues as a significant public-health concern. The development of innovative interventions and more precise measurement is needed to address this costly societal problem. The four field studies of this symposium extend beyond the measurement weaknesses of self-reported alcohol consumption (e.g., social desirability, recall bias, misunderstanding the definition of a standard drink, etc.) by sending trained researchers into at-risk drinking situations with breathalyzers. Each study makes a unique contribution to developing behavior-based interventions for reducing alcohol-related harm on college and university campuses. The first study examines "alcoholidays"- holidays strongly associated with alcohol consumption. Environmental and psychological risk factors were examined across Halloween, St. Patrick's Day, Cinco de Mayo, and multiple control nights. The second study explored the influence of an individual's social-drinking group on level of intoxication. The third study assessed the accuracy of various field sobriety techniques and examined the efficacy of such performance feedback at promoting safer transportation decisions. The final study is a four-year longitudinal investigation of university-student alcohol consumers. Over 10,000 BACs were examined across nearly 100 nights to examine the impact of breathalyzer feedback on intoxication awareness. The results provided implications for how and when to provide BAC feedback.

Keyword(s): alcohol, college, field research, intervention
 

Costumes, Celebrations, and Consequences: Do College Students Drink more on Alcoholidays?

VICTORIA DEAL (Virginia Tech Transportation Institute), Joseph DeRoma (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), William Parker (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), M. Cecilia Montoya (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Brock Bosack (Center for Applied Behavior Systems)
Abstract:

While alcohol-related harm is a recurring and daily issue on a college/university campus, alcohol consumption and concomitant at-risk behaviors are even greater on celebratory days. Indeed, it has been found that celebratory occasions can increase blood alcohol content (BAC) by over 20% (Glindemann, Wiegand, & Geller, 2007). The current study examined the environmental influence of these "alcoholidays" across four years. Research assistants were sent to a downtown, university bar setting with breathalyzers to measure student BACs. Data were collected across days when Halloween and St. Patrick's Day were celebrated and on comparison weekends. Not only was BAC measured, but also the extent a participant was wearing any attire associated with a celebrated occasion (e.g., wearing a costume on Halloween). The results addressed two research questions. First, will average BACs be higher on "alcoholidays" than on other nights? Theresults show BACs were higher on alcoholidays when the celebration night fell on a weekday. Second, will the impact of celebratory attire influence BAC? It was found that participants who dressed up in celebration-related attire drank significantly more than their peers on a given night. Thus, environmental influences play a strong role in at-risk alcoholiday university drinking.

 

Feeling Peer Pressure: How Does the Alcohol Consumption of Students' Drinking Groups Influence Their Intoxication?

MOLLY BOWDRING (Child Study Center-Virginia Tech), Ryan C. Smith (Virginia Tech Transportation Institute), Zechariah Robinson (Virginia Tech), Victoria Deal (Virginia Tech Transportation Institute), Johnathan Eisenheimer (Center for Applied Behavior Systems)
Abstract:

Alcohol consumption at colleges and universities causes profound negative consequences. Social influence is a critical factor in understanding this at-risk alcohol consumption. Thus, the influence of one's drinking group on one's intoxication was explored in the present study. Specifically, this research examined whether individuals consuming alcohol reached blood alcohol contents (BACs) similar to others in their drinking group. Participants (n= 534) in a downtown field setting completed a brief questionnaire and were coded into unique groups if one or more of their friends also participated in the study. After completion of the survey, a Lifeloc FC-20 breathalyzer was administered to obtain participants' BACs. As shown in the figure, the average standard deviation of BACs within a drinking group was significantly smaller than the standard deviation of BACs across all drinking groups. This difference could be explained by peer support (i.e., individuals being reinforced for drinking similarly to other members of the drinking group) and peer pressure (i.e., individuals punished for drinking outside of their group's drinking norm) Thus, this study indicated an individual's drinking group plays a critical role in his or her consumption of alcohol and resultant intoxication. Implications for prevention intervention will be discussed.

 

Assessing the Validity and Efficacy of Standardized Field Sobriety Tests in a University-Downtown Setting

ZACH MANNES (Virginia Tech), Alexandra Bazdar (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Nicole Good (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Molly Bowdring (Child Study Center-Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

One source of alcohol-related harm is lack of awareness regarding one's own blood alcohol content (BAC). Thus, we hypothesized providing intoxication feedback to college students in an at-risk drinking setting would reduce alcohol abuse. Accordingly, this study examined the BAC-estimation accuracy and efficacy of Standardized Field Sobriety Tests (SFSTs) to promote safe driving decisions. The walk-and-turn and one-leg-stand SFSTs were evaluated. A third test was also evaluated- the counting-backwards test. Data were collected on three separate nights with 309 individuals participating. Three types of BAC feedback were provided: breathalyzer, nomogram, and results from the field sobriety tests. Conditions were defined by which type of feedback participants received prior to answering questions related to their propensity to engage in risky, driving-related behavior. In addition to assessing the impact of these feedback techniques at promoting safer driving decisions, the accuracy of these tests at estimating intoxication was explored.Overall, sobriety tests predicted intoxication only slightly better than chance. BAC feedback was able to provide a small shift to safer perceptions of driving risk. The SFSTs results indicated the development of more accurate sobriety tests is sorely needed.

 

A Longitudinal Investigation of Alcohol Consumption among University Students: Impact of Repeated Breathalyzer Feedback

RYAN C. SMITH (Virginia Tech Transportation Institute), Sarah Robinson (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Maggie Dassira (Center for Applied Behavior Systems), Zach Mannes (Virginia Tech), Kristina Clevinger (Center for Applied Behavior Systems)
Abstract:

At-risk alcohol consumption is common among college and university students. Breathalyzer feedback may help students estimate their level of intoxication more accurately, and thus serve as an effective intervention approach to preventing at-risk alcohol consumption. The current study examined the epidemiology of alcohol consumption among university students, while also exploring the efficacy of BAC feedback as an intervention strategy. A total of 12,432 breath-alcohol readings were collected across 89 nights during seven academic semesters. Individuals were tracked across multiple nights of participation with a unique subject code. This resulted in 10,225 unique individuals participating in the study; 18% of these individuals participated on at least two separate nights. Results demonstrated extreme levels of student alcohol consumption represented by a mean BAC of 0.0988mL/L. Individuals who participated across multiple nights reached similar levels of intoxication across all nights (rs .374- .853.) Furthermore, receiving BAC feedback helped students better estimate their level of intoxication. A mixed model analysis examined the discrepancy between estimated BAC and actual BAC across five nights of participation in the study. The results indicated individuals were .0171mL/L more accurate estimating their actual BAC at Time 5 versus Time 1 (p< .01).

 
 
Symposium #25
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
The Azrin-Foxx Self-Initiation Legacy: Toileting Practices and Social Validity
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W192a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amanda W. Doll (Hawthorne Foundation, Inc.)
Discussant: Peter J. Blechman (Hawthorne Foundation, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Frank R. Cicero, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The initial Azrin-Foxx self-initiation training protocol was both a gift and a challenge to the field of behavior analysis. It provided a robust, highly-effective, and easily replicated treatment package with broad applicability to other populations, as evidenced by results obtained in institutional, school, and community settings across the United States and in other countries. However, it also raised expectations about the range of learners who could learn to self-initiate and challenged us to create environments that accommodated these newly acquired skills. Our symposium will consider the evolution of self-initiation training protocols since their initial applications in terms of developments in the field which have required overcorrection procedures to be dropped and request procedures to be added. Data from the original Willowbrook Cohort will be contrasted against those from two present community agencies; and a data collection tool for coding these data will be presented, together with reliability and validity data. We will discuss implications for practice.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): outcomes assessment, overcorrection, self-initiation, toileting
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students and anyone interested in self-initiation.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Identify data-collection systems to track toileting progress across programs serving large numbers of participants; (2) Describe intensive, behaviorally based toilet training procedures that have shown empirical support in the literature; and (3) Describe the current state of toilet-training outcomes for people with autism being served in several ABA programs within New York State.
 

Willowbrook Cohort Data as an Historical Frame of Reference for Toileting Self-Initiation Training

ALBERT PFADT (Quality Improvement Consultant)
Abstract:

The Willowbrook Sate School was an institution for individuals with developmental disabilities located on Staten Island and run by New York State. Willowbrook was made infamous as a snake pit and an incompetent environment through the reporting efforts of Geraldo Rivera and litigation and legislation by Senator Robert Kennedy and others. One of the many stipulations of the Willowbrook Consent Decree was that individuals residing at Willowbrook were to receive comprehensive toilet training. This talk will describe what conditions were like at the time of the Willowbrook Consent Decree and immediately thereafter; the presenter's experience as a team member administering and training others to administer the original Azrin-Foxx toileting protocol as part of the original intervention team; and outcome data from these efforts.

 

Forget "Readiness." Start Teaching Toileting by Assessing Toileting Skills with a Toileting Skill Survey.

AMANDA W. DOLL (Hawthorne Foundation, Inc.)
Abstract:

Reasonable people, even or perhaps especially professionals, can and do disagree (often vigorously, and usually beyond the available data) about the number, order, and necessity of various prerequisite skills for teaching toileting. This presentation will provide participants with a simple 16-item toileting survey that may be used to obtain a cross-section of toileting-related skills for groups of learners of any age (e.g., classes of students in schools; groups of individuals in residences or habilitation programs). Each learner is assessed for Self-Initiation, Requesting, Scheduled Elimination, and Accident Rate using a 4-point scale which is descriptive in nature and written in plain language in order to be equally accessible to paraprofessionals, direct-care workers, or professionals. Administration instructions, anecdotes about administration, inter-observer agreement data, and construct validity data will be presented, along with implications for practice.

 
Self-Initiation Status of Students at the Eden School
FRANK R. CICERO (Eden II Programs)
Abstract: The self-initiation toilet training protocols as originally applied at Willowbrook included overcorrection and did not include request training. The punitive nature of overcorrection has made this component of the original treatment package increasingly unacceptable over time; meanwhile, the reality of most school environments is that requesting is preferred over self-initiation for reasons of school safety and classroom management. In this presentation, program-wide cross-sectional data on the present self-initiation status of the students at the Eden School will be discussed. The Eden School is a community agency location that presently utilizes a mostly uniform set of protocols with respect to teaching toileting within its programs. Data from the present-day Eden School will be compared to the original Willowbrook Cohort data set, and also to the data from the present-day Hawthorne Foundation data set. Implications for practice will be discussed.
 
Self-Initiation Status of Students at Hawthorne Country Day School
DAREN CERRONE (Hawthorne Country Day School), Kim Arruda (Hawthorne Country Day School)
Abstract: Both the Willowbrook Cohort data set and the Eden II data set are cross-sectional outcome data reflective of populations exposed to uniform or relatively uniform treatment packages. The Hawthorne Country Day School is a community agency; while the agency provides a behavior analytic approach to lifelong care and uses entirely data-based practices, in the area of teaching toileting, present practice at the school allows for selection of teaching protocols for toileting based on each individual student's assessed skills and needs. In this presentation, program-wide cross-sectional data on the present self-initiation status of the students at the Hawthorne Country Day School will be discussed. The Hawthorne Country Day School is a community agency location that presently utilizes many different data-based protocols with respect to teaching toileting within its programs. Data from the present-day Hawthorne Country Day School will be compared to the original Willowbrook Cohort data set, and also to the data from the present-day Eden II School data set. Implications for practice will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #26
CE Offered: BACB
Health, Sports, & Fitness SIG Symposium 2: Variables Affecting Children's Engagement in Physical Exercise and Play
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DEV/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Annabelle Winters (Garden Center Services, Inc.)
Discussant: Albert Malkin (ErinoakKids)
CE Instructor: Albert Malkin, M.A.
Abstract:

The importance of play and leisure skills has been documented in both the behavioral and non-behavioral literature. Children without sufficient repertoires of play and leisure skills are less likely to succeed in school and more likely to engage in atypical rates of inappropriate behavior. Physical play and exercise have been specifically noted in the literature to result in global benefits, improving health and wellbeing as well as interpersonal social skills. However, cultural changes in the United States have led to a decreased emphasis on physical play and exercise in children, resulting in deficits in these repertoires. In this symposium, variables affecting children's engagement in physical exercise and play will be discussed, specifically 1) teaching water tolerance as a prerequisite skill for swimming, 2) assessments of young children's engagement with specific environmental features on playgrounds and in natural play settings and interventions to increase the intensity, variety, and total amount of time spent in physical activity, 3) the utility of and effectiveness of peer tutoring models in physical education classes, and 4) the growing body of literature citing the positive benefits of exercise for school age children with ADHD or emotional and behavioral disorders.

Keyword(s): exercise, leisure skills, social skills
 

Behavioral Techniques for Teaching Pre-requisite Swim Skills to Water-Avoidant Young Children

NICOLE A. HILL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles Campus)
Abstract:

Swimming is an important life safety skill that children should learn for drowning prevention. Statistics provided from the Centers for Disease Control reveal that more than one in five fatal drowning victims are children 14 and younger. Some children may have difficulty learning to swim, presenting as having a fear of water, or simply refusing to get their face wet. Problem behavior associated with the water may create multiple barriers to learning to swim. There are only two main strategies for dealing with children's water avoidance. A "gentle" method associated with classical conditioning and desensitization, and a "safety first" method, which is associated with flooding and extinction. This study evaluated the "gentle" method, and introduced a third strategy that uses differential reinforcement as an effective approach for water-avoidant children. The participants included three children who demonstrated problem behavior associated with having water on their faces. The dependent measure was the child's performance of successive approximations to the final target behavior which was defined as pouring a cup of water over his/her head three times without problem behavior. Treatment results showed the differential reinforcement condition was more effective than the gentle method alone for two out of three children.

 

The Potential Value of Classwide Peer Tutoring to Enhance Social Competence of Children in Physical Activity and Education Settings

SHIRI AYVAZO (David Yellin Academic College)
Abstract:

Social skills are foundation to any interaction among people, whether learning, playing, or working. Physical education, like a mirror of life, invites a myriad of social interactions children do not always know how to handle, and are only rarely formally taught to navigate. Peer tutoring is a pedagogy that can provide critical social learning opportunities, in addition to academic learning. Classwide peer tutoring (CWPT), a peer tutoring variation, is an evidence-based pedagogy initially designed for elementary students in core subjects such as reading, spelling and math, but has successfully generalized to the improvement of motor and physical activity performance in physical education settings. Despite its inherited social orientation, CWPT's contribution to students' social competence in these settings has not been fully explored to date. The purpose of this presentation is to illuminate the potential need and value of CWPT to enhance social competence in physical education. Examples of CWPT applications in physical education will be shared along with its effects on students' motor performance. Rationale for the need in a socially-based pedagogy in physical education will be discussed, and preliminary data examples of social performance gains will be shared.

 
Behavior Analytic Interventions to Increase Young Children's Physical Activity in Outdoor Play Settings
SHERRY L. SCHWEIGHARDT (Temple University), Michael Sachs (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
Abstract: The prevalence of obesity among preschool children has markedly increased over the past two decades (Koplan, Liverman, & Krak, 2005); recent studies show that 3-5 year-old children typically fail to meet recommended daily physical activity guidelines, spending just 15 minutes engaged in moderate to vigorous physical activity, compared to six sedentary hours each day (Dolinsky et al., 2011; Reilly, 2010). Unstructured play in outdoor settings with varied features potentially plays a significant role in increasing the amount of time preschoolers spend engaging in physical activity and decreasing sedentary time, an independent health risk factor. The procedures featured in this presentation are designed to assess young children's engagement with specific environmental features on playgrounds and in natural play settings and to test interventions to increase the intensity, variety, and total amount of time spent in physical activity. Considerations in implementing the procedures at a small Montessori preschool and a large urban community playground will be reviewed. The discussion will focus upon the ways in which the results of these procedures may be used by pediatricians, parents, educators, playground designers, community planners, and policy makers who focus on increasing preschool children's daily physical activity and decreasing childhood obesity.
 
Variables of Importance in Creating an Exercise Program for improving Behavior in ADHD and EBD Students
JEFFERY HART (Penn State)
Abstract: There is a small but growing body of research looking at the positive benefits of exercise for school age children with ADHD or emotional and behavioral disorders. This research is beginning to show that even one bout of exercise can have positive benefits on classroom behavior and academic performance. This meta-analysis included 7 single case design studies, with a total of 36 participants of school age children with emotional disturbances. There has been no consensus on a specific effect size for single case studies. Studies were analyzed using three independent effect sizes as a triangulation of metrics. The three metrics chose are percent exceeding the mean (PEM), standard mean difference (SMD) and improvement rate difference (IRD). 47 independent effect sizes were calculated in each of the three metrics. Results showed moderate to large effect sizes for outcomes measuring behavior and academic performance. Caution should be used in interpreting results due to the limited number of participants and limited number of high quality studies, but promising that all studies and effect sizes show a trend that exercise can improve classroom behavior and academic performance.
 
 
Symposium #27
CE Offered: BACB
Applications and Evaluations of Stimulus Equivalence-based Instruction with Advanced Learners
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jessica Day-Watkins (Caldwell College)
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Denise Kerth, Ph.D.
Abstract:

College-level learners need to master complex and voluminous material in an efficient and effective manner, and to express mastered material across a variety of modalities (e.g., multiple-choice, written short-answer, and oral responding). Research has evaluated the use of equivalence-base instruction (EBI) with advanced learners (e.g., college students) across a variety of academic content domains (e.g., Fields, Travis, Roy, Yadlovker, de Aguiar- Rocha, & Sturmey, 2009; Fienup et al., 2009; Fienup et al., 2010; Ninness et al., 2005; Walker, Rehfeldt, & Ninness, 2010). However, the technology of stimulus equivalence instruction requires further empirical refinement and broader-based dissemination (Fienup, Hamelin, Reyes-Giordano, & Falcomata, 2011). The first paper in this symposium evaluated the use of EBI to teach contingencies of reinforcement and punishment to graduate students. The second paper taught graduate students to form derived relations among representations of prominent behavior analysts. The third paper used EBI to teach the concept of statistical variability to college students. The final paper investigated the influence of mastery criterion on the number of college students who successfully formed equivalence classes consisting of neuroanatomy stimuli. Collectively, these studies suggest procedural refinements in EBI and additional support for the use of EBI to teach complex academic material to advanced learners.

 
Teaching Concepts of Behavior Analysis Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction
DENISE KERTH (Bancroft), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Patrick R. Progar (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Although behavior analytic concepts are relevant to a variety of higher educational disciplines (Morris et al., 2001), intervention strategies to teach them are few (Malott & Heward, 1995). The present study used a computer-based match-to-sample program to teach four, 4-member equivalence classes consisting of contingencies of operant behavior (i.e., positive and negative reinforcement and punishment) to 25 college students. A pretest-training-posttest design was used to assess participant performance on a written multiple-choice test (selection-based responding), a written short-answer test, and an oral test. All participants acquired the trained relations during computerized match-to-sample instruction. Participants were randomly assigned to training using either single- or multiple-exemplar training (SET; MET) involving descriptions of operant contingencies. Compared to pretests, scores improved on the written multiple-choice test for 24/25 participants following both SET and MET equivalence-based instruction (EBI) and 21 participants maintained higher scores two weeks after EBI. In addition, correct written and oral topography-based responses demonstrated response generalization by all participants following EBI, and at two-week follow-ups. Thus, EBI can be used to effectively teach concepts of behavior analysis and that a selection-based teaching protocol can promote the emergence of a number of novel topography based responses.
 

Teaching Graduate Students about Prominent Behavior Analysts Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction

JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Caldwell College), Denise Kerth (Bancroft), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Carol McPheters (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Bailey and Burch (2010) describe competence in identifying prominent behavior analysts among their essential skills and responsibilities for behavior analysts. The present study applied the stimulus equivalence paradigm to establish relations among the name, photograph, professional affiliation, and research interest of six prominent behavior analysts (3 men and 3 women). Participants were 15 graduate students in a Master of Arts applied behavior analysis program. A pretest-training-posttest design was used. First, three, 4-member equivalence classes (either men or women) were established using a match-to-sample software program. Selection-based responding was used during training and testing. Three relations were trained and nine additional relations emerged without additional training, thus demonstrating the emergence of equivalence classes. Participants also demonstrated response generalization by responding correctly during oral posttests. After learning the first set of behavior analyst classes (either men or women), the results were replicated within-subjects with another set of three, 4-member equivalence classes. The results were maintained in a two-week follow up. The present study extends the stimulus equivalence literature to a novel content area while also expanding research that is relevant to the field of behavior analysis (Walker & Rehfeldt, 2012).

 
Teaching College Students the Concept of Statistical Variability Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction
LEIF ALBRIGHT (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Although coursework in statistics is prevalent within an undergraduate psychology major, many students struggle to master the content. The present study evaluated the use of equivalence-based instruction to teach the statistical concept of variability to college age learners. Custom computer software controlled equivalence-based instruction was used to teach two, 4-member classes (representing high or low variability) to 6 undergraduate students. Stimuli in the classes consisted of a term (high or low variability), a definition, multiple number sets of high or low variability, and standard deviation values. A pretest-training-posttest-maintenance design was used. Participant performance was evaluated on both a computer-based test (pre and post) and a written multiple-choice test (pre and post). All participants acquired the trained relations during match-to-sample instruction. Testing scores improved on both the computer (not shown) and the written selection-based responding tests (see figure) for all participants following equivalence-based instruction. In addition, test performance maintained one week after instruction. Thus, equivalence-based instruction can effectively teach concepts of variability and that a selection-based teaching protocol can promote the emergence of responses to a novel selection-based testing protocol.
 

Effects of Mastery Criteria on Equivalence Class Formation

DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Queens College, City University of New York), Julia Brodsky (The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

The stimulus equivalence paradigm has been applied to teach numerous college-level academic topics, such as algebra (Ninness et al., 2006), statistics (Fields et al., 2009; Fienup & Critchfield, 2010, 2011), neuroanatomy (Fienup, Covey, & Critchfield, 2010), and disability categorization (Walker et al., 2011). A review by Fienup, Hamelin, Reyes-Giordano, and Falcomata (2011) identified several technological variations among protocols found in the research literature. This study examined the influence of mastery criterion on the number of learners who successfully formed equivalence classes. All participants learned neuroanatomy concepts using match-to-sample training and the simple-to-complex protocol (includes learning baseline relations and derived relations probes). Researchers randomly assigned participants to a particular mastery criterion that consisted of blocks of training (e.g., Fields et al., 2009), or either of two consecutive correct responses (6 or 12) (e.g., Fienup et al., 2011). All mastery criteria resulted in equivalence class formation; however, the 12 consecutive correct criteria was most successful. The block mastery and 6 consecutive correct criteria produced more failed derived relations probes and resulted in participants spending more time completing remedial training prior to the formation of academically relevant equivalence classes. Implications for developing an effective and efficiency technology of equivalence-based instruction will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #28
CE Offered: BACB
Experimental Behavior Analysis of Auditory Discrimination in Humans with Neurodevelopment Disabilities and Related Animal Models
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W176a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John C. Neill (Long Island University)
Discussant: James S. MacDonall (Fordham University)
CE Instructor: John C. Neill, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Effective new techniques are needed to assess auditory discrimination in individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities such as autism spectrum disorders, epilepsy and intellectual disability. This symposium will present effective behavioral methods for assessing a variety of auditory discriminations in humans and animal models. John C. Neill (Long Island University) will show how seizures early in life predispose mammals to long term and acute impairments in auditory location and quality discrimination, and how these impairments can be remediated using effective auditory discrimination procedures developed in basic research. Neill will also present a paper that shows significant dose-dependent deficits in auditory discrimination in rats exposed to cosmic rays, similar impairments in neonatal seizure models, and discuss the implications for the developing brain. Bertram Ploog (College of Staten Island, CUNY) will discuss studies using a computer game to assess stimulus control involved in receptive prosody of children with autism (including lower functioning children) also with potential for remediation. Richard Serna, (U. Mass. Lowell) will describe non-verbal methods used to assess pitch discrimination in individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities. Data will be presented from an ongoing research project aimed at better understanding the auditory discrimination capabilities of children with ASDs and intellectual disabilities. Behavior analysts will learn some determinants of atypical behavior associated with neurodevelopmental disabilities and potentially effective remediation approaches to normalize auditory perception. A discussant, James MacDonall (Fordham University) will add insightful commentary.

Keyword(s): auditory discrimination, autism, intellectual disability, prosody
 
Seizures Impair Auditory Discrimination in Mammals
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University)
Abstract: One third of individuals with severe developmental disabilities have active seizure disorders which cause impaired learning and behavior. A higher proportion of developmentally disabled individuals probably had seizures early in development. This paper will present experimental analysis of several animal models of seizure-induced auditory behavioral impairments, using go-no go and go right-go left auditory discrimination methods and maze data. Mammals with seizures early in development are impaired in go - no go and go right - go left auditory discrimination. Normal animals and humans learn auditory discriminations rapidly when a novel sound is presented, and sound source location rapidly acquires stimulus control; severely disabled seizure animals and epileptic humans acquire sound localization poorly or not at all unless special procedures are used. Maze data show that seizure animals are less likely to explore the environment and their behavior is highly avoidance-based, particularly in response to novel sounds. Seizure animals acquire less reinforcers and thus become ontologically retarded compared to normal controls unless they receive early intensive behavioral intervention. Seizure rats acquire auditory discriminations at better than 90% accuracy using a simultaneous quality-location discrimination. Humans with severe epilepsy and intellectual disabilities acquire discriminations above 90% accuracy using analog discrimination procedures.
 
Assessing Pitch Discrimination in Children with Neurodevelopmental Disabilities
RICHARD W. SERNA (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: Many children with neurodevelopmental disabilities, particularly those with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASDs), show limited and impaired auditory learning skills. One reason for these impairments may be that spoken words contain many auditory features that distinguish them, including pitch, duration, rise and fall, rhythm, etc. Children with ASDs may show selective attention to only a single auditory feature of a word, the results of which could interfere with spoken-word learning. Though some research exists in this area, most of it has been conducted with “high functioning,” verbal children with ASDs. Almost no research in this area exists with children with ASDs who have more pronounced intellectual disabilities. The purpose of this paper is to describe non-verbal methods used to assess pitch discrimination in individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities. Initial data also will be presented from an ongoing research project aimed at better understanding the auditory discrimination capabilities of children with both ASDs and intellectual disabilities. Preliminary results suggest a key finding could emerge: Children with ASDs who have intellectual disabilities tend to be better able to discriminate pitch than their counterparts who have intellectual disabilities, but no ASDs.
 

Using a Computer Game to Assess Auditory Stimulus Control in Children with Autism

BERTRAM O. PLOOG (City University of New York), Patricia Brooks (City University of New York)
Abstract:

The use of computer technology has been prevalent in autism research and treatment. However, many studies have not employed a systematic and rigorous behavior analytical approach, therefore proper assessment of treatment efficacy is often lacking. In this talk, I'd like to discuss the findings of three studies using a computer game to assess stimulus control involved in receptive prosody of children with autism (including lower functioning children who represent an understudied and underserved population in language research). I would also like to introduce a new game to assess stimulus control involved in emotion recognition of children with autism. This game also has the built-in potential to serve as a remedial tool for atypical attention possibly involved in emotion recognition.

 

Cosmic Rays are Neurotoxic

TERRESA AUBELE (Wabash College), Rachel Kristiansen (Sheridan College), Matthew Murphy (Tufts University), S. John Gatley (Northeastern University), John C. Neill (Long Island University)
Abstract:

We hypothesized that heavy ion irradiation causes severe impairments in auditory stimulus control and changes in the Brainstem Auditory Evoked Potential (BAEP) in rats. Subject: 30 adult male Sprague-Dawley rats were divided randomly into three groups: brains of rats were exposed to either 0, 120 or 240 cGy accelerated iron ions (56Fe) of 600 MeV per nucleon at the National Space Radiation Laboratory. Eight months later, rats were deprived to 80% of ad lib, given preliminary training on a VI 22 s schedule during silence in half hour sessions until lever presses occurred at steady rates. Two auditory cues (half S+, half S-) were then introduced to signal consequences using a discrete trial procedure. S+ and S- alternated semi-randomly on a silent ITI (inter-trial interval) of 22.5 s, (range: 5 - 45 s). Controls acquired the S+/S- discrimination significantly faster than irradiated rats in a dose-dependent function. There was a dose-dependent Increase in S- response rate in all conditions. BAEPS: Fe 56 irradiation caused a dose-dependent decrease in wave I-IV latencies. Performances were compared to animals exposed to seizures early in life and similar functions were obtained. Cosmic rays are neurotoxic, causing behavioral and neurological changes in humans.

 
 
Symposium #29
CE Offered: BACB
Operant Conditioning in Invertebrates
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Chris Varnon (Oklahoma State University)
Discussant: Susan M. Schneider (University of the Pacific)
CE Instructor: Jacob H. Daar, M.S.
Abstract:

Although behaviorists often seek to generalize the principles of behavior to a diverse range of species, invertebrates seldom receive much attention in behavioral research. This is unfortunate as invertebrates are excellent candidates for research in behavior analysis for several reasons. First, invertebrate research is often less expensive and less restrictive in methods than research conducted with traditional vertebrate organisms. Second, invertebrates are practical subjects for classroom experiments and hands-on student exercises due to small size, low cost and low maintenance. Finally, many species, such as the honey bee, have significant roles in agriculture and the ecosystem. In this symposium, four presentations will discuss operant conditioning in invertebrates. The research will discuss the sensitivity of honey bees to delays of reinforcement, distinctions in drone and worker honey bee performance in avoidance and punishment tasks, spatial learning in lobsters and positive reinforcement in hissing cockroaches. The presentations will relate the findings to the behavioral ecology of the subject species, and compare and contrast the trends in invertebrate learning with what is commonly observed in traditional vertebrate organisms.

Keyword(s): Bee, Invertebrate, Lobster, Roach
 

The Impact of Reinforcement Delays on Honey Bee (Apis mellifera L.) Operant Responding

DAVID CRAIG (Oklahoma State University), James W. Grice (Oklahoma State University), Chris Varnon (Oklahoma State University), Michel Sokolowski (Universite de Picardie - Jules Vernes), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract:

In two experiments, free-flying honey bees' (Apis mellifera L.) hole-entering responses in an artificial flower apparatus were exposed to two forms of reinforcement delays. The first experiment implemented a post-reinforcement delay by locking the bees within the apparatus and preventing them from returning to the hive after receiving sucrose reinforcement. The bees received either a 0s, 300s, or 600s delay following an A-B-C-A design. The delay produced distinct patterns of inter-session intervals but did not impact inter-response times. Generally, longer delays produced longer inter-session intervals and many bees exposed to post-reinforcement delays "dropped out" of the experiment. The second experiment implemented an inter-reinforcement delay via a fixed interval schedule of reinforcement of either 0s, 15s, 30s, 60s, or 120s. The FI schedules produced lower response rates compared to performance on continuous reinforcement schedules and also decreased inter-response-times for some subjects. However, no "scalloped" or "break-and-run" patterns of responding were observed, and no evidence of temporal control by honey bees was produced. As with the first experiment, honey bees exposed to longer delays (FI 60s and F1 120s) "dropped out" of the experiment.

 

Aversive Conditioning in Honey bees (Apis mellifera anatolica): A Comparison of Drones and Workers

CHRISTOPHER DINGES (Oklahoma State University), Charles I. Abramson (Oklahoma State University), David Craig (Oklahoma State University), Zoe M. Austin (Oklahoma State University), Chris Varnon (Oklahoma State University), Fatima Nur Dal (Beekeeping Research Centre, Uludag University), Tugrul Giray (Beekeeping Research Centre, Uludag University), Harrington Wells (University of Tulsa)
Abstract:

Honey bees provide a model system to elucidate the relationship between sociality and complex behaviors within the same species, as females (workers) are highly social and males (drones) are more solitary. We report on aversive learning studies in drone and worker honey bees (Apis mellifera anatolica) in escape, punishment and discriminative punishment situations. In the escape experiment, individuals could terminate an unavoidable shock triggered by a decrementing 30-second timer by crossing the shuttlebox centerline following shock activation. Across all groups, there was large individual response variation. When assessing group response frequency and latency, master subjects performed better than yoked subjects for both workers and drones. In the punishment experiment, individuals were shocked upon entering the shock portion of a bilaterally wired shuttlebox. The shock portion was spatially static and unsignalled. Only workers effectively avoided the shock. The discriminative punishment experiment repeated the punishment experiment but included a counterbalanced blue and yellow background signal and the side of shock was manipulated. Drones correctly responded less than workers when shock was paired with blue. However, when shock was paired with yellow there was no observable difference between drones and workers.

 

Positive Reinforcement and Extinction in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach

Matthew L. Johnson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), ASHLEY SHAYTER (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

While numerous demonstrations of behavioral principles have been observed in a variety of model organisms, few studies have attempted to replicate such phenomenon using the relatively cheaper and regulation free options available in invertebrate organisms. The following study sought to demonstrate positive reinforcement in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa) by exposing 5 subjects to an apparatus that provided highly preferred edible stimuli as a consequent of antennae waving on a FR1 schedule. In order to account for the presence of motivating operations, each subject was exposed to a 5min free-operant preference assessment including 4 edible stimuli prior to each session. After selection of a stimulus, the subjects were placed in the apparatus for 20min. If no stimulus was selected, the subject was returned to the colony enclosure. An ABAB design showed greater frequencies of antennae waving during FR1 (B) conditions than in baseline (A) conditions. Patterns suggesting delayed extinction bursts were observed during the return to baseline. Implications and limitations of these methodologies and in the use of hissing cockroaches as model organisms are discussed.

 

Spatial Learning in the Lobster

KELTI OWENS (Southern Illinois University), Anna Cronin (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Rachel Enoch (Southern Illinois University), Maggie Molony (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The present study examined spatial learning patterns in juvenile Red-Clawed lobsters (Cherax Quadricarinatus). In the present study a group of 14 Red-Clawed lobsters were trained to run through a T-maze; the number of errors and latency to complete the maze was measured. The experimental group was exposed to daily trial blocks, which consisted of 3 sessions per day, whereas the control group was exposed to the task on day 1 and day 12. Results suggest that after repeated exposure to the task, the experimental group maintained an average of 100% maze completion during the last trial block, making no errors. The control group however had an average of 52% during the last trial block. After the responding pattern in the maze was reversed, the experimental group averaged 743.75s to complete the maze compared to the control group completing the maze in 273.5s. The results suggest that a stronger learning history effects adaptability in responding with the experimental group being less adaptable in their responding after repeated exposure to the maze task.

 
 
Paper Session #30
Impulsivity and Delay Discounting
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB
Chair: Carlos F. Aparicio Naranjo (Salem State University)
 
Effect of Order of Delays to LL-Reinforcers in Lewis and Fischer 344 Rats
Domain: Basic Research
CARLOS F. APARICIO NARANJO (Salem State University)
 
Abstract: Delay discounting-research in humans has been showing that the order of delays to larger-later reinforcers determines whether the rate of discounting is high or low. This study extended the generality of this finding to nonhuman Lewis and Fischer 344 rats. The initial-link of concurrent chain schedules arranged choices between smaller-sooner (SS) and larger-later (LL) reinforcers (1 versus 4 pellets, respectively). In the terminal-links delays of 0, 5, 10, 20, 40, and 80 s to LL reinforcers were presented in ascending, descending or random orders. Terminal-link entries were dependently scheduled, controlling possible confound between frequency and delay of reinforcement. Delay discounting was well described by a hyperbolic-decay model. Discounting rates were higher in the ascending order than those in the descending and random orders. The role of the order of delays to LL reinforcers in determining impulsive choices of Lewis and Fischer 344 rats will be discussed.
 

Effects of Exposure to Alternate Macrocontingencies and Metacontingencies in the Production and Maintenance of Ethical Self-Control Reponses

Domain: Basic Research
AECIO DE BORBA VASCONCELOS NETO (Universidade Federal do Para), Emmanuel Z. Tourinho (Universidade Federal do Para)
 
Abstract:

A particular case of self-control happens when the conflict between immediate and delayed consequences are associated with consequences more favorable to the individual, or more favorable to the group. In such cases, responding under control of delayed consequences more favorable to the group can be called Ethical Self-Control. Literature on Behavior Analysis points out that the selection of self-control and ethical self-control depends on contingencies delivered by members of the group, which permits us to say that these phenomena are cultural products. This work investigated the selection, maintenance, and transmission of ethical self-control in two settings analogous to cultural contingencies: macrocontingencies and metacontingencies. Two microcultures were exposed to a task in which each participant had to choose a line in a colored 10x10 matrix. There were individual consequences according to which choices of odd lines produced three tokens that could be exchanged for money, and choices of even lines produced only one token. Cultural contingencies allowed the production of school items that would be donated to public schools. The production of such items depended up on the existence of macrocontingencies or metacontingencies. We investigated the effect of cultural consequences and cumulative product on ethical self-control responses, in situations in which the production of the cultural consequences and the cumulative product are concurrent with responses that produced a higher magnitude reinforcer, in alternate conditions of macrocontingencies and metacontingencies. Results suggest that both the cultural consequence and the cumulative product were effective in the selection of ethical self-control. The data also suggest that macrocontingencies were not effective in the selections of IBCs+APs, but were effective in the maintenance after they were selected in metacontingency conditions. In macrocontingency conditions a larger number of school items were produced, but the probability of producing items in metacontingency conditions were lower than in macrocontingencies conditions, suggesting that the former was more effective in the production of cultural consequences.

 
Experimental Analysis of Risk and Recidivism
Domain: Applied Research
JORDAN HOATH (Behaviour Management Services), Luke Lynn (Vita Community Living Services), Katie Miller (Vita Community Living Services)
 
Abstract: Treatment programs and government legislation for individuals who have engaged in sexually abusive behaviours have led to significant external controls being put in place to prevent any access to potential victims (Levenson, 2005; Wright, 2008; & Stevenson et al., 2011). These controls include, but are not limited to, restrictions in areas of residence, cameras in homes, and continuous supervision by staff. Vita Community Living Services provides intensive treatment and a behaviour management approach to individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID) who have sexually abused . A number of high –risk individuals reside in treatment homes within the agency. These homes are carefully controlled with environmental modifications, including highly trained and specialized staff and consistent behavioural support. Current data analysis reveals that inappropriate behaviours are at extremely low levels for each client. Given the environmental control being exercised there is virtually no opportunity to exhibit inappropriate behaviour without immediate redirection and intervention. This may lead to artificial data and the impression of significant improvements in client’s ability to manage their behaviour. However, the client’s behaviour may be solely under staff and/or environmental control rather than a reflection of true gains in a client’s skill set and reduced risk. This potentially false depiction of risk will be portrayed to new staff in future residential placements, which may result in drastically less supervision and complacency by staff. This presentation will explore the rationale and theory for an experimental analysis of sexually abusive behaviour. As well, the presentation will illustrate the application of a number of experimental scenarios in naturalistic settings to assess the self-regulation skills of a group of individuals with an ID who have engaged in sexually abusive behaviours Specific scenarios and results will be discussed at length, along with the ethical considerations of conducting such work. Future research and implications will be addressed.
 

Multifinality and Equifinality in an Evolutionary Theory of Behavior Dynamics

Domain: Basic Research
ANDREI POPA (Emory University), Nicholas Calvin (Emory University), Jack J. McDowell (Emory University)
 
Abstract:

Skinner (1981) suggested that natural selection operates not only at the biological level, but is also responsible for the evolution of behavioral repertoires throughout an organisms lifetime. McDowell (2004) implemented the selectionist account in a computational theory of behavior dynamics. The theory causes a population of behaviors to evolve through time under the selection pressure exerted by the environment. It has been tested under a variety of conditions and the emergent outcomes were repeatedly shown to be qualitatively and quantitatively indistinguishable from those displayed by live organisms (McDowell, in press). The present project investigated the effects of various environmental variables (e.g. reward magnitude) on the behavior variability of virtual organisms characterized by various mutation rates. High mutation rates produced behavioral constellations similar to those displayed by ADHD-diagnosed children. These effects were counteracted by arranging richer or more structured environments (higher changeover delay). Interestingly, arranging low-value environments caused organisms characterized by low mutation rates to display abnormally high levels of variability. These findings suggest that similar high-level phenotypes such ADHD may be caused by various combinations of organismic and environmental features (equifinality), during a dynamic process governed by Darwinian forces.

 

Analyzing The Complexity Of Delay Dicounting Of Losses

Domain: Basic Research
FABIO LEYSER GONCALVES (Universidade Estadual Paulista)
 
Abstract:

Recent studies have shown differences between delay discounting (DD) of gains and losses. More specifically, some studies have suggested that the relation of value and delay may not be monotonic, but biphasic, what would not be supported by mathematical models used to describe data. We reanalyzed data of four experiments that evaluated delay discounting with losses in order to compare and evaluate two mathematical models. Experiment 1 was looking for correlations between DD and depressive symptoms, Experiment 2 was concerned on the influence of age and income on DD with losses, Experiment 3 was concerned with anxiety and Experiment 4 was testing the influence of a mood induction procedure. In this study we conducted four analyses of the 119 original individual data. The first analysis was a categorization of data in three patterns: Discounting, Stable and Revaluation (initial discounting followed by increase in value). The second analysis compared R and corrected R. The third analysis was an F-test conducted for each individual data. And the last analysis considered Akaike Information Criterion. Analyses 1 and 2 favored a complex equation, while the other two favored a simpler model. The implications of each method of data analysis are discussed.

 
 
 
Symposium #31
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Treatment Integrity of Behavior Analytic Interventions
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kerry A. Conde (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Kerry A. Conde, M.S.
Abstract:

Treatment integrity, also known as procedural fidelity, is the degree to which intervention steps are implemented with accuracy. Behavioral skills training (i.e., instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback) is an effective procedure used to train staff across a range of repertoires (e.g., implementing skill acquisition programs, verbal behavior programs). The purpose of this symposium is to highlight four studies evaluating training procedures to implement interventions with high levels of integrity. The first presentation will share findings following the training of three parents to implement variations of discrete-trial instruction (DTI) with their children with autism and parent preference for DTI variations. The second presentation will describe how the authors identified variables impacting special education teachers selection of academic interventions and discuss variables impacting integrity in classroom settings. The third presentation will describe the use of video modeling with voiceover instruction when training teachers to implement token economies with children with autism. Finally, the fourth presentation will describe the devleopment of a cost-effective pre-service training package to teach three animal shelter volunteers to implement a dog walking and enrichment protocol (DWEP) through a video training package.

Keyword(s): social validity, staff training, treatment integrity
 
Integrity and Social Validity of Parent-Implemented Discrete-Trial Training
KERRY A. CONDE (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Abstract: Parents have long been included in the treatment of their children with developmental disabilities to teach and to facilitate generalization of targeted skills (e.g., Laski, Charlop, & Schreibman, 1988; Schopler, 1971; Short, 1984). The degree to which parent involvement enhances child outcomes may depend on several factors (e.g., treatment integrity). Research is yet to elucidate environmental factors, such as treatment parameters in discrete-trial training (DTT), which may affect treatment integrity and social validity among parents as therapists. Three parent-child dyads participated in the current investigation. The purpose was (1) to assess parent treatment integrity across a range of treatment parameters in discrete-trial training (e.g., massed or interspersed trial arrangement, discontinuous or continuous system of data collection, developmentally appropriate or developmentally inappropriate tasks) (2) to assess parent preference between teaching parameters using a concurrent chain procedure, and (3) to describe and interpret the role of environmental variables (e.g., child correct performance, child problem behavior, and session duration) correlated with higher integrity and parent preference. Results were idiosyncratic across dyads. The functional relations between child correct performance, child problem behavior, and session duration on parent integrity remains unknown. Findings are discussed in terms of considerations practitioners may apply when designing parent-implemented interventions.
 

Examining Treatment Selection and Implementation in Special Education Classrooms

TOM CARIVEAU (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Brittany LeBlanc (University of Oregon), Jake Mahon (University of Oregon), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Special education teachers may select interventions for their students for a variety of reasons (e.g., familiarity with an intervention) that are not yet well understood. Once the teacher selects an intervention, it remains unclear whether the teacher and classroom staff are implementing the intervention as it is described in the literature. The purpose of the investigation was to identify variables impacting special education teachers selection of academic interventions and examine whether teachers implemented the intervention with integrity. We collected survey data and conducted observations of conditional discrimination training procedures in special education classrooms in Oregon. We examined the level of integrity that classroom staff implemented trial-based instruction, with most observations including instruction delivered by instructional assistants instead of special education teachers. Results indicated that educators implemented 50% of the components of trial-based instruction with integrity at or above 80%. Variables such as the mastery level of the task being presented impacted levels of integrity. We will further discuss variables impacting integrity in classroom settings and provide recommendations for future research and practice.

 

The Effects of Video Modeling with Voiceover Instruction to Train Staff to Implement a Token Economy

HEATHER PELTACK (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Jessica L. Rothschild (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

The use of token economies is frequently recommended in early intervention manuals and is reported to be commonplace in clinical practice. However, limited research is available to help guide clinicians in how to best train staff to implement token economies. To help address this void, the present study evaluated video modeling with voiceover instruction to train four staff trainees to implement a token economy. Initially, we evaluated the staff trainees integrity with a simulated consumer (i.e., an adult acting as a child). Generalization was programmed for and assessed with an actual consumer (i.e., a child with autism). The results demonstrated that video modeling was an effective approach to training. Staff trainees also demonstrated high levels of integrity up to 2-months following the completion of training. Multiple measures of validity were also completed and provide evidence for the content validity of the training video and the social validity of the goals, procedures, and outcomes. Together, these results support the usefulness of video training and suggest that performance feedback may not be a necessary component of training. We will discuss these findings in light of previous research and provide suggestions for future research.

 

Effects of a Video-Based Pre-Service Training Package on Animal Shelter Volunteers' Integrity

VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Volunteers are ubiquitous to non-profit service organizations, yet methods to efficiently and cost-effectively train volunteers are relatively underexplored in the literature. The current study aimed to develop a cost-effective pre-service training package to teach three animal shelter volunteers to implement a dog walking and enrichment protocol (DWEP). Following the shelter's traditional live training, volunteers implemented just over half of all DWEP steps correctly (M = 55.2%). DWEP integrity improved when participants completed a video-based self-training package (M = 75.3%), but did not reach the pre-established mastery criterion of 85% fidelity with zero safety errors. During coaching, which consisted of modeling and positive and corrective feedback, integrity improved (M = 90.6%), yet only two of three participants met criterion performance. High integrity performance was observed for two of three participants at 1- and 4-week follow-up observations. Though creation of the video-based training package used in the study required approximately 13.25 hours longer than preparation of live training, live training required between 30-50 minutes with a shelter staff member with wide variability and safety of content observed. When used in place of life training, the video training package could save money for the organization in as few as 13 volunteer training sessions.

 
 
Symposium #32
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis Around the World: Current Efforts in Bringing our Discipline to Everyone
Saturday, May 24, 2014
1:00 PM–2:50 PM
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TBA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Joseph E. Morrow (Applied Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Timothy C. Fuller, M.A.
Abstract:

The Symposium brings together a variety of international dissemination efforts. A goal of the symposium is to illustrate some of the ways Behavior Analysis is currently being offered in areas that have traditionally had little to no contact with the discipline. Furthermore, the event brings together speakers from varying backgrounds to share their perspectives on how behavior analysis can continue to bring its offerings to populations that have had limited contact with the discipline. Papers presented will concentrate the efforts currently being done in India, China, Taiwan, Russia, Belarus, and the Middle East region.

Keyword(s): Dissemination, International Development, Teaching BA, Training
 

CANCELED: Russia and Belarus Meet ABAI

ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

Presentations to 75 of the top Moscow psychologists included information on an introduction to behavior analysis, changing inner behavior, verbal behavior, quality assurance, employee satisfaction, and competition in industry. The presentations in Belarus also had the above areas plus a lecture on precision teaching’s standard celeration chart. The Belarus audience consisted of psychologists, teachers, and special education personnel. A part of our task was to present behavior analysis to people whose historic roots lie with Pavlov, but whose current philosophy and approach to treatment of all people lie more within the roots of mentalism. The two weeks of presentations, smaller meetings, and tours of schools were behavior analysis’s introduction to its principles and practices to this portion of the world. People from ABAI had previously spent time in St. Petersburg.

 

The Development of Behavior Analysis in a multicultural, multilingual and conventional India (2004- 2013)

SMITA AWASTHI (Association for Behavior Analysis of India)
Abstract:

Till as late as 2004, there was no knowledge of the science of ABA in India. A large country of one billion people and nearly a million children with autism. In 2013 we have 12 Behavior Analysts, various ABA based special needs centers, a BACB approved course sequence, and innumerable parents of children with autism asking for ABA. The 9 year journey in India has been full of challenges and made possible due to various strategic & bold decisions & campaigns. The impact on the development of ABA in India is irreversible.

 

The Development of Applied Behavior Analysis in China and Taiwan

SHU-HWEI KE (Seek Education, Inc. and University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

This paper discusses the development of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in China and Taiwan. In 2000 and 2008, the first international ABA conference sponsored by SEEK Education, Inc. was held to disseminate behavior analysis in the area of education and treatment of children with autism in Taiwan and China, respectively. Following this, there has been an increasing number of parents of children with autism looking for effective treatment based on a behavioral approach. In addition, teachers and practitioners providing direct services to this population are finding ways to receive systematic training and education in behavior analysis. These developments have been fostered by additional support from the governments of China and Taiwan for the establishment of educational programs to serve the vast populations in these regions. This paper aims to discuss the progression and challenges of ABA development over the past decade. The development of ABA intensive intervention programs, systematic training sequences, BCaBA and BCBA course sequences, and the future development of behavior analysis in China and Taiwan will be discussed.

 

Behavior Analysis Training Efforts in the Middle East

TIMOTHY C. FULLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

This paper discusses the current training efforts occurring Saudi Arabia. The training efforts are predicated on the work that had been done in the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan. Building and refining a program of behavior analytic instruction in coordination with service providers in the region will be presented as well as a hybrid supervision structure that is being employed. The paper discuses the scope and sequence of behavior analytic instruction along with how students contact ongoing supervision of clinical activities. A model of how this type of training can be replicated in other locations will be offered as well as lessons learned from attempting to bring behavior analytic training to a region that has had limited contact with the discipline. Particular considerations discussed include: cultural & language barriers and solutions, as well as distance based instructional methods and how they are being employed to solve limitations of previous attempts to bring a sustained model of behavior analytic training to the region.

 
 
Paper Session #33
How Has DSM-V Changed Our Understanding of Autism Spectrum Disorders? Considerations for Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:20 PM
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: David Donnelly (University of Rochester)
 

How Has DSM-V Changed Our Understanding of Autism Spectrum Disorders? Considerations for Applied Behavior Analysts

Domain: Theory
DAVID DONNELLY (University of Rochester)
 
Abstract:

While the field of applied behavior analysis is not directly involved in the diagnostic process for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), it is demonstrable that the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders , 4th Ed., Text revision, better known as DSM-IV-TR (American Psychiatric Association, 2000) has influenced several aspects of the behavioral treatment of these individuals. This past Spring, the long-awaited DSM-5 (American Psychiatric Association, 2013) was published, to mixed reviews. The structure of the manual was changed; so in particular, were many aspects of the published criteria for a diagnosis of ASD. These changes, including a brief "look-back" at the evolution of ASD diagnostic criteria since first contained in DSM-III will be presented, along with a discussion of the potential impact of the current changes on our field and the treatment of individuals with ASD. Recommendations for future lines of investigation suggested by the new diagnostic criteria will be included, which may ultimately assist Behavior Analysts in improving functional analysis and treatment effectiveness.

 
 
 
Paper Session #34
All in the Family: Parents of Autism Utilizing Behavioral Techniques
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:20 PM
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: Deborah L. Hatton (University of Manitoba)
 

All in the Family: Parents of Autism Utilizing Behavioural Techniques

Domain: Service Delivery
DEBORAH L. HATTON (University of Manitoba)
 
Abstract:

When parents are taught to use applied behavioural techniques family context can be addressed (Moes & Frea, 2002), twenty-four hours a day. Generalization is more likely to occur for both the parents using this coaching, and for their children receiving the training. Parental behavioural instructional methods, usually with mothers, have had positive effects on childrens behaviour, although no studies follow-ups have been monitored past a year (Bergstrom, 2013; Csapo, 1979; Muir & Milan, 1982). This study with children diagnosed with autism begins when they were four-years-old and follows their varied diagnoses and development until their nineteenth years. Voluminous behavioural techniques were utilized over the 14 years in conjunction with numerous behaviours and settings. Some of the examples being presenting include shaping and fixed ratio scheduling in toilet training, variable ratio schedules for eating, and fixed ratio with limited hold to elicit appropriate hygiene. Results indicate constant parental use of behavioural methods produce significant changes in their childrens behaviour allowing for an increase in abilities and life skills.

 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #35
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Behavioral Indicators of Welfare: A Balance-Based Approach

Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W180 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Jason Watters, Ph.D.
Chair: Lindsay Mehrkam (University of Florida)
JASON WATTERS (San Francisco Zoo)
Jason Watters received his Ph.D. in animal behavior from the University of California at Davis. His research interests have covered numerous topics in animal behavior. For example, he has studied mating systems, behavioral development, and the causes and consequences of behavioral syndromes' animal personalities. Dr. Watters' research program currently focuses on learning and behavioral indicators of welfare in zoo animals. His studies have investigated behavioral issues in numerous species including insects, fish, reptiles, birds, and mammals. In addition to his Ph.D. in animal behavior, he earned a certificate in exotic animal training and management and has held positions at zoos and aquariums. Currently, Dr. Watters oversees a program charged with measuring and ensuring animal wellness at the San Francisco Zoo and is also the executive editor of the journal Zoo Biology. [Photo by Jim Schultz, Chicago Zoological Society]
Abstract:

Individuals who manage the welfare of zoo animals seek practical approaches to caring for a diversity of species. In general, animal managers hope to understand animals' behavioral needs, how animals express their experiences of positive welfare, and how to ensure that positive experiences balance any negative ones. Research findings in several fields, including psychology, neuroscience, animal behavior, and zoo biology, indicate core behavioral needs. Combined, the evidence suggests that animals who can express these needs are psychologically and emotionally enriched. Here, Dr. Watters will describe the core behavioral needs of investigating, acquiring reward and exerting control. He will describe a developing "balance-based" approach designed to ascertain the frequency with which these needs are met and not met in an animal's life through behavioral observation. Various behaviors indicate the presence or absence of opportunities to meet the core needs and Dr. Watters will challenge the assumption that the behavioral repertoire of zoo animals should mirror that of animals in the wild. He will emphasize that animal welfare depends upon the balance individuals can obtain between meeting and not meeting their behavioral needs. Animals that are out of balance in the simple sense that they have few opportunities for positive experiences are in a state of welfare that can be improved.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who have an interest in zoo animal behavior and welfare

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Understand a new approach to assessing animal welfare--one that is focused on evaluating animals' core needs and develops a new behavioral analysis to do this; (2) Explain the basic principles of constructing animal welfare "balance sheets;" and (3) Understand the issues associated with the classification of behavior. Specifically, participants will be exposed to the problems associated with misclassifying behaviors associated with animal learning.  
Keyword(s): animal behavior, animal welfare
 
 
Panel #36
CE Offered: BACB
What Comprehensive Evaluation Can Contribute to Complex Behavioral Programs for the Treatment of Autism
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Daniel E. Hursh, Ph.D.
Chair: Dana Cihelkova (West Virginia University)
DANIEL E. HURSH (West Virginia University)
SUSANNAH POE (West Virginia University)
VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract: Complex behavioral programs for the treatment of autism have not been comprehensively evaluated for many reasons. One of the reasons is methodological difficulty, another methodological inflexibility, and yet another is methodological insufficiency. These reasons and others are barriers to notably and meaningfully advancing the field of ABA and the overall understanding of Autism. The panel members will briefly present a model for comprehensive evaluation and how it can contribute to two complex behavioral programs that have produced positive results for persons with autism. The audience will then be invited to contribute their suggestions and comments. The comprehensive evaluation model includes three dimensions: the specific symptoms manifested by persons with autism, the treatment components of the complex behavioral programs, and the outcomes produced by the programs. The person who developed the comprehensive evaluation model will discuss the model. The complex behavioral programs are Discrete Trials Training, represented by a professional with more than 20 years of Discrete Trials Training program implementation and management, AND the Competent Learner Model, represented by the developer of the Competent Learner Model with more than 30 years of development, implementation, and management of the model.
Keyword(s): Autism Treatments, Program Evaluation
 
 
Symposium #37
CE Offered: BACB
CANCELED: Factors Affecting Early Progress in EIBT Programs
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Amanda N. Adams (Central California Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Adams, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although a great deal of research has focused on factors that contribute to progress in early intensive behavior therapy (EIBT), few studies have refined this examination to those variables that most contribute to progress in the first six months of beginning a EIBT program. This symposium will feature three papers that examine this early progress. The first study will provide an analysis of the variable of team consistency and training of behavior therapists assigned to a case and it's correlation to child progress. The second paper examines the degree to which a child demonstrates attending skills across different stimuli arrangements. The final paper in this symposium will discuss types of stimuli classified by categories used to describe art, and measures the length of time each child spent looking at each kind of painting. These results were used to manipulate the type of stimuli used in programming and results on the effect of progress will be discussed. Several factors can effect initial progress in EIBT programs. These three papers will present findings that suggest some strategies to maximize progress in the very initial months of EIBT to shift a child's acquisition rate, which, in turn, can effect the overall developmental trajectory. A second point is that some mistakes that may be common in the early stages of behavior programs with children with autism, can be avoided if careful evaluation in consistently applied to specific factors.

Keyword(s): attending skills, early intervention
 

An Examination of Different Categories of Visual Stimuli/Art as a Factor in Children with Autism and Attending Skills.

KATY LEWIS (Fresno State), Eduardo Avalos (Fresno State), Amanda N. Adams (Central California Autism Center)
Abstract:

Children with autism can demonstrate preferences for particular kinds of stimuli. The visual characteristics of such stimuli have rarely been studied. One approach to classifying types of visual stimuli is to use categories used in the field of visual art. The purpose of this study was to determine if children diagnosed with Autism have a visual preference for certain types of art paintings from different categories of art. Another purpose of this study was to see how the introduction of art paintings in a controlled versus a free operant environment affected the rate of stereotypic behaviors. This paper will present two different experiments. In experiment one, art paintings varying in feature intensiveness were presented to participants in a controlled environment. Experiment one, required the use of a projector, which the art paintings were displayed through, and video cameras, which helped determine where participants were directing eye contact. In experiment two, art paintings, from seven different categories, were displayed in a free operant environment where the participants had free access to roam the room and orient to the paintings of their choice. The dependent variable for each experiment was the duration spent orienting towards different visual art categories, and the frequency of visual attendance towards each art painting. Stereotypic behavior was measured during the waiting period, or therapy session, and during each trial for experiment one and two. Preliminary data from experiment two, provides evidence that some participants preferred attending to their own image relative to all other categories.

 

Team Stability and the Effects on Inappropriate Behavior in Children with Autism

EDUARDO AVALOS (Fresno State), Shady Alvarez (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (Central California Autism Center)
Abstract:

It is common that children with autism have trouble generalizing what they have learned from a specific person to other people. Having a team of therapists work with a child with autism is the primary method used to program for generalization across people during clinical intervention. Team variables impacting progress are often under analyzed and changes in team variables during the intervention are often not closely monitored to access immediate effects on the learning rate and measures of the child's inappropriate behavior. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of team stability on the levels of inappropriate behavior in children with autism during EIBI treatment. Therapy sessions were sampled via video recording and coded for frequency and/or duration of a variety of inappropriate behaviors observed during treatment. Team Stability was gathered from center records. General trends were analyzed between dependent and independent variables to conclude general correlations. Preliminary results showed a negative relationship between team stability and level of inappropriate behavior during therapy, in most, but not all teams. Overall findings suggest significant positive clinical relevance to monitoring team variables throughout different stages in early intervention in children with autism, especially team stability.

 

Evaluating Levels of Attending with Various Degrees of Distraction in the Work Environments of Children with Autism: Implications for Intervening on Early Learning Issues.

JULAYNE JORGE (California State University, Fresno), Eduardo Avalos (Fresno State), Amanda N. Adams (Central California Autism Center)
Abstract:

Measuring attending levels during early intensive behavior intervention for children with autism can be difficult. The purpose of this study was to measure specific visual attending skills in children with autism. An analysis of the effects of environments with differentiating distraction levels on participants attending during discrete trial training (DTT) was conducted. Children with ASD were evaluated to see if they would habituate to the varying degree of distractors placed into their environment, and if it would later generalize to a typical environment. Trend lines of correct responding for each target item were compared during each stage of the study. The Wide Range Assessment of Memory & Learning Second Edition Assessment Tool was used to measure changes in clients attending level, as well as data collected of time spent gazing off-task, and measuring the number of correct responses during DTT.

 
 
Symposium #38
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Children with Autism New Tricks: Complex Verbal Responses, Pretend Play, and Replacements for Repetitive Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
CE Instructor: Nicole Luke, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Researchers and practitioners have been challenged to address three key areas of deficit identified with autism: language, play, and repetitive behavior. In this series of papers, each of these areas were investigated in unique ways, making a contribution to the applied research and aiding in our understanding of some of the features of autism. Each paper describes a particular tactic and its effects on the participants in the study, using a single case design research methodology. One paper taught divergent intraverbal responding through the use of convergent verbal prompts. One paper taught creative use of common objects for play through a combination of intraverbal responses and reinforcement for play actions. And, finally, one paper expanded the community of reinforcers through conditioning of new items and activities. These tactics contribute to the evidence-based practices available to teachers and staff who work with children with autism. And they reframe some applied research questions to engage the audience in a dialogue about how our assumptions might drive our research interests and findings.

 

Teaching Divergent Intraverbal Responding With Verbal Prompts Involving Convergent Multiple Control

WAN-CHI CHOU (National ChangHua University of Education), Gabrielle T. Lee (Teachers College, Columbia University), Hua Feng (National ChangHua University of Education)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to teach divergent intraverbal responding using verbal prompts involving convergent multiple control. The participant was a 7 year-old boy with autism. A multiple probe design across behaviors was employed. The behaviors involved categorical questions across 5 different colors (e.g., Name some things that are green). The verbal prompts used to teach divergent intraverbal responding consisted of verbal descriptions on feature, function, and class (FFC) of each target item. The objective was to increase the number of divergent intraverbal responses for each categorical question. The results showed that verbal prompts using convergent control with FFC were effective in increasing the number of divergent intraverbal responses to categorical questions. Generalization effects across people, settings, and spontaneous novel responses were also assessed.

 

Teaching Children with Autism Creative Use of Common Objects to Engage in Symbolic Pretend Play Activities

HUA FENG (National ChangHua University of Education), Sheng Xu (ChongQing Normal University), Gabrielle T. Lee (Teachers College, Columbia University), Wenchu Sun (National Changhua University of Education)
Abstract:

One of the major deficits for children with autism is a lack of creative symbolic pretend play skills. The purpose of this study is to investigate whether a verbal prompting procedure can increase the number of intraverbal responses on pretend uses of common objects. The goal was to teach children with autism creative ideas of using common objects for symbolic pretend play activities, thereby expanding their pretend play repertoires. The training procedure involved (1) presenting a target object, (2) having the child tact name and function of this object (e.g., a ring for stacking), (3) intraverbal responding on pretend uses of the object (Q: What can you pretend with this bowl? A: a hat, a bath-tub.), (4) the child engaging in pretend play actions with the object. In the pilot experiment, a 6-year-old boy with autism served as a participant. An ABAB design was originally planned to assess the effectiveness of the proposed teaching procedure with two sets of target objects. However, after the completion of training on the first set of three target objects, the child's ability for creative uses of common objects emerged and generalized to the second set of untaught objects, not allowing the return to baseline. Despite a positive training effectbeing achieved for this child, the experimental control was not demonstrated in an AB design. In experiment II, the procedure was replicated with a multiple probe across behaviors design for two preschool children with autism. Data showed that the procedure effectively increased the number of pretend uses for target objects for both children in Experiment II. During generalization probe sessions, both children were able to provide intraverbal responses of pretend uses for untaught objects and engage in play actions, suggesting the possibility to teach children with autism creative use of common objects to expand their pretend play repertoires.

 

Just Because it Makes "Sense" Doesn't Mean it's Real: Untangling a Sensory Based Rationale for Treating Self-Injurious Behavior.

GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Katie Jenkins (Nicholls State University)
Abstract:

Implementation of various sensory integration interventions have been observed across many types of school settings. Variations of these procedures have encompassed sensory diets which are based on the premise that individuals with autism and related disorders have an underlying deficit in sensory processing. The assumption is that this deficit results in high rates of stereotypy or self-injurious behavior due to the individual attempting to regulate its sensory input. Thus the deficit is ameliorated by providing ample opportunities for sensory-based activities. There appears to be an inverse correlation between excessive stereotypy and self-injurious behaviors and the number ofknown reinforcers for the individual. For most individuals, having a limited number of reinforcers will likely have an adverse impact on the rate of learning new skills and has social implications. By using a multiple baseline design across three participants, we tested the effects of conditioning items and activities on the selection ofsensory based items as preferred activities by the participants and the impact on the number of episodes of self-injurious behavior. Results are discussed in terms of the amount of time individuals engaged with non-sensory based stimuli in a free play setting.

 
 
Panel #39
A Mile in my Moccasins: Living the Autism Life
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
MARY ROSSWURM (Little Star Center)
MARY BETH WALSH (MOM2MOM/Rutgers University Behavioral Healthcare)
Abstract:

As more and more interest in the field of applied behavior analysis focuses on service delivery to individuals with autism, it is critical that professionals understand the family issues that surround raising a child with autism and living the autism life. Well-intentioned behavior analysts eagerly work with children, teens and adults with autism in order to decrease unwanted behavior and/or increase deficit behavior but fail to truly understand what parents go through, day in and day out. Unfortunately, lack of empathy, unrealistic expectations and judgmental attitudes are not uncommon amongst behavior analysts. This panel, made up of parents of children with autism, will discuss the realities of raising a child with autism, who becomes an adult with autism. The autism life - from making it through the day, to how the entire family is impacted through the life-span will be discussed, in the hopes that participants will leave with a better understanding of what parents of children with autism go through.

Keyword(s): autism parents, empathy, family impact, life-span
 
 
Symposium #40
Evaluating the Efficiency and Efficacy of Instructional Procedures for Teaching Beginning Learner Skills
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tamara L. Pawich (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Children with and without autism spectrum disorders experience a wide range of teaching strategies during acquisition of prerequisite learner skills. However, specific instructional methods may be selected based on instructor preference, training, or other idiosyncratic factors rather than empirical support for such methods. Thus, comparisons of instructional strategies are warranted to ensure that skills are being taught in the most efficient and effective manner. This symposium includes three presentations related to empirical comparisons of similar variations of commonly used instructional procedures with children, namely (1) simple-conditional and conditional-only methods for teaching receptive identification of sight words, (2) error correction procedures with and without a positive reinforcement component for teaching early literacy skills, and (3) the number of targets presented within session of a particular object class on the acquisition and generalization of tacts. Further evaluations of type of instructional procedure on stimulus generalization and participant preference will also be discussed.

Keyword(s): conditional discriminations, error correction, instructional procedures, tact training
 

A Comparison of Two Instructional Strategies for Teaching Receptive Identification of Sight Words

REBECCA VAN DER HIJDE (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia)
Abstract:

The study compared the effectiveness and efficiency of the modified simple-conditional and conditional only methods for teaching receptive identification of sight words (i.e., an auditory-visual conditional discrimination). Myles, 5-year-old boy, diagnosed with an Autism Spectrum Disorder participated in three comparative evaluations for the study. For each evaluation, two training sets of three sight words were randomly assigned to either the modified simple-conditional or conditional only methods. After the mastery criterion was met for each training set, a maintenance and generalization probe was conducted at a 1-month follow-up. Results suggest that both procedures were effective and resulted in maintenance and some generalization of skills. The conditional only method was a slightly more efficient procedure in that fewer sessions were required to meet the mastery criterion. The results call into question the utility of establishing component simple discriminations prior to conditional discriminations in teaching receptive identification of sight words.

 

Comparative Evaluation of Error-Correction Strategies: With and Without Positive Reinforcement

GLORIA N. MAILLARD (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

We conducted a comparative analysis of two error-correction strategies on sight word acquisition with kindergarten and first grade students. Both strategies consisted of response repetition, but one strategy included only a negative reinforcement contingency and the other used both positive and negative reinforcement contingencies. We also evaluated preference for instructional procedures. The current results suggest sight word acquisition was equivalent under both instructional conditions, but participants preferred the procedure that included a positive reinforcement component.

 

Evaluating the Efficiency of Teaching Multiple Exemplars Concurrently versus Successively on Skill Acquisition and Generalization in Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders

Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tamara L. Pawich (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), NITASHA DICKES (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kari J. Adolf (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often require direct programming to acquire new skills as well as generalize those skills across non-trained stimuli. The current study replicated and extended the findings of Schroeder, Schuster, and Hemmeter (1998) by evaluating the efficacy and efficiency of teaching target object classes successively (one exemplar at a time) versus concurrently (multiple exemplars at a time) on skill acquisition and generalization across multiple exemplars during tact training. Participants were five children diagnosed with an ASD. We used an adapted alternating treatments design (Sindelar, Rosenberg, & Wilson, 1985) embedded within a concurrent multiple baseline across participants. Consistent with Schroeder et al.s results, all of our participants acquired the target tacts more quickly in the concurrent condition. By contrast, there was little difference in generalization for either condition for all of our participants. Inter-observer agreement was collected for at least 35% of sessions, and the total mean interobserver agreement was 97.3 (range, 91.7% to 100%) .

 
 
Symposium #41
CE Offered: BACB
Precision Teaching: To Infinity and Beyond
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Megan Miller (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Penn State)
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, M.S.
Abstract:

Precision teaching is an underused technology for measuring behavior and making data based decisions. While research indicates a wide array of applications for improving learner performance using precision teaching, behavior analysts and educators often do not make use of this research or limit the use of precision teaching to certain skills. When reviewing literature published in popular behavior analytic journals, very few include research using precision teaching technologies. Additionally, within the Journal of Precision Teaching, there is a lack of recent research related to a variety of populations or aspects of precision teaching. Most of the research focuses on typically developing children or learning disabilities and fails to include more significant disabilities or novel aspects of precision teaching such as endurance. In this symposium, the presenters will share their experiences with broad applications of precision teaching. The presentations will specifically focus on reading endurance for at risk children and improving fluent body movements for moderate to severe students to improve performance on daily living skills.

Keyword(s): endurance, fluency, precision teaching, preference
 

Potential Effects of Increasing Reaching Fluency for Students with Intensive Disabilities

MEGAN MILLER (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Precision teaching has a wide range of applications (Kubina & Yurich, 2012). Earlier researchers in the field of precision teaching such as Eric Haughton focused on teaching students with intensive disabilities to fluently perform compound motor movements. However, current research within the field focuses more on academic skills and learners with mild disabilities. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss the need to focus on bringing component motor movements to fluency for students with intensive disabilities and the impact this can have on their ability to perform daily living skills, academic tasks, and/or indicating preferences. Students with intensive disabilities often have limited range of movement and long latencies to respond during instruction that requires motor movements. Based on the existing research regarding the Big 6 movements (Twarek, Cihon, & Eshleman, 2010) and increasing fluency on component skills for task analyses, the presenter will discuss the benefits of including more of a focus on motor movement fluency within this population.

 
Evaluating the Effects of Timed Practice on Reading Endurance
JOSHUA GARNER (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: An important component to competent reading may involve maintaining performance over long periods of time, especially when degradations in performance could otherwise negatively impact the outcome. If a student’s endurance is limited to a relatively brief duration, then he or she is unlikely to keep pace with the expectations, which place the student at a disadvantage (Johnson & Street, 2013). Previous research has indicated that reading fluency is positively correlated with reading comprehension (Hawkins, Hale, Sheeley, & Ling, 2011; Klauda & Guthrie, 2008). This suggests that if correct words per minute decreases over time, comprehension may also decline. Programming for endurance could therefore be a valuable component of reading instruction, in that it may promote comprehension when students read longer passages, or for longer periods of time.This study used a counterbalanced multiple probe design to compare the effects of two reading practices on reading endurance of six second grade general education students. The results indicated that the bounce during three, 1-min practice condition was larger compared to the bounce during one, 3-min practice condition. The implications of this finding for endurance are discussed along with limitations and suggestions for future research.
 
 
Special Event #42
SQAB Tutorial: Bringing Pavlov's Science to Behavior Analysis II
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town)
Presenting Authors: : DANIEL GOTTLIEB (Sweet Briar College)
Abstract:

Last year, I talked about the breadth of Pavlovian processes before discussing the different types of Pavlovian stimuli and how they might not all be equally amenable to intervention. This year, my focus is on how Pavlovian processes may be a driving force in a number of areas in which people are failing to properly regulate, leading to such problems as obesity, drug addiction, immune system dysfunction, and disorders of attention. These problems are likely the result of exposure to stimuli that were not present in the environment in which modern humans evolved. Because a characteristic of Pavlovian learning is an indifference to instrumental contingencies, dysfunction relating to Pavlovian conditioning is likely going to be ill-served by current behavior analytic methods. Although it is not clear how to treat most dysfunctions driven by Pavlovian processes, recent advancements from basic research provide powerful new methodological and conceptual tools of which few outside the field are aware. General options for moving forward will be discussed in light of these recent advancements.

 
DANIEL GOTTLIEB (Sweet Briar College)
Daniel Gottlieb, Ph.D., received his BS in psychology from Yale University, where he spent time in Allan Wagner’s animal learning laboratory. He received his Ph.D. in psychology from the University of Pennsylvania under the guidance of Robert Rescorla and spent 2 years as a post-doc in C. R. Gallistel’s laboratory at Rutgers University. He is now an associate professor of psychology at Sweet Briar College, where he studies appetitive conditioning in rats and people. During the course of his career, Dr. Gottlieb has studied learning and decision-making processes in mice, rats, pigeons, rabbits, and people, and has published his work in the Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioral Processes, and Psychological Science. He received APA’s 2006 Young Investigator Award in Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, and Sweet Briar College’s 2007 Connie Burwell White Excellent in Teaching Award. Recent projects include an entry for Pavlovian conditioning in Springer’s Encyclopedia of the Sciences of Learning and a book chapter on the principles of Pavlovian conditioning for the upcoming Wiley-Blackwell Handbook of Operant and Classical Conditioning.
Keyword(s): Pavlovian conditioning
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #43
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Key Themes in School-Based Mental Health

Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W196b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Cynthia M. Anderson, Ph.D.
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (Appalachian State University)
MARK D. WEIST (University of South Carolina)
Mark D. Weist is a professor and director of the Clinical-Community Program in the Department of Psychology at the University of South Carolina. He received his Ph.D. in clinical psychology from Virginia Tech in 1991. For 19 years, he was on the faculty of the University of Maryland, where he helped to found and direct the Center for School Mental Health, one of two national centers providing leadership to the advancement of school mental health policies and programs in the United States. He is currently leading federally and university funded research grants on Quality in School Mental Health, Assisting High School Youth with Emotional Disabilities, and Developing and Testing Integrated Health-Mental Health Promotion for Youth in Schools. He helped found the International Alliance for Child and Adolescent Mental Health and Schools (INTERCAMHS). Dr. Weist has edited seven books and has two more in progress. He has published and presented widely in the school mental health field and in the areas of trauma, violence, and youth, evidence-based practice, and cognitive behavioral therapy. With colleagues from the Clifford Beers Foundation and the University of Maryland, he edits Advances in School Mental Health Promotion with new publisher Routledge of Taylor & Francis.
Abstract:

School mental health programs and services reflect a "shared agenda" involving schools, families, and other community systems working together to promote student health and wellness and reduce nonacademic barriers to learning. With its emphasis on research-proven intervention strategies and low-inference decision-making, behavior analysis (and behavioral psychology more generally) plays a key role in school mental health. A main focus of school mental health programs is to help schools adopt and sustain evidence-based practices with a focus on prevention and intervention. School mental health has received increased attention in recent years, because of wider recognition of difficulties students can face and policy changes reflecting renewed interest in social behavior interventions and data-based decision-making. In this presentation, key themes facing the school mental health movement will be described. In addition, strategies for assisting schools in the identification, adoption and high fidelity implementation of evidence-based interventions will be described. Dr. Weist will review prominent policy directions and describe the National Community of Practice and its initiatives and resources.

Target Audience:

Master's and doctoral level behavior analysts conducting research or practice supporting typically developing students in school settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Identify key themes in school mental health. (2) Describe evidence-based interventions appropriate for use in school settings. (3) Identify federal and state-level policies affecting service delivery in schools. (4) Describe a research agenda to forward behavior analysis and school-based mental health.        
Keyword(s): intervention, prevention, shared agenda
 
 
Invited Paper Session #44
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Leadership Seminar: Creating the Organizations Needed to Evolve a More Caring Society

Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W190a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Anthony Biglan, Ph.D.
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
Anthony Biglan, Ph.D., is a senior scientist at the Oregon Research Institute. He has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 30 years. He is a former president of the Society for Prevention Research. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use; high-risk sexual behavior; and antisocial behavior. He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs and communitywide interventions. And, he has evaluated interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior, antisocial behavior, and reading failure. In recent years, his work has shifted to more comprehensive interventions that have the potential to prevent the entire range of child and adolescent problems. He was a member of the Institute of Medicine Committee on Prevention, which released its report in 2009 documenting numerous evidence-based preventive interventions that can prevent multiple problems. His recent review of preventive interventions concluded that diverse psychological, behavioral, and health problems can be prevented through the promotion of nurturing families, schools, and communities.
Abstract:

An emerging convergence in the human sciences can guide the evolution of more caring societies. Biological and behavioral research has produced an integrated understanding of the biological and social conditions needed to ensure the successful development of children and adolescents. A growing body of experimental evidence has identified family, school, and community interventions that are capable of nurturing development from the prenatal period through adolescence. Increasingly research is turning to how these interventions can be widely and effectively implemented. At the same time, research in economics, political science, and sociology has delineated key features of the larger social context, including especially the recent evolution of corporate capitalism, that are more distal, but nonetheless critical influences on the wellbeing of young people. This converging understanding provides a framework for intentional efforts to evolve societies that have fewer psychological and behavioral disorders, less crime, less academic failure and much higher levels of prosociality. This session will focus on how we can organize the educational, nonprofit, for-profit, and governmental organizations to evolve cultural practices that achieve a society that sees to everyone’s wellbeing.

Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in

 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to (1) Describe evidence-based programs, policies, and practices that can prevent most psychological and behavioral problems; (2) Describe a framework for bringing about significant cultural change relevant to human wellbeing; and (3) Describe a strategy for organizing a movement to change the practices that affect wellbeing.  
Keyword(s): Education
 
 
Paper Session #45
Multi-Level Analyses of Organizational Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM
Chair: Ryan B. Olson (Oregon Health & Science University)
 

Multi-Level and Behavioral Logic for Total Worker Health

Domain: Theory
RYAN B. OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University)
 
Abstract:

There are socially compelling reasons for organizational leaders who value safety to also be concerned about employee health and wellness. For example, co-morbid obesity is associated with an 80% increase in cost and lost work time for compensated injuries. In response to such issues, the National Institute for Occupational Safety & Health created the Total Worker Health research initiative, and has funded four Centers of Excellence in the area. Total Worker Health is broadly defined as the simultaneous attention to both protecting (injury prevention) and promoting (health promotion) worker health. While there are previously published theoretical, physiological (for some types of exposures), and economic rationales for interventions to improve Total Worker Health, little attention has been paid to the distinctive organizational levels of possible implementation, nor to behavioral logic for integration at the individual level of analysis. To address these gaps and provide guidance to leaders and scholars, the author proposes a multi-level and behavioral logic for Total Worker Health. This includes rationale for changes at organizational, process, leadership, and line levels in companies, as well as behavioral theory relevant to predicting when the integration of health protection with health promotion could magnify (or maim) intervention acceptability and effects.

 

"Visual Management" Level Specific Contingency Management at a Canadian Mine

Domain: Service Delivery
JENNIFER RODRIGUEZ (Continuous Learning Group), Gerta Dume (Continuous Learning Group), Laura L. Methot (Continuous Learning Group)
 
Abstract:

"Holding people accountable" is a term heard widely within organizational cultures in the past year with the Harvard Business Review even headlining the phrase, "What Ever Happened to Accountability?" on one of its 2012 publications. CLG has been working with a Canadian mining organization to help make this "accountability system" work. According to the Saskatchewan Mining Association, "Without an expectation of effective consequences, accountability is not believable and has no credibility. No consequences--no accountability," and that is where behavior analysis comes in. By using something called visual management, we were able to work with the client to create a system for consequence delivery that was easy, salient, used at every level of the organization, and most importantly, worked to modify behavior in the direction needed to get the results intended. Visual Management involves the use of line graphs and other behavior and results tracking methods to display trends over time to help see the direction of performance for both leading and lagging indicators and provides a platform for consequence delivery based on performance. Finally, with behavior contingency management in place, meaningful impacts emerged throughout the organization in a variety of ways.

 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #46
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Don Baer Invited Address: Outside the Box: Unique Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis

Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Judith R. Mathews, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
JUDITH R. MATHEWS (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Dr. Judith Mathews received her BS in special education from Syracuse University in 1971. Her original foundation in ABA came from looking for an effective way to teach deaf and blind children. In 1988, she received her Ph.D. in developmental and child psychology from the Department of Human Development and Family Living at the University of Kansas with Don Baer as her primary adviser. She worked clinically as a pediatric psychologist at the IWK Children’s Hospital in Halifax, Nova Scotia, for seven years and taught child clinical psychology at West Virginia University for three years. In 1994, she accepted a position in the Psychology Department at Munroe-Meyer Institute (MMI) at the University of Nebraska Medical Center, where she remained as a pediatric psychologist and associate professor of pediatrics until her retirement in October 2013. At MMI, her position combined clinical practice and research, and teaching graduate students, doctoral interns, and medical students. In 2009, she received her master’s degree in public health from the University of Nebraska, and in 2011 received a Fulbright Scholarship to teach psychology and ABA in Kenya and to conduct public health research with adolescent girls in Nairobi slums. In her retirement, she plans to continue to help establish child clinical training in Kenya.
Abstract:

Don Baer was a master at viewing applied behavior analysis as a philosophy of life. This was exemplified in his writings, in the manner in which he mentored students, and in his discussion of its application to varied topics, some of which were well outside the common behavioral realm of investigation. His model has guided Dr. Judith R. Mathews’ clinical practice and opened her to looking beyond the strictly behavioral literature to learn from other disciplines. This paper will discuss practical applications of applied behavior analysis in the field of pediatrics. It will present unusual clinical cases, including, problems of attachment and parenting skills, and unique challenges in medical adherence, habit reversal, pain management, and feeding disorders. More recently, this curiosity for the intersection between ABA and other disciplines has led Dr. Mathews to investigate the field of public health, in terms of social determinants of health, community-based participatory research and global public health. In this context, applications of ABA in the field of public health will then be discussed. The paper will conclude with discussion of the difficulties that practitioners and public health providers face in conducting practical research and finally will propose ways to disseminate unique ideas in need of empirical validation.

Target Audience:

ABA practitioners.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to: 1. Identify applications of applied behavior analysis to unusual clinical cases. 2. Identify applications of applied behavior analysis to public health issues. 3. Identify practical problems in clinical data collection and possible solutions. 4. Identify ways to disseminate unusual ideas in need of empirical validation.
 
 
Panel #47
CE Offered: BACB
Philosophy, Neuroscience, and Behavior Analysis: Is There a Converging Consensus?
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TPC/TBA; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: T. V. (Joe) Layng, Ph.D.
Chair: Patrick B. Marcotte (Mimio)
T. V. (JOE) LAYNG (Generategy, LLC)
PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
RUSSELL LAYNG (Tulane University)
Abstract: In the book the Philosophical Foundations of Neuroscience, Bennett and Hacker (2003) take much of modern neuroscience to task for suggesting that there really are such "things" as images, representations, stored memories, or consciousness for that matter that are located in the brain, and for suggesting that the brain evaluates, decides, plans, or engages in “executive function.” Instead, they suggest that people do these things and that people are part of an environment that together define many of the phenomena often assigned exclusively to the brain. Though many behavior analysts may find Bennett and Hacker’s application of a Wittgensteinan analysis to neuroscience concepts to be compelling, they are are missing an essential component, that is the selective action of precedential and consequential contingencies. This panel will discuss the implications of the Bennett and Hacker (2003) and Bennett, Dennett, Hacker, Searle, and Robinson (2007) books for behavior analysis, and conversely, how their analysis may be better informed by a consequential contingency analysis.
Keyword(s): behavior, contingency, neuroscience, philosophy
 
 
Symposium #48
CE Offered: BACB
The Roles of Cultural Competency, Cultural Values, and Verbal Behavior in Behavior-Analytic Service Delivery
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–2:50 PM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/PRA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University)
CE Instructor: Andrew W. Gardner, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Given the growing diversity of the individuals receiving behavior-analytic services in the United States and abroad, a behavior analysis of cultural competency is becoming increasingly important. In this presentation, we will discuss the role of cultural values and the influence they may have on language acquisition and the overall quality of behavior analytic services. The first presentation will describe the role of cultural values in applied behavior analysis. Then, we will expand upon this idea and discuss the verbal aspect of culture, with particular attention to rule-governed behavior and Skinners third level of selection. Then, based off a review of the last 10 years of language acquisition research, we will provide conceptual, research, and practical applications of, and describe the importance for, understanding the role of cultural and linguistic diversity in language acquisition research. Finally, we will end with a discussion about how an increased understanding of cultural variables that affect human behavior will allow behavior analysts to further enhance the quality of services they provide.

Keyword(s): culture, service delivery, values, verbal behavior
 
Culture Competence in Applied Behavior Analysis: The Role of Cultural Values
ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Jessica Sykes (University of South Florida), Mario Hernandez (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Behavior analysis seems to take cultural competence as an approach that is not a necessity in service delivery to affect positive change with clients of various backgrounds. This inattention to cultural differences may be due to the notion that behavioral principles are generally applicable to all humans. Although it may be true that behavioral principles can be generally applied, the ways in which they are applied may not be so. Ways in which knowledge of client's culture can aid behavior analytic services will be discussed. Special attention will be given to cultural values as rule-governed behavior.
 

The Verbal Aspect of Culture: Rules, Values, and Mores

ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida), Jessica Sykes (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

As Skinner indicated, the third level of selection occurs at the level of culture and includes the construction of repertoires of behavior via a verbal community. While progressive in looking to verbal behavior in the maintenance of cultural practices, we must continue the discussion to the level of understanding how those cultural practices my influence the behavior of individuals--especially those with whom we may be charged with influencing their behavior or the behavior of significant others. This paper will address how verbal behavior may affect delivery of services to those of other cultural backgrounds.

 
Cultural and Linguistic Diversity in Recent Language Acquisition Research: A Review and Implications for Research and Practice
MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Utah State University), Lillian Durán (Utah State University), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Given the growing need for an understanding of the role of cultural and linguistic diversity (CLD) in language acquisition, a behavior-analytic understanding of CLD may be warranted. We searched recent editions of the Analysis of Verbal Behavior and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis using EBSCOhost to determine the degree to which researchers report the CLD of individuals with disabilities who participate in behavioral language acquisition research. Our results indicate that researchers in these journals rarely report the culture and language background of their research participants. Given these results, we provide a conceptual analysis and describe implications for research and clinical practice. A furthered understanding of the role of CLD in language acquisition may aid in the development of better behavioral interventions and culturally sensitive treatments. Finally, research that explores the role of CLD in language acquisition may add to the generality of behavior-analytic research and clinical practice.
 
 
Symposium #49
CE Offered: BACB
Response Modalities in Early Mand Training and Prerequisites for Vocal Communication
Saturday, May 24, 2014
2:00 PM–3:50 PM
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Anna I. Petursdottir, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In language interventions for children who have severe language delays due to autism or other developmental disabilities, clinicians must often make decisions regarding an appropriate verbal response modality (e.g., vocal speech, manual signing, or picture-based communication). Establishing vocal speech has obvious advantages, but may be complicated by limited prerequisite repertoires, such as low frequency of speech sound vocalizations and lack of echoic control over vocalizations. Thus, the benefits of vocal communication may, at least initially, be outweighed by a need for quickly establishing efficient mand repertoires for minimally verbal children. The first two studies in this symposium describe assessments developed to identify an optimal response modality for early mands on an individual basis. The third and the fourth study addressed prerequisites for vocal communication by comparing procedures for increasing free-operant speech sound production and establishing echoic control over vocalizations, respectively.

Keyword(s): communication, echoic, mand, vocalizations
 
Evaluation of Mand Modalities for Individuals with Limited Verbal Repertoires
CATHERINE BAKER (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities (DD) often display limited communication, and new technologies are being adapted to accommodate this deficit, such as the iPad®. Additionally, many studies have evaluated assessments and various aspects of the teaching procedures, which play a role in the acquisition of effective verbal repertoires. However, there is a paucity of research that includes the use of new technologies in the aforementioned research. The purposes of the present studies were to a) evaluate the rate of mand modality acquisition, to b) evaluate the relative preference across modalities, and to c) extend the modality literature to the new iPad® technology. Subjects included individuals diagnosed with DD aged 3-21. In experiment 1, a multi-element design was used to compare rates of acquisition across modalities (vocal, sign, picture cards, and iPad®). Following the acquisition assessment, in experiment 2, a concurrent operant assessment was conducted in which subjects could select which modality to use, given the availability of multiple modalities. Results indicated that mands were acquired at different rates, depending on the communication mode, and these differential rates were idiosyncratic across subjects. Additionally, choice of modality varied across subjects, but generally favored the iPad® or picture cards.
 

Using a Pre-requisite Skills Assessment to Identify Optimal Modalities for Mand Training

AMBER VALENTINO (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Paige Raetz (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Lauren A. Weaver (Vanderbilt Kennedy Center, Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders  )
Abstract:

Mands have been successfully taught to children with autism and intellectual disabilities using many response modalities. A few studies have compared the effectiveness of modalities such as the Picture Exchange Communication System and sign language. Some of these studies have found that the usefulness of either modality varied across students without a clear indication of the relevant child characteristics that might predict effectiveness. Thus, one modality is unlikely to prove optimal for all children. This study examined the utility of an assessment of prerequisite skills for three response modalities (i.e., vocal, sign language, exchange based communication) to determine if performance on the skills assessment predicts the rate of mand acquisition in each modality. The three pre-requisite assessments (motor imitation, vocal imitation, matching) each consisted of 20 trials. Subsequently, three equally preferred items were selected from a preference assessment and one item was assigned to each condition. The speed of acquisition during mand training was evaluated using a multi-element design. If one response modality was acquired more quickly than the others, the other two responses were trained in the successful modality. Four 2-year-old participants were included in the study and data illustrate typical response patterns and the assessments predictive value.

 
Effects of Response-Contingent Pairing, Response-Independent Pairing, and Differential Reinforcement on Vocalizations of Children with Autism
TRACY L. LEPPER (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: For Experiment 1, an adapted alternating treatment design was used to compare the effects of a response-contingent (RC) pairing and a response-independent (RI) pairing procedure on the vocalizations of 3nonverbal boys with autism. During RC pairing, adult-delivered sounds that were either paired with a preferred item (i.e., target sound) or not followed by a programmed consequence (nontarget sound), were presented contingent on the participant making a button-press response. During RI pairing, the timing of sound presentations (either target or nontarget) was determined by the interstimulus interval (ISI) being yoked to the resulting ISI in a preceding RC condition. Preliminary data for 2 participants show substantially higher levels of vocalizations in the RC than in the RI pairing condition. Experiment 2 used a multiple baseline across sounds design to evaluate the effects of differential reinforcement of target vocalizations while fading the number of presentations during RC pairing. During baseline, RC pairing was conducted as in Study 1. During differential reinforcement and fading of presentations, RC pairing continued to be conducted as in baseline, however, target vocalizations resulted in delivery of a preferred item and resetting of the 15-ISI. Preliminary data suggest that it may be possible to increase the rate of RC pairing-induced target vocalizations via direct reinforcement while fading the RC pairing procedure.
 

A Systematic Comparison of Commonly Used Echoic Teaching Procedures

CATIA CIVIDINI-MOTTA CIVIDINI (New England Center for Children), Nicole Scharrer (The New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

There is limited investigation of procedures for establishing echoic responses. This study evaluated three commonly used teaching procedures for establishing an echoic repertoire with three students with autism or related disabilities. Preference assessments were conducted to identify highly preferred items, including edibles, tangibles and social stimuli. At least two sets of three target sounds were then selected for each participant. Stimulus-stimulus pairing, echoic training and a mand-model procedure were compared. Data were collected on the percentage of correct vocalizations during training sessions and on the frequency of target vocalizations during play sessions completed prior to and after training sessions. These data, in addition to the participants performance during probes assessing the function of their vocalizations were compared to assess the efficacy of each teaching procedure. Interobserver agreement data were collected on over 33% of all sessions above and have averaged above 90% agreement. The results of this study suggested that the most effective teaching procedure may differ across participants thus supporting the need for additional research focusing on the development of assessment tools to identify learning profiles instead of generally effective teaching methods.

 
 
Paper Session #50
Comparing Efficacy, Effectiveness and Efficiency of Individualized Programs for Children with a Disability after 2 Years of Applied Practice in Public schools, Homes and Learning Centers
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:20 PM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT
Chair: Fabiola Casarini (Tice Learning Centre)
 

Comparing Efficacy, Effectiveness, and Efficiency of Individualized Programs for Children With a Disability after Two Years of Applied Practice in Public Schools, Homes, and Learning Centers

Domain: Applied Research
FABIOLA CASARINI (Tice Learning Centre), Francesca Cavallini (University of Parma), Vanessa Artoni (Universita degli Studi di Parma), Valentina Tirelli (Tice Learning Centre)
 
Abstract:

We applied CABAS-based interventions in learning centers, in schools, and at home for 21 children with autism and other disabilities, comparing their performance and their development with criterion-based assessment tools at different intensivity conditions (25 versus 12 hours a week). Participants were 24 male and 6 female, 3 to 11 years old, born and living in Italy, ranging from emergent-listener emergent-speaker to emergent-reader emergent-writer levels of Verbal Behavior (Greer & Ross, 2008). Dependent variables were monthly number of objectives and rate of learning (Learn Units to Criterion) for each participant. Parents and teachers' written answers to questions were used to compare parents' verbal behavior about low versus high intensivity and home versus school or center based interventions preferences. The independent variables were individualized center-based or school plus home plus center-based treatments, with a multielement design for each Participant. Early data suggest that despite low intensivity center-based treatments and high-intensivity home-based treatments were labeled as "more effective" by most parents and teachers, center-based 12 to 25 hours a week interventions seemed to be consistently the most efficient treatment option. We will discuss the significance of these data in terms of researchers' need to collect and spread data on different treatment "packages" costs and effects.

 
 
 
Symposium #51
Applications of Behavior Analysis for Basic and Applied Questions in Canine Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Terri M. Bright, Ph.D., BCBA-D (Simmons College and Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals)
Abstract:

Beginning with Ivan Pavlov, dogs have historically been an important research subject and model organism. Dogs' popularity as a model organism for behavior has been recently renewed in the scientific literature. In this talk, we will explore the applications of behavioral principles to enhance canine welfare, and how canines can help us answer basic behavioral questions. In the first talk, we will show experimenters can use elicited behavior to increase appropriate behavior in shelter dogs. By simply paring the visual stimulation of an adopter with food, we successfully decreased inappropriate behavior of shelter dogs, such as barking. In the second talk, we will apply behavioral momentum theory to increase resistance to disruption for dogs performing an olfactory-based task. We will explore if Pavlovian conditioning of an odor increases canine's resistance to disruption when detecting the conditioned odor. Last, we will explore how dogs show similar cognitive heuristics to humans, and identify the evolutionary implications for behavior this may have. Together, this symposium will show how behavioral research can enhance canine welfare, and how canines can advance the study of behavioral principles in real-world settings.

Keyword(s): affect heuristic, animal shelter, behavioral momentum, dog
 
Evaluation of Behavioral Interventions to Decrease Unattractive Behavior in Shelter Dogs
ALEXANDRA PROTOPOPOVA (University of Florida), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Euthanasia in animal shelters is the number one preventable cause of death in pet dogs. Previous research has found that certain behaviors of dogs, both in and out of the kennel, influence the decisions of adopters. In a sequence of studies, we have evaluated common and novel behavioral interventions to increase attractive and decrease unattractive in-kennel behaviors of shelter dogs. In Experiment 1, we assessed additional exercise versus calm interaction as an abolishing operation (AO) for unattractive in-kennel behavior. In Experiment 2, we compared the efficacy of a Pavlovian versus an operant procedure to decrease unattractive behavior. In Experiment 3, we assessed the efficacy of a Pavlovian procedure on a whole shelter population level. Our results suggest that interventions that aim to function as an AO are not generally effective; however, we found that Pavlovian procedures are, surprisingly, an efficient and effective way to alter in-kennel behavior. Future research will focus on finding interventions to change out of kennel behavior, as well as assess the effects of both interventions on adoption rate. Our results will provide shelter staff and volunteers with an empirically validated training procedure to reduce undesirable behaviors of shelter dogs and, thus, decrease euthanasia rates
 
The Effects of Prior Pavlovian Conditioning to an Odor on Resistance to Disruption of a Discrimination Task Involving that Odor in Dogs
NATHANIEL HALL (University of Florida), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract: The present study explores the effects of Pavlovian conditioning of an odor CS on resistance to disruption in an odor-discrimination task. Dogs were trained on two different odor discriminations (A vs. B and C vs. D). After reaching a stable performance on both discriminations, half of the dogs received appetitive Pavlovian conditioning to either odor A or C for five days. The remaining dogs received an explicit negative (un-pairing) contingency to either odor A or C with food. All dogs’ accuracy on both odor discriminations was measured during three disruption phases. For the first disruption, dogs were fed immediately prior to the session either 50, 100 or 200 percent of their daily food ration. For the second disruptor, food was buried in all of the discrimination bins. The last disruptor was extinction. Performance on the conditioned or explicitly un-paired odor discrimination was compared to the performance for the unexposed odor discrimination. Thus far, two of three dogs have shown enhanced resistance to disruption for the Pavlovian conditioned odor (see Figure 1) compared to the unexposed odor, and one of the two dogs showed greater disruption for the negative contingency odor (see Figure 2). Data collection is continued to further elucidate the effects of the positive and negative Pavlovian contingencies.
 
When Dogs Judge Less as More
Kristina Pattison (University of Kentucky), THOMAS ZENTALL (University of Kentucky)
Abstract: When humans are asked to judge the value of a set of objects of excellent quality they often give it higher value than those same objects with the addition of some objects of lesser quality, an example of the affect heuristic known as the less is more effect. Monkeys too have shown this suboptimal effect and now we have found a similar effect in dogs. Many dogs will eat a piece of carrot or a piece of cheese, however, when given a choice between the two, most of them prefer the cheese. Surprisingly, when offered a choice between a single piece of cheese and a piece of cheese plus a piece of carrot, most of the dogs preferred the single piece of cheese. The less is more effect appears to be an evolutionarily functional rule of thumb or shortcut that allows for rapid decisions (even when rapid decisions are not necessary) by humans and other animals even though such decisions sometimes result in suboptimal choices.
 
 
Symposium #52
CE Offered: BACB
Family, School, and Sleep: Contending with Outside Factors when Trying to Provide the Most Effective ABA Therapy Possible.
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC)
Discussant: John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: John W. Eshleman, Ed.D.
Abstract:

When trying to provide the most effective ABA Therapy to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), what happens outside of the session is often as important as what happens within. Sleep deprivation, school environment, and general home environment need to be considered and addressed by the BCBA to create the most conducive environment for behavior change. In this symposium, two case studies are presented in which the BCBA advocated for schedule changes that, in turn, produced significant behavioral benefits for their clients. The first presents a case of insomnia in a child with ASD. When a sleep study was conducted, the sleep experts claimed that nothing could be done. An ABA intervention provided relief for the parents and produced a normal sleep pattern in the child. The second case study presents a child with ASD who changed from a school with an Autism program plus twelve hours of outside ABA Therapy to home schooling with forty hours of ABA Therapy. This move produced a notable change within the first two weeks and other behavioral results that might not have been achieved had the child been kept in the former program.

Keyword(s): ABA Therapy, Autism, Precision Teaching, Sleep
 

Addressing Sleep Problems in a Child with Autism Spectrum Disorder

NICOLE ANN CISSELL (BGF Performance Systems, LLC), Colleen Sweeney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC)
Abstract:

Sleep deprivation can have a detrimental effect on a wide range of social and academic behaviors and can severely impede learning. Often, childrens sleep patterns impact entire families, making sleep problems that much more important to address. Delayed sleep onset, night awakenings, and early awakenings combined with other issues presented by ASD can be especially difficult for families to manage. Piazza and Fisher (1991) found a lack of methodologically rigorous solutions in the literature that addressed insomnia in children. They effectively approached sleep problems using a protocol of faded bedtime with a response cost. A case study will be presented which used a protocol partly based on Piazza and Fishers with a child with ASD. However, in the present protocol, no response cost was used. Over a four-month period, nightly sleep increased and the time of sleep onset was reduced. In addition to the development of the current protocol, various impediments to the protocol, including parent compliance and addressing sleep as a non-operant, will be discussed.

 

Arguing Against Limits on ABA: A Case Study of Moving from Twelve Hours of ABA to Forty

JACLYN GUTIERREZ (BGF Performance Systems, LLC), Shant Demirjian (The Chicago School Of Professional Psychology), Bradley G. Frieswyk (BGF Performance Systems, LLC)
Abstract:

Insurance companies often restrict the authorized number of hours of ABA Therapy based on the other activities in a childs schedule: school, other therapies, etc. Parents are also known to make such arguments. This and other arbitrary limiting of ABA Therapy seriously impede the progress that can be made with target behaviors not just in the short term, but perhaps at all. A case study will be presented of a child with ASD whose ABA Therapy had been restricted to twelve hours per week due to school and related activities for several years. The parents decided to home school the child so that ABA Therapy hours could be increased to forty. This increase in weekly ABA hours had a dramatic effect on targeted academic behaviors, articulation of speech, independent play skills, and the frequency and duration of tantrums in just a short period of time. It is questionable if the child would have ever reached the current level of responding if ABA Therapy hours had continued to be restricted. That the school environment might have also been hindering some of the target behaviors will also be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #53
CE Offered: BACB
CANCELED: Intervention Strategies for Supporting Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca Cox (The Gevirtz School, Graduate School of Education, University of California, Santa Barbara)
CE Instructor: Rebecca Cox, M.A.
Abstract:

Each study will touch on challenges relating to Autism and related interventions. Including training staff, improving intervention, and social skills for individuals with Autism and Aspergers childhood to Adulthood.

Keyword(s): Fidelity Implementation, Pivotal Response(PRT), self management, video feedback
 

Effects of Video Self-Monitoring Procedures on Interventionist Implementation of Pivotal Response Treatment

REBECCA COX (The Gevirtz School, Graduate School of Education, University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

There is an increasing need for therapists who can provide effective evidenced-based therapy for individuals with autism, who often have significant delays and require additional support. In order to improve therapist implementation of evidenced-based practices, effective training techniques are needed. One training method that is emerging is a system of self-monitoring. The literature suggests that allowing therapists to examine their own performance and provide self-initiated feedback may be an effective training method. The current study examines the effects of video self-monitoring procedures used to teach therapists to implement multi-element therapy with a high level of accuracy. Specifically, the intervention included self-monitoring forms used to self-assess therapists implementation of Pivotal Response Treatment. In addition, this study examines the use of performance-based feedback and in-vivo coaching to improve implementation of treatment. A multiple baseline across three participants was used to assess variables of interventionist performance. Results indicate that using a self-monitoring procedure within a training package yields dramatic and immediate results in helping the therapist meet fidelity of implementation that generalizes to other children and environments.

 

Targeting Question-Asking Initiations through Video-Feedback to Improve Social Conversation in College Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders

WHITNEY J. DETAR SMITH (The Gevirtz School, Graduate School of Education, University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

ndividuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) display a marked impairment in social interaction and often exhibit difficulty in maintaining social conversations with peers. These deficiencies can manifest in low levels of question-asking initiations and inappropriate pragmatics in social conversation that persist throughout the developmental lifespan. The purpose of this study is to assess whether or not young adults with ASD can increase their use of question-asking initiations in social conversation and measure possible immediate collateral gains in targeting the pivotal area of initiations in young adults with ASD. Using a multiple-baseline across-participants research design, this study examines whether video feedback will be successful in teaching question-asking initiations in social conversation for each of 3 college student participants with ASD, measures generalization across peers and settings during social conversation, and assesses collateral gains. Data suggest that the video feedback intervention for question-asking initiations results in gains in appropriate question-asking initiations, ability to maintain fluid conversation, the participants interest/affect and perceived confidence in maintaining social conversation, overall pragmatic ratings, and a decrease in perseveration on restricted topics of interest.

 

Increasing Socialization in Adults with Asperger’s Syndrome

KRISTEN ASHBAUGH (Koegel Autism Center)
Abstract:

Difficulties engaging in social activities are considered to be a core symptom of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Both the literature and our clinical observations suggest that most individuals with ASD have a desire to engage in social activities, but social skill deficits make social interaction challenging, and in turn can lead to feelings of loneliness and isolation. Currently there are few resources to support adult students with ASD in forming friendships and involvement in the college community. Using a multiple baseline design over a 33 week period, this study evaluated the effectiveness of structured social planning for college students with ASD. Intervention included weekly sessions that included providing step-by-step social planning related to their interests, and feedback regarding their participation in social activities. In addition, training in specific organizational skills was implemented, such as determining activities, using a planner to ensure participation in the activities, inviting peers to activities, arranging for transportation, and so on. Results demonstrated that participants were not attending any social events throughout the baseline period. Following intervention, all participants increased the number of social events attended per week. Further, quality of life and satisfaction questionnaires all reported a higher satisfaction with their college experience and peer interactions following intervention. Finally, improvements were seen in other untargeted areas, including increases in non-structured social interactions, improvements in grade point averages, and employment. Results are discussed in regards to a creating a social support program for college students with ASD.

 
 
Paper Session #54
Behavioral Assessment and Self-Management
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM
Chair: Robson Zazula (Universidade Estadual de Londrina)
 
Problem Behavior and Medical Treatment: Direct and Indirect Measures in Behavioral Assessment
Domain: Applied Research
ROBSON ZAZULA (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Márcia Cristina Gon Caserta (Universidade Estadual de Londrina)
 
Abstract: One of the most common problems with children and their caregivers in medical treatment is the non- following medical recommendations, frequently described as a problem behavior. Althought, it is unusually to evaluate behaviors associated to the disease and treatment to identify some important control variables, and increase the following medical recommendations of children associated to the medical treatment. The aim objectives of this paper is: to present the importance of behavioral assessment of problem behavior in medical settings; to present strategies to evaluate problem behavior in medical settings with direct and indirect measures. We will discuss and present some direct measures to evaluate behavior problems applied to medical settings (Direct Observation System - DOF; Achenbach, 1991), structured observation system to evaluate problem behavior in medical and outcome settings, (Cooper , 1990; 1992; Hupp, 2008) and direct observation in natural and structured settings. We will discuss and present some indirect measures to evaluate problem behavior, as structured, semi-structured and unstructured interviews, behavioral checklists (CBCL; Achenbach, 1991) and others psychological tests to evaluate problem behavior. It is important to identify the positive and negative points of each strategy and instrument to identify the variables that affect the following of medical recommendations during treatment in medical and outcome settings.
 
Self-Management: Self-Monitoring, Self-Regulating and the Escalation Chain
Domain: Applied Research
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (ReMed)
 
Abstract: I just lost it, I dont know what happened, and nobody saw that coming are familiar refrains across the brain injury landscape. Self management is both a concept and a set of skills, critical to the successful community reintegration of individuals with brain injuries. The skill and proficiency an individual develops in managing issues such as agitation, sobriety, pain and the myriad other residuals that can be part of a brain injury has a significant impact on their need for support and structure, and ultimately determines the level of independence that can be achieved after brain injury. Self monitoring and self regulation will be described as the essential, complementary components of self management. Suggestions for tools and strategies based on behavior analytic concepts and principles will be reviewed; to include assessing an individuals ability to accurately describe their own behavior. The escalation chain will be presented as the centerpiece of the self-management plan. Its individualized and integrated features will be highlighted, including interdisciplinary team input across various components. Also, the role of the environment in helping to establish and/or maintain a self-management plan will be presented, including the relevance and impact of private and public events.
 
 
 
Symposium #55
The Use of Antecedent Manipulations to Augment the Effects of Treatment in Toddlers
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Danielle N. Dolezal (Seattle Children's Hospital and The Autism Center)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

A common problem encountered by parents of toddlers involves how to increase healthy eating and how to decrease unsafe behaviors. The application of applied behavior analysis has been utilized to understand and treat such challenging behavior in young children. Each of the current papers addresses challenging behavior displayed by toddlers by directly manipulating antecedent dimensions to augment treatment effects. First, Lauren Melen and Michele Wallace will present data on the effects of time-in and time-out procedures on the reduction of dangerous behavior exhibited by toddlers in the home. Results of their study indicated that an enriched environment combined with time-out procedures decreased unsafe play behavior in toddlers. Next, Brooke Holland, David Wacker, Linda Cooper-Brown, and Ashley Willms will discuss an evaluation of the interaction of response effort and food preference to increase food consumption in a 14-month-old boy with feeding difficulties. The authors demonstrated that directly manipulating the effort of the meal resulted in increases in oral eating. Collectively, these papers show that the addition of an antecedent-based procedure can augment the intervention for challenging behavior in toddlers.

Keyword(s): Effort, Enriched Environment, Feeding Difficulties, Preference
 

Effect of Time-in on Dangerous Behavior Exhibited by Toddlers in the Home

Lauren Melen (California State University, Los Angeles), MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

Although child safety is a large concern, only one previous study has been conducted examining a treatment package that consisted of positive attention, preference assessments, and timeouts to teach parents how to keep their children safe in the home (Mathews, Friman, Barone, Ross, & Christophersen,1987). The purpose of the current study was to expand the literature in this area and examine each part of the treatment package examined by Mathews et al. by conducting a component analysis. Parents were taught to conduct brief preference assessments and to provide positive attention during time-in (i.c., to provide an enriched environment). Parents were then taught to implement a timeout contingent on unsafe behavior. Results of the study indicate that the enriched environment combined with timeout decreased unsafe play behaviors for toddlers. Implications of this simple procedure as well as future research directions are discussed.

 

An Evaluation of the Interaction of Response Effort and Food Preference to Increase Food Consumption

BROOKE M. HOLLAND (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Linda J. Cooper-Brown (The University of Iowa), Ashley Willms (The University of Iowa)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the interaction of variablesresponse effort and preferenceon food consumption. The participant, Edward, was a 14-month-old male who had a history of gastroesophageal reflux disease and feeding difficulties. Interobserver agreement was assessed across 41.7% of sessions for Phase I and 35.7% of sessions for Phase II and averaged 91.8% for Phase I and 98.8% for Phase II. Phase I evaluated bites accepted when manipulating response effort. Response effort was defined as the combined and regulated oral-motor manipulations required to consume different types and textures of food. Phase II evaluated bites accepted when manipulating response effort and food preference. Preference was defined as the individual choosing to consume a food of a similar type and/or texture over another food. The results of Phase I and II (Figure 1) demonstrated that effort influenced bites accepted. When we decreased the effort (i.e., offered an empty spoon) to accept a bite of a less preferred food, bite acceptance increased.

 
 
Symposium #56
CE Offered: BACB
Further Applications and Extensions of Functional Analysis Methodology
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W193b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft)
Discussant: Frances A. Perrin (Rider University)
CE Instructor: Lauren F. Troy, M.A.
Abstract:

While the introduction of functional analysis (Iwata et al 1982/1994) forever changed the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, modifications to behavior analytic procedures are a necessity to have true utility in developing effective treatments for all individuals in all settings with a wide variety of problem behaviors. Individuals with disabilities may exhibit problem behaviors that are difficult to analyze using typical analogue assessments due to intensity or rate (Davis et al, 2012), or the problem behavior may be maintained by idiosyncratic variables that are observed in the natural setting but not during a standard functional analysis (Hanley, Iwata & McCord, 2003). Finally, undifferentiated results may require additional analysis to determine a function. Hagopian et al. (2013) reported that the percentage of functional analyses with differentiated results increased from 47% to 87% when modifications to standard analogue conditions were made. This symposium seeks to extend recent research on modifications to functional analysis methodology to result in more accurate identification of behavioral function. First, the utility of a mand assessment to clarify inconclusive functional analysis results is examined. Second, an assessment of idiosyncratic variables evoking problem behavior during transitions is described. The third presentation focuses on elopement, a behavior that is difficult to address via functional analysis. This study is a systematic replication of the Lehardy et al. (2013) single-room functional analysis of elopement. The final presentation presents data comparing functional analyses of single and multiple response topographies to identify behavioral function of multiple problematic behaviors.

Keyword(s): Functional Analysis, Problem Behaviors
 

An Assessment to Identify the Relation Between Repetitive Mands and Problem Behavior

SEAN SMITH (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Sonam G. Dubal (Bancroft), Katie Chamberlin (Bancroft), Frances A. Perrin (Rider University)
Abstract:

Mands often precede problem behavior and the responses may be related in several ways. Specifically, (a) mands may be one response in a response chain with problem behavior, (b) mands may be the first behavior in a response class hierarchy with problem behavior (Lalli, 1995), or (c) problem behavior may be a precurrent response increasing the probability that future mands will receive reinforcement (Fisher et al. 2001). In this study, functional analyses of problem behavior either failed to evoke problem behaviors or yielded undifferentiated results for four participants with autism. An assessment was then developed to empirically identify the relationship between repetitive mands and problem behaviors. Following a functional analysis to identify the specific reinforcer maintaining mand responses, the consequences for mands (e.g. specific reinforcement, extinction, verbal No, and nonspecific reinforcement) were experimentally manipulated (as potential antecedents to problem behavior), while problem behavior produced access to reinforcement for the mand. Across all participants, problem behavior reliably occurred in one or more of the test conditions relative to conditions during which mands produced specific reinforcement. Data suggest that the problem behaviors for these individuals served as a precurrent contingency for mands.

 

Identification of Idiosyncratic Variables Evoking Problem Behavior During Transitions

NICOLE KEYS (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Katie Chamberlin (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft)
Abstract:

Although problem behavior during transitions is a commonly described occurrence and various strategies to reduce these problem behaviors, a limited number of studies have analyzed the function of problem behaviors during transitions. Previous research has suggested that problem behavior during transitions may be reinforced by escape from an environment with demands or low attention (Kern and Vorndran, 2000), the unpredictability of the transitions (Flannery & Horner 1994), initiating or terminating an activity or changing locations (McCord et al. 2001). In the present study, a functional analysis was conducted for two participants, during which demands to transition to a room containing academic materials were provided. Problem behavior produced escape from the transition. Both participants exhibited problem behavior during the escape from transition condition relative to a control condition, resulting in no contact with the work in the room. After examining variables specific to the transition, data suggested that it was not the presence of academic materials evoking the problem behavior, but specific features of the environment that may have served as conditioned aversive stimuli (e.g., presence of people and, small spaces). Results will be discussed in terms of conditioned motivating operations, as well as implications for treatment.

 
Single-room Functional Analysis of Elopement
PATRICK GRUGAN (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft), Jacqueline Milligan (Bancroft), Kristin Vespe (Bancroft), Jennifer Hackney (Rowan University), Kimberly Fenton (Rider University)
Abstract: There exists a paucity of research into the function and treatment of elopement. This is likely because it is a dangerous behavior and difficult to assess in a safe and controlled environment. To address this need, Lehardy et al. (2013) evaluated the effectiveness of a single room functional analysis of elopement. When compared to the traditional two-room analysis (Piazza et al. 1997), the results suggested that the single-room analysis was a viable alternative. The current study conducted a systematic replication of the Lehardy et al. (2013) research. The three participants resided on a campus-style residential facility and exhibited long histories of dangerous elopement. Single room functional analyses provided clearly differentiated results for all participants. To further strengthen the results of the single room analysis, additional assessments for each participant are included. For two participants, function based treatment sessions were evaluated. For the final participant, the single-room analysis results were compared to a two-room analysis. Results support the Lehardy et al. (2013) findings that the single room methodology is safe, practical, and effective in analyzing the function of elopement and thus developing effective treatments.
 

Comparison of Functional Analyses with Single and Multiple Topographies of Behavior

KIRSTEN SWENSON (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Nicole Keys (Bancroft), Sean Smith (Bancroft)
Abstract:

The functional reinforcers maintaining problematic behavior may vary across different response topographies. Several studies have recommended that clinicians graph functional analysis data for each topography separately when multiple responses are reinforced during the assessment (e.g., Derby et al. 2000) or conduct separate functional analyses for each topography (e.g. Mace et al. 1986). However, no studies have directly compared assessments reinforcing a single topography with assessments reinforcing multiple topographies of behavior. It is possible that conducting separate functional analyses may unintentionally obscure the results of functional analyses (e.g. by placing one response topography on extinction during the assessment). In the current study, we conducted functional analyses with 3 participants, each displaying at least 2 topographies of problem behaviors. In two separate assessments, either all topographies of problem behavior or a single topography of problem behavior produced reinforcement. Assessment order was counterbalanced across participants. Results indicated that the functions of separate topographies were identified in both the single and multiple topography functional analyses. In fact, data for all three participants showed that reinforcing only one topography of behavior in an assessment also provided a clear identification of function for a second behavior, not producing reinforcement.

 
 
Symposium #57
CE Offered: BACB
Using Mobile Technologies to Teach Students With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
CE Instructor: Helen I. Cannella-Malone, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Video technologies have been used to teach students with intellectual and developmental disabilities a wide array of skills. In this symposium, two studies and an empirical review of the literature will be presented and the implications of this information discussed. Data will be presented in the two studies related to how to use technology within an instructional framework to prepare students with intellectual and developmental disabilities for community-based employment. The review of the literature will provide an update on the status of using video prompting to teach new skills to individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Each of these presentations will discuss implications and directions for future research in this area.

Keyword(s): autism, intellectual disabilities, mobile technology, video prompting
 
A Comparison of Mobile Devices to Teach Individuals with ASD and/or ID Vocational Skills Using Universally-Designed Prompting Systems
TONI R. VAN LAARHOVEN (Northern Illinois University), Wendy Bonneau (DeKalb High School), Adam Carreon (Northern Illinois University), Ashli Lagerhausen (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract: Improving independent completion of job-related tasks in vocational settings is critical for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and intellectual disabilities (ID) to obtain and maintain employment. The purpose of this study was to (1) compare the effectiveness of universally-designed prompting systems presented on iPads and HP Slates to promote independent completion of vocational tasks with self-selection and self-fading of available instructional prompts (i.e., video, picture/auditory, and picture prompts); (2) compare the usability and instructional utility of two different mobile devices to support independent performance; and (3) determine if built-in decision prompts and branching could improve problem-solving behavior of participants. Four young adults with ASD or ID worked at a public high school and were responsible for preparing and cleaning the staff lounge. Participants were required to re-stock cutlery, re-fill salt and pepper shakers, and clean tables and chairs. Data were analyzed within the context of an alternating treatments design and results indicated that both devices resulted in immediate and substantial increases in independent responding for all participants. Three of the four participants performed better with their preferred device, and all participants self-faded reliance on instructional prompts as skill acquisition increased.
 

An Examination of the Effectiveness of Continuous Video Prompting

HELEN I. CANNELLA-MALONE (The Ohio State University), Linsey M. Sabielny (DePaul University), Eliseo D. Jimenez (The Ohio State University), Megan Miller (Navigation Behavioral Consulting), Olivia Miller (The Ohio State University), Hollie Byrum (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

In this study, two students with intellectual and developmental disabilities were taught basic vocational and daily living skills using video prompting. In the first phase, continuous video prompting, in which a video of each step of the task was shown on a continuous loop until the student completed the step. A multiple baseline design across tasks was used to maintain experimental control. In the second phase of this study, we compared continuous video prompting to standard video prompting, in which the video of each step was shown only once. An adapted alternating treatments design was used to determine which method was more effective. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.

 

Using Video Prompting for Skill Acquisition with Individuals with Moderate to Intensive Disabilities: Generalization and Maintenance Literature Review

ELISEO D. JIMENEZ (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Video prompting has been shown to be an effective prompting tool for teaching a variety of tasks to individuals with developmental disabilities (Banda, Dogoe, & Matuszny, 2011). Generalization programming and maintenance measurements in the video prompting literature are a limited topic of investigation when teaching tasks to individuals with moderate to severe disabilities. The following review explored 22 studies in the video prompting literature that incorporated generalization programming and/or maintenance measures. This review highlights concerning limitations such as the use of generalization techniques, inconsistent maintenance measures, and a limited range of target behaviors. Implications suggest a need for future research on the generalization and maintenance effects of video prompting.

 
 
Paper Session #58
Application of Applied Behavior Analysis in the Assessmentio of Physiologic Processes
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W187c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA
Chair: Kristin M. Hustyi (Stanford University)
 

Behavior Management Services of York and Simcoe: The Use of Technology in Anger Management Groups: Supporting Persons With Intellectual Disabilities

Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTA SALMON (Mackenzie Health), Ateeq Awan (Mackenzie Health), Samantha Ge (Mackenzie Health), Kerry-Anne Robinson (Kinark Child and Family Services)
 
Abstract:

The goal of the Anger Management group offered by the Behaviour Management Services of York and Simcoe (BMS-YS) is to assist adults with intellectual disabilities to increase their understanding, recognition, and ability to cope with anger. In 2012, BMS-YS initiated a pilot project that integrated the use iPod touch devices into our Anger Management group curriculum. The preliminary findings of our 12-week treatment program were encouraging: participants responded positively to the use of iPod touch devices as a coping strategy by using applications that focus on relaxation, distraction and mindfulness. Post-test results demonstrated training effects for all participants in terms of increases in knowledge scores. The present study builds on the findings and limitations of our previous group session and includes a number of methodological improvements: increase in the duration of the course and the curriculum content from 12-weeks to 22-weeks; implementation of generalization probes using videos to assess participant knowledge and skills learned with the previous modules; self-report and electronic data collection on iPod usage; and information sessions for caregivers and support staff on strategies discussed with participants. Results from post-test data will be reviewed during our presentation along with considerations for future research.

 
Integrating Physiological Monitoring in the Functional Analysis of SIB
Domain: Applied Research
SCOTT S. HALL (Stanford University), Kristin M. Hustyi (Stanford University), Clara Chui (Palo Alto University)
 
Abstract: Physiological monitoring is rarely included during functional analyses of self-injurious behavior (SIB). Yet, indices of physiological arousal may allow investigators to begin to disentangle the complex interplay between physiological and environmental variables involved in SIB. We present data from several data sets including individuals with Prader-Willi syndrome (PWS), Fragile X syndrome (FXS), and individuals with other developmental disabilities who showed various forms of SIB. In each case, heart rate and activity levels were simultaneously monitored during functional analyses using the Minilogger 2000 device. Results of the functional analyses suggested that for some participants, SIB was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Analyses of physiological data suggested that in these cases, self-injury typically resulted in increases in heart rate, indicating that an automatic- positive reinforcement process may have been operative. The integration of physiological and activity monitoring in a functional analysis may provide important additional information concerning the determinants of SIB in individuals with intellectual disabilities.
 

Toilet Training: Alternatives to and Extensions on Traditional Methods

Domain: Applied Research
KARLEE D. MILLER (Manhattan Childrens Center), Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center), Nicole Herz (Manhattan Childrens Center), Patricia Paloma (Manhattan Childrens Center)
 
Abstract:

Independent toileting skills are one of the most vital repertoires required for independent living. For students with special needs, parent driven attempts at toilet training are often unsuccessful, thus leaving the onus for teaching these skills for special educators and clinicians. In the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Rapid Toilet Training procedure first introduced by Azrin and Foxx (1978) is often the first tactic implemented, and often leads to independent toileting skills. This paper, however, examines useful tactics for when Rapid Toilet Training does not lead to the acquisition of independent toileting skills. Stimulus fading from a diaper to underwear, a fixed interval schedule of reinforcement for remaining dry, and stimulus fading from the bathroom to the desk have all been used successfully with students to lead to independent toileting skills. Additionally, a prompt fading procedure has been implemented to teach independent mands for the toilet to increase independence for students who have been successful with the Rapid Toilet Training Method but have not moved beyond an interval schedule of toileting.

 
 
 
Symposium #59
CE Offered: BACB
Learning in Invertebrate Subjects: New Avenues for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TBA; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University )
Discussant: Jeffrey N. Weatherly (University of North Dakota)
CE Instructor: Jacob H. Daar, M.A.
Abstract:

Animal research has long been a part of behavior analysis, however the vast majority of this research has been conducted with relatively few model organisms, i.e. rats and pigeons. While these organisms have helped to reveal behavioral principles and educate future behavior analysts, their use has become increasingly regulated and financially unfeasible. These obstacles however do not apply to arthropods, as research with invertebrate organisms is relatively unregulated and requires far less maintenance than research with warm-blooded organisms typical in behavioral studies. The current symposium will present two discussions on behavior analysis involving invertebrate subjects. The first will discuss aspects of invertebrate learning from a behavior analytic perspective and address issues in the literature that are the result of researchers having little or no behavior analytic training. The second presentation will discuss the logistical aspects of developing and managing an invertebrate learning lab with an emphasis on in house design of apparatuses, methods, and protocols. Further discussion will be provided on the implications of invertebrate research to the field of behavior analysis and behavioral sciences at large.

Keyword(s): Animal, Basic Research, Experimental Analysis, Invertebrate
 

Issues in the Study of Invertebrate Learning

CHARLES I. ABRAMSON (Oklahoma State University)
Abstract:

Over the past two decades the study of invertebrate learning has taken on greater importance as aspects of the nervous system have been revealed. Unfortunately, much of this research is conducted by neuroscientists with little or no training in the comparative analysis of behavior. As a result, several issues in the analysis of behavior have either been ignored and/or discounted by the present generation of scientists interested in invertebrate learning. This presentation outlines several of these issues including: 1) the extent of phyletic differences between vertebrate and invertebrate learning investigated, 2) inconsistencies in the definition of learning phenomena, 3) the use of taxonomies of learning, 4) the need to report individual data, and 5) restrictions on the use of cognitive terminology.

 

How to Bring Animal Labs Back into Behavior Analysis Training Programs: The Promise of Invertebrates

MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Over the past 30 years our field has seen a decline in the number of graduate training programs that offer animal laboratories. Rising costs, reductions in grant funding, and tighter animal welfare regulations all have resulted in once thriving animal research facilities to close their doors. Most if not all of these setbacks can be avoided by using invertebrates. This presentation will showcase how, after 35 years of closed animal facilities within SIU's Behavior Analysis Program, we were able to once again reinstate animal research using the invertebrate species of the African Hissing Cockroach and the Australian Red Claw Lobster. The process of laboratory creation and management from innovative apparatus building, experimental protocol development, and motivating the rising number of applied behavior analysts to find value in basic operant research will be discussed. The utility of training applied behavior analysts to become proficient in animal research will also be discussed.

 
 
Special Event #60
SQAB Tutorial:The Psychopathological Interpretation of Common Child Behavior Problems: A Critique and a Related Opportunity for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Claudia Drossel (University of Michigan)
Presenting Authors: : PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
Abstract:

Interpreting common child behavior problems as evidence of psychopathology is routine in mainstream psychology. The practice is so widespread that when investigators fail to obtain clinically significant levels of behavior problems, as indexed by standard scores on assessment instruments, they usually (almost always) reanalyze their data in terms of raw scores and then argue that any statistically significant elevation is evidence of pathology. Four representative common child behavior problems are encopresis, enuresis, thumb sucking, and hair pulling and psychopathological interpretations of each are easy to find. Three of the most common tests of psychopathology are: 1) clinically significant levels of co-occurring behavior problems; 2) resistance to direct treatment; and 3) symptom substitution. An abundant amount of research shows that each of the four representative behavior problems fails all three tests. Two possible reasons for the existence and persistence of the psychopathology interpretation, despite readily available data to the contrary, are Berkson’s and textbook case biases. Berkson’s bias involves the influence data obtained from hospitalized subjects with compound problems has on the interpretation of isolated problems in outpatient or nonreferred subjects. Textbook case bias involves textbook reliance on complex, resistant, multiproblem cases for teaching while the majority cases are simple, responsive, and involve relatively isolated problems. Regardless, the routine interpretation of child behavior problems as pathology presents an enormous opportunity for behavior analysis. Specifically, most parents of children with common behavior problems are reluctant to seek professional help from clinical psychologists and psychiatrists, due in no small way to their aversion to the pathological view. Because the conceptual framework for behavior analysis does not include a pathology construct, behavior analysts could focus on the assessment and treatment of common child behavior problems and potentially capture a virtually unlimited market for their services.

 
PATRICK C. FRIMAN (Boys Town)
 
 
Symposium #61
Research in Practice; Some OBM Examples
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ned Carter (SALAR, Stockholm, Sweden)
Discussant: Ned Carter (SALAR, Stockholm, Sweden)
Abstract:

Translating science into application is a major challenge for OBM consultants. Behavior analysts working as OBM consultants are faced with the challenge of performing applied projects with enough rigor to supply meaningful data from which important business decisions can be made while functioning in environments where strict experimental control is simply not realistic. The application of behavior analysis in real-life settings, even when conditions are less than perfect, can permit detailed data about phenomena of social importance. The symposium includes a study that analyzes how leaders respond when provided the opportunity to view other leaders. In everyday setttings, leaders routinely interact with other leaders who they observe and evaluate, frequently to ascertain if the person observed is an effective leader. This study examines whether leaders can identify leadership behavior in other leaders. The study is based on Komakis taxonomy of operant leadership.

 

The Do's and Don'ts of Integrating Behavioral Science Into OBM Practice

THOMAS E. BOYCE (Center for Behavioral Safety, LLC)
Abstract:

Translating science into application is not the only challenge for OBM consultants. In fact, the bigger challenge is performing applied projects with enough rigor to supply meaningful data from which important business decisions can be made while not being handcuffed by desires for experimental control that are just not possible in real-time action research. This talk will provide some insights in to how to find this balance without abandoning the strategies and tactics of behavioral science that are the hallmarks of OBM. Examples from a career that has included both a full-time academic teaching and research position at a major university and nearly 20 years of private consulting will be provided.

 

Can Leaders See Leadership When They Watch Leaders in Action?

SIMON ELVNÄS (Royal Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

In everyday setttings, leaders routinely interact with other leaders who they observe and evaluate, frequently to ascertain if the person observed is an effective leader. This study examines whether leaders can identify leadership behavior in other leaders? The study is based on Komakis taxonomy of operant leadership. Over one hundred managers were shown three films of an actress performing real-life dialogue which contained low, medium and high frequency use of monitors and consequences. The participants were given the task of pressing a button each time they believed that the actress exhibited a leadership behavior. The participants also rated the three films in terms of overall leadership. The results from more than 100 participants indicate that managers overall ratings match the density of monitoring and consequences in the films, but that they identify only a fraction of these behaviors as they occur. The findings have implications for the selection and training of leaders.

 
 
Invited Panel #62
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Leadership Seminar: Educating Future Generations: Behavioral Education in the 21st Century
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W190a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.
Panelists: KEVIN GRIGSBY (Association of American Medical Colleges), KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

The quality of education is critical to producing knowledgeable citizens able to adapt to a changing world. Students’ education and cultural influences set the stage for their future professions, and as leaders or educators in an increasingly interconnected global community. By drawing upon their pioneering work in the area of education, panelists will provide comments regarding this theme of the Seminar on Leadership and Cultural Change. The seminar is designed to aid educational leaders to create new models of stewardship and open opportunities for innovation while adjusting to growing social upheaval, technological advances, and environmental concerns, as well as crises in the global economy, health, education, and environment. It will address how behavior analysis finds common ground with other sciences by investigating the behavior of leaders who influence organizations and society.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Psychologists, behavior analysts, graduate students, and anyone interested in creating new models of education through behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to (1) Describe the status of contemporary education practices and consider the impact behavior analysis has had on the education system; (2) Identify projects that depict effective instruction producing exemplary outcomes; (3) Describe pathways to follow that advance evidence-based instructional technologies and the contributions offered by behavior analysis; and (4) Identify themes in society and culture at large that influence leaders of behavior analysis to apply our science to education.  
KEVIN GRIGSBY (Association of American Medical Colleges)

R. Kevin Grigsby, MSW, DSW, is senior director of leadership and talent development at the Association of American Medical Colleges. He served as vice dean for faculty and administrative affairs from 2000–09 at Penn State College of Medicine in Hershey, PA, where he continues to hold an academic appointment as clinical professor of psychiatry. Dr. Grigsby’s clinical experience includes a history of program planning, implementation, and evaluation in the area of innovative home- and community-based health and mental health services. His clinical practice experience has been primarily in underserved rural and inner city areas and includes perinatal intervention with substance-abusing women, mental-health service delivery to children and adolescents in shelter care, provision of home-based services to parents and children with HIV-related illnesses, and the use of advanced telecommunications technology in health services delivery. During the past decade, the focus of Dr. Grigsby’s work shifted to organizational development in academic health centers including developing a future-oriented perspective in academic leaders and the alignment of resources with missions. Dr. Grigsby remains active in promoting effective interpersonal communication within academic health centers and in implementing alternative conflict resolution/management strategies at the department and institutional levels. The use of teams and other nontraditional organizational models in higher education settings is another area of scholarship. As an expert on the use of teams in academic health centers, Dr. Grigsby has presented at regional and national conferences and has consulted with a number of academic health centers and professional organizations. He and his colleagues published an account of the use of teams to unify the clinical, academic, and research enterprises in an academic health center. This approach was instrumental in breaking down barriers that typically separate academic departments and resulted in reducing traditional barriers between employees and management, promoting faculty and staff participation in decision-making processes, and solving organizational problems that seemed to be intractable in the past. At the AAMC, he and his team offer programs to improve organizational and leadership performance at medical schools and academic medical centers, address the needs of women and underrepresented minorities at academic medical centers, and link individual professional development to improved organizational performance.

 

KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
Dr. Kent Johnson founded Morningside Academy, in Seattle, WA, in 1980, and currently serves as its executive director. Morningside is a laboratory school for typical children and youth, investigates effective curricula and teaching methods, and has provided training and consulting to more than 125 schools throughout the world. Dr. Johnson’s many publications about research-based curriculum and teaching methods include The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction, and Response to Intervention and Precision Teaching with Dr. Elizabeth Street. More than 40,000 students and more than 1,000 teachers have implemented Morningside’s Generative Instruction. Dr. Johnson is also a co-founder of Headsprout, Inc., now Mimio, a company that develops web-based, interactive, cartoon-driven instructional programs, including Mimiosprout Early Reading and MimioReading Comprehension Suite. Dr. Johnson is recipient of the Award for Public Service in Behavior Analysis from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, the Anderson Award for Exemplary Contributions to Behavioral Education from the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, the Award for Excellence in Evidence-based Education from the Wing Institute, the Allyn and Bacon Exemplary Program Award from the Council for Exceptional Children, and the Lindsley Lifetime Achievement Award in Precision Teaching from the Standard Celeration Society.
Keyword(s): Leadership Seminar
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #63
CE Offered: BACB

Repetitive Behavior in Neurodevelopmental Disorders: Clinical and Translational Findings

Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D.
Chair: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
MARK HENRY LEWIS (University of Florida)
Dr. Lewis joined the Department of Psychiatry in the College of Medicine at the University of Florida in 1992 as an associate professor of psychiatry and neuroscience. He completed a bachelor’s degree in psychology graduating magna cum laude at Bowdoin College, a master’s degree in psychology at Western Michigan University, and a doctorate in psychology at Vanderbilt University. Dr. Lewis also completed postdoctoral training in neuropharmacology at the University of North Carolina. He is currently associate chair for research in the Department of Psychiatry, a professor of psychiatry, neuroscience, and psychology and the executive director of the Center for Autism and Related Disabilities (CARD) at UF. Dr. Lewis is a highly respected member of some of the most prestigious federal peer review groups including chair of the Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development (NICHD), the Special Emphasis Panel on Chronic Aberrant Behavior and a member of the NICHD Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Research Centers, the NIMH ARRA Autism Review, and the Department of Defense Autism Research Program. He is also an ad hoc reviewer for the National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health. Dr. Lewis is on the External Advisory Board for the Neurodevelopmental Disorders Research Center at the University of North Carolina and the editorial review boards for the American Journal on Mental Retardation and the Journal of Mental Health Research in Intellectual Disabilities. Dr. Lewis is a highly respected teacher and faculty adviser mentoring many students in the field of research. He is the recipient of the Georgia Department of Human Resources Educational Stipend Award, the University of Medicine and Dentistry of New Jersey Exceptional Merit Award, and the Frank Porter Graham Innovative Research Award.
Abstract:

Aberrant repetitive behaviors (e.g., stereotypies, compulsions, and rituals) are diagnostic for autism and frequently observed in related neurodevelopmental disorders. Despite this, relatively little is known about the neurobiological mechanisms that mediate the development and expression of these repetitive behaviors. This lack of knowledge precludes effective early intervention and prevention strategies. Clinical studies have provided only very limited findings based on a small number of neuroimaging and genetic studies. Moreover, there is little evidence for the efficacy of pharmacotherapy for repetitive behaviors in individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders. Valid animal models can aid substantially in identifying pathophysiological factors mediating aberrant repetitive behavior and aid in treatment development.The talkwill review findings from animal models of repetitive behavior, highlighting environmental factors and the role of altered cortical-basal ganglia circuitry in the development and expression of these behaviors. Dr. Lewis also will review pharmacological studies that have identified novel potential therapeutic targets for clinical drug development.

Keyword(s): neurobiological mechanisms , neurodevelopmental disorders, pharmacotherapy, repetitive behaviors
 
 
Panel #64
CE Offered: BACB
When You're a Behavior Analyst, You Can Work Anywhere in the World!
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
W193a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Theodore A. Hoch, Ed.D.
Chair: Theodore A. Hoch (George Mason University)
ADAM DREYFUS (Sarah Dooly Center in Richmond Virginia)
DOROTHY XUAN ZHANG (George Mason University)
ALAN EL TAGI (Alternative Paths Training School)
Abstract:

Although the current world population is about 7 billion behaving human organisms, only very few of these are trained in behavior analysis, fewer practice behavior analysis, and most are located within the borders of the United States. Need exists all over the world. This panel will discuss efforts of a number of United States-based behavior analysts to equip others in areas outside of the United States to help fulfill this need. We will discuss issues pertaining to funding, training, credentialing, travel, cultural learning opportunities, translation, and other areas. We will also related experiences pertaining to each of these areas regarding our work in China, Russia, Belarus, and Middle Eastern countries.

Keyword(s): International Dissemination
 
 
Symposium #65
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Skill Acquisition Research with Children with Autism
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan St. Clair (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Discussant: Amanda N. Adams (Central California Autism Center)
CE Instructor: Angela M. Persicke, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium includes four papers describing recent advances in skill acquisition research with children with autism. The first paper evaluated the effectiveness of a multiple exemplar training package to establish a generalized repertoire of predicting the cause of others' emotions. The second paper evaluated the use of self-monitoring in the reduction of multiple stereotypic motor behaviors using a multiple baseline across behaviors experimental design with two children. The third paper evaluated a multiple exemplar training package to teach children to respond to disguised mands. The fourth paper evaluated the use of a percentile schedule of reinforcement to teach appropriate waiting skills. The symposium will conclude with a discussion by Dr. Amanda Adams from California State University, Fresno.

Keyword(s): Skill Acquisition
 

Establishing a Generalized Repertoire of Predicting the Cause of Others' Emotions

ANGELA M. PERSICKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Megan St. Clair (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Numerous studies on perspective taking have suggested that children with autism are distinctively deficit in understanding that others' perspectives are different from their own. These studies often suggest that children with autism may be unable to learn to take another's perspective, but current research in the field of applied behavior analysis suggests otherwise. The current study evaluated a behavioral teaching procedure in one area of perspective taking: inferring and predicting others' emotions based on met or unmet desires. The procedure included a multicomponent training package using multiple exemplar training across scenarios in which three children with autism were asked to predict how others may feel given a met or unmet desire or non-desire and why others may feel this way. Results were analyzed using a multiple baseline across participants design and suggest that the multiple exemplar training package was effective for teaching the prediction of others' desire-based emotions and generalization was observed across novel exemplars.

 

The Effectiveness of a Self-Monitoring Intervention on Reducing Stereotypic Behaviors in Children with Autism

Angela M. Persicke (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Jennifer Ranick (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), MEGAN ST. CLAIR (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

This study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of a self-monitoring intervention on the reduction of stereotypic behaviors in children with autism. Research has shown that stereotypic behaviors are maladaptive and can have negative effects on social interactions. Previous research has indicated that self-monitoring may be an effective intervention for decreasing these behaviors but most previous research has used multiple treatment components (e.g., differential reinforcement, rules, etc.) and little is known about the efficacy of self-monitoring in the absence of other treatment components. The present study involved teaching self-monitoring techniques in a home setting to identify if self-monitoring alone would result in a reduction of stereotypic behaviors without other treatment components. The results of the study suggest that the self-monitoring component was effective in decreasing stereotypic behaviors. Implications and future directions are discussed.

 

Teaching Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders to Respond Appropriately to Disguised Mands

RYAN BERGSTROM (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Adel C. Najdowski (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Jonathan J. Tarbox (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Megan St. Clair (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD))
Abstract:

Skinner's concept of the "disguised mand" is a verbal response, wherein the speaker's mand does not directly describe its reinforcer. Children with autism often have difficulty with detecting and reinforcing disguised mands. Given that a high number of mands in every day interactions consist of disguised mands, it is important to teach children with ASD to detect these and respond appropriately. The purpose of this study was to determine if multiple exemplar training and the use of rules, role playing, and feedback could teach children with autism to detect and respond appropriately to disguised mands. The results indicated that the procedure effectively taught participants to detect and respond appropriately to disguised mands. Additionally, generalization was demonstrated to novel, untrained disguised mands and to other people who were not involved in training.

 

Using a Percentile Schedule to Shape Waiting in Young Children with Autism

AINSLEY B. LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Ashlie Senko (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Despite the social importance of teaching young children with autism to withstand a delay to reinforcement, little research has been conducted to determine how to teach this skill in applied settings. As such, a procedure was developed to examine how a percentile schedule of reinforcement may be used to teach young children with autism to wait appropriately for preferred edible items. All participants experienced a contingency-only phase where the edible item was presented following a wait duration that met the reinforcement criteria as determined by the percentile schedule, a phase that introduced the use of corrective feedback for those wait durations that did not meet the reinforcement criteria, and, finally, the addition of social praise statements that accompanied the delivery of the edible reinforcer. Two types of generalization probes, one conducted by the participants' parents and the other using preferred leisure activities, and one-month maintenance probes were also conducted. Results and suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #66
CE Offered: BACB
Further Evaluations of the Efficiency of Teaching Procedures Used with Children with Autism
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W183c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln)
CE Instructor: Alison M. Betz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Evaluating the efficiency of procedures used to teach children with autism is a critical component of applied research. The studies presented in this symposium all focus on evaluating both the effectiveness and efficiency of various teaching strategies. The first study evaluated prompt dependence resulting from varying teaching procedures. The second study evaluated the emergence of reverse intraverbals. The third and fourth studies are comparison studies; one comparing computer-assisted and person-based tract training and one comparing teaching procedures with and without instructive feedback stimuli. All presenters will discuss their findings in terms of applied implications and future research.

Keyword(s): autism, efficiency, teaching procedures
 
Evaluation of Teaching Procedures Resulting in Prompt Dependence
KORY MADDEN (Western New England University and Crossroads School), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University), Emily White (Western New England University)
Abstract: Prompt-dependent responding is the failure to transfer stimulus control from a supplemental stimulus, or prompt, to the programmed discriminative stimulus. Teachers may use prompt dependence to explain poor performance. For example, “Johnny never gets dressed on his own because he is prompt dependent.” More likely, prompt-dependent responding is caused by ineffective teaching that results in an incomplete transfer of stimulus control (e.g., low-integrity differential reinforcement, low-integrity prompt fading, or some combination of these teaching errors). The current study manipulated teaching responses which may lead to prompt dependence – nondifferential reinforcement of prompted and unprompted student responses and unsystematic fading of the prompt delay. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 27% of sessions across each phase and condition of the investigation. Mean agreement was 91% (range, 67% to 100%). Two participants did not master skills in any condition associated with teaching errors; a third participant reached mastery across conditions but required the fewest training sessions with high-integrity differential reinforcement and low-integrity time delay. Results are discussed in terms of 1) teaching procedures that may delay or preclude independent performance and 2) directions for future research on preventing and remediating prompt dependent responding among people with developmental disabilities.
 
Evaluating the Emergence of Reverse Intraverbals in Children with Autism
ALICIA ALLAN (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Verbal behavior plays a fundamental role in the development of complex social and communication skills. Many children diagnosed with autism exhibit a core deficit in verbal behavior which can impede the ability to access information (e.g., Ingvarsson & Hollobaugh, 2010) and the development of social relationships (e.g., Charlop-Christy & Kelso, 2003). Given the broad range of stimuli that control intraverbal responding, identifying teaching procedures that may result in emergent verbal responses may be critical for individuals with autism for whom time is a precious commodity. Recent studies that investigated the effects of intraverbal training on the emergence of reverse intraverbals have produced mixed results (e.g., Perez-Gonzalez, Garcia-Asenjo, Williams, and Carnerero, 2007). In the current study, a multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effects of intraverbal training on the emergence of reverse intraverbals for four individuals with autism. Intraverbal training consisted of multiple exemplars, bidirectional stimulus-response teaching formats, general case analysis, reinforcement, and a constant prompt delay (CPD). Participants were trained on intraverbal targets and probes were conducted to assess emergence of untaught reverse intraverbals. Three participants demonstrated emergence of reverse intraverbals as a result of the intraverbal training procedures. The social validity of emergent intraverbal responding and maintenance of target responses and emergent reverse intraverbals were assessed. Results are discussed in light of previous research in which participants failed to demonstrate emergence of reverse intraverbals, and in terms of areas for future research.
 
A Comparison of Computer-assisted and Person-based Tact Training for Children Diagnosed with Autism
BRITTANY LEBLANC (University Of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Sienna Schultz (University of Oregon), Annie Bailey (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The current study examined the efficiency of and preference for computer-assisted and person-based instruction for tact training for children with autism. First, we compared the number of sessions to mastery during computer-assisted (CAI) and person-based (1:1) instruction within an adapted alternating treatments design. We also measured participants attending during both instructional formats. Brenna’s results indicated that she mastered tacts in fewer sessions and displayed higher levels of attending during 1:1 instruction. Eric mastered tacts in the CAI condition only, although he had high levels of attending in both conditions. Dan also mastered tacts in fewer sessions in the 1:1 condition. Dan displayed high levels of attending in both conditions. In a second experiment, we evaluated the participant’s preference for a format of instruction, when given the option of selecting between 1:1, CAI, and distracter card (Brenna and Dan only). Brenna’s and Dan’s results showed that they selected an intervention that was ineffective for teaching the targeted skills. Dan’s results suggested that CAI was the most preferred form of instruction, and he master the target stimuli while maintaining high levels of attending during CAI. We will discuss the implications of our findings for clinical practice and suggest future areas of research.
 

The Evaluation of the Efficiency of Prompt Only and Prompt Plus Instructive Feedback Procedures in Teaching Children with Autism Categorical Relations

JUSTINE HENRY (Florida International University), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Natasha Sturkie (Florida Institute of Technology), Katrina L. Bartell (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Using a modified alternating treatments design, the present study compared the effects of a prompt only condition and a prompt plus instructive feedback (IF) condition on the emergence of several untrained category relations in 3 pre-school aged boys diagnosed with autism or other related disorders. A progressive time delay procedure was used to teach receptive identification of object, while probes for three untrained categorical skills (i.e., expressive identification of object, receptive identification of category, and intraverbal of category) were conducted every 2-3 teaching sessions. Results showed that for all participants the inclusion of one IF stimulus per target response was more efficient than standard teaching procedures as it a) promoted the emergence of multiple untrained skills without direct teaching, and/or b) primed participants to learn untrained skills faster once introduced for direct teaching.

 
 
Symposium #67
CE Offered: BACB
Extending Preference Assessment Methodology and Applications
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jacqueline N. Potter (Melmark New England and The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Richard B. Graff (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Jacqueline N. Potter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts continue to develop a rich technology of reinforcer identification, and the present symposium explores new areas of preference assessment research. Study 1 was designed to further evaluate the role of differential consequences on pictorial preference assessment outcomes, by comparing the results of a pictorial-without-access assessment to the results of a progressive-ratio reinforcer assessment. The pictorial-without-access assessment successfully identified reinforcers with only some participants. When access to the selected item was necessary, schedule thinning was used to establish conditioned reinforcement properties for pictorial stimuli. In Study 2, efficacy of and preference for different parameters of positive reinforcement was evaluated. Preliminary results showed that one participant exhibited similar rates of responding with constant versus varied reinforcer delivery, but preferred constant reinforcer delivery. In Study 3, preference for work activities was assessed using duration-based and response-restriction assessments. Results demonstrated that the response restriction format produced more reliable and differentiated results across participants. In the final study, preference for function-based treatments with contingent and noncontingent schedules of reinforcement with individuals whose problem behavior was maintained by social-negative reinforcement was evaluated. Two children preferred a differential negative reinforcement treatment over a noncontingent reinforcement treatment, while one preferred a multiple-schedule and chained-schedule treatments.

Keyword(s): negative reinforcement, pictorial modality, preference assessments, reinforcement parameters
 

Assessing the Efficacy of Pictorial Preference Assessments for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders

MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Pictorial preference assessments are a potentially valuable tool because they allow clinicians to assess preferences for complex stimuli that cannot easily be presented on a tabletop. Past research has demonstrated that pictorial preference assessments are effective for individuals with developmental disabilities only when access to the stimulus is provided contingent on a pictorial selection. The purpose of this investigation was to extend this line of research by assessing the feasibility of the pictorial format with children on the autism spectrum. The role of contingent reinforcer access was assessed by comparing the results from the pictorial format without access to the results of a progressive-ratio reinforcer assessment. If access was found to be necessary, the effects of schedule thinning were evaluated to determine if a pictorial format could be made more practical for those participants. Second, matching and mand assessments were conducted to further evaluate the role of hypothesized prerequisite skills. In general, results indicated that the pictorial format without access was only successful with some participants. However, schedule thinning was found to be an effective method to establish conditioned reinforcement properties for pictorial stimuli to create a more practical preference assessment for a subset of participants.

 

Evaluating Efficacy and Preference of Parameters of Positive Reinforcement

LAURA ANN HANRATTY (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that immediacy, quality, and magnitude are parameters that influence the efficacy of reinforcement procedures. Variation, predictability, choice, and reliability are parameters that have not been thoroughly studied, but may prove to be relevant aspects of behavior change procedures. It is important to understand the efficacy and preference of these parameters to improve outcomes associated with skill acquisition and behavior reduction programs. The purpose of this study was to examine the efficacy of and preference for these different parameters of positive reinforcement. There were four conditions: the constant reinforcer condition where the same stimuli were delivered for each response versus a condition where the stimuli delivered were varied, and the reliable reinforcer condition where a reinforcer was delivered for each responses versus an unreliable condition where a reinforcer was delivered for approximately 50% of responses. Preliminary results showed that one participant exhibited similar rates of responding for constant reinforcer and varied reinforcer delivery, but demonstrated a preference for constant reinforcer delivery. Additionally, responding in the reliable reinforcer condition was more efficacious, but a preference was observed for unreliable reinforcer delivery. Interobserver agreement was collected for 43% of sessions, and averaged 97%, with a range of 75%-100%.

 

A Comparison of Methods to Assess Preference for Work Activities with Adolescents Diagnosed with an Intellectual Disability

BRITTNEY LUCIBELLO (The New England Center for Children), Jacqueline N. Potter (The New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Michele F. Klein (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The purpose of the present study was to identify the most reliable and sensitive method for determining preferences for work activities, and to determine whether or not preference would shift when assessed under more naturalistic conditions. First, a reversal design was used to compare two assessments methods: a single presentation format where various work activities were available singly for a 5-min interval, and a response restriction format where all activities were simultaneously available and then restricted following a selection. Across conditions, item contact, functional engagement, and indices of happiness and unhappiness were measured to identify the most accurate measurement method. The response restriction format produced more reliable and differentiated results across participants. Functional engagement was determined to be the most sensitive method of measurement. The second part of the study assessed individuals' preference for work activities with and without the presence of reinforcement and prompting. A reversal design showed that relative preference among work and non-work activities was affected by the addition of prompting and reinforcement for working. Interobserver agreement data were collected in at least 20% of sessions and conditions for all participants; agreement was at or above 80%.

 

Evaluating Efficacy and Child Preference for Treatments for Problem Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement

TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Luczynski and Hanley (2009, 2010, & 2013) have shown that children prefer social-positive reinforcement arranged via contingent rather noncontingent schedules under dense and leaner schedule arrangements. The current study evaluated the generality of this preference outcome across function-based treatments with contingent and noncontingent schedules designed for children with autism whose problem behavior was maintained by social-negative reinforcement. The schedule comparisons involved time-based breaks from work (noncontingent escape; Vollmer, Marcus, & Ringdahl, 1995), differential reinforcement of requests for a break (DNRA; Vollmer & Iwata, 1992), and signaled periods of work and extinction for break requests that alternated with signaled periods with a continuous reinforcement schedule for break requests (multiple schedule and chained schedule). To date, two children preferred to experience a treatment with differential negative reinforcement of break requests over a treatment with noncontingent escape. For one child, we evaluated preference for more practical treatments, and he preferred to experience multiple-schedule and chained-schedule treatments over treatments with noncontingent escape with a yoked amount of reinforcement. These preliminary results support the generality of preference for treatments with contingent reinforcement.

 
 
Symposium #68
Behavioral Community Intervention and Actively Caring: From Dream Chasing to Making a Difference
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W190b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ryan C. Smith (Virginia Tech Transportation Institute )
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Abstract:

We are besieged by daunting societal problems. Thanks to the internet, smart phones and tablet devices, we know more than perhaps wed like about the nations online scams and identity theft, violence and interpersonal conflict in schools, terrorism, political gridlock, and alcohol abuse. Human behavior contributes to each of these issues; and must be part of the solution. The first two research papers in this symposium reveal challenges in promoting an actively caring for people (AC4P) culture. Each demonstrates strategies to make an AC4P culture happen, and thereby promote win-win interdependence and a systems mindset over win-lose independence fueling, interpersonal conflict and suboptimal performance. The second two papers report community-based research that analyzed behaviors crucial to preventing identity theft and excessive alcohol consumption. Each of these studies demonstrates behavioral benefits of their research; the potential for large-scale, socially-valid application of the findings will be evident and discussed. The Discussant will be Timothy D. Ludwig, Professor and Director of the Industrial/Organizational Graduate program at Appalachian State University. As former Editor of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, Dr. Ludwig will provide valuable insight regarding the potential of the research presented here to benefit organizations and communication in the U.S., and beyond.

 

Intervening to Increase Interpersonal Thanking: Behavioral Impact of a Social Label on Commitment

MICHAEL EKEMA-AGBAW (Virginia Tech), Jenna McCutchen (Virginia Tech), Micah Roediger (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

This study examined the impact of Actively Caring for People (AC4P) wristbands and reflective writing on students' commitment to thank others for their AC4P behavior. In one class, students (n=304) were offered AC4P wristbands (Wristband class), while students in another class (n=341) were not. Within each class, students were randomly assigned to one of three writing conditions: 1) Describe situations where you thanked others. 2) Describe situations where you were thanked by others. 3) Describe three meals you have recently eaten (Control condition). All students were asked to commit to thank a person for AC4P behavior with a special "Thank You Card." A greater proportion of students in the Wristband class made a commitment than did students in the No Wristband class (p < .001). In the Wristband class, the writing conditions had no effect on intentions or reports of thanking behavior. However, in the No Wristband class, significantly more students in the two writing conditions made a commitment than did students in the Control condition (p < .001). The three tables summarize these results. This is the fifth in a series of investigations to study ways to increase interpersonal thanking of AC4P behavior. The informative results of these other studies will be reviewed.

 
Identifying Prosocial Change Agents for Organizational Change: An AC4P Application for University Student Organizations
KYLE PACQUE (Virginia Tech), Shane McCarty (Virginia Tech), Tanner Kluth (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: News reports document problems with the fraternity and sorority culture, from binge drinking and racial discrimination, to deaths caused by hazing. Punitive approaches to counteract these issues have been relatively ineffective, suggesting the need for an Actively Caring for People (AC4P) culture. Part 1 of this study demonstrated that a student-organization member’s position of influence predicted his/her reported frequency of prosocial behavior performed for organizational members. Social Network Analysis (SNA) and multiple regression analysis used two variables to predict the frequency of prosocial or AC4P behaviors performed toward organizational members: 1) frequency of self-reported influential relational ties, and 2) one’s relative standing in the social network (i.e., influence centrality). Part 2 used SNA measures to identify those opinion leaders best positioned (see orange nodes in the figure) to receive AC4P workshops on behavior analysis principles from Organizational Behavior Management (OBM). Subsequently, opinion leaders developed strategies to address such issues as organization meeting attendance and policy infractions. Behavioral frequencies from prior semesters and throughout the four-week intervention supported the use of SNA to identify opinion leaders to receive AC4P workshops on OBM principles and applications. Correlations of the frequencies of recognition and prosocial behaviors are depicted in the attached table.
 

Prompting Cashiers to Request Identification: A Community-wide Intervention to Prevent Identity Theft

CHRISTOPHER DOWNING (Virginia Tech), Nicole Capriola (Virginia Tech), Megan Tucker (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Victims of credit-card fraud experience financial and psychological distress, and millions of dollars are drained from businesses and our economy. Instances of credit-card fraud could be reduced substantially if cashiers checked customers for their identification (ID) during credit-card purchases. In an attempt to increase cashiers' ID-checking behavior, the present study compared the impact of three messages placed on the back of a consumer's credit/debit card: an Antecedent Only ("Check my ID"), an Antecedent with a Positive Consequence ("Check my ID to PROMOTE identity security"), and an Antecedent with a Negative Consequence ("Check my ID to PREVENT identity theft") with credit cards containing no prompt. Research assistants made credit-card purchases in various stores in Blacksburg, Virginia, and used one of four cards while noting the cashier's ID-checking behavior. As depicted in the figure, cashiers checked customers' ID most when the credit/debit card contained the prompt with the positive consequence (i.e., 53.8% of 26 purchases), second most often when the prompt contained the negative consequence (i.e., 38.5% of 26 purchases), less when the prompt mentioned no consequence (i.e., 26.9% of 26 purchases), and never for the 26 cards without a prompt. Implications for large-scale application will be discussed.

 

Do As I Say Not As I Do: Influence of Parenting on College Students' Drinking

ZECHARIAH ROBINSON (Virginia Tech), Stephanie Cario (Virginia Tech), Suzana Pratt (Virginia Tech), Ryan C. Smith (Virginia Tech Transportation Institute), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Alcohol consumption among college/university students accounts for nearly 1,800 deaths, 600,000 injuries, and 97,000 sexual assaults each year (Hingson, 2005, 2009). Indeed, 20 to 25% of college/university students are estimated to have drinking problems (Berkowitz & Perkins, 1986). While research has demonstrated a link between high-school and college/university drinking (Weschler, 2002), little research has shown how parenting in high school can impact alcohol consumption among college/university students. A total of 238 undergraduate students (72.0% male) were recruited randomly over two nights in a downtown setting. Participants answered survey questions regarding their: a) parental punishment for underage drinking, b) alcohol consumption with their parents, and c) own drinking behaviors. The participants were then administered a breath alcohol test (Lifeloc FC-20 ? .005 g/mL). As depicted in the figures, positive correlations were found between parental punishment and college drinking (r =.329, p < .01) with the most alcohol consumption occurring among students punished for drinking by parents who consumed alcohol. Consuming alcohol in high school was positively correlated with BAC (r = .195, p < .01) with an average downtown BAC of 0.100 g/mL. Results indicated a need for change in parental patterns in handling alcohol consumption among high-school students.

 
 
Symposium #69
CE Offered: BACB
Extensions in the Assessment and Treatment of Automatically Maintained Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W185a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University)
Discussant: Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Kenneth Shamlian, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Reinforcement that is not socially mediated presents with unique properties for assessment and intervention. Often the reinforcer and the specific reinforcing consequences are not clear. In addition, the reinforcer in question either cannot be directly manipulated and the behavior and the reinforcing consequences cannot be separated (Piazza et al., 2 000). Due to individual idiosyncratic preferences that often emerge in the assessment of automatically maintained behavior, novel utility of these methods are required to effectively assess and treat the interfering behaviors. Also, while numerous studies have examined various assessments and treatments in relation to this topic, systematic extensions of these methods are still needed in pursuit of understanding: (a) the effects of duration and number of exposures to stimuli in assessment, (b) how competing stimuli are selected for treatment, (c) how to control for the effects of stimuli over time, and (d) the differential effectiveness of stimuli in treatment. This symposium presents four studies related to the assessment and/or treatment of behavior that is demonstrated to be maintained by non-socially mediated forms of reinforcement and interfere with daily functioning. Results from these studies suggest extension of methods for assessment and treatment for automatically maintained behavior can: (a) accurately identify auditory stimuli that effectively decrease levels of vocal stereotypy and are compatible for use with ongoing academic demands, functional analysis methodology can successfully identify the reinforcing properties of property destruction, competing item s identified via an MSWO procedure can be comparably effective to those identified using a competing stimulus assessment, and earlier competing stimulus assessment sessions with matched and unmatched stimuli provide differential results when compared to latter exposures.

 

Effects of Brief and Extended Access to Competing Auditory Stimuli on Vocal Stereotypy during Academic Demands

KIMBERLY SLOMAN (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Matthew L. Edelstein (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University  ), Katelyn Selver (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Rebecca Schulman (Rutgers University), Mariana Torres-Viso (Rutgers University), Amy Paige Hansford (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that access to auditory stimuli has been effective in the treatment of vocal stereotypy (e.g., Lanovaz, Fletcher, & Rapp, 2009; Rapp, 2007; Taylor, Hoch, & Weissman, 2005). However, previous research has not evaluated the compatibility of auditory stimuli with academic demands. Furthermore, research has typically evaluated the stimuli during brief exposures (e.g., 5 minutes). Thus, the extended effects of access to auditory stimuli is unknown. This presentation includes three studies on the effects of competing auditory stimuli on vocal stereotypy. In Study 1, we evaluated the effects of various types of auditory stimuli on automatically reinforced vocal stereotypy in four students with autism. Preferred music resulted in decreased levels of vocal stereotypy for 3 out of 4 participants. The three participants for which auditory stimuli resulted in lower levels of vocal stereotypy participated in Study 2. In Study 2, we evaluated the compatibility of access to auditory stimuli with ongoing academic demands. Results showed for all participants that auditory stimuli resulted in decreased vocal stereotypy and was compatible with academic demands. In Study 3, we evaluated extended exposure (i.e., 90 minute sessions) to auditory stimuli for two participants to assess if habituation to the stimuli occurred over time. Results showed for both participants decreased effects of auditory stimuli over time.

 
Extension of Assessment Methods for Determining the Reinforcing Functions of Property Destruction
KRISTINA SAMOUR (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), Brenna Cavanaugh (Nova Southeastern University), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Property destruction may emerge in numerous forms and serve various functions. To date, many studies have conducted functional analyses (FA) and provided function based treatments for property destruction. However, to date, minimal research has been conducted to determine if there are particular sensory effects related to maintenance of certain topographies of property destruction and applications of competing stimulus assessments to determine item(s) that could effectively compete with the target response. In the current study, we conducted a functional analysis with a four-year-old male diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder to assess the function of paper-tearing and further determine the salient sensory consequences that contributed to its maintenance. Subsequently, we also conducted a competing stimulus assessment to further determine stimuli that would potentially effectively compete with the target response based on the FA results. The results from the analysis demonstrated that: (a) paper-tearing was primarily maintained by sensory effects of paper tearing, and (b) the competing stimulus assessment based on the FA results successfully informed what stimuli would be potentially more effective in subsequent treatment(s).
 
Comparison of the Effects of Preferred and Competing Stimuli on the Treatment of Destructive Behavior
BRENNA CAVANAUGH (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), Kristina Samour (Nova Southeastern University), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: The treatment of automatically maintained problem behavior posits a unique challenge for conventional differential reinforcement interventions, since the effects of sensory reinforcement are often difficult to reproduce and compete with. Typically, clinicians will either use highly preferred stimuli, concluded from standard preference assessments, or highly competitive stimuli, concluded from standard competing stimulus assessments, to serve as alternative reinforcers during intervention. However, few studies have directly compared the efficacy of preferred and competitive stimuli in interventions for reducing problem behavior, and debate continues regarding the relative effectiveness of these two types of reinforcers. The current study sought to directly compare results from both a competing stimulus assessment (CSA) and a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment in the treatment of automatically maintained destructive behavior in the form of paper tearing. Initial treatment consisted of environmental enrichment intervention across items identified via the MSWO and CSA with a subsequent analysis of added adjunct procedures of response blocking and environmental enrichment. Results suggest that the presence of a highly preferred item was initially more effective in reducing paper tearing in the context of a treatment using environmental enrichment. However, both stimuli over time demonstrated decrements in their ability to compete with the problem behavior without additional components of response blocking and re-presentation. Considerations for clinical practice based on these results are discussed.
 
Analysis of the Effects of an Extended Competing Stimulus Assessment
DANIELLE TARVER (Nova Southeastern University), Brenna Cavanaugh (Nova Southeastern University), Kenneth Shamlian (Nova Southeastern University), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Following functional analyses that conclude behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement, additional assessments are commonly used to identify competing stimuli to formulate function based treatments (Groskreutz, Groskreutz, & Higbee, 2011). Competing stimulus assessments are often used to identify stimuli’s relative preference by measuring an individual’s allocation of time spent interacting with a particular stimulus or engaging in problem behavior when both responses are concurrently available. Subsequently, items found to be effective for reducing the proportion of time allocated to engaging in the problem behavior are selected for use in subsequent treatments. For behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement, the competing stimulus assessment often includes stimuli with potentially matched sensory consequences and stimuli identified through standard preference assessments or caregiver interviews (i.e. unmatched). The current study employed a competing stimulus assessment with various matched and unmatched items for a child with self-injurious behavior. Stimuli were presented for an extended amount of trials and demonstrated decreasing trends in SIB across all items and increasing trends in engagement with some items. Results suggest that extending the number of exposures to stimuli yields different results over time and the potential utility/necessity for reevaluating items’ ability to compete with problem behavior. In addition, the findings provide direction for potentially beneficial modifications for competing stimulus assessment methodology.
 
 
Invited Symposium #70
CE Offered: BACB
Autism in Infancy: Behavioral Systems Conceptualization and Practical Considerations
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W180 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Erik A. Mayville (Connecticut Center for Child Development)
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
CE Instructor: Erik A. Mayville, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Intervention based in applied behavior analysis is widely recognized as a standard approach for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Following from research findings that intervention effects are more robust with younger children, the current best practice position is to provide intervention as soon as an ASD diagnosis can be made, and perhaps even earlier at the first reliable signs of characteristic deficits and excesses. Given that emerging technologies are aimed at identification of the disorder in infancy, the behavior analyst working with children with autism is likely to be faced with requests to work with infant children, a population that most behavior analysts are likely unfamiliar with. This symposium will address the following primary questions facing the practitioner considering working with infants and their caregivers: What is the current status of the evidence supporting early identification ASD-related deficits? How should the behavior analyst view the process of infant development, a concept most commonly described within other fields? What behavior analytic interventions have been investigated for this population, and for which infant and caregiver behaviors? And finally, what are some key ethical issues facing the behavior analyst working with infants and caregivers?

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, Development, Infant
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts working with young children, particularly those identified with or suspected of meeting criteria for autism spectrum disorder.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, participants should be able to (1) Discuss the evidence supporting early identification of ASD-related deficits, including the earliest age that a “medical diagnosis” can be given; (2) Describe at least two behavior analytic interventions which have been investigated for infants and caregiver behavior; and (3) Describe at least two ethical issues facing the behavior analyst working with infants and their caregivers.
 

An Overview of Established and Emerging Methods of Early Identification of Autism Spectrum Disorder

ERIK A. MAYVILLE (Connecticut Center for Child Development)
Abstract:

Behavioral intervention initiated early in childhood is associated with positive outcomes in autism spectrum disorder (ASD). As such, early identification of ASD-related behavioral deficits and excesses is viewed as central to achieving the best long-term intervention outcome, with the goal for treatment professionals being to intervene from the moment a diagnosis is confirmed. Current validated diagnostic procedures are based in observation of behavior and do not allow for diagnosis any earlier than 18 months of age. However, behavioral deficits indicative of high-risk status for ASD can be identified at 12 months of age, and technologies utilizing potential biomarkers in infants younger than 12 months are emerging. Therefore, ABA practitioners are likely to face demands to work with infant populations in the future. This presentation will provide a review of established and emerging technologies for identifying behavioral characteristics and biological associations of ASD, with a critical review of methods of identification for children younger than 12 months.

Erik Mayville is the clinical director of the Institute for Educational Planning, subsidiary agency of the Connecticut Center for Child Development. He has a B.A. in psychology from the University of Nevada; a M.A. in applied behavior analysis from the University of the Pacific; and a Ph.D. in clinical psychology with a developmental disabilities emphasis from Louisiana State University. He completed his predoctoral internship in applied behavior analysis and developmental disabilities at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins School of Medicine in Baltimore, MD. Dr. Mayville has co-authored more than 20 refereed articles and book chapters on various topics relevant to people with autism and developmental disabilities, including curriculum content in ABA, problematic behavior, social skills, psychiatric disorders, and psychotropic medication. He has served on the editorial boards of several peer-reviewed journals, including Behavior Analysis in Practice and Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, and he is co-editor of the book Behavioral Foundations of Effective Autism Treatment. He also has served as an adjunct professor in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas. Dr. Mayville’s practice focuses on psychological evaluation, intervention consultation, and educational program evaluation for children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders.
 

Infant Development as the Behavior Analyst Views It

GARY D. NOVAK (California State University Stanislaus)
Abstract:

Previously defined by DSM IV-R as a "developmental disorder," DSM 5 now categorizes autism spectrum disorder (ASD) as a "Neurodevelopmental Disorder." Although evidence of specific neurological dysfunction is lacking, the developmental basis for behavioral development in autism is not. Behavioral Systems Theory provides a framework for understanding the development, prevention, and treatment of the constellations of behaviors that characterize ASD and explains how multiple factors, including neurological, historical, and current environmental ones lead to the emergence of patterns seen in individuals. This paper will outline the basic principles of development ininfancy as viewed from a behavior analytical perspective. It will focus on processes that produce typical development as well as the acquisition of the behavioral excesses and deficits characteristic of ASD. Among the key developmental concepts involved in understanding typical and atypical are skills learning, "hidden" skills and deficits, and behavioral cusps. Some of the crucial early hidden skills and deficits in infant development will be identified and the implications for early intensive behavioral intervention discussed.

Gary Novak is professor emeritus of psychology and child development at California University, Stanislaus. He has a B.A. in psychology from Rutgers University, a M.A. in psychology from Temple University, and earned his Ph.D. in developmental psychology from the State University of New York at Stony Brook. Dr. Novak was founding dean of the College of Human and Health Sciences at CSU, Stanislaus, where he taught for more than 35 years. He was twice Psychology Department chair, founded the campus Child Development Center, and received the university’s Outstanding Professor Award. His publications include two books on a behavioral approach to child and adolescent development: Developmental Psychology: Dynamical Systems and Behavior Analysis (also published in Italian as Psicologia Dello Sviluppo: Sistemi Dinamici e  Analisi Comportamentale) and Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Approach. Retired and living in California wine country, Dr. Novak continues to publish and lecture on behavioral development. His most recent publications have focused on hidden skills in the development of autism.  
 

Intervention for Developmental Delays in Infancy

MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
Abstract:

In the U.S. alone, more than 1 million children are on record as having some form of autism or learning disability. This number continues to increase. Researchers have begun to recognize the enormous value of behavior analysis and early interventions in encouraging children to focus attention and shaping their early social behavior. Dr. Pelaez will present interventions with infants "at risk" of later developmental delays using specific forms of social reinforces like synchronized touch and cooing that increase infant's eye contact and gaze at mother's face. Infant massage provides the occasion for synchronized mother-infant interactions that include many of the social reinforcers outlined in this presentation. She will explain a procedure where a caregiver's vocal imitation and motherese speech increases infant vocalizations, smiles, and directs infant attention. In older infants, maternal social contingencies in the form of gestural expressions can work as signals (Sds) for the infant on when and how to respond toward an ambiguous object in the context of uncertainty--a phenomenon known as social referencing. In summary, these techniques developed for early interventions with infants have shown to be effective in improving their social behavior and explain early social learning phenomena as attachment, joint attention, and social referencing.

Martha Pelaez is the Frost Professor at Florida International University. Her research is in the areas of mother-infant interactions and infant social learning processes. She has developed intervention protocols for infants at risk of developmental delays published in her book with G. Novak, Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Approach, in a chapter in Rehfeldt & Barnes-Holmes (2009), and in Mayville & Mulick (2011, Eds.), on effective autism treatment. Her theoretical and experimental contributions include a recently revised taxonomy of rules and rule-governed behavior (Pelaez, in press European Journal of Behavior Analysis); a behavior-analytic approach to moral development (Pelaez & Gewirtz, 1995) and the relation between derived relational responding and intelligence (with D. O'Hora & D. Barnes-Holmes, 2005). Dr. Pelaez has published more than 80 refereed articles in mainstream journals including the American Psychologist, the Journal of Child Development, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Infant Behavior and Development Journal. She has served as program chair for the American Psychological Association Division 25 and past program co-chair for the Association for Behavior Analysis International. She is the founding editor (1990) of the Behavior Development Bulletin and has served on editorial boards including The Behavior Analyst. She was awarded fellowship status by the American Psychological Association (APA) and is a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies. Dr. Pelaez also served as a member of the Florida Board of Governors.  
 

Ethical Issues in Autism Intervention with Infants

SUZANNE LETSO (Connecticut Center for Child Development)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis has been demonstrated to be the most effective intervention for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Following recommendations for intervention for ASD as early as possible, means of identifying infants at risk for ASD are emerging. For example, researchers have determined that younger siblings of children with ASD are at a much higher risk of developing the disorder than the general population. Additionally, biologically based tests purported to identify infants at risk for developing ASD are becoming commercially available. As a result, behavior analysts working in the field of ASD education and treatment can anticipate an increase in requests for ABA interventions for infants. This presentation will outline some of the practical and ethical issues behavior analysts must address in providing services to at-risk infants and very young children. Topics include the competencies of the behavior analyst working with infants, working within the bounds of evidence-based practice, and the potentially multifaceted role the practitioner may need to serve for caregivers through the child's infancy and into early childhood.

Suzanne Letso is the co-founder and CEO of the Connecticut Center for Child Development. Mrs. Letso currently serves as treasurer and a member of the board of directors of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, on the Scientific Advisory Council, a member for the Organization for Autism Research, Association for Professional Behavior Analysts’ advisory board, and is vice chair of the board of directors for Marrakech, Inc. She also has participated in the establishment of a number of other service organizations and autism-related initiatives. Mrs. Letso holds a B.A. in elementary education from Southern Connecticut State University, a M.A. in leadership from Duquesne University, and is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Before her work related to behavior analysis, Mrs. Letso worked as a marketing executive for international medical product manufacturers, where she was involved in new product, business, and venture capital start-up initiatives. In addition, she has been involved in organizational assessment and development of for-profit enterprises in other fields. Mrs. Letso is a registered lobbyist for the Connecticut General Assembly and has worked as an advocate on a number of legislative issues within the state of Connecticut including sustainment of funding for those served by the Department of Developmental Services, autism insurance legislation, continuation of public school funding for people with disabilities through their 21st school year, and recognition of Board Certified Behavior Analysts.
 
 
Symposium #71
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Social, Academic, and Music Concepts with Stimulus Equivalence-based Instruction
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W176b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Discussant: Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, City University of New York)
CE Instructor: Kenneth F. Reeve, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Since Sidman and colleagues landmark studies on stimulus equivalence were published over 40 years ago, stimulus equivalence procedures have been used to effectively build novel and complex behavioral repertoires in both typical adults and children (e.g., Fields, Reeve, Adams, & Verhave, 1991; Connell & Witt, 2004; Lynch & Cuvo, 1995; Ramirez & Rehfeldt, 2009) and individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities (e.g., LeBlanc, Miguel, Cummings, Goldsmith, & Carr, 2003; Rosales & Rehfeldt, 2007). In this symposium, four papers that used EBI to teach socially relevant stimulus classes or concepts across a variety of learners will be presented. One study evaluated the use of EBI to teach identification of emotions by young learners with autism. The second study used EBI to teach the mathematical concept of multiplication to typical third grade children. The third study taught college students to form derived relations among representations of musical symbols and to play the piano in the presence of these stimuli. The last study investigated the teaching of verbal operants, typical of those found in ABA coursework, to graduate students. Collectively, these studies extend the scope of complex behavioral repertoires that can be taught to a wide variety of learners using EBI.

 
Equivalence Class Formation of Contextual Emotion Identification by Children with Autism
MATTHEW R. COLLIGAN (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Individuals with autism-spectrum disorders (ASD) frequently display difficulties in identifying emotions of others, a skill crucial to social development (Ekman, 1984). These particular deficits may impede the development of functional social skills, such as making empathy statements and offering assistance to others. The purpose of this study was to extend the existing body of literature that investigated emotion recognition in children with ASD and the use of equivalence class training paradigms with individuals with ASD. A stimulus equivalence paradigm was used to teach three children with ASD to match textual emotion labels, photographs of faces displaying emotions, and stimuli that are likely to occasion displays of the emotions “happy,” “sad,” and “scared.”. Cross-modal generalization of contextual emotion identification and matching was programmed for, and assessed, by training responding in the presence of multiple-exemplars of photographs of faces displaying emotions, and stimuli that are likely to occasion displays of the emotions. Equivalence relations emerged across all participants and they also demonstrated cross-modal generalization of contextual emotion matching. As a result, participants developed functional pre-requisite skills that are essential to engaging in successful reciprocal social interactions and developing positive relationships with family and community members.
 

Using Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Multiplication Concepts to Elementary School Learners

CASI HEALEY (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Stimulus equivalence-based instruction is an efficient and economical way to teach complex repertoires, and has been used to teach learners of different intellectual functioning levels and ages. In this study, EBI was used to teach the mathematical concept of multiplication to six elementary school aged learners. A pretest-training-posttest-maintenance design was used. Participants lacked multiplication skills during the paper-and-pencil, oral facts assessment, and computerized pretests. Next, participants were trained using a match-to-sample procedure via a computer program. During match-to-sample trials, sample stimuli were presented followed by four comparisons in which one was the correct response. Four classes were trained. The stimuli in each class consisted of graphical representations, multiplication and addition facts, and the correct product. Following training, all participants demonstrated acquisition of trained relations, as well as the remaining untaught relations among the multiplication stimuli. Additionally, all participants demonstrated generalization and maintenance of both taught and untaught emergent relations in a follow up paper-and-pencil and oral multiplication fact assessments presented two weeks later.

 
Effects of Conditional Discrimination Training on the Emergence of Music Skills
KELLI KENT (California State University, Sacramento), Amber Robinson (California State University, Sacramento), Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida), Kristin Griffith (California State University, Sacramento), Emily Darcey (California State University Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of a conditional discrimination training procedure on the emergence of basic music theory and piano skills. A matching-to-sample procedure was used to teach six undergraduate students to identify both musical chord symbols and textual notations when presented with their dictated names. Participants were also trained to play particular musical chords on the piano following the presentation of the dictated name of the musical chord. Following both training conditions, six relations emerged among the stimuli and participants were able to play the chords to a song on the keyboard in the presence of the symbol and the musical notation of the chord, thereby demonstrating transfer of function. Results support past research using stimulus equivalence procedures to teach a variety of skills. In addition, the results suggest that conditional discrimination training is effective in teaching adults to read musical notation and play specific chords on the keyboard.
 

Comparison of the Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm and Traditional Study: Learning Skinner's Taxonomy of Verbal Behavior

John O'Neill (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Bridget Munoz (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Chris Ninness (Stephen F. Austin State University), JAMES R. MELLOR (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

In the research literature, few strategies have been investigated to teach behavior analytic concepts. The purpose of the present study was to compare the effects of stimulus equivalence procedures to a traditional study method when learning Skinner's taxonomy of verbal behavior. Graduate-level professionals participated via a web-based learning management system known as Desire2Learn (see http://www.desire2learn.com). Specifically, we used the stimulus equivalence paradigm to teach relations among the operant names, antecedents, consequences, and examples of each operant. The comparison group studied a portion of a chapter on verbal behavior (Cooper, Herron, & Heward, 2007). Generalization of responding to novel stimuli was assessed, as was the production of generative examples of verbal operants. On average, the participants in the equivalence group performed at a level that was 10 percentage points (i.e., a full letter grade) above that of the participants assigned to the traditional method of study. Thus, stimulus equivalence procedures can be used to effectively teach concepts related to Skinner's taxonomy of verbal behavior.

 
 
Symposium #72
Discounting of Delayed and Probabilistic Rewards: From Basic Research to Applications
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Individuals tend to discount the value of outcomes as a result of the probability it will occur or the delay until it does. Quantitative models for measuring the degree to which probability and delay affect such discounting have been developed and examined by many researchers. However, although probability and delay discounting are becoming well understood phenomena, there is still much about them that can be learned. This symposium will present some of the most recent research on the topic of discounting that spans from basic research, to translational findings, to applications, including: Recent work examining how the discounting of outcomes that are both delayed and probabalistic; results from a study demonstrating that individuals may differ in how individuals vary in how they value delayed gains versus delayed losses; two experiments examining the generality of delay discounting in smokers across commodities; and a series of studies that have applied delay discounting methods and to study how parents discount the value of treatment outcomes for their children with developmental disabilities as a result of delays to those outcomes.

Keyword(s): Delay discounting, Probability discounting, Translational research
 
Discounting of a Monetary Reward that is Both Delayed and Probabilistic
Ariana Mae Vanderveldt (Washington University in St. Louis), LEONARD GREEN (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University)
Abstract: The value of an outcome is affected both by the delay until its receipt (delay discounting) and by the likelihood of its receipt (probability discounting). Despite being well-described by the same hyperboloid function, delay and probability discounting involve fundamentally different processes. Previous research has focused on the discounting of delayed and probabilistic rewards separately, with little research examining more complex situations in which rewards are both delayed and probabilistic. In the current work, participants made choices between smaller rewards that were both immediate and certain and larger rewards that were both delayed and probabilistic. We found significant interactions between delay and probability, a result inconsistent with an additive model. In contrast, a hyperboloid discounting model in which delay and probability combine multiplicatively provided an excellent fit to the data. These results suggest that the hyperboloid is a good descriptor of decision making in complicated monetary choice situations like those people encounter in everyday life.
 
Discounting of Delayed Gains and Losses: Evidence for an Anomalous Group of Debt-Averse Individuals
JOEL MYERSON (Washington University), Ana A. Baumann (Washington University in St. Louis), Leonard Green (Washington University)
Abstract: Participants recruited using MTurk completed Kirby’s questionnaire, which involves choices between an immediate gain and a larger delayed gain, and an analogous new questionnaire that we developed, which involves choices between an immediate payment and a larger, but delayed payment. Consistent amount effects were observed for delayed gains, but not for delayed losses, replicating previous findings and providing validation of our new questionnaire for measuring discounting of delayed losses. As expected, the overall likelihood of choosing the larger payment increased as the delay to when that payment had to be made increased. Interestingly, however, there was a group of participants who became less, rather than more, likely to choose to pay later when the delay was longer. These people may be characterized as debt averse, in that owing money for a shorter period appears to be preferable to a longer period of debt. Taken together, these results suggest that in the case of delayed gains, people differ only quantitatively (i.e., in their willingness to wait for larger rewards), whereas in the case of delayed losses, the existence of an anomalous group of debt-averse individuals indicates that people differ qualitatively as well as quantitatively.
 

The Generality of Steep Discounting in Smokers

JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (Utah State University), William DeHart (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract:

Smoking is the leading cause of preventable death in the US. Higher degrees of impulsivity are one personality factor that is frequently associated with smoking and delay discounting is one measure of impulsive behavior. The generality of higher degrees of impulsivity, or steeper discounting, is less well known. This paper will address the generality of steeper discounting in smokers when compared to non-smokers. Two experiments will be discussed. The first experiment compares the rate of discounting across several commodities (money, alcohol, entertainment, and food) between smokers and non-smokers. Differences between groups will be discussed as well as correlations within groups. The second experiment compares delayed health outcomes in smokers and non-smokers to address methodological issues in prior studies and to try and determine what differences exist between the two groups. Implications and future directions will also be discussed.

 
Discounting of the Results of Treatments by Caregivers of Children with Autism as a Result of Delay to Treatment Outcome
NATHAN CALL (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea R. Reavis (Marcus Autism Center), Addie F. Andrus Findley (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: A variety of factors influence the choices caregivers of children with autism make about interventions. This talk will present data from a series of studies that examined the manner in which delays to treatment outcomes may contribute to caregivers discounting the value of ABA-based interventions. Eighteen caregivers of individuals with autism served as participants. Each completed two delay discounting assessments based on procedures described by Dixon, Marley, and Jacobs (2003) and Odum, Madden, and Bickel (2002). One assessment evaluated the extent to which participants discounted delayed hypothetical monetary outcomes. The other assessment evaluated the extent to which participants discounted delayed outcomes of autism interventions. Results showed that caregivers discounted the value of both types of delayed outcome (i.e., money and autism treatment), although the results of the two assessments was not significantly correlated. In addition, discounting rates varied depending on the types of treatment goals caregivers reported for their children. That is, those who identified reducing problem behavior as their treatment goal showed greater discounting of delayed treatment outcomes than did caregivers of children who indicated that increasing skills was their priority. Results of subsequent attempts to convert this methodology to an abbreviated assessment will also be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #73
Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Animal Models of Traumatic Brain Injury
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W176a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Michael R. Hoane (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale)
Discussant: Michael R. Hoane (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale)
Abstract:

Traumatic brain injury is a major problem that affects approximately 1.7 million people annually in the United States alone. Brain injuries result in long-term disabilities for a number of people. Animal models of brain injury have been used for the last 25 years to test numerous pharmaceutical agents. However, despite the many years of research, to date, all clinical trials have failed. One potential cause of this is a lack of behavioral characterization in experimental models. In particular, models of frontal brain injury have been underutilized despite a robust literature of operant behavioral tasks that directly assess frontal function. Additionally, these frontally-mediated behaviors have direct relevance to everyday function in human patients. This symposium will examine some of the operant measures that are currently being used to assess animals with frontal traumatic brain injury and highlight the potential for using these behavioral models as a rigorous screen for pharmaceutical agents.

Keyword(s): Animal, Brain Injury, Disease Model
 

The Effects of a Frontal Traumatic Brain Injury on a Conditional Discrimination Task

TRAVIS RAY SMITH (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

The present study assesses the effects of TBI using a single subject operant conditional discrimination technique as a novel assay. Rats were trained on a conditional discrimination task that involved 200 discrete 10-s trials, separated by a 25 s inter-trial interval (ITI), where either a high pitch or low pitch tone was presented. Milk delivery would reinforce correct responses when a single left lever press occurred in the presence of a low pitch tone or a single right lever press occurred in the presence of a high pitch tone. Incorrect responses would result in transition to the ITI without milk delivery. Following 85% or higher accuracy, subjects received either a frontal TBI or a sham surgery. Following recovery, subjects resumed training on the discrimination until reacquisition occurred and then we reversed the lever-tone contingencies. Relative to the sham subjects, the TBI subjects showed an initial reduction in completed trials, a loss in the discrimination accuracy, and an increase in side bias. Reversals produced reduction in accuracy for both groups, but the sham group showed slightly better accuracy. This experiment demonstrated that single subject operant procedures might provide a sensitive tool to assess the effects of TBI.

 

Insensitivity to Contingency Changes following Frontal Traumatic Brain Injury and Medial Prefrontal Lesions

KRIS M. MARTENS (University of Lethbridge)
Abstract:

We have previously demonstrated large deficits in discrimination performance following traumatic brain injury (TBI) across previously learned discriminations, novel discriminations and reversals. In a frontal model of TBI, the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) is severely damaged and has been implicated in many behaviors, including set-shifting and contingency detection. In the current study, rats were given mPFC lesions and then tested on a scent discrimination. Lesioned rats readily acquired the discrimination. However, after acquisition, differing reinforcement schedules were presented across the two choices. Choice 1 (previously reinforced at FR-1) was gradually tapered up on an FR schedule, while Choice 2 (previously unreinforced) was available on an FR-1 schedule. The lesioned rats took longer than controls to switch to Choice 2. This suggests that the damage to the mPFC may contribute strongly to some of the deficits in sensitivity to contingencies after TBI. However, given that the TBI-induced deficits are much larger and more pervasive, contributions from other cortical and subcortical regions still need to be investigated.

 

The Effects of a Frontal Traumatic Brain Injury on a Multiple Schedule and Generalization Performance

ERIC JAMES FRENCH (Central Michigan University)
Abstract:

Disinhibition is a symptom resulting from TBI and the present study assesses response inhibition using a successive discrimination procedure. Experimental conditions exposed rats to a multiple schedule using LED flash rates as component stimuli correlated with a reinforcement contingency (SD) and extinction (S?). First, multiple schedule acquisition phase was conducted until 85% of responses occurred only in the SD component. Second, a series of generalization test probes were conducted to assess graded stimulus control. Third, a frontal TBI or sham surgery was administered followed by seven days of recovery. Finally, post-injury multiple schedule reacquisition sessions, interspaced with additional generalization probes, were run. Generalization probes involved components with flash rates that vary in resemblance to the SD component flash rates to establish generalization gradients. Injured subjects showed an abrupt reduction in response rates and poor discrimination performances in initial reacquisition. Generalization probes prior to injury showed generalization decrement around the SD. Injured subjects generalization gradients were less steep, however, still showed decrement around the SD. These results suggest that following a TBI incident there are slight but enduring errors in successive discrimination performances in comparison to rats experiencing a sham surgery.

 
Simple Operant Tasks Show Promise for the Assessment of Therapeutic Agents following Experimental Traumatic Brain Injury
COLE VONDER HAAR (University of British Columbia)
Abstract: Clinical assessments of function following brain injury utilize many measures that inherently have operant components. However, in the field of experimental brain injury, operant measures have received relatively little attention. The primary focus of behavioral assessment in experimental TBI has been on sensorimotor measures and spatial learning. Despite the relative scarcity of operant tasks in the TBI field, recent work has suggested that these could be used to robustly assess function and therefore examine therapeutic agents in animal models. In the current study we examine the ability of nicotinamide, a neuroprotectant with proven effects on other behavioral outcomes, to improve function on a simple chain of behavior ending in visual discrimination. Additionally, a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement was performed to determine how strongly motivation may influence discrimination performance in injured animals. Injured animals showed strong deficits on both measures. Nicotinamide administration improved performance on both behaviors. This study shows that operant measures can be used in the assessment of experimental TBI, and may even yield stronger data on the efficacy of therapeutic agents.
 
 
Symposium #74
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis to Improve Education: An Actively Caring for People (AC4P) Approach
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W195 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Discussant: Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The quality of education in the U.S. is substandard, due in part to a school climate of interpersonal conflict and bullying, and few reinforcement contingencies to support prosocial behavior, cooperative education, and behaviors relevant to improving teaching and learning. The four data-based research papers address aspects of the educational crisis, two by implementing a positive approach to successfully prevent bullying in elementary schools (Study 1) and middle schools (Study 2), a third by attempting to motivate student engagement with interteaching, and the fourth by promoting an actively caring for people (AC4P) culture in a university classroom and beyond. Three of the studies (i.e., 1, 2, & 4) demonstrate large-scale potential to benefit educational settings with AC4P principles based on applied behavior analysis. Study 3 reveals a university culture institutionalized to expect and appreciate PowerPoint lectures rather than interactive discussions. The Discussant is Derek Reed, Ph.D., BCBA-D, Board Certified Behavior Analyst Doctoral (Certificate Number 1-07-3903). An Assistant Professor of Applied Behavioral Science at University of Kansas, Dr. Reed will offer valuable insight regarding the conclusions of the presentations, especially the social validity of the AC4P approach to improving the teaching/learning culture. His credentials enable us to provide CEU credits for attendants.

 
Behavior-Based Intervention to Prevent Bullying in Elementary Schools: Prompting and Rewarding Prosocial Behaviors
JENNA MCCUTCHEN (Virginia Tech), Shane McCarty (Virginia Tech), Christian Holmes (Virginia Tech), Kelsey Toney (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: By prompting and rewarding prosocial behavior, an Actively Caring for People (AC4P) intervention reduced interpersonal bullying and victimization 50% or more at two elementary schools (199 4th through 6th graders at one school, and 404 2nd through 6th graders at the other). This approach was based on the behavioral principle: To reduce an undesirable behavior (e.g., bullying behavior), recognize and reward an incompatible, alternative behavior (e.g., prosocial behavior). Teachers asked students to observe and record others’ prosocial behaviors (termed “actively caring”) on 3x5 inch cards. Completed cards were placed in the “AC4P Capsule” – a decorated shoebox in each classroom. Each morning, teachers read aloud three stories from the AC4P Capsule and selected one as the “AC4P story of the day.” The observer and performer for this story received an AC4P wristband to wear for the day. When every student in the classroom earned an AC4P wristband, each student received a wristband to keep. After one week of Baseline at each school, the AC4P intervention was implemented for six consecutive weeks, followed by a week of Withdrawal. Every Friday, students reported their weekly observations of bullying and being bullied. The attached time-series graphs depict these data per grade at one school.
 

A Positive Approach to Prevent Bullying in Middle Schools: Promoting Prosocial Behavior and Character Strengths

SHANE MCCARTY (Virginia Tech), Sophia Teie (Virginia Tech), Melissa Langerman (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

This paper will summarize the intervention outcomes of the Actively Caring for People (AC4P) approach in two middle schools, which promotes prosocial behaviors and character strengths, as well as prevents undesirable behaviors, including aggression and bullying. Undergraduate research assistants (i.e., AC4P Coaches) delivered an AC4P curriculum to increase prosocial behaviors, using lesson plans, contingencies, behavior-based feedback and goal setting. Coaches taught weekly lessons to develop behavioral skills: a) performing prosocial behavior, b) expressing gratitude, and c) recognizing peers for prosocial actions. Students were told: If you observe a prosocial behavior of a classmate and document it on a notecard, you might be selected to receive an AC4P wristband to wear for the week. Plus, a group contingency was stated: If everyone wears the wristband once, everyone gets a wristband to keep at the conclusion of the lessons. Sixth and seventh-grade students completed surveys as part of the Intervention group (n= 292) and Control group (n=278). These students self-reported their prosocial behaviors as well as perpetration and victimization of aggression and bullying. The attached graph shows a 50% reduction in reported victimization for one intervention school (i.e., C). Further analysis of the data will be discussed, as well as follow-up research.

 

Fighting Death by PowerPoint: Exploring Ways to Motivate Student Engagement

RUTH-ANNE E. POLI (Virginia Tech), Maria Sugastti (Virginia Tech), Cailin Clinton (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

Interteaching was applied in a classroom by periodically encouraging student discussions in dyads prior to an instructor's lecture. The 62 students enrolled in an undergraduate learning course received Lecture-Only versus Lecture-plus-Interteaching on alternating days. We hypothesized: 1) students would perform better on exam questions based on material presented in lectures preceded by interteaching, and 2) interteaching would increase class participation. Two research assistants recorded independently the number of students using laptops, with on-task behaviors defined as typing notes and off-task behaviors as browsing websites. Results indicated interteaching was not a significant predictor of exam scores due to low variance in grades. Laptop users were generally on-task at the start and end of each lecture and off-task at the midpoint of lectures. As the semester progressed, more off-task behaviors occurred for laptop users. On interteaching days, students asked more questions. Compared to other classes, students reported feeling more comfortable participating in this class. However, students ranked PowerPoint lectures and the textbook as most valuable (n=21). We hypothesize the interteaching approach was judged unfavorably (n=22) because students are institutionalized to listen to PowerPoint lectures and not to actively interacting in class. The sample graphs reflect the behavior analysis leading to this conclusion.

 

Applying AC4P in a Large College Course: From a Class Assignment to Active Engagement

JASON M. HIRST (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas), Brent Kaplan (The University of Kansas), Amel Becirevic (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

After discovering the AC4P Movement at ABAIs Behavior Change for a Sustainable World conference, we chose to integrate aspects of the Movement in our college class in order to promote a culture of compassion among our students. We introduced aspects of the AC4P Movement to our students and campus community through our ABSC 100 course at the University of Kansas. An introductory course in applied behavioral science, ABSC 100 focuses on the scientific foundations and applications of behavior analysis. To integrate AC4P into the course, we break the assignment into two activities: (1) students select and define an instance of AC4P they will watch for throughout the semester, and then (2) follow the four steps of the AC4P process (See-Act-Pass-Share). We use a major portion of our operating budget to purchase AC4P wristbands for every student in the class. Thus, students can fully experience the AC4P approach. The response to this assignment was astoundingly positive. We will share our experiences and lessons learned, including use of the new book: Actively Caring for People: Cultivating a culture of compassion edited by Scott Geller. The figure shows the impact of our class on visits to the ac4p website.

 
 
Symposium #75
CE Offered: BACB
School-based Functional Behavior Assessment and Intervention: Considerations for Research, Training, and Practice
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W194b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will present four topics related to school-based assessment and intervention, ranging from individualized analysis and intervention strategies to large-scale training. The first paper will examine how selective mutism can be effectively analyzed and treated with school-based intervention. The second paper will examine peers perceptions regarding the fairness of individualized reward programs for children with challenging behaviour. The third study will discuss a large-scale training initiative in Iowa, which aimed to improve the quality and quantity of pre-treatment assessments. The fourth presentation will provide a comprehensive review of the school-based functional assessment literature and provide several suggestions for future research areas.

Keyword(s): classrooms, FBA, school-based intervention, schools
 

Functional Analysis and Treatment of Selective Mutism

ADAM M. BRIGGS (The University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster (The University of Kansas), Louisa Hussein (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Selective mutism is a rare childhood disorder characterized by a persistent failure to speak under one or more environmental conditions despite speaking under other environmental conditions (American Psychiatric Association, 2000). If left untreated, selective mutism can limits opportunities for academic involvement and social interactions (Grover, Hughes, Bergman, & Kingery, 2006). The participant was a five-year-old typically developing child who rarely spoke in her preschool classroom; however, when she did it was typically one-word whispers. We developed a comprehensive methodology to assess the antecedent conditions (e.g., setting, familiarity of people present) under which vocal-verbal responses were unlikely to occur, and results showed that the presence of peers and number of peers present was the environmental variable influencing the non-occurrence of vocal-verbal behavior (i.e., answering questions using two or more words at conversation level). Based on these results, we implemented a stimulus-fading procedure in which we slowly increased the number of peers present. In addition, generalization probes were conducted to determine the point at which responding generalized to the classroom environment that contained approximately 20 peers. Results showed that the stimulus fading procedure was effective for increasing vocal-verbal responding and generalization to the typical classroom environment.

 

Examining Children's Perceptions of the Fairness of Behavior Programs and Rewards for Peers with Challenging Behaviour

JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Charlotta Watson (University of South Wales), Alexandra Sewell (Herefordshire Council)
Abstract:

One common concern among teachers is the degree to which such individualized reinforcement systems are fair to other children. The purpose of this study was to examine the degree to which peers noticed the individual programs designed for their peers and whether they believed those programs were fair or unfair. We interviewed 199 children across seven classrooms in five primary schools. In each classroom, one or more children engaged in challenging behavior that was deemed significant enough to warrant an individualized reinforcement or reward program. We found that most children did not report individualized reinforcement/reward systems for their peers, but rather focused on class-wide reinforcers that were differentially available to all pupils. When children did identify reinforcers/rewards for the target children, most children reported that these rewards were fair. We discuss these results in terms of variables that might influence childrens perceptions of rewards and directions for future research.

 

Improving School-Based Functional Behavior Assessments by Teaching Experimental Analyses

BRENDA J. BASSINGTHWAITE (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Michael Scheib (University of Southern Maine), John F. Lee (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education)
Abstract:

The Iowa Department of Education initiated a 5-year contract with behavior analysts at the University of Iowas Center for Disabilities and Development in the fall of 2009 to provide a statewide training program for challenging behavior teams who practice in school settings. Training was offered via didactic lectures (e.g., behavioral principles, behavior assessment) and by directly assessing students who were referred to the challenging behavior teams for engaging in a variety of challenging behaviors (e.g., work refusal, aggression, self-injurious behaviors). Training focused on designing, conducting, and interpreting preference assessments, functional analyses, antecedent analyses, and concurrent operants assessments. Trainees are using these assessments in their practice. During Year 4 of the contract, trainees reported that they conducted, on average, 11 preference assessments, 5 functional analyses, 3 antecedent analyses, and 3 concurrent operants assessments outside of training sessions. Functional behavior assessment summaries have been reviewed each year of the project. At the end of Year 1, 29% of the summaries included one of the taught assessments. At the end of Year 4, 89% of the summaries included one of the taught assessments. With the inclusion of these assessments, we are observing an improvement in the quality of functional behavior assessments.

 
Functional Analysis in School Settings: Current Status and Future Directions
CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (Appalachian State University), Billie Jo Rodriguez (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Justin Boyd (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Functional analysis is increasingly used in schools to guide intervention development. To evaluate the research on functional analysis to date we conducted a comprehensive review of the literature. We defined functional analysis as experimental manipulation of two or more variables. Functional analysis has been reported for a total of 228 individuals in school settings. Methods of functional analysis used in schools include analog, brief, trial-based, experimental ABC and AB methods. We discovered that the method of functional analysis used varies greatly based on the population—traditional (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) functional analysis has been used almost exclusively with individuals with disabilities, as has brief functional analysis. ABC methods of functional analysis are used across populations relatively equally. Setting also varied based on method—most traditional functional analyses are conducted in isolated settings whereas other methods were conducted in classrooms at least occasionally. There are no demonstrations of school professionals leading the conduct of the functional analysis. We discuss recommendations for best practice and directions for future research.
 
 
Symposium #76
CE Offered: BACB
Behaving and ACTing Great: Infusing Components from Acceptance and Commitment Training in Our Behavioral Work
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Charles Kate Dingus (University of Mississippi)
Discussant: Catherine H Adams (Private Practice, Jonesboro, AR)
CE Instructor: Joshua K. Pritchard, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior change is hard for humans. From discrete trial training to parent training we see humans trying to change their own behavior in such a way as to foster behavior change in another. From discrete trials to parent training, we see humans struggling with changing and with being changed. Integrating components of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy or Training (ACT) may be a way to direct and dignify the hard work of behavioral interventions. This symposium will explore the conceptual and practical implications of this idea. The first paper focuses on understanding the detrimental role relational responding can have on application and integrity of implementation of behavioral parenting techniques. The second paper reviews a method of using ACT bibliotherapy to help supercharge a behavior analytic approach to severe problem behavior with people diagnosed with developmental disabilities. The third presents a parent training program that integrates ACT with practical, research-based parenting tools. The final paper discusses the utility of values, acceptance, and mindfulness techniques.

Keyword(s): ACT, Parent Training
 

Skills Training is Not Enough in Behavioral Parent Training: Utilizing ACT to Positively Affect Parenting Practices

JILL DEFREITAS (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The literature on Behavioral Parent Training is extant; however, it is well know that there is a wide chasm between parents' ability to learn the skill sets and their subsequent ability to implement the skills when the going gets tough. This paper is designed to focus clinicians' efforts towards understanding the detrimental role relational responding can have on application and integrity of implementation of behavioral parenting techniques. Through work in the area of values identification and viewing rules that may function as motivative operations (motivative augmentals), it may be possible to positively affect parents' views of parenting ability in difficult situations, and improve parenting skills implementation. Following this paper, audience members will understand the role and impact that values and rule governance may have on our performance and be able to identify how to work with parents on established self-rules in an effort to impact motivative function (motivative augmentals) and result in performance change in parenting interventions.

 

When M&Ms Just Don't Cut it Anymore! Using ACT to Enhance Your Behavior Analytic Programming

JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

Sometimes it feels that reinforcement just isnt working, and in these times we might consider infusing language to amplify our traditional behavioral approaches. Behavior analysts have a long history of being some of the only few people who can help improve the lives of those diagnosed with developmental disabilities and autism. However, there are some folks with good language skills who sit on the cusp of this population that often present with little to no disability. These are tough cases, even for an experienced behavior analyst. The persons verbal behavior can often become a barrier to the good implementation of typically effective behavior analytic treatment or may even hamper its efficacy. In this paper, we will examine a particularly case in which this has happened and explore (through role-play and discussion) how to use ACT tools with people in this population to increase the efficacy and efficiency of behavioral treatment.

 
Integrating Heart and Science in Parent Training: Combining Parent Training with Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
KATHERINE SANDRA MACLEOD (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Research indicates that parents of children with developmental disabilities, experience stress scores that are significantly elevated (Tomanik & Harris, 2004). Many parent training programs teach behavior management skills to deal with a range of child behaviors. However, parents may fail to implement these interventions because of feelings of guilt and helplessness. Parent training using punitive or non function-based approaches is sometimes difficult for parents especially if they are uncomfortable with their own feelings and stressors. Strictly didactic approaches to teaching typically do not generalize to home environments. This presentation discusses integrating ACT with practical, research-based parenting tools. Parents learn mindfulness, values and acceptance skill repertoires along with positive parenting skills for improving child behavior. Using principles of applied behavior analysis in a curriculum developed by the Behavior Analysis Services Program in Florida, parents learn five critical parenting skills and how to bring mindfulness, acceptance and their values into their daily interactions. Skills are practiced in class in a supportive and interactive classroom format over five weeks. Instructors model and encourage the skills using video, role-play, and active parent participation. Data are collected on child behavior, parent competency on implanting the skills and in parent stress reduction pre and post training.
 
Values, Acceptance and Mindfulness with Parents of Children Diagnosed with Autism
LESLIE ROGERS (State of Louisiana)
Abstract: Research suggests that parenting children diagnosed with Autism and other developmental disabilities can be a significant stressor and source of distress for parents. Parents of children diagnosed with Autism frequently report experiencing significantly more stress than parents children without developmental disabilities. Parents of children diagnosed with Autism also report experiencing significantly more isolation from their communities as well as decreased social support. A growing body of literature suggests that acceptance and mindfulness interventions may be effective at decreasing distress, including parental distress. Discussed in this presentation will be newer research and literature regarding values, acceptance and mindfulness techniques/therapies used to decrease parenting distress when they are coping with severe challenging behaviors and other parental stressors. The utility of values, acceptance and mindfulness in informing functional assessments, implementing behavioral prevention/intervention strategies, and increase parenting behavioral effectiveness in the face of severe challenging behaviors and other parental stressors will also be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #77
CE Offered: BACB
Nonlinear Approaches to Behavior: Kantor, Kuo, Goldiamond, & Schiller
Saturday, May 24, 2014
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
W175b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TPC/TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Brohavior)
Discussant: T. V. (Joe) Layng (Generategy, LLC)
CE Instructor: Ryan Lee O'Donnell, M.S.
Abstract:

Behaviorism is often regarded as the philosophy of the science of behavior ( Skinner, 1974). Within behaviorism there are a wide range of viewpoints on the philosophical assumptions and how they relate to the subject matter of behavior analysis. This symposium will outline several various philosophical positions found across the schools of behaviorism. Many of the earlier positions on behaviorism presented the subject matter in a mechanistic or linear fashion. These approaches have plagued the conceptual understanding of the philosophy of the science of behavior since the early days of behavior analysis. However, there are several systems of behaviorism that do highlight the various factors involved with complex event interactions. The primary focus of these presentations will be on the dynamic systems of behaviorism that often have contextual flavors to them. The authors will pay particularly close attention on the work of Zing-Yang Kuo, Israel Goldiamond, Paul Schiller, and J. R. Kantor.

Keyword(s): Golddiamond, Kantor, Kuo, Schiller
 

Sorting the Ashes of the Behaviorisms

CAMERON GREEN (Florida State University, Brohavior)
Abstract:

Behaviorism is often regarded as the philosophy of the science of behavior ( Skinner, 1974). Within behaviorism there are a wide range of viewpoints on the philosophical assumptions and how they relate to the subject matter. The current presentation will outline several various philosophical positions found across the schools of behaviorism. Many of the earlier positions on behaviorism presented the subject matter in a mechanistic or liner fashion. These approaches have plagued the conceptual understanding of the philosophy of the science of behavior since the early days of behavior analysis. There are several systems of behaviorism that do highlight the various factors involved with complex event interactions. The primary focus of this presentation will be on the dynamic systems of behaviorism that often have contextual flavors to them. The stage will be set for a discussion to be followed by other presenters on various schools of behaviorism that often are neglected and forgotten.

 
Exploring a Couple Gems of Behaviorism
MARK MALADY (Brohavior; HSI/WARC)
Abstract: The philosophy of the science of behavior regarded as behaviorism is actually composed of several various systems of behavior analysis. Some of these systems such as radical behaviorism and methodological behaviorism are presented to students of behavior analysis however this is usually the extent to the introduction to behaviorism that most programs offer. As the previous presentation noted, behaviorism of the contextual Varity is of key importance to exploring interactions of the whole organism with their environment. J.R Kantor’s Interbehaviorism is one system that explores the complexity of multiple event interactions and views the subject matter in the context of their current environment. Paul Schiller created a system based off of his plethora of experimental work that ended up redefining the way that he and others viewed such topics as the respondent/operant distinction and how these constructs related to the organisms environment. A brief discussion will be held on how these two systems relate and how they differ. A teaching strategy and dissemination tool will be shared with the audience. Attendees will be empowered to explore the rich varieties of behaviorism in existence while being able to share this information with students and colleges.
 
Chows, Chicks and the Epigenetic Behaviorist: The Importance of Zing-Yang Kuo
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior)
Abstract: The main goal of an epigenetic behaviorist is to seek order out of complex behavioral phenomena in order to formulate laws of behavior without resorting to vitalism, either explicitly or implicitly (Kuo, 1967). In this talk I will highlight the contextualistic approach to behavior development from the work of a little known and undervalued behaviorist – Zing Yang Kuo. Kuo’s system includes five groups of determining factors: morphological factors, biophysical and biochemical factors, stimulating objects, developmental history, and developmental context. Each of these items will be discussed in relation to the two main tasks of an “epigenetic behaviorist,” which include: to obtain a comprehensive picture of the behavioral repertoire of the individual and its causal factors from stage to stage during development; and to explore the potentials and limitations of new behavior patterns (‘Behavioral neo-phenotypes’) that are not commonly observed or do not exist in ‘nature’ so as to predict or control the evolution of behavior in the future (Kuo, 1967).
 

The Whole Is Greater Than the Sum of Its Parts: A Nonlinear Behavioral Approach from Israel Goldiamond

SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

The variables that control behavior are not an amalgamation of static stimulus conditions. Rather, behavior is “changing, fluid, and evanescent” (Skinner, 1953). This conceptualization is described by Israel Goldiamond whose pragmatic nonlinear approach to behavior recommends a multidimensional analysis. That is, one must acknowledge that the topography, function, history, and detection (measurement) of behavior may all yield varied accounts. An advantage to such a system is that it can bring the behavior of the scientist under multiple sources of control, engendering more effective technology. The purpose of this presentation is to highlight some of the key considerations presented by Israel Golddiamond, primarily from his comprehensive text entitled simply “The Blue Books.”

 
 
Symposium #78
Why Do Dogs Engage Socially with Other Dogs and with Humans? Operant Aspects of Conspecific and Heterospecific Social Behavior in Dogs
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Alexandra Protopopova (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Social behavior in dogs has received attention from ethologists but less attention from behavior analysts. Thus, despite a general interest in dog play and dog-human interactions, the variables that control and produce such ubiquitous behaviors are not clearly delineated. In the three papers presented in this symposium, we address common dog behaviors that, despite being common, have not been typically explored in a behavior analytic fashion. Conspecific (dog-dog play) and heterospecific (human-dog) interactions are investigated using behavioral techniques to elucidate the variables that produce dog-dog and human-dog social interactions. Mehrkam and Wynne investigated the role of human attention for conspecific dog play, teasing apart antecedent and consequent functions for dog play. Feuerbacher and Wynne investigated dogs' preferences for types of human social interaction and whether owner return after an absence functions as a reinforcer for dogs. Finally, Muir and Feuerbacher investigated whether dogs who show separation related problem behavior are more sensitive to human attention as a reinforcer than dogs not showing such problem behavior.

Keyword(s): dog, play, social behavior, social reinforcement
 

Identifying Potential Controlling Variables of Social Play in the Domestic Dog

LINDSAY MEHRKAM (University of Florida), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Play in nonhuman animals is of great interest to animal behaviorists, but proves difficult to study scientifically due to a lack of knowledge about the immediate stimuli that influence play (Bekoff & Byers, 1998; Burghardt, 2005). Domestic dogs are widely cited as a species that engage in play at high levels and are accessible, and regularly engage in social play in the presence of their caretakers, especially when caretaker attention is available (Mehrkam, Verdi & Wynne, in press; Mehrkam & Wynne, under review). We aimed to determine if the relationship between owner attention and social play could be accounted for using a behavior analytic approach. We conducted three experiments to determine if owner attention serves as a discriminative stimulus, establishing operation, or a reinforcer for social play in dogs. In addition, a functional analysis was conducted of social play in which various antecedents and consequences were presented that would be expected to increase social play levels. Finally, we investigated whether breed influenced the topography and motivation to engage in social play. Our results indicate that social play is highly sensitive to environmental variables; the specific role of owner attention is highly dependent on individual intraspecific and interspecific relationships.

 

Will Your Dog Work to Be with You? Domestic Dogs' Preferences for Types of Human Social Interaction and Owner Return as a Reinforcer for Dog Behavior.

ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (University of Florida), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Domestic dogs in Western society are often treated like family members. Research demonstrates they show attachment behaviors to adult humans similar to those shown by human infants (Gacsi, Topal, Miklosi, Doka, and Csa'nyi, 2001; Topal, Miklosi, Doka, & Csa'nyi, 1998). We investigated dogs' preferences for their owners compared to strangers using concurrent choice in familiar and unfamiliar contexts. Dogs were more likely to engage with a stranger in a familiar context than in an unfamiliar one, in which dogs preferred owners. We then assessed whether, after an absence, owner return to the dog would function as a reinforcer for the dog's behavior. We tested this by investigating whether we could shape an arbitrary response (movement away from the departure door and towards a target location) by making owner return contingent on successive approximations toward the target. If dog behavior can be shaped by owner return, separation related problem behaviors might have an operant component and be amenable to an operant treatment. We measured latency to respond (move toward the target) and used an escalating criterion based on distance to shape the target response. We also investigated within session dynamics to detect possible satiation effects.

 

Are Dogs that Exhibit Separation-Related Problem Behaviors More Sensitive to Social Reinforcement?

KRISTY MUIR (Animal Behavior Training Solutions), Erica N. Feuerbacher (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Separation related problem behavior is a severe behavioral disorder in domestic dogs. Differences between normal dogs and dogs exhibiting separation related problem behaviors are relatively unknown. Previous research has found that brief social interaction is a relatively poor reinforcer compared to food for a nose touch (Feuerbacher & Wynne, 2012). We hypothesized that dogs exhibiting this problem behavior might be more sensitive to owner attention as a reinforcer than normal dogs. We used the same paradigm to assess normal dogs and dogs exhibiting separation related problem behaviors to investigate whether brief social interaction from the owner would maintain more responding in dogs with the problem behavior than normal dogs. Dogs received a minimum of 12 sessions in which either 4 s of social interaction or a small piece of food was delivered contingent on a nose touch. Each dog experienced alternating sets of three sessions of each condition (social interaction or food). We compared the total number of nose touches per condition and per session that normal and problem behavior dogs emitted, as well as the latency to respond.

 
 
Symposium #79
CE Offered: BACB
Advancing Beyond Skinner's Basic Verbal Operants with PEAK: Reliability, Validity, and Practical Implementation
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Anna Cronin (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Seth W. Whiting, M.S.
Abstract:

Much of the research in training verbal skills to children with autism or language delays is largely centered around establishing a basic repertoire of echoics, mands, tacts, and intraverbals leaving much to be desired. Skinner's own approach to verbal behavior extended far beyond these basic concepts, and more advanced verbal operants included in his analysis have been utilized in language training only minimally. Additionally, behavior-analytic investigations of verbal behavior have since extended into stimulus equivalence and relational frames which both offer many benefits to establishing a verbal repertoire and may have further implications for teaching verbal skills to children with language delays. The PEAK Relational Training System, a verbal behavior and academic curriculum for children with autism that incorporates all of these basic and more advanced learning areas, holds promise in extending the current methods of behavior analytic language training. The present research examines the psychometric validity and reliability of PEAK, as well as barriers, agency satisfaction, and practical utility of the system. Approaches such as these may further allow behavior analysts to promote verbal skills in children with autism that are more generative and more broadly applied to enhance functioning in the natural environment.

Keyword(s): PEAK, relational frame, Verbal Behavior, Verbal Operants
 

Real World Implementation of PEAK by BCBAs with Children with Autism

CANDACE STADLER (ABA of Illinois, LLC), Karen R. Harper (ABA of Illinois, LLC)
Abstract:

Verbal skills curriculums and assessments for children with autism hold value for a practitioner or agency only if the implementation of such a system is feasible, sustainable, and produces the outcomes desired from such a package. This presentation focuses on one community provider's attempts at implementing the PEAK Relational Training System on persons with autism. We will highlight the initial identified barriers to implementation of the system, discuss further training needs for successful implementation, showcase outcomes of children with autism who were engaged with the system, and discuss social validity measures of the PEAK Relational Training System, including reported ratings of implementer and agency satisfaction, feasibility of use, and long term sustainability. Finally, we will present a model of how to attain optimal PEAK outcomes based on the results of mass implementation throughout one service agency with children with autism. Overall, staff reliably reported that the PEAK Relational Training System and assessment were easy to implement, that children were demonstrating visible progress, and that they were highly satisfied with the curriculum and assessment.

 

Establishing the Psychometric Properties of PEAK in ABA Assessment and Curriculum for Children with Autism

SETH W. WHITING (Southern Illinois University), Kyle Rowsey (Southern Illinois University), Autumn N. McKeel (Aurora University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Despite the number of assessment protocols available to practitioners in a data-driven field, measures of validity and reliability of these assessments remain a rarity. The purpose of the present research was to examine psychometric properties of the PEAK Relational Training System, a comprehensive assessment/curriculum for verbal and academic skills. First, 13 children with autism completed the PEAK assessment and the Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test, a measure frequently utilized to assess verbal skills in children, before and after training using the PEAK curriculum. A Pearson correlation showed a significant (p < .01), strong relationship between the measures at pre-training (r=.9) and post-training (r=.89), establishing convergent validity for the PEAK assessment. Next, 36 students with autism completed both the PEAK assessment and the Receptive and Expressive One-Word Picture Vocabulary Tests. Strong correlations were observed between scores on PEAK and the receptive test (r=.834), and the expressive test (r=.824), further supporting the convergent validity of the PEAK assessment. To investigate social validity, ABA implementers rated the PEAK assessment and VB-MAPP on ease and length of implementation, and the likelihood of future use. Results indicated that practitioners found PEAK easier and quicker than the VB-MAPP, and 66% reported a preference for PEAK.

 

Developing the Normative Sample of the PEAK Assessment for Comparison to Children with Autism

JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Rachel Enoch (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The current presentation will showcase how a normative sample of typical developing school children were captured using the PEAK Relational Training System Assessment. Over 100 students of various age ranges with no known or documented disabilities were administered the Direct Training Assessment of the PEAK Relational Training System and their aggregate scores were compared to children with autism across similar age ranges. Each child was administered the PEAK Direct Training Assessment which evaluated the presence or absence of 184 skills which focused on academic, verbal, cognitive, and social development shown to be aligned with Common Core Standards, Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test, and IQ. Performances were then evaluated and compared to children with Autism exposed to the same assessment. This normative technique provides for a comparison of children with autism to typically developing peers, and also expands beyond developmental milestones hypothesized to be constant across children within a given age group.

 
 
Symposium #80
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Aspects of Verbal Behavior Intervention for Children with Autism
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
CE Instructor: Anibal Gutierrez Jr., Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although an overwhelming amount of effective treatments for children with autism are based on the principles of applied behavior analysis, there still exist many differences and variations in the methods and procedures used by practitioners to develop verbal behavior for children with autism. Current behavior analytic research in the field of autism continues to evaluate and advance verbal behavior intervention designed to improve the lives of individuals with the disorder. Research continues to evaluate the most effective strategies for presenting distracter stimuli during skill acquisition programs, the effect of sequence for training receptive and expressive skills, and the optimal number of intervention targets.

Keyword(s): autism, VB
 
Evaluating the Effectiveness of Discrete Trial Procedures for Teaching Receptive Discrimination to Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders
DESIREE ESPINAL (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
Abstract: Research has found that children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) show significant deficits in receptive language skills. One of the primary goals of applied behavior analytic intervention is to improve the communication skills of children with autism by teaching receptive discriminations. Both receptive discriminations and receptive language entail matching spoken words with corresponding objects, symbols (e.g., pictures or words), actions, people, and so on (Green, 2001). In order to develop receptive language skills, children with autism often undergo discrimination training within the context of discrete trial training. This training entails teaching the learner how to respond differentially to different stimuli (Green, 2001). It is through discrimination training that individuals with autism learn and develop language (Lovaas, 2003). The present study compares three procedures for teaching receptive discriminations: (1) simple/conditional (Procedure A), (2) conditional only (Procedure B), and (3) conditional discrimination of two target cards (Procedure C). Additionally, maintenance and generalization probes will be conducted approximately 1–month following the completion of training to evaluate the maintenance across time of discriminations taught using all three procedures and generalization across therapists and stimuli. This phase would indicate if one training procedure would result in better maintenance and generalization than another procedure. The present study is expected to contribute to the vast literature on what is the most efficient and effective way to teach receptive discrimination during discrete trial training to children with ASD. These findings are critical as research shows that receptive language skills are predictive of better outcomes and adaptive behaviors in the future.
 

The Sequence Effects of Two Types of Training on Verbal Behavior Acquisition Rates in Children with Autism

ALEJANDRO DIAZ (Florida International University  ), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University)
Abstract:

Language acquisition is typically described in two forms in the applied behavior analytic field. When a child responds to a stimulus event (SD) with a non-spoken response and reinforcement is socially mediated, the response is classified as receptive. When a child responds with a spoken response, the response is classified as expressive. Behavior curriculums designed to address communicative issues recommend that language acquisition programs begin with non-spoken (receptive) tasks followed by spoken (expressive) tasks. However, these recommendations have little support in the literature and some studies even indicate the reverse sequence would be more efficient. This study evaluated the sequence effects of training receptive verbal behavior prior to expressive and vice versa. Results were mixed with regard to overall efficiency but participants generalized in the expressive before receptive condition with almost no generalization occurring in receptive before expressive tasks. These findings suggest expressive before receptive training might be the preferred method more often than not with specific populations.

 
A Parametric Analysis of the Optimal Number of Targets Taught Concurrently
KATIE A. NICHOLSON (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Catalina Rey (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: In verbal behavior programs for children with autism, practitioners are encouraged to present multiple acquisition targets during instructional sessions. However, little guidance is given about the optimal number of tasks targeted in any given session. In this study, the researchers investigated whether the number of targets taught, 3 versus 10, would impact the effectiveness and the efficiency of the teaching procedures. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of the number of tasks targeted on the cumulative number of tacts mastered across six weeks of instruction. Several efficiency measures were calculated, including an overall mastery rate, defined as the number of targets mastered per hour of instruction. As expected, both participants mastered more targets in the 10-at-a-time condition. The efficiency of the procedures was equal for one participant. However, one participant mastered more tacts per hour of instruction in the 3-at-a-time condition, even though he learned more total targets in the 10-at-a-time condition, suggesting that teaching fewer targets at a time may be more efficient for some learners.
 
 
Panel #81
CE Offered: BACB
Taking Perspective: A Discussion of Research on Deictic Framing and Future Implications
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W179a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Timothy M. Weil, Ph.D.
Chair: Stephanie Caldas (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (University of South Florida)
DAVID E. GREENWAY (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
JOHN O'NEILL (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory (RFT) offers a functional account of human language and cognition, and has developed a vibrant program of research since its introduction to the behavior analytic community in 1985 (Hayes & Brownstein, 1985). Research on perspective taking has been especially influential, offering a functional account for Theory of Mind with clear clinical implications. According to RFT, perspective taking involves a specific type of relational framing, deictic framing, which develops through a well-developed relational repertoire and sufficient multiple exemplars (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001). Deictic responding abilities are positively correlated with higher cognitive ability, less delinquent behavior, and a more secure sense of self (Leader & Barnes-Holmes, 2001). Research shows that deictic framing plays an important role in typical development, while a deficit in deictic framing ability can result in the development of clinical difficulties such as social anhedonia and schizophrenia (Vilardaga et al., 2012, Villatte et al., 2010). Research on perspective taking could translate beyond clinical interventions, to cultural, community, and organizational contexts This panel will discuss updated research on deictic framing and perspective taking, with particular emphasis on the implications of basic research to the development of interdisciplinary intervention programs that can foster social change.

Keyword(s): Deictic Framing, Perspective Taking, RFT
 
 
Paper Session #82
Behavioral Medicine and Pediatric Encopresis
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: CBM
Chair: Colleen Cullinan (Western Michigan University)
 

Behavioral Medicine and Applied Behavior Analysis: Contributions and Limitations

Domain: Theory
ASHLEY EDEN GREENWALD (University of Nevada, Reno), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract:

Behavioral medicine is an interdisciplinary field including the sciences of biology, psychology, physiology, nutrition, and nursing, to name a few. While the definition varies between professionals and sciences, behavioral medicine is largely defined as the environmental approach to treatment of disease and other health related conditions. Behavior analysts, while having huge potential to contribute to the growing field of behavioral medicine, publish most of their work in behavior analytic journals, exclusively. This soloed approach to the science of behavior analysis makes dissemination and collaboration between fields challenging, especially a field like behavioral medicine, where the contributions are largely interdisciplinary. This paper presentation examines the recent trends in behavior analysis with regard to behavioral medicine, behavioral medicine journal publications, and presentations at the Society of Behavioral Medicine and the Association for Behavior Analysis International conferences. An analysis of Behavioral Medicine as an independent science will be provided and recommendations for conducting and disseminating interdisciplinary behavior analytic work between will be discussed.

 

Evaluation of a Parent-Administered Intervention and Investigation of Factors Associated With Pediatric Encopresis

Domain: Applied Research
COLLEEN CULLINAN (Western Michigan University), Galen J. Alessi (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

Pediatric encopresis is a childhood disorder that is extremely debilitating for children and their families, and it can be very difficult to treat successfully. Many children are resistant to initial treatment efforts, and currently there are no well-established evidence-based treatment recommendations for pediatric encopresis (van Dijk et al., 2007). The limited evidence on encopresis treatment suggests that protocols that include comprehensive behavioral interventions as well as intensive medical management strategies are the most successful (McGrath, Mellon, & Murphy, 2000). Additionally, there is little research about the influence of factors such as comorbid behavior problems, the quality of the parent-child relationship, and parental tolerance of the child on the course and the treatment of chronic encopresis. The present series of data analyses served to evaluate the effectiveness of a manualized, parent-administered treatment protocol for chronic encopresis and also investigate changes in important contextual factors (e.g., behavior problems, parental tolerance, quality of the parent-child relationship) across treatment. Eleven parents of children meeting diagnostic criteria for encopresis were included in the present research. Participants reported that their children (age range 4 to 10 years old; M = 7 years; SD = 2.12; 63% male) had been struggling with soiling for an average of about 36 months (SD = 20.94). Following one month of parent-administered treatment, all participants (100%) reported improvements in their child's soiling. Overall, participants reported an 81% reduction in soiling from baseline. The present research is associated with a cure rate of 45% (5 participants were accident-free for the last two weeks of data collection). Findings suggest that a parent-administered treatment for encopresis may not only be effective, it may work very quickly to reduce soiling episodes and to increase independently-initiated bowel movements. Results also indicate that the treatment of encopresis is associated with a reduction of parent-reported behavior problems (both internalizing and externalizing), changes in parental perceptions of the child's soiling, and stability in the parent-child relationship at post-treatment. The present research employed novel data collection techniques (with participants tracking behavior daily online), and findings contribute to a nuanced understanding of the encopretic child and his or her family.

 
 
 
Symposium #83
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in the Application of Visual Supports and Video-Based Instruction with Individuals with Developmental Disabilities
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W186 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with disabilities frequently use visual supports as a method of improving skill acquisition. The types of visual supports may be simple, such as pictures or photographs, or high tech, such as the presentation of videos to learners on portable devices. The studies in this symposium expand the current research base on the application of visually based instruction on the improvement of recreation/leisure, fitness, and functional life skills of adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities. The first study examined the use of a picture schedule to teach three adults with intellectual disability to use iPads in the context of playing the game Angry Birds. The second study utilized a video modeling approach on iPod Touches to teach three high school students with autism and intellectual disability to independently complete a workout routine in a community setting. The third study compared the efficiency and effectiveness of video prompting with iPod Touches across three types of skills: multi-component skills (single-step behaviors that are repeated during a session), multi-step tasks (a behavior that consists of multiple steps), and sequential tasks (a series of multi-step tasks that make up a larger task). Data from all three studies indicate that visually based instruction led to improvement in target behaviors. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed.

Keyword(s): picture schedule, video modeling, video prompting, visual supports
 

A Picture-Based Activity Schedule Intervention to Teach Adults with Intellectual Disability to Use an iPad During a Leisure Activity

JEFFREY MICHAEL CHAN (Northern Illinois University), Lindsay Lambdin (Helping Hand), Kimberly Graham (Helping Hand), Christina Fragale (The University of Texas, The Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Individuals with developmental disabilities have limited opportunities to participate in leisure activities, frequently due to lack of skills. The purpose of the current study was to teach three adults diagnosed with intellectual disability to use an iPad in the context of playing the video game Angry Birds. The steps of the task included opening the cover of the iPad, unlocking the device, opening Angry Birds, playing the game, and putting the iPad away. Instruction took place during breaks in a private room at a sheltered workshop where the participants were employed. During intervention, participants had access to a picture-based activity schedule to aid in completion of the task. In some cases, extra prompts were provided to increase participants' attention to the activity schedule. All three participants showed improvement in the target skill with intervention and gains were maintained during post-intervention follow-up.

 

Evaluating the Effectiveness of Video Modeling Delivered on an iPod Touch to Facilitate Students' Independent Use of a Community Fitness Center

TRISTA BODEN (Northern Illinois Universiry), Jesse W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Erika Blood (Northern Illinois University)
Abstract:

A multiple-baseline across subjects design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a video-modeling intervention delivered on an iPod Touch to teach three high school students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and intellectual disability to compete a workout routine at the local community fitness center. The video modeling intervention resulted in an increase in the number of steps completed independently by each participant. In addition, each participant showed an increase in the correct use of form associated with specific exercises.

 

The Effectiveness and Efficiency of Video Prompting Across Different Types of Tasks

Helen Irene Malone (The Ohio State University), Linsey M. Sabielny (DePaul University), Eliseo D. Jimenez (The Ohio State University), Megan Miller (Navigation Behavioral Consulting), Olivia Miller (The Ohio State University), HOLLIE BYRUM (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

In this study, three students with intellectual and developmental disabilities were taught basic vocational and daily living skills using video prompting. Three different types of tasks were targeted. The multi-component task was defined as a single task completed repetitively. For example, folding a basket of towels or stacking up chairs from around a table would be multi-component tasks. The multi-component task selected for this study was folding long-sleeve t-shirts. A multi-step task was defined as completing a single task made up of many steps. For example, washing dishes, cleaning a table, or washing windows would all be multi-step tasks. The multi-step task selected for this study was making lemonade. Finally, a sequential task was defined as completing a group of tasks that make up a larger task. For example, putting away the groceries would be a sequential task. The sequential task selected for this study was loading dishes. Using a multiple probe across participants for each task, we examined the effectiveness and efficiency of video prompting in skill acquisition across these tasks. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #84
CE Offered: BACB
Contemporary Applications for Assessing and Treating Complex Problem Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W187ab (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David McAdam (University of Rochester)
CE Instructor: Jonathan Dean Schmidt, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium encompasses three studies that emphasize the evolution of applied behavior analysis. Each study is focused on investigating problem behavior that occurs under idiosyncratic circumstances, which due to the complexity of the stimulus conditions under which the behavior is evoked, often produces inconclusive assessment and treatment results. The first presentation will describe an indirect measure for identifying specific stimuli that are likely to evoke problem behavior called the Nonpreferred Events Interview Form (NEIF). Correspondence between the NEIF and other more direct assessments indicated that it is an acceptable tool to identify potential negative reinforcers of problem behavior that can be evaluated during treatment. The second presentation focuses on assessment and treatment procedures for pica, with a particular emphasis on teaching alternative behaviors that reduce the opportunity for the behavior to occur. The final presentation is a retrospective study that summarizes data from 28 participants over a 15-year period related to various assessment and treatment procedures for individuals who engage in problem behavior to increase the likelihood that others with comply with mands. For each study, extensive data have been collected and interobserver agreement is appropriate.

Keyword(s): functional analysis, mands, negative reinforcement, pica
 
Correspondence between a Tool to Identify Non-preferred Events and Functional Assessment Outcomes
BAILEY SCHERBAK (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: There is often poor correspondence between indirect assessments or interviews about preferences and direct measures of preference, yet due to ease of implementation and time constraints, interviews are often used (Everson, & Green, 1999; Windsor, Piche, & Locke 1994). The current study evaluated the extent to which the Non-preferred Events Interview Form (NEIF) agreed with outcomes of a functional analysis (FA) and other assessments relevant to negative reinforcement. Thirty five participants, consisting of parents and caregivers, complete the NEIF. Correspondence between the items identified through the NEIF and the functional assessment process were compared (e.g., demands identified by the parent on the NEIF as a non-preferred resulted in a high rate of problem behavior during the demand/escape condition of the functional analysis). Interrater observer agreement (IOA) was calculated for each assessment, and resulted in an average of 86.6% across all evaluations was observed (range 63.4-100%). We found that there was a 38% level of correspondence between the NEIF and at least one type of functional assessment measure. These results suggest that the NEIF may be helpful in identifying non-preferred events and that these results were useful to inform the functional assessment process.
 

Reducing Opportunities for Pica by Increasing Functional Behaviors

ABBY LONG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher Tung (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Kennedy Krieger Institute  ), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Pica, the ingestion of non-nutritive substances, is a dangerous and potentially life-threatening behavior that is often displayed by individuals with developmental disabilities. Although it is well established in the literature that pica is most likely to be maintained by automatic reinforcement, there is a void related to interventions regarding teaching alternative behaviors that reduce the opportunity for pica to occur. For the current study, pica displayed by three participants with developmental disabilities was targeted for assessment and treatment. Results of functional analyses indicated that for all participants, pica was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Treatment focused on establishing a controlling prompt to clean up the area, response interruption and redirection, and differentially reinforcing multiple alternative behaviors for each participant, such as picking up and discarding or vacuuming up pica items. With treatment implemented, significant reductions were obtained for all participants. Effects were also maintained over time after thinning the schedule of reinforcement. After finalizing the comprehensive treatments in a contrived setting, extensive generalization occurred across settings and people.

 
Evaluative Summary of Assessment and Treatment Procedures for Problem Behavior Maintained by Compliance with Mands
JONATHAN DEAN SCHMIDT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chloe J. McKay (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Abstract: With a standard functional analysis it is commonly assumed that problem behaviors occur for attention, escape, tangible access, or automatic reinforcement. However, there is strong evidence that some individuals’ problem behaviors may be maintained by other’s compliance with mands instead of a specific reinforcer; they mand for specific and unique behavior from others (Bowman et al., 1997). The current study summarizes assessment and treatment data over a 15-year timespan for twenty-eight participants with severe problem behavior maintained by compliance with mands. For all participants, modifications to the standard FA procedures were necessary for identifying the function of problem behavior. Regarding intervention, during the initial 5 years of the retrospective measurement period, treatment primarily included functional communication and extinction. Over time, treatments evolved to emphasize additional discriminative stimuli, signaled use of multiple schedules of reinforcement, and alternative uses of differential reinforcement strategies. For a small percentage of participants, punishment procedures were required to obtain clinically significant results. Data for the efficacy, effectiveness, and social validity of treatment procedures in the natural environment will be discussed.
 
 
Special Event #85
SQAB Tutorial: The Fox Domestication Project and the Genetics of Social Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W178a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: John E. R. Staddon (Duke University)
Presenting Authors: : ANNA V. KUKEKOVA (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Abstract:

Domestication as a special form of evolution offers valuable insights into how genomic variation contributes to complex differences in behavioral and morphological phenotypes. The genetics-centered view of the domestication is supported by experimental selection of farm-bred foxes (Vulpes vulpes) that begun at the Russian Institute of Cytology and Genetics in the 1950s. Selection of foxes for either tame or aggressive behavior, has yielded two strains with markedly different, genetically determined behavioral phenotypes. Tame-strain foxes communicate with humans in a positive manner and are eager to establish human contact. Foxes from the aggressive strain are aggressive to humans and difficult to handle. Although the foxes were selected solely for behavior, changes in physiology, morphology, and appearance with significant parallels to characteristics of the domestic dog, were observed in tame-strain foxes. These two fox strains provide a rich resource for investigating the genetics of complex social behaviors. Although the focus of our work is on the genetics of domestication in the silver fox, there is a broader context. In particular, one expectation of the silver fox research is that it will be synergistic with studies in other species, including humans, to yield a more comprehensive understanding of the molecular mechanisms and evolution of a wider range of social interactive behaviors.

 
ANNA V. KUKEKOVA (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
Anna Kukekova graduated from St. Petersburg State University in 1993. She obtained her PhD at the Institute of Cytology of the Russian Academy of Sciences in 1999. She then proceeded to a post-doctoral program at the Baker Institute for Animal Health at Cornell University where she was a research associate and subsequently a principal research scientist in the laboratory of Dr. Greg Acland. In 2002 she established a consortium to study the genetics of complex behaviors in the fox model of animal domestication. The collaboration included Dr. Trut’s group at the Institute of Cytology and Genetics of the Russian Academy of Sciences, Dr. Acland’s laboratory at Cornell University, and Dr. Lark’s laboratory at the University of Utah. In order to identify the genetic loci involved in the regulation of fox social behavior Dr. Kukekova developed a method for quantitative assessment of fox behavioral phenotypes. This work was supported by grants from the NIMH.  In 2012, Dr. Kukekova became an Assistant Professor at the Department of Animal Sciences at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. The genetics of complex social behaviors remains the main focus of her research.
Keyword(s): genetics, foxes
 
 
Symposium #86
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG Career Award: Celebrating the Contributions of Dr. Harry MacKay.
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W176c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Discussant: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Harry MacKay. Dr. Mackays research examines behavioral processes, particularly forms of conditional discrimination, that are relevant to teaching rudimentary aspects of preacademic skills to people with and without developmental disabilities. Dr. William Dube, a former student, longtime friend, and colleague of Dr. MacKay's, will review and reflect upon Dr. MacKay's career and his many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior. Subsequently, Dr. MacKay will deliver a data-based award address in which he will review the current state of his research program with an eye toward future directions. Please join us to appreciate and celebrate the career of Dr. Harry MacKay.

Keyword(s): Conditional Discrimination, Sequence Constructions, Stimulus Control
 

Dr. Harry Mackay's Contributions to the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior

WILLIAM V. DUBE (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract:

On the occasion of Dr. Mackay's acceptance of the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior SIG Career Award, I will briefly review his career and contributions. Dr. Mackay played an important role in the ground-breaking Lavers Hall Project in 1965, when he and other members of the Massachusetts General Hospital Neurology Service started to apply the methods of behavior analysis for the first time with institutionalized boys with severe intellectual disabilities. Dr. Mackay's subsequent contributions include the development of methods to teach conditional discriminations to individuals with severe intellectual disabilities, the constructed-response matching-to-sample technique, analysis of sequential stimulus classes and ordinal class membership, and studies in several areas relevant to stimulus equivalence research.

 
Conditional stimulus control and the acquisition and emergence of pre-academic skills.
HARRY MACKAY (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: Dr. Mackay will focus on research that examines behavioral processes, particularly forms of conditional stimulus control, that are relevant to teaching rudimentary aspects of pre-academic skills to individuals with and without developmental disabilities. One aspect of the research involves study of constructed-response matching to sample and its role in equivalence class formation and reading, spelling and numeric performances. Other studies of the ordinal properties and class memberships acquired by stimuli used in sequence construction tasks provide bases for a behavior analytic approach to syntactic repertoires, including the novel emergent behavior called transitive inference. The development of matching-to-sample and sequencing procedures that may facilitate acquisition of the conditional stimulus control required in such performances is ongoing. Some research uses fading procedures with dynamic stimuli that change both within and across trials. Other work uses manipulations of display formats to yield “popout” of the correct stimulus (e.g., via display as the odd stimulus) and gradual reduction (fading) of that visual effect. Potential future directions of the research will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #87
Using Behavior Analysis To Get Through Graduate School
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W196a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Callum Mulligan (Capilano University)
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

This Professional Development Series (PDS) event is hosted by the ABAI Student Committee. With the ever increasing number educational programs in Behavior Analysis, at both the undergraduate and graduate levels, it is logical to apply the subject matter to the study of the subject matter! This panel will allow established Behavior Analysts to share their wisdom with current students who are studying Behavior Analysis. This panel will consist of three doctoral level Behavior Analysts from around the United States. Dr. Greer is from Columbia University Teacher's College where he trains hundreds of Behavior Analysts. Dr. Bruce has taught many graduate students at West Virginia University and the Florida Institute of Technology. Finally, Dr. Miguel actively teaches and supervises graduate students at California State University, Sacramento. Their combined experience and expertise promise to make an excellent panel. This event should attract undergraduate and graduate students alike! This is Student Committee Professional Development Series event.

 
 
Symposium #88
CE Offered: BACB
Scientific Secret: Advanced Training Procedure for Teacher Behaviors and Its Student Outcomes
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W192c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison School for Autism)
CE Instructor: Jinhyeok Choi, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The first two studies tested (1) the effects of video Instruction on new teachers performing protocol procedures and (2) the emergence of the correspondence between saying and doing as it related to the complexity of task completion for staff employed at a day school which applied the strategies and tactics of behavior analysis to teaching. The last study showed how the teacher training packets (e.g., TPRA, completion of teacher training modules, etc.) affected students outcomes in terms of the amount of weekly instructions, short term objectives met, long term objectives met, and strategic decision makings to accelerate student's learning.

 

The Effects of Video Instruction on New Teachers Performing Protocol Procedures

ROBIN A. NUZZOLO-GOMEZ (Fred S. Keller School, Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling  ), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences  )
Abstract:

We tested the effects of a training video that demonstrated how to implement a Generalized Imitation protocol on new teachers performing the procedures accurately, using a non-concurrent multiple probe design across participants. The participants were 14 first-year master students from a major university who had never conducted instruction on generalized imitation prior to the study. The dependent variable was the number of teachers performing protocol procedures with 100% accuracy. The independent variable was the training video that demonstrated procedures for: (a) pre-intervention probe, (b) generalization imitation training, and post-intervention probe. We found that the participants could not perform the procedures accurately during baseline condition, and watching the training video significantly increased their accuracy.

 
Adding an In-Situ Component to a Didactic Staff Training Package: Using a Dynamic Algorithm to Increase Correspondence for Saying and Doing for Completion of Complex Tasks
KATHERINE M. MATTHEWS (The Faison School for Autism), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), Adam S. Warman (The Faison School for Autism), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: We tested the emergence of the correspondence between saying and doing as it related to the complexity of task completion for staff employed at a day school which applied the strategies and tactics of behavior analysis to teaching. Teaching Assistants (TA's) at the school were required to emit a wide array of behaviors ranging from arriving at work on time to more multi-component tasks such as using a decision-analysis protocol to assess student progress based on a graphic display of data. We measured staff responses to a set of required tasks according to a rating of the complexity of the task. The TA's were divided into two groups and received either "say" only training or "say-do" training. Based on an analysis of the results we introduced an in-situ training component with a dynamic algorithm and compared the effectiveness of each training procedure.
 

How Teacher and Paraprofessional Training Impacts Student Outcomes

JINHYEOK CHOI (The Faison School for Autism), Katherine M. Matthews (The Faison School for Autism), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences  )
Abstract:

A comprehensive application of behavior analysis collectively termed CABAS (Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling) was applied to a specialized, publicly funded day school program for children with autism. The CABAS model is an example of a systematic application of behavior analysis to a school setting in which the science of behavior analytic organizational systems are applied to both the education of students and the training of staff and parents. We analyzed the positive relations between teacher training and student outcomes by using three school year data. The implementation of these components showed that the organizational schooling system improved the quality of science based-teaching and students' learning.

 
 
Paper Session #89
Analyses of Complex Organizational Contingencies
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W192b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM
Chair: Thomas C. Mawhinney (University of Detroit Mercy)
 
Error Sequence, Leadership Levels and Loss of 88 Souls on Alaska Airline’s Flight 261
Domain: Theory
THOMAS C. MAWHINNEY (University of Detroit Mercy)
 
Abstract: OBM provides tools for solving the problems identified below. The fate of Alaska Airlines’ Flight 261 was sealed years before the MD 80’s pilots lost control and it plunged into the Pacific Ocean. The proximate “… cause of this accident was a loss of airplane pitch control … ” (NTSB, 2002, p xii) resulting in the loss of 88 souls. Elevator jackscrew thread failure “… caused by excessive wear [was a] result [of] Alaska Airlines’ insufficient lubrication of the jackscrew assembly” (NTSB, 2002, p. xii). The jackscrew assembly’s failure was an ultimate consequence of a sequence of fateful human errors involving the aircraft’s designers, FAA officials’ insufficient leadership, Alaska Airlines’ insufficient mid and upper-level leadership and a supervisor’s ill-advised maintenance decision. According to the NTSB (2002), Alaska Airlines’ planned jackscrew lubrication intervals were extended from every 700 flight hours in 1985 to 1,000 in 1988 to 1,200 in 1991 to 1,600 in 1994 and, finally, to about 2,550 in 1996. This empirical evidence demonstrates how human behavior creates conditions under which lives are virtually sure to be lost, sooner or later.
 
Walden Three: The Liberated Organization
Domain: Service Delivery
WILLIAM B. ABERNATHY (Southeastern Louisiana University, Aubrey Daniels International)
 
Abstract: B.F. Skinner's Walden Two was a community based on operant principles. This discussion is concerned with how an organization might implement and manage a Walden Two inspired management system. Such a system would promote objectivity and positive reinforcement through replacing subjective performance reviews with performance measures and eliminating coercive supervision through replacing wages and salaries with pay for performance. A transition strategy from conventional management to a liberated workplace is described. The strategy was developed in numerous organizational applications. It includes four levels. An organization may choose to remain in any level rather than advance to the next. Conventional Management. Conventional management systems pay employees a wage or salary. Managers conduct 'performance reviews' to determine if employees receive a raise or promotion. The system is managed bureaucratically. Level I: Results Focus. This level includes the implementation of an organization-wide performance measurement system; positive leadership; and removing performance constraints. Level II: Stakeholder Pay. In this level, employees exchange part or all of their guaranteed wages or salaries for earnings based on profit-indexed performance pay. Level III: Job Enrichment. To ensure adequate performance opportunity, job enrichment programs are implemented. Level IV: Self-managed Employees. In this final level, employees supervise themselves as individuals or as small teams.
 
 
 
Symposium #89a
Create, Adapt, Adopt: Tools to Inform Decision-Making and Promote Organizational Change in a Medical School
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W192a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daniel Reimer (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Change in large organizations is a complex and lengthy process. Many people with different interests are involved and the multiple decisions that must be made can substantially influence intended outcomes. These decisions are made by leaders, either established or emerging, who rely on a variety of techniques to determine the best course of action. Decision making at the leadership level requires information that may not be readily accessible. This symposium will outline the creation, adaptation and adoption of three tools used at the University of Nevada School of Medicine (UNSOM) during an organization-wide curricular restructuring. Leadership from UNSOM and the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno collaborated to create an emerging leader interview project to address faculty concerns regarding the curricular change and to adapt the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to guide aspects of curricular development regarding implicit biases in students. Leadership adopted the Association of American Medical Colleges (AAMC) Faculty Forward Engagement Survey to evaluate faculty engagement and development.

Keyword(s): decision-making tools, leadership decision-making, organizational change, organizational development
 
The Creation of a Descriptive Analysis of Collaborative and Emerging Leadership During Curricular Restructuring: A Story of Faculty Engagement
Daniel Reimer (University of Nevada, Reno), GWEN SHONKWILER (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Robbyn Tolles (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine)
Abstract: Curricular change in medical education is an inevitable and necessary process that reflects historical and cultural changes that have occurred in the foundational sciences and the practice of medicine. UNSOM has rapidly made the transition from a discipline-based structure to an integrated, block-based curriculum. While medical education research has largely focused on student learning outcomes of this restructuring, there is little research on faculty concerns and the impact of curricular change on faculty engagement and leadership development; an important area considering faculty members are crucial for the successful implementation of the change. This presentation will address the creation of an emerging leader interview project through identification of faculty who voluntarily participated in curricular planning activities. Coded themes in their responses lead to an understanding of faculty motivation, concerns and satisfaction with the reform process and can be used by leaders to pinpoint areas for improvement or success.
 

The Adaptation of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to Guide Curriculum Development

Gregory S. Smith (University of Nevada, Reno), NICOLE JACOBS (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Robbyn Tolles (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Kate Martin (University of Nevada School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The impact of medical practitioners implicit biases on the quality of care provided to patients perceived as different from themselves has been well documented. Medical education has frequently addressed these biases in classroom settings, but there is evidence that in some cases, simply teaching about cultural differences may only reinforce some negative stereotypes. Therefore, understanding the nature of implicit biases and acknowledging the potential negative effect on doctor-patient relationships may offer a more effective approach to enhancing the cultural competence curriculum in medical education. At UNSOM, the IRAP has been adapted to measure implicit bias in this medical student population, with the intent of shaping the curriculum to address these biases. This presentation will discuss the process of developing the IRAP for this specific population, the current work being done and the intended outcome of integrating the IRAP into future curriculum development.

 

The Customized Adoption of the Association of American Medical College's (AAMC) Faculty Forward Survey: Determining Faculty Involvement and Driving Faculty Engagement

JENNIFER HAGEN (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Medical schools employ large numbers of faculty in both the clinical and basic sciences, averaging about 500 faculty members per medical school. The assessment and evaluation of large numbers of faculty makes it difficult to pinpoint areas for development and opportunities to increase faculty engagement. The AAMC recognized this issue and created the Faculty Forward Engagement Survey which measures faculty satisfaction with numerous aspects of their work environment. Faculty members survey responses are aggregated and benchmarked against responses at cohort schools to create an institutional report detailing actionable areas for improvement. Identified areas can then be targeted by leaders to improve faculty development activities and engage faculty in problem solving. This presentation will detail the events at UNSOM leading up to the implementation of Faculty Forward, the reasons this survey instrument was chosen, how it was customized to this institution and how the results are being used to guide organizational change.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #90
CE Offered: BACB

Positive Reinforcers, Pills, and Physicians: Collaborating to Help Children with ASD Learn

Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W375e (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Nicole Luke, Ph.D.
Chair: Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre)
ALVIN LOH (Surrey Place Centre)
Dr. Alvin Loh is the developmental pediatrician and chief of medical services at Surrey Place Centre. He is an assistant professor in the Division of Developmental Pediatrics at the University of Toronto. He is one of the lead investigators in the Autism Treatment Network (ATN)—Toronto site, which is one of 17 sites in North America. The network aims to improve the standard of medical care for children with autism, through research and the creation and sharing of clinical toolkits and algorithms. He has current research interests in toddlers with autism and regression. Dr. Loh is passionate about improving collaboration between medical professionals and behaviorists to improve the care for children and youth with challenging behaviors.  
Abstract:

This talk will cover core symptoms of autism spectrum disorder and will discuss the current pharmacological approach to targeting symptoms of ASD. Educating caregivers is important when considering medication, and it is helpful to remember the medical contributors to disruptive behavior. Behavior analysts can help to identify the function of behavior and how the environment may be arranged to improve outcomes. Physicians can help treat symptoms of a disorder and identify interfering medical issues. Both have common goals for an individual client and the family’s improved quality of life. When doctors and behavior analysts can work together, they can improve the support they provide to families and children.

 
 
Symposium #91
Procedural Analysis in the Training of Verbal Behavior
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W185d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Victoria Smith (Childhood Autism Services, Papillion NE)
Abstract:

Continued refinements in training method is a hallmark of Applied Behavior Analysis. The papers in this symposium represent further efforts to evaluate effective teaching procedures with children diagnosed on the autism spectrum and typically developing children. Manding, tacting, and intraverbaling will be discussed with a focus on how to affect performance in efficient ways.

Keyword(s): intraverbal, mand, matrix training, verbal behavior
 

A Comparison of a Matrix Programming and Standard Discrete Trial Training Format to Teach Two-Component Tacts

EMILY BRAFF (Engage Behavioral Health), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Teaching using matrix programming has been shown to result in recombinative generalization. However, this procedure has not been compared to more standard discrete trial training formats such as DTT. This study compared acquisition and recombinative generalization of two-component tacts using each procedure. Matrix training was found to be more efficient than the DTT format. Half the amount of teaching was required to teach roughly the same number of targets using matrix training as compared to DTT.

 
Verbal Operant Transfer with Mands and Tacts Using Multiple Exemplars
JESSICA SHEA (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Research on the functional independence of tacts and mands is mixed. There is a substantial amount of research showing differentiating results, with findings supporting both functional independence of verbal operants as well as the opposite. With these mixed results, the conditions under which tact training transfers to mands are unclear however. The current study evaluated whether multiple exemplars of tact training followed by mand training would result in the independent transfer from tacts to mands. This was done thru teaching children with language delays to tact highly preferred edible items, followed by mand training. It was thought that if the participants were able to mand with no direct training for edible items it would occur after two sequences of tact training to mand training. The study however was able to show that all three participants started manding for the item independently during tact training after one sequence of tact training followed by mand training.
 
Comparison of Acquisition Rates and Child Preference for Varying Amounts of Teacher Directedness when Teaching Intraverbals
VICTORIA SMITH (Childhood Autism Services, Papilion NE), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to extend research of Heal and Hanley (2011) where it was hypothesized that different instructional strategies would yield varying rates of skill acquisition and child-preference. Additional focus on placed on the possible punishing effects of an embedded teaching strategy on engagement in learning opportunities. This study extended previous research methodology utilized with the tact to include the intraverbal. Independent variables included three teaching strategies: discovery teaching, embedded prompting, and direct teaching in a multi-element design by rapidly alternating teaching strategies. Acquisition rate, number of learning opportunities, and play within the teaching strategies were evaluated. Child preference was also assessed through card selection of associated teaching strategies in a concurrent chains agreement design. Upon study conclusion, preference varied across participants, with all participants demonstrating the highest percentage correct responding under direct teaching contingencies. However, embedded prompting was not found to exhibit a punishing affect.
 
 
Symposium #92
CE Offered: BACB
Examining of the Role of Echoic Behavior during Skill Acquisition
Saturday, May 24, 2014
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
W185bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Although numerous instructional strategies can produce skill acquisition for children with and without developmental disabilities, these strategies do not necessarily produce similar outcomes across participants. It may be the case that certain repertoires mediate the effects of intervention, such as an echoic repertoire. The proposed symposium includes three studies that evaluated the role of echoic behavior in the acquisition of novel skills. In the first study, Anthony and colleagues evaluated the role of echoic behavior during instructive feedback. The authors attempted to prevent the occurrence of echoic behavior by requiring participants to engage in an alternative task immediately following the presentation of instructive feedback. In the second study, Zemantic and colleagues measured echoic and attending behavior during instructive feedback. Participants who did not demonstrate echoic or attending behavior did not benefit from instructive feedback, but they responded positively to intervention when they were subsequently required to engage in these behaviors. In the third study by Carp and colleagues, the authors evaluated whether requiring echoic behavior facilitated acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations. This collection of studies will present data on the role of echoic behavior during skill acquisition programs and provide recommendations for future research and practice

Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, echoic behavior, instructive feedback
 

The Effect of Instructive Feedback for Students with Language and Learning Disabilities

Christi Anthony (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), CASEY NOTTINGHAM (Caldwell College)
Abstract:

Previous studies have evaluated the usefulness of presenting additional stimuli during learning trials. When presenting additional stimuli, responses to these stimuli are not required and if a response is provided, no feedback is given. This procedure has been associated with increases in instructional efficiency for some learners but not others. Although this approach may be an attractive option for teachers, little is known about the types of learners that are likely to benefit from this procedure. Along this line, it may be important that learners engage in an echoic response following the presentation of the additional stimulus. An echoic response may be considered a mediating response that may play a role in the learners acquisition of additional stimuli. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a procedure aimed at blocking the occurrence of an echoic response to help determine the necessity of this response during teaching that incorporates additional stimuli. Results indicate that acquisition of the secondary targets was delayed for two of the three participants in the condition that involved attempts to block the echoic response. The discussion of results will further consider operant mechanisms and learner characteristics that could be explored in future studies.

 
An Evaluation of Variables that Impact the Efficacy of Instructive Feedback
PATRICIA ZEMANTIC (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Brittany LeBlanc (University of Oregon), Traci Elaine Ruppert (University of Oregon), Shaji Haq (University of Oregon), Marilynn Porritt (University of Oregon), Vincent E. Campbell (University of Oregon), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Instructive feedback (IF) involves presenting additional information in learning trials to which the student is not required to respond. The extent literature on instructive feedback shows that it is an effective and efficient procedure for increasing verbal behavior in children with developmental disabilities (e.g., Werts, Hoffman, & Darcy, 2011). Before training teachers and school-based staff to use IF in classroom settings, it may be useful to evaluate whether specific behavioral repertoires impact the efficacy of IF. In the present study, we evaluated two variables that may impact the efficacy of IF – attending and echoic behavior. Two children diagnosed with autism participated in this study. Participant 1 echoed IF targets, although inconsistently, and she acquired IF targets either without direct training or following a brief period of training. Participant 2 echoed but did not attend to IF targets. When we required attending, there was an improvement in acquisition of IF targets. For participant 1, we extended the evaluation outside of the treatment room to examine whether the efficacy of IF would generalize to a setting in which the participant had no history of instruction. We will discuss the implications of our results for future research and practice.
 
An Unexpected Effect of Adding Echoic Response Requirements to Picture Prompts During Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination Training
CHARLOTTE LYNN CARP (McNeese State University), Erika Zeno (McNeese State University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: When teaching conditional discriminations, research has demonstrated that the rate of acquisition increases when a participant emits a differential observing response (DOR) to the sample or comparison stimuli (Fisher, Kodak, & Moore, 2007). No research, however, has evaluated the effects of both a DOR to the sample and comparison stimuli on acquisition of conditional discriminations. The present study investigates adding an echoic response requirement (i.e., DOR to the sample stimulus) to a picture prompt (i.e., DOR to the comparison stimuli) to teach auditory-visual conditional discriminations to six typically developing 3-4 year olds. A multi-element design was used to evaluate three conditions: (1) an echoic response requirement plus picture prompt embedded in a least-to-most procedure hierarchy, (2) a picture prompt embedded in a least-to-most prompting hierarchy, and (3) a control trial and error condition. The echoic response requirement was presented immediately prior to the picture prompt for three participants, and immediately following the picture prompt for three participants. Contrary to the prediction, results demonstrated that for all participants, the picture prompt alone produced acquisition at faster or similar rates than the picture prompt with the added echoic response requirement. Data are currently being collected to examine the source of this effect.
 
 
Poster Session #93
EAB Sat PM
Saturday, May 24, 2014
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. Occasion Setting and Sensory Preconditioning
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GABRIEL VELAZQUEZ GONZALEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Oscar Garcia Leal (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: An occasion setter does no influence responding to a new conditioned stimulus (CS), unless this new CS has been a target in a separate feature-positive or feature-negative discrimination. However, it would be possible to observe occasion-setting transfer to a new CS if this stimulus becomes a CS for its previous association with the target CS that was in the original discrimination. Therefore, this experiment examined occasion-setting transfer in a feature-positive discrimination using a sensory preconditioning procedure. Female rats were used as experimental subjects. In a first phase, one group of rats (Paired Group) was exposed to a serial compound stimulus AB, and another group (Unpaired Group) received intermixed presentations of A and B. In the second phase, both groups were trained on a serial feature-positive discrimination in which B was reinforced only when the feature was present (XB+, B–, X–). In the transfer test it was examined whether X acquired the ability to control responding to stimulus A. Only the Unpaired Group learned the discrimination and during the transfer test no differences between groups were observed. These results suggest that prior exposure to neutral stimuli in association might interfere with the learning of a feature-positive discrimination.
 
2. Influence of Age and IQ on Visual Discrimination Ability in Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SARAH BETH BELL (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Shelly Baldwin (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Suzanne Bussard (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Merle G. Paule (National Center for Toxicological Research), John J. Chelonis (National Center for Toxicological Research)
Abstract: Animal models have been increasingly utilized to understand how toxicants, drugs, genetics, and even emotional states affect the complex relationship between brain and behavior. This research examined how age and IQ affect performance of children on a conditioned position response (CPR) task that has demonstrated sensitivity to drug and toxicant effects in nonhumans. The participants were 901 children 4 to 13 years of age. Each child was presented with one of four colors projected onto the center one of three press-plates. After pressing the center press-plate to extinguish the colored light, the child then pressed one of the two side press-plates that were illuminated white. The correct response for each color was assigned to either the left or right press-plate for the entire task. The child received a nickel for each correct response. Each child also completed an IQ test. Younger children were significantly less accurate on the CPR task than older children (p<.001). Children with higher IQs were significantly more accurate than children with lower IQs (p<.001), and this difference was most prominent for younger children. The research presented here provides evidence that this cross-species measure of visual discrimination is sensitive to variables such as age and IQ.
 
3. Relationship Between Performance on a Progressive Ratio Task and a Delayed Matching-to-Sample Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SARAH BETH BELL (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Grace Irons (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Merle G. Paule (National Center for Toxicological Research), John J. Chelonis (National Center for Toxicological Research)
Abstract: Questionnaire measures of motivation have been found to positively correlate with academic performance in children and with performance on a variety of neuropsychological measures including tests of working memory. This study sought to determine if a behavioral measure of motivation could predict performance on a working memory task in children. The participants were 629 children 5 to 13 years of age. Motivation was assessed using a progressive ratio (PR) task in which children pressed a response lever an increasing number of times to receive nickels. Working memory was assessed using a delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) task that required children to match a shape that appeared previously from a selection of three shapes that appeared on press-plates. A significant positive correlation between number of PR responses and DMTS accuracy was found across the entire sample of children (r=.34, p<.001), but often did not occur when examined at each one year increment of age. This lack of generalization at each age group may have been due to a larger contribution of other factors such as sex and IQ that may have differentially influenced performance on these tasks.
 
4. Neuroimaging the Temporal Dynamics of Delayed Stimulus Control: Effects of Distracters and Differential Reinforcement on Regional Response Profiles
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SANDY MAGEE (University of North Texas), Michael W. Schlund (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Neuroimaging studies on working memory provide a wealth of information about the brain mechanisms supporting delayed stimulus control. However, few cognitive neuroscience investigations have addressed questions about the effects of environmental factors on brain activation. In this investigation, we used a modified DMTS task to examine (1) how distracter stimuli presented during the delay may degrade stimulus control and modulate activation and (2) how differential reinforcement may counteract the effects of distracters. During fMRI, fourteen subjects completed three distracter conditions (none, neutral, negative) with and without reinforcement of correct responses. Results showed (1) neutral and negative distracters decreased response accuracy and increased brain activation in amygdala and dorsal and ventral lateral prefrontal cortices, (2) negative distracters produced the largest effect and (3) reinforcement neutralized the effects of distracters and reduced activation. Findings highlight some of the brain mechanisms supporting delayed stimulus control and how reinforcement can modulate regional responses.
 
5. Effects of Varying the Spatial Position of the Signaling and Water on the Differential Adjustment
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FELIPE PATRON (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

This study was conducted to evaluate the effect of varying the signaling and the spatial location (order and place of occurrence) of no contingent stimuli events over differential adjustment. Nine rats were exposed to three experimental conditions that were characterized by the manipulation of the spatial coordinates in which water (contextualizing stimulus) was delivered using a Fixed Time 20s schedule. In Phase 1 water was delivered only in a spatial location. In Phase 2 the water was delivered in three different spatial locations in sequential order while in Phase 3 was delivered in random order. Three groups were differentiated depending on the signaling conditions (contextualized stimulus): (1) without signaling, (2) variable spatial contiguity between signal and water, (3) spatial contiguity between signal and water. The results suggest that the differential adjustment is affected by: (a) the consistency of the occurrence of stimuli in fixed spatial coordinates through time; (b) the conjoint occurrence of signal and water delivery location; and (c) the spatial contiguity between these stimuli. Several measurement units to identify the differential adjustment related to contextual function were proposed.

 
6. Contextual Effects on Decision Making in the Sharing Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
FANNY SILVA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Diogo Conque Seco Ferreira (Universidade Federal de Sergipe)
Abstract: The Sharing Game studies the motivations involved in the distribution of resources. The participant faces trials in which he must choose between two options (optimal and competitive), both with an amount of resources for him and for other passive participant. From their choice, participants may be classified as optimizers, egalitarians or competitive. The objective of this study was to provide different contexts for the Sharing Game and investigate their effects. Seven studies (n=233) were conducted with University students recruited by convenience. Studies involved gain and loss of resource, real and hypothetical money, distribution of time and prior information about the receiver. The percentage of optimal choices in each study was calculated and the participants were classified into one of those three categories accordingly. Variations in the choices distribution demonstrate that the Sharing Game is sensitive to the situation in which it is played.
 
7. Observing Responses Maintained by Stimulus-Classes Formed Through Repeated Reversal Shifts
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CATALINA SERRANO (Universidade de Sao Paulo), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract: The relation between observing responses and discriminative responses is supported by experiments that vary the discriminative function of the stimulus observed; stimuli with higher reinforcement probabilities maintain more observing responses than stimuli associated with lower reinforcement probabilities. The aim of this experiment was to test the extent to which stimuli sharing discriminative function could maintain observing responses. Stimuli sharing functions may compound a functional stimulus-class. Seven college students learned to discriminate two sets of stimuli through a simple simultaneous task; each set was compound by four stimuli. The participants responded on a keyboard; an eye-tracker was used to measure the observing responses. Next, four contingency reversal shifts were conducted. The reversion of choices and duration of observing responses in the first trials of each shift were evaluated. The results showed that all participants formed functional classes with at least one of the sets used. The duration of the observing responses were higher for S+ than for S- (F=88,43; p<0.05). Four participants who demonstrated class formation showed corresponding observing responses reversion. This suggests that, when a set of stimuli establishes a discriminative stimulus-class, it starts to exert conditioned reinforcement functions for observing responses. Thus, discriminative stimulus-classes are also conditioned reinforcers classes.
 
8. Modified Observing Response Fails to Produce Near Miss Effect
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MORGAN L. MANSON (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The near miss event in slot machine gambling is seen when nearly all symbols required to win line up on a payline. Traditionally, the near miss has served a feedback function in games of skill. As a game of chance, however, near miss events in slot machines serve no such role, though the individual gambler may behave as though it does. Attempts to study the near miss have relied almost exclusively on resistance to extinction and preference research, both of which fail to adequately capture putative reinforcement properties of this event. The current investigation sought to introduce and test a new methodology for assessing reinforcement properties of stimuli, termed the simultaneous observing of concurrently available schedules. This procedure incorporates an observing response, the gold standard of reinforcement assessment, to concurrently available schedules. Tests of the methodology on win percentage and near miss densities provide evidence for its use as a tool for assessing putative reinforcers.
 
9. Stimulus Duration Effects in an Observing Response Procedure with Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GONZALO FERNANDEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Torres (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract: Stimulus control depends on the contact an organism has to a pair of stimuli. In an observing response procedure, stimuli seemingly develop both reinforcing and discriminative properties. As to the reinforcing properties, empirical background in the area suggest that the longer the duration of the correlated stimulus the greater the reinforcing effect it will have on the response that produces it (observing response). Furthermore, it has been reported that when the rate of observing decreases or increases the degree of discrimination changes accordingly. The present study was designed to investigate the effects of manipulating the reinforcing value of the stimulus on the observing response rate and the subsequent degree of discrimination in an observing response procedure with rats, using different stimulus durations. Subjects were placed in an observing response procedure with two levers. Pressing on one lever was reinforced on a mixed random-interval 8s/extinction schedule, while pressing a second lever produced the component-correlated stimuli for 0.5s, 5s or 10s. Observing response rates increased as a function of stimulus duration, although the effects on discrimination were unclear. Results suggest that stimulus duration might be an important feature directly related to the acquisition of reinforcing properties of previously neutral stimuli.
 
10. Measuring the Moment of Stimulus Control Transfer using iPad Technology
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JESSICA SYLVIA (Ball state university)
Abstract: Measuring the moment of stimulus control transfer is important in understanding the basic building blocks of learning. Three adolescents with diagnoses of Autism and Intellectual Disability were errorless taught to press the red side on an iPad touchscreen vs. the white side of the iPad touch screen. Two E shapes were superimposed on the iPad screen; one side with an E rotated 90 degrees clockwise and the other with the E rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise. A specific side of the screen was identified to be the correct response and another side to be an incorrect response, for each series of trials. Trial one began with the iPad sides available to press and then within .5 seconds the correct response was illuminated red. With each correct response (pressing the red button) the time before prompting with red illumination was increased by .5 seconds. With each incorrect response the time was reduced by .5 seconds. With each correct response the individuals were reinforced with preferred tangibles based upon a preference assessment conducted prior to each trial. Measuring the moment of stimulus control transfer is measuring the moment of learning. Data shows that the point of stimulus transfer varies significantly, with 100% confidence. 1 1This study is a modern replication of the following study: Touchette P. E. Transfer of stimulus control: Measuring the moment of transfer. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. (1971);15:347–354. doi:10.1901/jeab.1971.15-347
 
11. Abstract Stimulus Control Development Under Pavlovian, Operant and Conditional-Discrimination Contingencies
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIO SERRANO (Universidad Veracruzana), Edgar Eduardo Montes Castro (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: A 2x2 factorial design was used to assess the effects of simple (SD) versus conditional discrimination (CD) contingencies and non-contingent (NK) versus contingent (K) feedback on abstract stimulus control. Four groups (SD-NK, SD-K, CD-NK, and CD-K) of college students were exposed to matching-to-sample tasks and three transfer tests using new stimuli, new relevant features for matching, and a new matching relation. Feedback for NK groups was determined by the performance observed for the K groups during training. Participants from the CD-K group showed the highest percentage of correct responses on all transfer tests, followed by participants from the SD-K group for which extra-relational transfer was not observed. Percentage of correct responses for both NK groups was near to chance level across transfer tests. Results are discussed in relation to previous experiments on generalized matching-to-sample and rule-governed behavior.
 
12. Modality of Instructions and Abstract Stimulus Control Development
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ZAIRA JACQUELINE GARCíA PéREZ (Universidad Veracruzana), Mario Serrano (Universidad Veracruzana), Agustin Daniel Gomez Fuentes (Universidad Veracruzana), Enrique Zepeta Garcia (Universidad Veracruzana), Cecilia Magdalena Molina Lopez (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: Three groups of elementary students were exposed to a matching-to-sample training and three transfer tests using new stimuli, new relevant features for matching, and a new matching relation. Between groups, initial instructions regarding the conditional discrimination task were read, listened, or observed (i.e., a video showed correct and incorrect choices of comparison stimuli). After transfer tests participants were inquired about the best way to solve the same task but by another person Performance on transfer trials was low for all participants. Those exposed to the video showed the lowest percentage of correct responses but described the more abstract instructions to solve the task by another person. The results suggests that modality of instructions produced an instructional accuracy effect that impeded transfer of performances to new matching relations and rule construction. Results are discussed in relation to previous experiments on generalized matching-to-sample and rule-governed behavior.
 
13. Intensity Fading of Incorrect Comparisons in Matching-to-Sample
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MICHAEL MAURANTONIO (Fordham University), James S. MacDonall (Fordham University)
Abstract: In a fading procedure, a salient feature of a stimulus is exaggerated to reduce the difficulty of initial discrimination responding. This exaggeration is gradually reduced. The present experiment investigated the effect of an intensity fading procedure on the speed of acquisition in a symbolic matching, three-choice matching-to-sample procedure. The subjects were four experienced pigeons maintained at 85% ad-libitum weight. Subjects were previously used in identity and symbolic matching-to-sample experiments with color and black and white clipart samples and comparisons. The apparatus consisted of four operant chambers with touch screens and feeders. Several pecks to the sample produced three comparison stimuli. Pecks to the arbitrarily designated correct comparison were reinforced, while pecks to other comparisons were not reinforced. The discrimination acquisition criteria was set at 94% correct. A within-subject design was employed to minimize the effect of differences between subjects and prior learning history on the data. Sessions were composed of 72 trials. In the experimental condition the intensity value of the incorrect comparison was initially set at 0 and increased in intervals of 25 until set at full intensity (a value of 255). The data indicate that the experimental procedure led to fewer errors than the control procedure. Conclusions about the speed to discrimination were not as clear: there was little consistent difference between the experimental and control procedures in the number of sessions necessary for subjects to acquire the discrimination.
 
14. Acquisition and Transfer of a Second Order Conditional Discrimination Using an Arbitrary Matching-To-Sample Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Emilio Ribes (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract: The purpose of these experiments was to evaluate the effect of linguistic modes writing-reading, speaking-listening, pointing out-observing with or without reactive mode during acquisition and transference intra-modes of an execution in an arrangement of conditional discrimination second order using arbitrary relationships between stimuli. Twelve boys and girls were included from 8 to 11 years old, experimentally nave from a primary school in the city of Xalapa, Veracruz. The experiments used a pretest-posttest design, a training phase for each individual mode of learning in three sequences. The results confirm previous findings by showing differences in the acquisition of a conditional discrimination response depending on the language mode used and the presence or absence of reactive feedback. The execution level was less than that obtained in studies using direct relationships between geometric stimuli.
 
15. The Relationship Between the BAS-BIS Scales and the Frustration Effect on a Delayed Match-to-Sample Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DAVID WAYNE MITCHELL (Missouri State University), Matthew R. Underwood (Missouri State University), Bret T. Eschman (Missouri State University), Keith M. Gora (Bemidji State University), Jacob Ham (Missouri State University), Robert E. Saab (Missouri State University), Jenna J. Rakestraw (Missouri State University), Stephanie L. Aholt (Missouri State University)
Abstract: The Behavior Approach Scale (BAS) and the Behavior Inhibition Scale (BIS) are regarded as measures of two physiological systems; one associated with approach motivation (BAS; seeking of rewards) and one associated with aversive motivation (BIS; avoidance of aversive events). The relationship between the BAS and BIS and subsequent performance on a Delayed Match-to-Sample Task, particularly on the frustration (omission of an expected reward) trial, was assessed in this study. On the frustration trial there was a significant decrease in heart rate (HR) and response latency (RL) was slower compared to reward trials. BAS was found to be correlated negatively with HR and RL. That is, individuals who scored high on reward seeking tended to displayed greater HR deceleration and faster RL. BIS was found to be correlated positively with HR and RL. That is, individuals who scored high in avoidance tended to display HR acceleration and slower RL. Also, the BAS and BIS were found to be correlated negatively, suggesting that the BAS and BIS do reflect individual differences in types of motivation and represent two separate physiological systems as hypothesized. These findings lend support for further study and assessment of individual differences in reinforcement and punishment histories.
 
16. Individual Differences in Anticipatory Heart Rate and Visual Scanning on a Delayed Match-To-Sample Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRET T. ESCHMAN (Missouri State University), David Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University), Keith M. Gora (Bemidji State University), Nonah M. Olesen (Missouri State University), Jacob Ham (Missouri State University), Kirsty M. Kulhanek (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Individual differences in Anticipatory Heart Rate (AHR), Visual Scanning (VS), and Response Latency (RL) were examined on a Delay Match-To-Sample (DMTS) task. Previous research has demonstrated that the direction (HR acceleration or deceleration) and the magnitude of HR change represent specific attending behaviors during visual discrimination learning; that is, HR deceleration is associated primarily with stimulus orientation, whereas HR acceleration corresponds to stimulus feature comparison. This purpose of this study was: (1) to establish AHR (changes in HR between the Sample stimulus offset and Test stimuli onset) as an indicator of changes in covert behavior while solving DMTS problems, and (2) to demonstrate that AHR is related to changes in VS and RL. Significant differences were found across trials in the magnitude and slope of AHR; that is, AHR and AHR slope increased significantly from Trial 1 to the first Solution Trial. Moreover, AHR Slope was correlated negatively with VS (the number of fixations) of the correct DMTS test stimulus, and VS to the Sample stimulus was correlated negatively with RL. It is the contention of the authors that AHR and VS behavior could better serve the behavior analyst in the measurement and understanding of covert behavior.
 
17. Quantifying the Forgetting Rates of Children With and Without Major Depression
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LOUIS JOHNSTON (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences-Arkansas Children's Hospital), Halley Jarrett (Harding University), Shelly Baldwin (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Andrea Sutton (National Center for Toxicological Research - FDA), Merle G. Paule (National Center for Toxicological Research), John J. Chelonis (National Center for Toxicological Research)
Abstract: Individuals with major depressive disorder often exhibit difficulties in thinking and concentrating which often manifest as general executive function deficits including impairments in recall. This study used a modified power function to quantify and compare the rate of forgetting on a delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) task for children with and without major depression. Participants were 47 children between the ages of 8 to 12 years. Seventeen children scored 60 or greater (depression group) and thirty children scored less than 55 (control group) on the Child Depression Inventory. The DMTS task presented the participant with a shape on the center one of three press-plates which was extinguished when pressed. After a delay, the participant was presented with three shapes and had to press the previously displayed shape to receive a nickel. Although recall at short delays tended to be higher for children in the depression group (p=.09), the rate of forgetting was significantly greater for children in the depression group than for children in the control group (p<.01), as indicated by the values for the free parameters of the power function. This research indicates that a power function can effectively quantify forgetting rates for children with and without major depression.
 
18. Effects of Variability in Duration of Reinforcement on Food-reinforced Responding in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
WHITNEY BAKARICH (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Audrienne Manansala (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: Understanding the variables that maintain reinforcer effectiveness has important implications for basic research to inform applied behavior analysis. The goal of the current study was to investigate the combined effects of rate of reinforcement and variability in duration of access to reinforcement on within-session changes in operant responding. In this experiment, Wistar rats (N = 6) lever pressed for liquid sucrose by either a constant or varied duration of access to reinforcement on three fixed-interval (FI) schedules. The experiment was a 2 (Condition: constant or variable reinforcement duration) X 3 (Rate of reinforcement: FI 8 s, 16 s, and 32 s) X 12 (2.5 min interval) counterbalanced design. Results showed two fundamental properties of behavior undergoing habituation. First, within-session decreases in responding were steeper (greater habituation) at higher rates (e.g., FI8 s) than lower rates (e.g., FI32 s). Second, within-session rates of responding declined slower (slower habituation) when duration of access to the reinforcer was presented in a variable versus constant manner. Because habituation occurs for both ingestive and noningestive stimuli, the present study adds to the body of literature on habituation and can inform clinical practice on the variables that sustain operant behavior through varying the delivery of the reinforcer.
 
19. An Exploration of Reinforcing Behavioural Variability in Discrete Dimensions
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
XIUYAN (KITT) KONG (The University of Waikato), James McEwan (The University of Waikato), Lewis A. Bizo (The University of Waikato), Therese Mary Foster (The University of Waikato)
Abstract: In Experiment 1, 48 participants using a computer created 300 combinations of, shapes, colours and patterns. Half received points when they varied on these three dimensions (VAR) and the other half received the same number of points regardless (YOKE). Responses were more variable for the VAR group but only for colour. In Experiment 2, 114 participants were asked to fill 220 shapes with one of 135 colours. During the first and last 60 trials they received no feedback while for the remaining they received reinforcement when they used a colour that had never been used previously. Overall, the number of colours used increased when reinforcement was provided. Participants used more colours in the last 60 trials than the first; 60% of the colours used were never used during the first 60 trials. That is, the variability in the use of colours increased after participants had been reinforced to vary.
 
20. The Effects of Lag Reinforcement Schedules on the Drawing Behavior of Typically Developing Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN O'NEILL (Southern Illinois University), Kristen Whiteford (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The role of variability as a component in the development of creative behavior has received little attention from behavior analysts. The purpose of this study was to observe the behavior of 3 typically developing children with regards to the effects of lag reinforcement schedules embedded within a drawing task. Participants were asked to draw and name shapes in each of 15 circles provided on a sheet of paper. During baseline, reinforcement was provided for all shapes drawn and named until stability was observed in the number of shapes produced. During intervention phases lag reinforcement schedules were implemented. Once criterion level responding was achieved, the lag reinforcement schedule was advanced; beginning with lag1 and followed by lag2 and lag3 reinforcement schedules. A final phase assessed the effects of a lag reinforcement schedule plus a rule. Results indicate that participant behavior was sensitive to lag reinforcement schedules as suggested by criterion-level performance as well as increases in the number of within-session shapes and the number of novel shapes produced. These findings suggest that lag reinforcement schedules might be a valuable behavior analytic tool in promoting the development of creative behavior.
 
21. Parametric Analysis of Fixed Lag Schedule Performance in Humans
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ERIN M. CARR (University of Nevada, Reno), Tara Michelle Brush (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Response variability is an operant dimension of behavior and may be controlled by contingent reinforcement. It has been demonstrated that variable responding can be modified through reinforcement contingent on variability. Studies show that higher-order repetition may develop with lag schedules of reinforcement as well. This study examines response variability parametrically with human subjects under fixed lag schedules of reinforcement. Response repetition under fixed lag schedules of reinforcement is also analyzed. Results show that 1) response variability increases with increased parameters of a lag schedule 2) higher-order repetition decreases with increased parameters of a lag schedule and 3) considerable variability in responding may be obtained without repetition at relatively low lag values. This study offers preliminary data for an alternative method of treatment for individuals who demonstrate abnormal levels of variable responding including those with a diagnosis of autism, ADHD, and depression. The use of a lag 4 schedule of reinforcement as an alternative method for the modification of variable responding is discussed along with future research in operant variability.
 
22. Use of a Variable Lag Schedule of Reinforcement to Increase Varied Activity Selection by Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY DULAK (Bancroft), Kelly Dulak (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract: Although repetitive behavior may be seen as adaptive in some occasions, it may also hinder an individuals ability to solve problems and function in society. Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder often emit highly repetitive, stereotyped behaviors which inhibit their ability to proceed with daily activities, and learn other behaviors. Variability is an operant dimension of behavior which can be controlled by consequence-based operations (Neuringer & Page, 1984). Continuous reinforcement schedules have been shown to reduce variability across multiple response dimensions, and increase behavioral stereotypy (Lee, Sturmey, and Fields, 2007). Lag schedules examine previous responses emitted to determine if the current response will access reinforcement, depending on schedule parameters, and have been used to increase variability in human participants. A fixed lag-1 schedule may potentially lead to higher-order stereotypy , or a switching pattern, between two responses when the schedule is in place (Schwartz, 1982). At present, a variable-lag schedule has not been examined empirically with human participants. In the current study, a variable lag schedule will be used to increase the variability in activity choice in children with Autism. It is hypothesized that the use of a fixed lag-2 schedule will increase variable activity selection, but may induce higher-order stereotypy. In addition, the use of a variable lag schedule will be used to decrease higher-order stereotypy potentially seen in a fixed-lag schedule, and to further demonstrate variable responding can fall under schedule control.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #94
EDC Sat PM
Saturday, May 24, 2014
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
23. Cross-Cultural Challenges to University Collaboration: Creating Sustainable Training in ABA
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
MARY E. BRADY (University of Massachusetts Boston), Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Consultants), Molly Ola Pinney (Global Autism Project)
Abstract: Interest in global outreach from countries with well-establish Applied Behavior Analysis services and training programs is evident. Check university websites promoting international service learning opportunities as a component of their ABA degree programs, and direct service agencies posting photos of good deeds done with underserved children in other countries. Our ABA community has enough introductory global outreach experience to reflect upon cross-cultural challenges and social/ethical concerns arising when we do “good work” from a power position based upon knowledge and resources. Specifically, we’ll focus upon cross cultural challenges universities experience when providing ABA training internationally, including: Relationships with partner universities with different protocol and pace, and frequent changes in faculty and administrators that fracture progress, Financial differences in tuition costs and income differentiation, raising ethical and moral concerns that we are educating only the elite, Inconsistent access to more affordable social media and technology tools that provide and maintain supervision and knowledge sharing, Training sites for supervised experience, Social environments (violence, strikes, political turmoil especially surrounding elections, Finally, we will recommend a model to establish global university training, one component of a sustainable service delivery system for children with autism in countries with an emerging awareness of their needs.
 
24. Reducing College Students’ Procrastination: A Review and Future Research Suggestions
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ZIWEI XU (The Ohio State University), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Procrastination is a maladaptive study pattern frequently observed among college students which may result in physical, emotional, and social problems. In behavior analytic research, procrastination is often a result of an ineffective natural contingency. That is, individuals are more likely to engage in avoidance behavior when a deadline is distant and the consequences of their responses are too minimal to reinforce study behaviors. Since the early 1970s, researchers have focused on the development of competing contingencies to reduce college students’ procrastination that commonly include self-management techniques and instructor-administered contingencies. Although the procedures have been effective in reducing procrastination, our review of the literature also indicated that the resultant impact on students’ academic performance is unclear. In this poster, we review and discuss evidence-based strategies to reduce procrastination, as well as the collateral effects on students’ academic performance. In addition, we will discuss 1) implications of our findings as they relate to effective college teaching, 2) suggestions for future research, and 3) challenges for both practice and research in the area of reducing student procrastination.
 
25. The Prevalence of the Overjustification Effect in Undergraduate Students when Rewards are Expected vs. Unexpected
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ZACH TROUTMAN (Penn State University), Jeremy DaShiell (Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract:

Despite the efficacy of reinforcement-based procedures for increasing appropriate behaviors, there is still reluctance to adopt them, especially within educational settings. This reluctance is due to a popular Social Theory concept called the Overjustification Effect. Researchers have suggested that reinforcement procedures reduce intrinsic motivation to perform a behavior after reinforcement has been terminated. The purpose of the present experiment was to determine the prevalence and magnitude of the overjustification effect when token reinforcement is withheld following a period of reinforcement. There have been additional suggestions that the expectancy of rewards increases the likelihood of the overjustification effect; therefore, this study also compared expected and unexpected reinforcement conditions. A reversal design was used to analyze the experimental conditions in which undergraduate students were presented with basic math problems under different reinforcement contingencies. The overjustification effect was observed in 2 of the 12 participants (once in the unexpected condition; once in the expected condition). Overall, the results of the study did not show a significant prevalence of the overjustification effect, and there does not appear to be a difference as to the expectancy of rewards.

 
26. The Relationship Between Completion of Quizzes, Impulsivity Scores, and Estimated Study Time
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: As part of the course requirement, Honors students in General Psychology could complete 10 graded chapter quizzes, available online throughout the semester. The grade and the time the quiz was completed were recorded. For their research requirement, students completed two survey measures of impulsive behavior (BIS, AISS), basic demographic questions, a brief hypothetical gambling task, and estimated study times in six different scenarios. In the six hypothetical situations described, three factors varied: at the beginning/middle of the semester, that was in/not in their major, either a lot of work or little work was required. Students estimated how much time they would put into the course if they knew that students in the past put in X hrs. and received an A (25, 50, 75, 100 or 125 hrs.) or Y hrs. and received a C (5, 15, 25., 50, 75, or 100 hrs). There was a weak correlation between BIS score and the average amount of time a student waited to complete an online quiz. The same was true for the correlation between quiz wait time and AISS scores (Overall, Impulsivity Subscale, and Strength Subscale). As the number of hours required to obtain an A increased, all students increased the estimated amount of time they would devote to the hypothetical class. However, as the A required increasingly more time, students were slightly less likely to devote the maximum hours to the course the later it was in the semester and if it was a non-major class.
 
27. The Effects of Lighting on Student Behavior - an Experimental Analysis.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RYAN SAIN (Eastern Washington University), Benjamin Kowal (University of Arkansas at Little Rock), Mark Lee Olsen (Eastern Washington University)
Abstract: In Hawthorne's classic study, he simply manipulated lighting conditions. This study sought to replicate his findings with a more thorough investigation of the effects of lighting on the college classroom. Several behaviors of several individuals were observed using multiple observers. Specifically, attentive vs. inattentive behavior and three ratings of the participants' posture were recorded using a two minute momentary time sampling technique for a duration of 50 minutes, four times a week for a total of 10 weeks. A full reversal design was employed. Additionally, the study was also conducted as a multiple baseline across different university classes (and individuals). In the baseline conditions lights were on and in the intervention conditions lights were off. It was not possible to control for natural lighting effects, however both classrooms did have some natural light. Results indicate that there was a mild effect of lighting on attentiveness and posture. Implications of the findings are discussed in the context of effective teaching practices in the college classroom.
 
28. Cumulative Record of Student Exam Attempts in a Mastery Based University Course
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RYAN SAIN (Eastern Washington University), Benjamin Kowal (University of Arkansas at Little Rock), Lan Tran (Eastern Washington University)
Abstract: Historically, fixed interval schedules of reinforcement have been associated with a post-reinforcer pause. However, some have observed that this pause is actually before the behavioral run and have thus identified it as a procrastination pause. The current study uses a single subject approach to evaluate how students responded to changes in a limited hold attached to the fixed interval schedule of completing online exams in a university course. The cumulative record of student attempts at the exams is presented. It is clear that few students are behaving in a traditional, post-reinforcer pause fashion and most are behaving in a procrastination pause form. Students did, however, respond clearly to the changes in the limited hold that was systematically varied across the academic term. It also seems that the number of test attempts is not related to the likelihood of the procrastination or post-reinforcer pause. Further, when exams were opened concurrently there seemed to be a clear pause from the completion time of one to the beginning of another (evidence for post-reinforcer pauses). It is still not clear then what variables control the behavior of procrastination vs. post-reinforcer pauses. Implications for this finding are discussed in detail.
 
29. Within-Session Changes in Attentive Behavior Among College Students During Class
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN KOWAL (University of Arkansas at Little Rock), Ryan Sain (Eastern Washington University), Mark Lee Olsen (Eastern Washington University), Justine Recor (Eastern Washington University)
Abstract: When responding is observed within sessions of operant reinforcement, rates of responding typically increase, decrease, or increase and then decrease. Within-session patterns suggest caution in comparing average responses rates across conditions and under certain conditions may help explain preferences. In the current investigation, attentive and inattentive behaviors of college students were observed in a classroom setting to determine if within-session patterns were present for each type of behavior and whether within-session patterns might explain preferences for attentive behavior. Student behavior was monitored and coded using a momentary time sampling procedure every two minutes by an observer, during daily 50 min lectures, over the course of an entire quarter. Attentive behavior as well as the proportion of attentive relative to inattentive behavior (i.e., the operational definition of preference used in this study) in each interval tended to increase within classroom sessions. Inattentive behavior tended to increase at the beginning of the session and subsequently decrease, particularly towards the second half of the class. Within-session changes in attentive and inattentive classroom behavior observed in the current study fit in well with the previous literature and may, at least in part, explain when students prefer to engage in inattentive or attentive behaviors.
 
30. Enhancing Traditional Medical Education (and the Resulting Clinical Care) using Behaviorally Based Principles
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RICHARD COOK (Penn State)
Abstract: The time-honored mantra of training medical students and residents, "See one! Do one! Teach one!," has a catchy sound, but often isn't adequate for the complex and even not so complex procedures and practices of clinical medicine. It is especially inadequate for teaching generalization to the myriad circumstances, and human tragedies, of day to day clinical medicine. It is time honored, but more and more readily seen as inefficient and unsafe. Integrating basic principles of behaviorally based education into the traditional practices of medical education can be challenging in that it must overcome several hundred years of learning history and traditional practices of those teaching. Examples of behaviorally based education include direct supervision in real time of procedures by students and junior residents, greater emphasis of teaching basic skills in preclinical years before they are expected to be performed in clinical clerkships on "real patients," the widespread use of technologically sophisticated simulation labs, and the particularly behavioral yet often not done practice of actually deconstructing a complex procedural skill into component skills and behavioral objectives, and then practicing these component behavioral chains until the basic pattern is learned well, and then generalized by gradually altering the practice circumstances including increasingly complex variables and decision trees. Facilitating attempts to implement more behaviorally based teaching strategies for healthcare providers creates a culture of higher expectations. This talk reviews examples of behaviorally sound teaching in the classroom, clinic, and bedside, as well approaches to changing habits of medical educators.
 
31. Examining the Components of Online Interteaching
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANITA LI (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Interteaching is a method of instruction that has been demonstrated as a method to enhance college instruction beyond the traditional lecture format. While interteaching has been demonstrated effective in live face-to-face classrooms, it is time to move it online! We will discuss the process and impact when we move interteaching online specifically in relation to its effect in online behavior analytic coursework and BACB exam preparation. A preliminary experiment was conducted by the authors to determine the effectiveness of interteaching online which had promising results. We will describe and discus the ideal conditions for the next generation in interteaching -- online!
 
32. An Evaluation of Computer-Based Instruction on the Visual Analysis of Single-Subject Data
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE WOLFE (University of South Carolina), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Visual analysis is the primary method of analyzing data in single-subject methodology. Previous research on the reliability of visual analysis suggests that judges often disagree about what constitutes an intervention effect. Given that visual analysis involves complex discriminations and sometimes produces disagreement among experts, it is important to examine methods of training individuals to visually analyze data. The purpose of this study was to evaluate two training methods using graphs with various combinations of slope and level changes. The computer-based training, which includes a very high number of practice opportunities with feedback, was compared to a lecture condition and a control condition. Results indicate that both training methods were more effective than a control condition, but were not substantially different from one another. We discuss the implications of these results for training individuals in visual analysis as well as directions for future research.
 
33. Stimulus Equivalence and the Emergence of Topography-Based Driving Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW BLOWERS (Southern Illinois University Rehabilitation Institute), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The acquisition of behaviors required to operate an automobile can be viewed as a behavioral cusp since such behavioral change would facilitate an environment in which an individuals repertoire would contact new contingencies resulting in pervasive consequential events. Three individuals with learning disabilities and no state drivers license were exposed to a selection-based stimulus equivalence protocol via a computer program. The selection-based instructional protocol was intended to teach participants to identify correct relations between stimuli associated with automobile operation. Following pretest, participants were directly taught relations between video models of appropriate in-car behaviors, outlines of road signs, and textual stimuli contained within a given road sign. The emergence of untaught relational responding was evaluated at posttest once participants met mastery for directly taught relations. Generalization probes evaluated the emergence of topography-based responding on a driving simulator task by presenting participants with point-of-view video clips and asking them to respond as they would if operating a vehicle in the natural environment. A selection-based instructional protocol that results in the emergence of complex topography-based responding, such as behaviors required to operate a vehicle, has widespread implications. Suggestions for future research are provided.
 
34. The Impact of Applied Behavior Analysis on Law Enforcement Video Simulation Training
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES MEADOR (Graduate student), Kent Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC)
Abstract: Law enforcement officers (LEOs) routinely face lethal situations in the field which require near instantaneous responses. To minimize the risk of death to LEOs or civilians, LEO field training must be effective. The law enforcement (LE) field generally deems video simulation training (VST) as a gold standard for teaching officers to handle lethal situations, including officers appropriate use of force. Yet, no known behavior analytic data have been published on the effectiveness of these VST modules. The training relies on video contingencies which LEOs interact with via role play, along with use of rule-governed contingencies delivered in didactic format. This is the first known exploratory program outcome evaluation of LE VST using applied behavior analysis. The authors examined differences in officers demonstration of skills and latency of engaging with the simulated contingencies by randomly assigning each officer to one of two conditions: modelling (N=39) and training as usual (TAU; N=33). Results were analyzed via scatterplot. The level and variability of responses were higher in the TAU condition, indicating delayed engagement with the VST modules. Similarly, rates of correctly performing several skills were higher in the modeling condition. Implications and future directions for military and LE training are discussed.
 
35. The Effects Of Single Versus Multiple Exemplar Training On Vocal Identification Of Artists' Styles
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARCHELE TUCKER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jessica Gamba (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Diana J. Walker (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the effects of single versus multiple exemplar training on graduate students’ vocal identification of artists’ styles and stimulus generalization to novel paintings by the same artists. Six graduate students over the age of 18 participated in this study. The study utilized decks of cards that depicted images of paintings by six different artists. Each condition was implemented with one of two sets of artists. Multiple exemplar decks had a total of nine cards, with three exemplars of each artist’s paintings. The single exemplar decks had three cards, one exemplar of each artist's paintings. Overall, five of six participants performed better on the generalization test after multiple exemplar training compared to single exemplar training. The mean percentage of correct responses on the generalization test after multiple exemplar training was 86.7% (range, 80% to 100%). After single exemplar training the mean percentage correct was 76.7% (range, 46.7% to 100%). These results suggest that multiple exemplars of each artist’s style improved generalization to the novel paintings from each artist compared to training with a single exemplar from each artist.
 
36. The Effects of Voluntary versus Cold-calling Participation on Class Discussion and Performance Measures in an Undergraduate Course
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
BRITTANY A. CARSTENS (University of Tennessee), Tiffany Best (University of Tennessee), Eleanore Claire Trant (The University of Tennessee), Katie Crabtree (University of Tennessee), Leslie Hart (University of Tennessee), Samantha Adair (University of Tennessee), Carrie Jaquett (University of Tennessee), Robert Lee Williams (The University of Tennessee)
Abstract: Although class participation has been linked to improved student performance, little research has evaluated the effects of cold-calling versus voluntary participation. This study aims to determine the differential effects of voluntary and cold-calling participation practices on a variety of participation and performance variables in a college setting. Approximately 200 students from eight sections of an undergraduate course involving extensive instructor-led discussion will serve as participants. Instructors of each section will alternate the use of voluntary and cold-calling participation across units in the semester-long course. The effects of voluntary and cold-calling conditions on attendance, individual participation, and exam performance across units will be examined within units across class sections. Results will be evaluated by comparing the voluntary and cold-calling conditions for combined and individual sections, with baseline values in each section used as the covariate. Preliminary results indicate students introduced to the cold-calling condition early during the course have significantly lower voluntary participation levels than students introduced to the cold-calling condition. Further findings will be presented.
 
37. The Effects of Unstructured Laptop Use Within a Highly Structured Undergraduate Class
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BRITTANY A. CARSTENS (University of Tennessee), Tiffany Best (University of Tennessee), Eleanore Claire Trant (The University of Tennessee), Jennifer Wright (University of Tennessee), Jeremy Coles (University of Tennessee), Robert Lee Williams (The University of Tennessee)
Abstract: The current study examined the effects of unstructured laptop use on levels of class participation and exam performance in multiple sections of a highly structured undergraduate course. Students were permitted to use their laptops during specified course units. Survey data were collected at the conclusion of the laptop units to determine students’ self-reported frequency of laptop use for a variety of purposes. We used a three-way mixed design in determining main and interaction effects between laptop available vs. non-available course units, later vs. early laptop-available units in the course, and high, medium, or low laptop use in laptop-available units. Results showed that in a highly structured class, students participated more in class discussion when allowed to use their laptops. In contrast to its effect on class participation, laptop availability did not significantly affect exam performance. Survey results indicated a majority of students preferred not to use their laptops during class, and those who preferred laptop use primarily used their laptop for taking notes and examining course content.
 
38. Behavior Oriented Analysis:A Behavior Analysis Approach to Computer Systems Analysis
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
CELSO S. OLIVEIRA (University of Sao Paulo)
Abstract: For years System Analysis has been an important tool to build quality software in Computer Science. Since the creation of UML - Unified Modelling Language, that uses 13 diagrams to represent the basic architecture of computer systems and its performance, the development of such systems has changed from structural to object approach. Although the Object Oriented Analysis has turned to be the main approach taught around the word, this approach doesn't quite explain how an object interacts within it's universe. An experiment of teaching basic classic Behavior Analysis concepts to Computer Science Undergraduate students of three semesters of Software Engineering discipline has showed that those concepts fits into the diagrams to explain the behavior of computer systems, how the people and other devices relates and behaves while still in the development phase of the software and improved the students skills of designing better software.
 
39. Ex-Posto Facto Analysis of Influence of Feedback on Enhancing Students' Learning in University Class
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MASAKO YOSHIOKA (Aichi University)
Abstract: A teacher and students strongly influence each other. Investigating their activity is important to find feasible variables to enhance spontaneous learning. For this purpose, this study conducted ex-post facto analysis of influence of teachers feedback on undergraduates written report in two classes. Students wrote their questions and thoughts in communication-sheet about the given lecture. The written reports were classified into following five categories, question, answer to the quiz, difficulty, teaching method, and others. Main target of the intervention was to increase reports of question, because they are supposed to enhance creative learning. The intervention was consisted of 1) showing a graph of the distribution of reports by category (i.e. question" etc.), 2) reply to questions and some thoughts, and 3) praise for the target reports. In both classes, the number of students who reported question and the number of letters in the reports increased during the first several sessions. Also, some students showed positive reports to feedback. Then the data showed, however, a gradual decrease. It is considered that the limited effects could be improved by motivational operation related to creative thinking behavior.
 
40. Charting the Future Course of SAFMEDS
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center/Brohavior), Michael Fantetti (Western New England University/Brohavior), Cameron Green (Florida State University, Brohavior  ), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Brohavior), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC)
Abstract: A common form of instructional delivery employing Lindsley's (1996) four free-operant freedoms is a flashcard technique called Say All Fast a Minute Each Day Shuffled, or "SAFMEDS" (Lindsley, 1984). However, there are currently several disparate recommended methods for learning with SAFMEDS. Some examples are separated instruction, pre-instruction, or feedback within the timed practice session, as well as others. To date, there have been relatively few direct comparisons of these components with respect to celeration rates for see/say facts. The current investigation compared fluency timings alone to practice-then-fluency timings on the rate of celeration and maintenance for see/say multiple math facts. Results from one college-aged participant demonstrated higher levels of accuracy and celeration values for flashcards in the practice-then-fluency group. The alternative fluency-only group demonstrated lower celebration values and took longer to achieve the mastery criteria (the fluency aim). Implications suggest exposure to all relevant stimuli may be the requisite mechanism responsible for skill acquisition. Future directions for research are discussed.
 
41. Evaluating Behavioral Research Skills of Students in a Psichology Master Program.
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Hilda Lopez Dominguez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Esperanza Ferrant-Jimenez (University of Veracruz), Martin Ortiz Beno (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Minerva Perez Juarez (University of Veracruz, Mexico)
Abstract: The low rates of students obtaining their degree is a problem at the National and state level. In Veracruz, México, only a forty percent of students complete their master degree. The Master Applied Research in Educational Psychology Program reports a low graduation rate, above the one required by the University of Veracruz and the National Council of Science and Technology. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of a Thesis Supervision System (Malott and Salas, 2010) on the development of behavioral research skills of eleven students of the master program. A Within Subjects Design (Hersen and Barlow 1977) was used to record and evaluate the research tasks of the eleven students in each phase: planning or writing a proposal, implementation or intervention and report writing. It was found that the Thesis Supervision System is efficient for the evaluation and increasing the behavioral research skills, since all students successfully completed the tree phases, regardless of their experience on research, training and other factors.
 
42. A Digital Method for Developing Reading and Writing Skills for Illiterate Adults
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MARCO WILFREDO SALAS-MARTINEZ (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Esperanza Ferrant-Jimenez (University of Veracruz), Amelia Sarco Santo (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Christian Mendoza Juarez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Rafael de Jesus Jacome Serena (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Martin Ortiz Beno (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Graciela Patricia Huerta Giles (University of Veracruz, Mexico)
Abstract: Illiteracy is one of the most serious socio- educational problems facing by Mexican government Veracruz ranks fourth nationally with an average of 619.394 illiterate adults. According to the National Institute of Statistics, Geography and Informatics (INEGI, 2010). Therefore, the purpose of the study was to evaluate the effect of a program for developing digital literacy skills in a sample of adults illiterate in Xalapa, Veracruz. Digital Literacy Program Writing and Reading for Adults (PADELA) also enables basics skills for managing computer. It is a program based on programmed instruction with which adults heard and saw the instructions, getting feedback on their exercises, and learning at their own pace. Participated in this study five illiterate female adults aged 35-70 years. RAVEN test was used to measure intellectual ability of adults, also pre-and post-test assessments of skills development in each verbal unit program were applied. For the study, a Signal Case Design (Ary, Jacobs and Razavieh, 1987) was used. The results demonstrate that the method using digital programmed instruction was effective to develop reading and writing skills in the five adults.
 
43. Comparing Fluency and Accuracy: Response Rates at a Four-Week Follow-Up
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cameron Green (Florida State University, Brohavior), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Views in teaching have provided opposing arguments regarding measurement and mastery criteria related to rate of response (fluency). The purpose of this research was to extend literature comparing non-time based performance criteria against time-based performance criteria with regard to maintenance after four weeks without instruction. We evaluated the frequency and accuracy of labeling foreign alphabet characters four weeks after training using either an accuracy-only criterion or a fluency-based criterion. The two conditions were compared for their respective effects on maintenance and preference. Two undergraduate psychology students were taught to identify alphabet characters from foreign languages arbitrarily corresponding with English letters from two sets of 80 cards. Teaching continued until each participant reached her terminal performance criteria for each set of cards. Results showed that achieving fluency aims required a greater number of trials than achieving accuracy. Further, results indicated that the performance maintained at slightly higher levels for cards trained in the accuracy condition. Implications and future research directions are discussed.
 
44. Elementary Statistics Courses Fail Miserably in Teaching the P-Value
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research
Bradley E. Huitema (Western Michigan University), JESSICA L. URSCHEL (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: A key concept that is taught in almost every elementary statistics course is the p-value. Students in both behavioral and traditional psychology undergraduate programs are expected to know what this value means. Although the usefulness of the p-value has been widely debated, the majority of peer-reviewed psychology journals outside the behavioral arena expect either confidence intervals or p-values to be reported. The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether students who had taken at least one undergraduate statistics course could correctly interpret a p-value. A sample (N = 391) of students (from various departments and universities) who had taken an undergraduate statistics course was surveyed at the beginning of a graduate-level statistics course. Each student was asked to select all correct interpretations of a given p-value from a list of six options. Only 28 students (0.7%) correctly identified the only correct interpretation listed. The majority of respondents confused statistical significance with evidence of an important effect. It is concluded that elementary statistics courses generally fail in conveying the meaning of p-values.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #95
CSE Sat PM
Saturday, May 24, 2014
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
45. Consumer Behavior of Public Managers Responsible for Sustainable Buying: Individual and Organizational Patterns
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research
Hugo Leonnardo Gomides do Couto (Universidade Federal de Goiás), CRISTIANO COELHO (Universidade Catolica de Goias)
Abstract: One of most important differential in Behavioral Perspective Model on behavior is its focus on the influence of context on consumer behavior. Considering that Brazilian legislation has increasingly adding environmental features for governmental bidding, this paper investigates public manager behavior, in order to identify the critical factors that undergo the decision-making of a sustainable consumption, both in individual (or housing) and governmental contexts of consumer behavior. Based upon questionnaires responded by 15 public managers enrolled in bidding conduction, there was determined the similarities and differences between their response in those two contexts. It was observed differences related to the consumer behavior context, especially those involving price, legislation, and time spending to specify the products to be purchased. Moreover, it was noted that some environmental friendly behaviors are well established in governmental shopping, as result of campaigns developed in the institution, but not in housing shopping, due to specific legal prescriptions. Those results were interpreted as related to the more closed scenario in governmental shopping, the more opened scenario in housing shopping, and the control by stimuli that indicate utilitary consequences. In the housing shopping this pattern did not show a high control by stimuli that pointed to informative consequences.
 
46. Family Violence in General Population: Comparative Study Mexico-Spain
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA ANGELA GOMEZ PEREZ (To come), Josue Marcial Navarro Carlos (To come), Pilar Matud Aznar (To come)
Abstract: Abstract Introduction Family violence involves an important threat to people's health and welfare. This study takes place based on the increasing violence, especially in the family environment because of previous unsuccessful actions to prevent it. Objective Recognize violence in the family environment of general population, analyzing it's effects in health and life satisfaction. Materials and methods Instruments: Goldberg general health questionnaire (GHQ-28, Goldberg y Hillier, 1979). Satisfaction with life scale (SWLS, Diener, Emmons, Larsen y Griffin, 1985). Self-esteem inventory (Self-EsteemInventory, SEQ; Rector y Roger, 1993). Sociodemographic data collection. Method: Cross-sectional study with 559 people on general Mexican population with an average age between 16 to 59. Conclusions Family violence is a problem that affects an important percentage of people and it's associated with a lower satisfaction with life and an even worst mental health.
 
47. Factors Related to the Sexual Harassment Against the Women
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
ALFONSO AGUSTIN VALADEZ RAMÍREZ (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Laura Abril Ríos Rivera (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: Violence is always a way of exercising power through the use of force (physical, psychological, economic, political), it implies the existence of hierarchies, expressed in certain roles: male-female. The aim of this study is to explore differences in the perception of a small sample of men and women, about the "myths " of rape, sexual harassment, the type of avoidance and self-protection strategies used in situations perceived as unsafe and its possible implications on the welfare and quality of life of individuals, some of the consequences caused by these stressful situations were also explored. The instruments used were, the Acceptance of Rape Myths Scale, the Perceived Insecurity Scale, Identification of consequences, Avoidance and Self-protection Scale, Previous experience, places and people of victimization. Significant differences were found particularly related to the sex of the participants, being women the ones that perceive a higher level of insecurity, use a greater number of avoidance and self-protection strategies, refer higher stress levels and suffer a greater number of adverse physical and psychological consequences to sexual harassment.
 
48. An Analysis of the Metacontingency in a Juvenile Offender's Family
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
FABIANE FOGACA (
Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos
), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Bailey Wilcox (University of Nevada, Reno), Almir Del Prette (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Zilda Aparecida Del Prette Pereira (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Marcelo Frota Lobato Benvenuti (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract:

This descriptive study aimed to demonstrate the utility of metacontingency as a unit of analysis for determining the effect of family support on the juvenile offenders' success in meeting treatment goals. One juvenile offender (male), one sibling (male), and their mother were included as participants. Analysis of the juvenile's institutional records and interviews were employed. The records indicated that the quality of the family interactions, return to school, and making new friends (considered as aggregate products), were achieved as intervention goals. The analysis of the interviews was based on the recurrence of coordinated behaviors. The results indicated that: a) most of the interlocking behavioral contingencies were related to the aggregate products, b) most of the interlocking behavioral contingencies associated with the parent and juvenile interactions demonstrated instances of rule establishment and mutual support, c) most of the IBCs associated with juvenile and sibling interactions demonstrated instances of the two having fun together and sharing information about their daily activities. The results suggested that the parameters of multiple measures of aggregate products, produced by the recurrence of coordinated behaviors were useful in the analysis of family interactions that contributed to juvenile offender's treatment goals.

 
49. An Evaluation of Free-pour Training Procedures for College Students
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
TYLER NIGHBOR (University of the Pacific), Emily Metz (University of the Pacific), Audrey Campbell (University of the Pacific), Katrina Bettencourt (University of the Pacific), Katie Uhlhorn (University of the Pacific), Nicole Schultz (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Student violators of campus alcohol policies are often mandated to attend alcohol-training courses with the expectation that they will learn to recognize and pour a standard serving of alcohol. However, research suggests students are generally inaccurate when asked to demonstrate this skill. The purpose of this study was to assess the effectiveness of different training methods on college students’ (N = 11) ability to free pour standard servings of beer. Participants were randomly assigned to verbal feedback, superimposition, or stimulus fading training procedures in an ABA or ABACA design. Immediately following baseline pours and successful training, participants completed two post pours. One week and 30-day follow up pours included a “generalization” probe (i.e., a different shaped cup). Overall, five of 11 participants required a second pour training. Although results maintained for five of 11 participants one week from the initial training, only three of 10 participants accurately poured one month following the initial training. Furthermore, training for eight of 11 participants generalized to pouring in the novel 18 oz. square red Solo® cup. These results suggest that students may be trained to pour standard servings of beer, but these training effects may not maintain or generalize to similar stimuli.
 
50. Fair Prices for Fair Trade Tariffs: Insights from Behavioral Economic Demand Curves
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA PHILLIPS (The University of Kansas), Amel Becirevic (The University of Kansas), Brent Kaplan (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: First world countries demonstrate excessive demand for commodities produced by developing countries (e.g., fruit, coffee, sugar). Fair trade tariffs have subsequently been utilized to protect the sustainable agricultural and labor practices in these developing countries. Such tariff policies impact the vast majority of Americans, as well as laborers in developing countries, constituting an incredibly large issue of societal concern. To date, we are aware of no behavioral economic insights on fair trade pricing and policies, despite behavior analysts call for such analyses when policy-level decisions are necessary (Hursh & Roma, 2013). The present study investigated demand for coffee under various levels of tariffs with a college students using a hypothetical purchase task modeled after tasks used for alcohol and nicotine products. Participants were classified into one of three groups (never drink coffee, light coffee consumers [1 cup/day], or heavy consumers [>1 cup/day]). Exponential demand curve analyses suggest that the current levels of fair trade tariffs are well below the price point of elasticity for both light and heavy consumers. These findings highlight the need for empirically derived fair trade tariffs to substantially increase the remuneration to developing countries while simultaneously protecting the coffee market from becoming too elastic.
 
51. Bicycle Safety: A Call for Intervention
Area: CSE; Domain: Basic Research
MICAH ROEDIGER (Virginia Tech), Cory Furrow (Virginia Tech), Michael Ekema-Agbaw (Virginia Tech), Amanda K. Denson (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: In 2010, the Center for Disease Control reported nearly 800 deaths and 515,000 bicycle-related injuries (Bicycle-related injuries, 2013). Not wearing a bicycle helmet is one of the main risk factors associated with bicycle related injuries. Conservative estimates of risk reduction are 45% for head injuries and 29% for fatal injuries while using a bicycle helmet (Fullerton & Becker, 1991). In 2002, the American College Health Association set a goal of 24% for on campus helmet use. Research assistants from the Center for Applied Behavior Systems observed bicycle helmet use at marked locations on the Virginia Techs campus; field observations included helmet use as properly, improperly, or not worn. Of 7227 cyclists observed, 1355 or 18.7% were properly wearing a bicycle helmet. The proportion of cyclists wearing a bicycle helmet on Virginia Techs Campus is lower than the American College Health Associations recommended goal (Z = -10.55, p < .001). This low use of bicycle helmets presents a serious public-health risk. Thus, the Center for Applied Behavior Systems will implement a campus-wide intervention to increase bicycle helmet use. Other students will act as change agents to encourage their biking peers to use bicycle helmets. Discounted helmets will be available for purchase.
 
52. Job Stress Perception in University Teaching
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
ALFONSO AGUSTIN VALADEZ RAMÍREZ (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Cristina Bravo González (Cristina Bravo González), José Esteban Vaquero Cázares (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Patricia Ortega Silva (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: Stress is a general problematic situation that impacts several work activities, but specifically in the case of teaching, has alarming evolutionary connotations. In a few years, the educative institution has been affected by numerous changes; these transformations have affected both, the teachers and the conditions in which they exercise their teaching. The main objectives were to identify the sources of stress in university teaching and analyze their impact on university teaching. 418 university professors participated in this study (men, women). They were selected through an intentional non-probabilistic sampling process. 59% of the participants work in the Facultad de Estudios Superiores (FESI -UNAM) and the rest in Universidad del Valle de Mexico (UVM) The Inventory of Perceived Stress in University Teachers (IPEPU) and Stress Effect in University Teachers Inventory were used. The data showed that the mean score of the perceived level of stress is a little stressful. However, about 30% of teachers reported a significant amount of stress. Among the stressful situations, the organizations aspects are the most stressful, and the cognitive area is the one that has most of the effects. Currently it has been observed that stress occurs most often in people who work as teachers. The Teaching, one of the most widespread professions and more in touch with people, is considered a stressful and exhausting occupation.
 
53. Perception of Ethical Values Training in College Students of Mexico
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
NORMA COFFIN (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de Mexico), Lourdes Jimenez Renteria (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de Mexico), Ariel Vite Sierra (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de Mexico), Angeles Mata Mendoza (Facultad de Estudios Superiores Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: The methodology of teaching and the teacher's attitude in the subjects of bioethics training must have a content of transmission of values, rather than in other disciplines, and must conform to a strict ethical teaching. The university has, from its origins, the mission of training professionals and specialists in various areas of knowledge, and today should also be responsible for the formation of genuine ethically responsible citizens committed to social reality around them (Morin, 2001; Martinez, 2000, 2001; Martinez- Estrada & Bara, 2002). Method: An instrument of 55 items was applied to 193 students majoring in Psychology (N = 125) and Medicine (N = 65), developed from a Likert questionnaire (a = 0.9660), used by Hirsch (2005). Confidentiality and anonymity of their responses were secured, as well as a group format informed consent. Results: No significant differences in responses (SPSS, 19.0), compared to the academic score variables, gender or career were found. There was no correlation between high or low academic averages and ethical values. Conclusions: Inconsistencies were found between the perception of ethical values reported and variables that determine them. It is necessary to include ethical values within the curriculum of both careers, toward an ethical culture in Mexico.
 
54. The Effects of Bin Proximity and Visual Prompts on Recycling in University Classrooms
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
NEAL MILLER (University of Memphis), James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis), Mallorie Hutton Caradine (University of Memphis)
Abstract:

The EPA estimates that 250 million tons of solid waste were produced in the U.S. in 2010 (EPA, 2011). Although some of this is recovered through recycling, a significant amount of recyclable material continues to end up in landfills and dumps, to the detriment of the environment. Many institutions such as universities, where a large number of people gather on a daily basis, have adopted recycling programs as part of efforts to increase environmental sustainability. The amount of recyclable materials disposed of in trash bins and recycling receptacles was measured in classrooms located on two different floors of a university building. Building on previous recycling research, we evaluated the effects of bin proximity (placing recycling bins in the classrooms) and informational signs (visual cues about what items to recycle) on levels of recycling, using a reversal design. Although the amount of recyclable material being thrown in the trash cans decreased with the introduction of the bins and the signs, the amount of material being recycled was not enough to account for this change. Interpretations of this finding and suggestions for future researchers are discussed.

 
55. Dog Breed Stereotypes and Effects of Handler Appearance on the Perception of Pit Bulls
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
LISA GUNTER (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that dog breed stereotypes exist and that the appearance of a handler alongside a dog can affect perceptions of the dog's temperament. The present study examined 228 participants' perceptions (age range 15-61, mean = 22) of a pit bull-type dog compared with a Labrador Retriever and Border Collie; and whether the addition of a rough adult male, elderly woman or male child influenced the dog's perceived characteristics of approachability, aggressiveness, intelligence, friendliness, trainability or adoptability. A one-way ANOVA indicated that participants viewed the pit bull significantly less favorably in all characteristics when evaluated with the other breeds. When comparing impressions of the pit bull alone versus alongside a handler, perceptions differed significantly between handler conditions with all traits. Tukey HSD post-hoc analysis showed that the elderly woman significantly improved perceived intelligence and adoptability (M=4.24, SD=1.40) while decreasing aggression versus the pit bull alone (M=3.67, SD=1.57). With the male child, perceptions of friendliness increased while aggressiveness decreased (M=2.40, SD=1.30) as compared to the dog without a handler (M=3.00, SD=1.25). These results suggest possibilities for the use of handlers in photographs to positively affect the perceived qualities of pit bull-type dogs among the general population and particularly those who are considering adopting a dog.
 
56. An Investigation of Factors Influencing Matter Out Of Place (MOOP) Collection at the Burning Man Festival
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno), Molli Luke (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Burning Man annual event creates a temporary community of over 60,000 people. The community is based upon ten foundational principles, including “Leaving No Trace” to ensure that at the end of the event, there is no “Matter Out Of Place” (MOOP) and no impact on the environment. Given the increasing importance of increasing green behaviors, this community provides an ideal situation to understand under what conditions people will voluntarily pick up MOOP in community spaces. To evaluate this, an observational study was conducted consisting of a combination of 2 methods of MOOP distribution (dropped or pre-placed) x 3 varieties of MOOP (e.g. piece of cardboard, plastic bottle, feather). The latency to picking up the MOOP, number of people who did and did not pick up the MOOP, basic information (e.g. gender, mode of transportation, group size) and verbal questionnaire for people who did pick up the MOOP within each condition was collected. In general, the results indicated that there were more people that picked up “pre-placed” items; however, the latency to pick-up was significantly longer during the “pre-placed” sessions than the “dropped” sessions. The implications and future research directions will be discussed.
 
57. How Honorable Honor Crimes Are?
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory
THOURAYA AL-NASSER (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Honor is defined as respect and admiration given to someone who is admired for their noble and moral behaviors. Mediterranean cultures as a unit shares a common definition of honor and what is considered to be honorable and what is shameful which differ from other cultures. Since honor is contingent upon a familys reputation and how a family is viewed by its surrounding community. A family must maintain its honorable reputation as it is a part of a larger tribal culture for its survival. A family honor in the Mediterranean cultures is dependent upon the sexual chastity of its females. A female must stay virgin till she is married, as a woman's sexuality directly correlates to the honor of her family. Families regard a female who dishonors her family and tribe to be a problem that needs to be solved. Honor crime is the answer for this problem where a family male member must cleanse his familys name as well as tribe by publicly killing this unrighteous female to restore the familys honor. In this poster the contingencies maintaing these crimes will be discussed. As these crimes are culturally supported rather than religiously.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #96
AAB Sat PM
Saturday, May 24, 2014
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
58. The Treatment of Intra-Specific Dog Aggression With a Negative Reinforcement Package
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY DUNBAR (Fresno State), Amanda N. Adams (Central California Autism Center), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Canine aggression is a serious safety issue, with thousands of dogs being euthanized each year due to untreatable behavior issues. Aggression is often attributed to the dogs genetic makeup but can be treated with behavioral interventions. The current study will use negative reinforcement to shape alternative behaviors for intra-specific aggression in dogs. Results will show that this alternative treatment is safer, faster, and more effective than more traditional methods such as punishment and counter-conditioning.
 
59. Use of Timeout as Treatment for Canine Aggression: A Pilot Study
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
GINNIE L. HERSHBARGER (Arizona State University), Wendy A. Williams (Central Washington University)
Abstract: Dog aggression is a dangerous problem as 4.7 million people are bitten each year (Gilchrist, Sacks, White, & Kresnow, 2008, Injury Prevention, 14: 296-301). Current strategies for treating aggression include flooding, positive punishment, and systematic desensitization. However, these interventions have limitations and may exacerbate the problem or be ineffective. Therefore, the efficacy of a novel timeout treatment for an aggressive dog was studied. One highly reactive female German shepherd dog was subjected to three independent situations (different people approaching) and placed in timeout contingent on aggressive behavior. Aggression was measured as latency to aggression onset, distance from the stimuli when the aggression began, and duration of the aggressive episode. Results demonstrated that aggression could eventually be reduced towards all three stimuli through application of a contingent timeout. Implications of timeout treatment for aggressive dogs and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
60. Investigating Interactions Between Shelter Dogs and Potential Adopters: Behavioral and Contextual Predictors of Adoption
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXANDRA PROTOPOPOVA (University of Florida), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract: The current study evaluated whether any behaviors exhibited by dogs during an out-of-kennel interaction with a potential adopter predicted adoption. In addition, we evaluated whether other predictors such as the morphology of the dog, intention to adopt a dog that day, and location of the interaction influenced adoption. The behavior of shelter dogs in out-of-kennel interactions with potential adopters was observed (n = 250). The vast majority of shelter visitors only requested to interact with a single dog and the average duration of interaction was 8 min. Only two behaviors: ignoring play initiation by (Wald = 5.9, df = 1, P = 0.015) and lying in proximity to (Wald = 4.27, df = 1, P = 0.039) the potential adopter, but no morphological variables, influenced adoption decisions. Intention to adopt a dog that day was the largest predictor of adoption (chi-square = 63.0, df = 1, P < 0.001). Our findings may be used to develop targeted training programs for shelter dogs as well as to provide suggestions for studying adopter decision making in the context of consumer behavior analysis.
 
61. Maximizing Animal Care by Utilizing Enrichment Preference Assessments: Lions, Tigers, and Cheetahs
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
LANCE MILLER (Chicago Zoological Society - Brookfield Zoo)
Abstract: With the link between reproductive success and animal welfare, providing the highest level of care for animals within a zoological facility requires a focus at the individual level. However, for some institutions enrichment programs are designed at the species or taxon level. For example, many times when an enrichment item is approved for lions, it will also be approved for cheetahs, tigers and jaguars. The current study examined the use of methods to determine enrichment preferences for three different species of felid. This included examining the same objects and scents for lions, tigers and cheetahs. Trials were short in duration to demonstrate the applicability of using such methods on a regular basis. Results highlight the importance of designing enrichment programs based on the natural history of the animal while considering individuals within the species. Methods used for the current study could be applied at other institutions and with other species to ensure the highest levels of care for the animals within zoological facilities.
 
62. Functional Analysis of Resource Guarding in Dogs in Home Settings
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
BRANDON PEREZ (University of Florida), Lindsay Mehrkam (University of Florida), Nicole R. Dorey (University of Florida)
Abstract: Resource guarding developed as an evolutionary adaptation for dogs. The problem arises in home settings, however, because of the potential harm associated with this behavior. The purpose of our study was to extend the use of functional analysis methodology to human-directed resource guarding exhibited by dogs in home settings. Resource guarding was operationally defined as any instance of biting, freezing, lunging, barking, or growling directed to a prosthetic hand while a food bowl, high value treat, or toy was present. Each subject underwent four different conditions: control, social positive, social negative, and tangible positive as arranged in a trial-based functional analysis. The frequency of aggressive responses observed within each 30-s interval as well as each condition overall was recorded and analyzed. Interobserver agreement was assessed throughout the observation via videotape and/or live coding. Subjects exhibited the highest levels of resource guarding in the social negative condition. We then compared the relative efficacy of negative reinforcement and positive reinforcement for reducing levels of the target behavior. The results of this study will provide a function-based means of identifying environmental variables maintaining resource guarding in pet dogs.
 
63. Utilizing Preference Assessments to Eliminate Inappropriate Scratching Behavior in Domestic Cats
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
KAITLYNN GOKEY (Behavior Consultants, Inc.)
Abstract: Millions of cats are abandoned at shelters due to inappropriate scratching each year. Often the first solution is to provide a scratching post as an alternative behavior. However, merely adding a new scratching medium is not always successful. The subjects were three domesticated indoor-only cats that displayed inappropriate scratching. Subjects were given parametric preference assessments regarding scratching post placement, orientation, and material. Low- and High-preference scratching post arrangements were then presented in an ABAB design and inappropriate scratching frequency was measured in each condition. The data strongly indicate that in two of three subjects, utilizing a high-preference arrangement successfully eliminated inappropriate scratching without the need for further training, environmental arrangement, or the use of aversives. Additional environmental modifications in the High-preference condition, in which household items were modified to a less-preferred material, successfully eliminated inappropriate scratching with the third subject. The cost of materials needed to conduct the assessment was significantly less than declawing or nail capping. Preference assessments provide a low-cost, time-efficient method to increase the likelihood of improving scratching behavior. These simple procedures may help in reducing the staggering number of cats put in the shelter system.
 
64. Success and Failure in Spontaneously Following Different Human-Point Cues by Adult Shelter Dogs
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
ISABELA ZAINE (Universidade Federal de São Carlos/Arizona State University), Camila Domeniconi (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Prior research has examined the extent of dogs responsiveness to human gestures and the impact of exposure to the human social environment and gestural cues. These studies found shelter dogs were less successful in following human points than pet dogs and did not spontaneously follow difficult momentary distal points (Udell et al, 2010). The present study investigated spontaneous following of human points in a two-choice paradigm in 14 adult shelter dogs that had daily interaction with humans. The cues were momentary distal point (MDP) and dynamic proximal point (DPP). Sessions consisted of 10 test trials of each cue and 10 control trials (no cue). Order of presentation of the point types was counterbalanced across two groups. Thirteen subjects were successful in spontaneously following the DPP (binomial test: p < .0009), but only two did so in the MDP condition. Group performance was only significantly higher than chance on DPP trials (one sample t test: p < 9.4E-12). No order effects of cue-type were found (independent two-sample t tests Group 1: p < .64; Group 2: p < .35). Despite regular interaction with humans, the subjects did not spontaneously accurately follow the MDP, corroborating prior results. It is possible that the presence of the cue in the moment of the choice is an important variable for dogs to be able to adaptively respond to the point.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #97
CBM Sat PM
Saturday, May 24, 2014
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
65. Distributed Range-Bound Criterion Design: Preliminary Exploration of Utility for Self-Management
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JANIE GUNTHER (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Darcey (California State University Sacramento), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The distributed range-bound criterion (DRBC) design (McDougall, 2012) draws elements from three individual designs: the multiple baseline (each phase as the baseline for the following), changing criterion, reversal (bidirectional aims of performance). The DRBC design may be appropriate when the participant requires strategic reallocation of time to multiple components of behavior relating to a long-term goal. Examples include reading, athletics, music, and life activities. The DRBC design lends itself to the investigation of resource allocation. In this case, allocation was defined relevant to the target behaviorsessentially as time spent engaged in the particular component behaviors. Phase aims were participant-determined, based on long-term goals, and adherence to the phase aims were calculated as the dependent measure. Independent variables were behavioral self-management (BSM) strategies (e.g., goal-setting, self-monitoring, graphic feedback) (McDougall, 2012). The data in Figure 1 depict poor adherence to the phase aims across all components. Conversely, the data in Figure 2 depict adherence. With respect to the depicted poor adherence, the participant reported many conflicting contingencies as barriers to maintaining adherence performance within the phase aims. With respect to the depicted adherence, the participant reported few conflicting contingencies. Thus, the current data warrant further discussion as to what the independent variables are and furthermore, what constitutes a research design.
 
66. Cognitive Anxiety Iztacala´s Mexican University Students
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BENITA CEDILLO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Veronica Monroy Cedillo (student), Alejandra Pérez López (student), Paulina Espindola Domínguez (student), Norma Angelica Cortés Noguerón (student), Antonio Ramos García (student), Osvaldo Alvarez Herrera (student), Efren García Luis (student)
Abstract:

Anxiety is a normal emotional and physiological response to feeling threatened, it involves emotional components, physiological and cognitive. These can be important causes in the loss of motivation towards learning and poor performance in the students. The objective of this research was compare the physiological, cognitive and Behavioral anxiety between students of Biology, Medicine, Dentistry, Psychology, Nursing Career. To 120 voluntary students of both sexes: were applied to the Inventory of Situations and Answers to them of Anxiety (ISRA: Tobal and Cano Vindel, 1986), that the general level of anxiety evaluates: cognitive, physiological and motor components. The results demonstrated a greater level of cognitive anxiety in the students of Biology, compared with the other professionals careers. The lowest level of anxiety was present in psychology students. It is inferred, what would imply to recognize the importance of the effects of the anxiety on the scholastic yield in the students. It is concluded that the stage at which anxiety arises has implications for stages of processing will create cognitive deficits, some limitations in their concentration and attention abilities.

 
67. The Experiential Avoidance as Functional Dimensions of Depression, Anxiety and Psychotic Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
FELIPE PATRÓN (Universidad Autonoma de Yucatan)
Abstract: Lately, the experiential avoidance (Hayes, Wilson, Gifford, Follette, & Strosahl, 1996) has been proposed as an element shared by different psychiatric syndromes. Several studies have been conducted outside of Mexico with the aim to identify whether there is any relationship between experiential avoidance (EA) and other psychiatric disorders. Following this argument, the present study was conducted to identifying differences in the levels of experiential avoidance among people who have a psychiatric diagnosis (anxiety, depression and psychotic disorder) and non-clinical population from the city of Merida, Yucatan. The Acceptance and Action Questionnaire II adapted for population from Yucatan (Patron, 2010) was applied to 108 participants. The sample was divided into four groups of 27 members depending on the diagnosis: (1) anxiety, (2) depression, (3) psychotic and (4) non-clinical. Statistical analysis was performed using simple variance test. The results suggest that there were significant differences between clinical and nonclinical groups and between the group with a diagnosis of psychotic disorder and groups with depression and anxiety disorder. These findings lead to study in more depth the role that the EA. plays in the different types of schizophrenia, and to suggest possible techniques designed to influence the EA as part of the treatment of various disorders.
 
68. Assessment of Impulsivity and the Development of Self-Control in Obesity Children
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ARIEL VITE SIERRA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de Mexico), Alejandra Cavita (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Anayeli Hernández (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract:

The objective of the research was examined a combined approach of manipulating reinforcer dimensions and delay fading to promote the development of self-control with 10 children with obesity. First, was administered a brief computer-based assessment to determine the relative influence of reinforcer rate (R), reinforcer quality (Q), reinforcer immediacy (I), and effort (E) on the students choices between concurrently presented math problems (additions) associated with healthy food. During each session, one of these dimensions was placed in direct competition with another dimension (e.g., RvI involving math problem alternatives associated with high-rate delayed reinforcement vs. low-rate immediate reinforcement), with all possible pairs of dimensions presented across the six assessment conditions (RvQ, RvI, RvE, QvI, QvE, IvE). The assessment revealed that the choices of all children were most influenced by immediacy of reinforcement and reinforcer rate reflecting impulsivity. Then implemented a self-control training procedure in which reinforcer immediacy competed with another influential dimension (RvI or QvI), and the delay associated with the higher rate or quality reinforcer alternative was progressively increased. The students allocated the majority of their time to the a alternatives yielding more frequent (high-rate) or preferred (high-quality) reinforcement despite delays of up to 24 hr. The assessment showed that self-control transferred across untrained dimensions of reinforcement and also showed changes in the choice of unhealthy to healthy food.

 
69. The Association between Mindfulness Levels and Performance on a Spatial Reasoning Task
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ADELINE LEON (Illinois Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Race and ethnicity are factors associated with performance differences on cognitive tasks, with Caucasians outperforming minorities. One possible explanation is “stereotype threat,” a phenomenon in which inhibited performance is due to the individual’s association with a group believed to underperform on the task at hand (Steele, 1997). Active efforts to change these thoughts and feelings in ways that are inconsistent with task goals interfere with the ability to perform well on the task (Schmader et al, 2008). Mindfulness focuses on acceptance and taking a non-judgmental stance, skills that counteract negative thoughts and may facilitate stereotyped individuals’ cognitive performance. This study explores the relationship between mindfulness, measured by the Five Facets of Mindfulness Questionnaire (FFMQ), and performance on the Mental Rotation Task-3D (MRT-3D), a spatial reasoning task. An analysis of ethnically diverse women’s (N=86) performance on the MRT-3D indicates a significant relationship between total scores on the MRT (mean= 34.6) and the FFMQ (mean=130.8). Results of a correlational analysis between these two variables showed a statistically significant Pearson’s r of .219 (p= .043). Overall, there appears to be a significant association between mindfulness and spatial reasoning performance, suggesting that efforts to increase mindfulness may benefit individuals affected by stereotype threat.
 
70. CANCELED: Prevalence of OCD Diagnoses in Behavior-Analytic Literature
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Elizabeth Ghezzi (Student), JANIE GUNTHER (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

A selection of behavior-analytic journals were reviewed for "OCD" in article titles, abstracts, and keywords. Following identification of "OCD," the described behaviors with respect to the diagnosis were evaluated. The authors sought to identify common behaviors correlated with the diagnoses within the literature, as well as common interventions and the respective effects. The authors also discuss the role of behavior analysis in the treatment of OCD and how the role might be demonstrated in the literature.

 
71. Contemporary Changes in the Conceptualization of Mental Health: Challenges and Opportunities for Clinical Behavior Analysis
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
DAVID PHILLIPS (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: The National Institute of Mental Health recently released its Research Domain Criteria (RDoC) project and simultaneously announced that NIMH funding will no longer consider it satisfactory to organize research questions from the framework of the American Psychiatric Associations Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM). The separation of research resources (RDoC focused) from categories used in the development of existing clinical guidelines and reimbursement systems (DSM/ICD focused) presents new challenges and opportunities for the field. This poster compares and contrasts RDoCs philosophical assumptions, approaches to assessment, and treatment implications against those of the DSM and clinical behavior analysis. The RDoC initiative presents new contingencies for collaboration between basic and applied behavior analysts as the initiative holds neural circuitry research as the central unit of analysis and the experimental analysis of behavior has a long history of providing a meaningful context for investigating the physiological correlates of behavior. The discussion emphasizes the pitfalls and opportunities clinical behavior analysis must consider, as we head into a new generation of research and practice. Of particular importance is the role of physiological units of analysis in a functional analysis of clinically relevant behavior.
 
72. Olfactory Stimulation, Limbic System Activity and Memory Recall on Subject With Traumatic Brain Injuries
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
COREY MILBURN (Western Michigan University), Michael P. Mozzoni (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to complete an analysis of the effects of olfactory stimulation on limbic system activity, as evidenced by pulse rate (PR) fluctuation data obtained through readings from a CMS-50DL fingertip pulse oximeter, as well as to investigate cheaper, more accessible modes of neural analysis . Memory recall data was collected as correct responses to questions taken from a story from the Logical Memory section of the Wechsler Memory Scale Fourth Edition (WMS-IV) at increasing intervals after exposure to story. Olfactory system was stimulated using scents of lemon, chocolate chip cookies, and cinnamon. Results indicate increased memory recall immediately after cinnamon scent exposure.
 
73. A Comparison of Four Self-report Measures of Reactions to Aversive Private Experiences
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
JORDAN T. BONOW (Veterans Affairs Puget Sound: Seattle Division  ), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: A recent movement in clinical psychology, and in particular clinical behavior analysis, has focused on promoting increased acceptance of and reduced avoidance of aversive private experiences. Increased focus on the therapeutic target of response to aversive private experiences has necessitated the development of measures of this construct. Four such measures have been developed in the past decade, and each has demonstrated adequate reliability and validity. These measures are the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire (AAQ-II; Bond, et al., 2011), the Distress Tolerance Scale (DTS; Simons & Gaher, 2005), the Difficulties in Emotion Regulation Scale (DERS; Gratz & Roemer, 2004), and the Five Facet Mindfulness Questionnaire (FFMQ; Baer et al., 2006; Baer et al., 2008) Reactivity to Inner Experiences Subscale. This research study directly compares responses of a non-clinical sample to each of these self-report scales. Responses of 89 undergraduate students to these scales collected using online research software were compared. Specifically Pearsons correlations between total scores for each measure were calculated. Results indicated statistically significant but relatively moderate correlations among the scale total scores. These results clearly indicate that these scales do measure similar but distinct constructs, suggesting that continued research of their respective utilities and properties will be beneficial.
 
74. Alcohol Related and Unrelated Reinforcement, Negative Reinforcement, and Psychological Distress
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
LAUREN OSTARELLO (Eastern Michigan University), Cory Stanton (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Access to reinforcement is a central component of a behavioral conceptualization of psychological health. Clinical extensions of the matching law advocate improving the frequency of positively reinforcing behavior patterns to improve wellness for those with stressors including and beyond depression. An under investigated dimension of a reinforcement-based account of clinical well-being is negative reinforcement. This poster will involve an exploratory analysis of a new self-report instrument for positive and negative reinforcement in a convenience sample of 133 freshman. Participants completed a variety of self-report instruments including recent alcohol use, the Depression, Anxiety, and Stress Scale (DASS), and a reinforcement inventory involving 180 positive reinforcing events (with and without alcohol involvement) and 90 related negative reinforcing events. Initial analysis comparing those in the outer quartiles for positive reinforcement found a trend for those with higher self-reported reinforcement access to have lower total scores on the DASS (t(65) = 1.66, p = 0.10, d = 0.31, CI [5.87, 9.87]). Additional analyses will explore the importance of reinforcement rates in relation to topical domains (education, sexuality, entertainment, leisure, civic, domestic, social, employment, and deviancy) as well as relative rates of positive to negative reinforcement as these rate to the DASS.
 
75. What Drives the Dive? Social Goals and Barriers in Therapeutically Relevant Discounting
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
CORY STANTON (Eastern Michigan University), Lauren Ostarello (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Discounting assessment methods have been used to evaluate participant preferences for differing amounts of outcomes, such as money and illicit drugs, associated with different kinds of inconvenience such as delay and effort. The present study involves translational research with a discounting task involving therapeutically relevant outcomes (social distress) and inconveniences (changes in social functioning) and assesses related social goals and barriers. A convenience sample of 272 college freshmen rated the importance of various social goals in their lives, as well as the presence of barriers to their social goals, before completing a therapeutically relevant discounting task. Preliminary analysis using median splits for the barriers and goals assessment found no significant differences in discounting by goals (t(272) = 1.22, p = 0.22, d = 0.14, 95% CI [-0.05 to 0.50]) but marked differences by barriers (t(272) = 4.59, p <0.001, d = 0.54, 95% CI [-0.79 to 1.24]). This suggests that differential performance in this therapeutically relevant discounting task is more heavily influenced by student’s experience of the distress related to social barriers. Additional analyses will further explore the relationship between social goals and barriers in relation to this discounting task.
 
76. Behavioral Relaxation Training: A Stress Management Tool For Graduate Students
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE JUHLIN (Central Washington University), Savannah Warrington (Central Washington University), Sadie L. Lovett (Central Washington University), Susan Lonborg (Central Washington University)
Abstract: The current study investigated the effectiveness of teaching Behavioral Relaxation Training (BRT) as a stress management technique for graduate students. The participants were graduate students in a non-psychology major. A concurrent multiple probe design across participants was used in conjunction with pre-test and post-test scores from the Perceived Stress Scale (PSS). The PSS is a subjective 10-item questionnaire that measures the participants' perception of stress and the degree to which participants perceived life situations as stressful during the previous month. Following baseline probes, participants received two BRT training sessions focusing on acquisition and proficiency of relaxed body postures. BRT postures will be taught through labeling, modeling, prompting, and corrective feedback. Results are expected to reveal that after BRT training all participants will be able to achieve 80% relaxed postures across three post-test sessions. It is also expected that measures of social validity will show BRT to be an effective tool for stress management from the perspective of the participant.
 
77. Testing Gallup’s Hypothesis About Semen’s Protective Effects
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA KAFFMAN (Eastern Washington University), Diana Sanchez (Eastern Washington University), Christon Floberg (Eastern Washington University), Charalambos C. Cleanthous (Eastern Washington University), Ryan Sain (Eastern Washington University)
Abstract: Gallup has presented some data that suggest that semen have protective effects against depression and anxiety. Other research indicates that depression and anxiety are higher in women during their menstrual cycle. Gallup reported that women had fewer depressive symptoms when having vaginal intercourse without a condom. In addition, approximately twice as many women had sexual relations during menses than those who had never done so, and women participated in a wider range of sexually stimulating acts during menses. More than half of the women indicated that the reason for engaging in intercourse during menses was self-oriented, such as pleasure or desire. The present study examined the frequency of unprotected vaginal and oral sex while both while menstruating and not. The results do not unequivocally support Gallup’s results; condom use remained relatively stable. The rates of oral sex remained stable. Further, a more detailed examination of the reasons for engaging in sexual activity during menses is warranted, especially as unprotected sexual activity puts one at greater risk for infection and/or pregnancy.
 
78. Psychopathy and Sensitivity - Examining Punishment in Children with Callous and Unemotional Traits Utilizing Electrophysiological and Task Measures
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
ANDRE MAHARAJ (Florida International University), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University), Daniel Waschbusch (Penn State), Camilo Bandes (Florida International University), Stella Villalobos (Florida International University)
Abstract: Callous and unemotional (CU) traits in children with conduct problems have been indicated as a precursor to adult psychopathology. The analysis of the sensitivity to rewards and punishment in this population may be useful in the identification of effective behavior modifications programs and particularly the delineation of ineffective punishment procedures. Scores on the Child Psychopathy Scale (CPS) and the Inventory of Callous and Unemotional Traits (ICU) were used to evaluate 10 children, aged 7-13, recruited from FIUs Center for Children and Families (CCF). A behavioral task using either white noise (Type I) or a time-out procedure (Type II) was used to evaluate sensitivity to punishment in order to gain access to a demonstrated reinforcer. The sample was stratified based on the magnitude of CU scores, and the sensitivity to rewards and punishment were evaluated using a Behavioral Activation / Behavioral Inhibition (BAS / BIS) framework by examining task performance, galvanic skin response and parent-reported measures. Results indicated that the magnitude of CU traits was directly proportional to hyposensitivity to punishment and hypersensitivity to reward. Children with elevated levels of CU traits elected to endure a greater frequency and duration of aversive stimuli in order to maintain continued access to the reinforcer.
 
79. Does the Behavioral Progress made at JRC Generalize Across Settings and Over Time? A Follow-up Study of Former JRC Students.
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
NICK LOWTHER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Maryellen Newman (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: We will survey post-treatment outcomes of former students of the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), a residential care facility that employs a highly consistent application of ABA-based treatment and education. JRC students, who have often been expelled from or rejected by other treatment facilities and schools, participate in intensive treatment that includes differential reinforcement behavior contracts, behavioral counseling, social skills training, behavioral education, precision teaching, self-management instruction, and other measures drawn from applied behavior analysis. All former JRC students who are reachable and willing to participate will be surveyed. We will use both a subjective General Life Adjustment rating scale (performed by guardians and/or the former students themselves) and objective counts of certain Quality of Life (QOL) Indicators. QOL/current status indicators will include need for ongoing treatment services, family/relationship status, place of residence status, educational status, employment status, and leisure pursuit information. Data will be reported in terms of descriptive statistics.
 
81. A Clinical Protocol to Increase Chewing and Assess Mastication in Children with Feeding Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JASON R. ZELENY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders often cannot or do not chew when presented with table food as observed in our clinical experience. Children with chewing deficits typically tend to swallow the bite of food before it is masticated appropriately, which we will refer to as early swallowing. It is difficult to teach a child to chew in the presence of a bite of food if the child swallows the bite as soon as it enters his or her mouth. In the current study, we evaluated a clinical protocol to eliminate early swallowing, increase chews per bite, and assess mastication while maintaining high levels of acceptance, mouth clean, and low levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior with 1 child diagnosed with a feeding disorder. The current study adds to a limited body of literature focused on chewing and mastication of table texture food among children with feeding disorders. Suggestions for future research are also discussed.
 
82. Producing Meaningful Improvements in the Severe Problem Behavior of Children With Autism via Synthesized Contingency Analyses and Skill-Based Treatments
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
SANDY JIN (Eastern Connecticut State University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Nicholas Vanselow (Salve Regina University), Laura Ann Hanratty (Western New England University)
Abstract: In this study, we describe an effective and parent-validated functional assessment and treatment model for the severe problem behavior of two children diagnosed with autism. Problem behavior included loud vocalizations, aggression, and disruption. We first arranged an open-ended functional assessment interview to discover the potential variables influencing problem behavior. The relevance of the suspected variables was then demonstrated via synthesized contingency analyses informed by the idiosyncratic results of the interview. Treatment involved (a) teaching a simple functional communication response, (b) increasing the complexity of the communication response, (c) introducing adult delays to and denials of reinforcers, and (d) skill-based teaching during denial and delay tolerance training. Parents were then coached to implement the treatment under both simple and complex conditions. IOA averaged 98% (range, 82% to 100%) for Dale, and 98% (range, 73% to 100%) for Bob. At the close of the treatment, zero levels of problem behavior were observed both at the outpatient clinic and in more ecologically-relevant settings. Parents were highly satisfied with the assessment and treatment process and with the amount of behavior change that resulted from the process.
 
83. Behavioral Medicine: Definitions and Trends
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
KATHRYN M. ROOSE (University of Nevada, Reno), Ashley Eden Greenwald (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: While behavior analysts have been developing interventions for health issues since the 1960s (Altus & Morris, 2009), the term behavioral medicine has not been adopted by the behavior analytic community at large as indicated by the relatively low use of the term in behavior analytic literature. In addition, the term is currently being used to describe research in other fields that would not be considered behavior analytic by our definition. This poster is a data presentation of the trends in the behavioral medicine research. The research in the Journal of Behavioral Medicine will be compared to research presented in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Data will be offered on the fields of study represented by the authors of research on behavioral medicine. We also examine the type of research presented in the Journal of Behavioral Medicine; utilizing categories such as correlational, single subject, literature review and others. Further analysis of The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis will examine research on topics that would be considered behavioral medicine but are not described as such, and whether there are topics in behavioral medicine research that are not being addressed by behavior analysts. We will also examine trends in topics presented at the Annual Meeting & Scientific Sessions of the Society of Behavioral Medicine.
 
 
Keyword(s): poster session
 
Poster Session #98
PRA Sat PM
Saturday, May 24, 2014
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
84. Affirming Control by Multiple Reinforcers via Progressive Treatment Analysis
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MAHSHID GHAEMMAGHAMI (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Chunying S. Jin (Western New England University), Nicholas Vanselow (Salve Regina University)
Abstract: It is common to isolate reinforcement contingencies across several test conditions in functional analyses of problem behavior; however, synthesizing all reinforcement contingencies in a single test condition may also have merit. Following a differentiated functional analysis, which relied on a synthesized test condition, functional communication training (FCT) was applied across the three suspected contingencies of reinforcement to determine the relevance of each. Problem behavior ceased only when all contingencies were addressed via FCT, affirming that problem behavior was controlled by multiple contingencies of reinforcement.
 
85. A Comparison of the Behavior Analyst Profession in Poland and the US
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory
KINGA WOLOS-ZACHMEIER (Unlocking The Spectrum LLC), Przemyslaw Babel (Jagiellonian University, Institute of Psychology)
Abstract: While the field of behavior analysis—including its core theories, seminal research, and methods of practical application—originated in the US, many other countries, such as Poland, are developing their own systems of professional regulation and education of practitioners. In this poster session the authors will present a brief history of the field of applied behavior analysis and the development of professional structures in Poland, where applied behavior analysis emerged only two decades ago. In spite of its short history, the field is growing rapidly in Poland, and practitioners face many of the same challenges as those faced in the US. The authors will focus on eligibility requirements, certification criteria, professional development, trends, and future directions for the field, and highlight the differences between the two countries. Additionally, the authors will emphasize the importance of international collaboration in developing best practices and high standards of service throughout the world. This poster session will be particularly relevant to those who are interested the development of the field in other countries, as well as to behavior analysts who practice outside of the US.
 
86. Survey Says: BACB Certificant Perspectives About Certification Experiences
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA N. KELLY (Malama Pono Autism Center)
Abstract: 100 BACB candidates completed a survey about their experiences as Behavior Analysts. Respondents of this study included BACB certified individuals representing 26 states across the U.S., as well as certificants from Vietnam and Canada. Respondents of the survey represented all three certification levels (BCaBA, BCBA, and BCBA-D). Survey questions included current position title, level of certification and number of years certified, as well as perspectives related to supervision experiences. Certificants were also surveyed about the number of sittings required to pass the BACB examination, their continuing education habits and current area of interest. While autism reigned as the primary area of interest, sixteen other interest areas were also reported. Lastly, respondents reported on their overall satisfaction with having become behavior analysts. Participants of the survey were recruited via an online appeal through a posting on Behaviorbabes Facebook page. Disclaimer: This survey is not affiliated with the BACB, ABAI, APBA, LMNOP, or anyone other than me individually.
 
87. The Effects of a Systematic Desensitization Procedure on Treating Arachnophobia
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH J. PASTRANA (University of British Columbia)
Abstract: Specific phobias are characterized by a persistent, excessive, and irrational fear which is typically disproportional to the actual danger posed by the feared object or situation (Choy, Fyer, & Lipsitz, 2007). Those affected by specific phobias may go to great lengths to avoid the object of the phobia, and may experience marked distress if faced with the object or situation (Choy et al., 2007). In the current case study, the author used a graduated exposure procedure to treat her own phobia of spiders. The author experienced intense psychological anxiety in the presence of spiders and when imagining spiders in her environment, which at times interfered with social and occupational activities and her ability to sleep. The graduated exposure treatment involved viewing or interacting with stimuli arranged in a hierarchy, and publicly sharing progress with friends and family. Results indicated that the author was able to complete the fear hierarchy.
 
88. An Automated Training Program to Teach Observers to Accurately Measure Problem Behavior using an Accelerated Fast Forwarding Measurement System
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MYCHAL MACHADO (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski ( Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Training observers to score problem behavior in naturally occurring situations has been conducted, for example, to describe interactions between caregivers and children and to gather information for the design of experimental analyses (e.g., Borrero, Woods, Borrero, Masler, & Lesser, 2010). Advances in camera systems and storage capacity have increased the opportunity to collect extended observation samples; however, the time required to accurately score large video records presents practical barriers. We evaluated the efficacy of an automated training program, which consisted of presenting multiple examples of problem behavior, repeated practice scoring problem behavior, and automated feedback. Participants viewed multiple examples of problem behavior at 5x normal speed without feedback. Participants then scored multiple instances of problem behavior at 5x normal speed with automated feedback. We measured omission and commission errors and the total duration of scoring time to determine the observers accuracy and efficiency, respectively. We used a multiple-baseline design across subjects to evaluate the efficacy of the training program. Following training, all observers scored instances of problem behavior with less than 10% error. These data suggest that the training program can teach observers to accurately and efficiently use a fast-forwarding measurement system to score problem behavior from larger observation samples.
 
89. A Translational Evaluation of Renewal of Responding
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
AURELIA RIBEIRO (Florida Institute of Technology), Clare Liddon (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Treatment relapse refers to the failure of an intervention to maintain across time or contexts. Resurgence, reinstatement, and renewal are types of treatment relapse that have implications for developing and maintaining interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities. Previous research with non-human animals has shown a phenomenon known as the "renewal effect." Renewal arrangements include a combination of (a) sequential phases of reinforcement, extinction, and extinction and (b) context manipulations. We exposed 2 children's responding to "ABA" renewal, in which A and B were different associated contexts. Sequentially, participants were exposed to reinforcement in context A, extinction in context B, and extinction in context A. Results suggested that context changes produced pronounced effects on responding in the last extinction phase. That is, responding reemerged in the final extinction phase as a function of the return to the reinforcement context. This effect occurred despite the continued exposure to extinction in the second A phase. Results are discussed in terms of treatment relapse.
 
90. The Practice and Prevalence of Priming
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIA GARRIDO (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Behavior analysis is a science that, like other sciences, is reliant on its language to clearly express and perpetuate its terms and techniques. Clear, unambiguous speaking (and writing) are generally important for a science that has to rely on words rather than mathematics to characterize its key concepts and principles. Inconsistent application leads to decreased treatment integrity and can hurt public perception of the science. Priming has been defined across multiple settings in a variety of ways. While there is no apparent consensus for the meaning of priming it is still used regularly in a variety of methods. This poster discusses the uses of and prevalence of priming.
 
91. Technology To The Rescue: Providing Behavioral Intervention Services and Parent Feedback Through The Use of a FlipCam, Motivaider and Dropbox
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIZABETH HERRERA (University of the Pacific), Holly Ayn White (University of the Pacific), Heather Zerger (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Behavioral services were provided to a 7-year-old female diagnosed with Autism, referred for repetitive hand movement. A functional analysis identified attention from her mother as the maintaining variable. A non-contingent reinforcement intervention was implemented by the mother with coaching from a graduate student. The mother was then trained to use a FlipCam to record 5-10 minute sessions, with prompting provided through a MotivAider. Videos were then uploaded to DropBox, a file hosting service, which allowed the videos to be reviewed and coded remotely. Treatment decisions were provided to the parent via text messages. The childs engagement in repetitive movement decreased from 73% of intervals at baseline to 7.5% of intervals across 28 sessions. The schedule of reinforcement was thinned from a fixed 20 second to a variable 5 minute schedule. Initially, engagement with activities occurred during 0% of intervals, however, engagement increased to 99.5% of intervals across the 28 sessions. IOA was 92% across 27% of sessions (range, 88% to 95%). While this intervention is not novel, this poster presents an innovative way to use technology and still allow for data based decisions to be made with an intervention being implemented by parents.
 
92. Generalized Matching in Professional Sports: Ice Hockey & Major League Baseball
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
VAL SAINI (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Michael Fantetti (Western New England University, Brohavior  )
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the utility of the generalized matching equation (GME) across a variety of settings including elite sport competition. Specifically, it has been demonstrated that play calling in the National Football League (NFL) was sensitive to matching across a variety of domains. The purpose of this poster is to demonstrate that sensitivity to matching extends to other professional sports. Specifically we looked to examine the extent to which goalie selection in the National Hockey League (NHL) and pitch selection in Major League Baseball (MLB) could be analyzed as operant choice responding.
 
93. The Relation between Bilateral Knee Muscle Strength and Gait Behavior after Stroke
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
MAKOTO WATANABE (Kitasato University), Makoto Suzuki (Kitasato University), Takayuki Kawaguchi (Kitasato University), Kayoko Narita (Kitasato University), Aki Watanabe (Kitasato University), Akie Kawamura (Kitasato University), Michinari Fukuda (Kitasato University)
Abstract: Gait is among the important behavior affected after the occurrence of a stroke. However, the threshold level of both paretic and nonparetic lower limb strength to predict gait independently is unknown in stroke patients. We assessed the relations between bilateral knee extension strengths and gait behavior in subjects with post-stroke hemiparesis and to predict gait behavior by the paretic and nonparetic knee extension strength. Two hundred thirty eight consecutive inpatients with post-stroke hemiparesis were enrolled. Knee extensor muscle strengths in paretic and nonparetic lower limbs were measured with a hand-held dynamometer, and the presence or absence of impaired gait was also determined. Discriminant analysis classified the difference between the possibility and impossibility of gait by knee extensor muscle strength (P < 0.0001). Thus, paretic and nonparetic knee extension strengths were integrated in the strength index. A threshold level of 2.0 provided the best balance between positive and negative predictive values for the strength index (positive predictive value, 0.74; negative predictive value, 0.69). The results indicated that both paretic and nonparetic knee extension strengths were related to gait behavior. The strength index deduced from bilateral knee extension strengths may serve as a clinically meaningful index for rehabilitation assessment and training.
 
94. Using Video to Bridge the Gap Between Behavior and Delayed Consequences
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
SARA COPPAGE (The University of Memphis), James Meindl (The University of Memphis)
Abstract: It is understood in the field of behavior analysis that the amount of time that passes between a behavior and its consequence weakens the effectiveness of the consequence. Delayed consequences are unavoidable, at times (i.e., in the classroom or on public outings). A rule or behavioral statement may be made when delivering the delayed consequence to connect the behavior to the consequence. The present study uses video to help to connect tantrum behavior and the delivery of a delayed timeout. Participants included a young child with an emotional disability and a child diagnosed with Apraxia. A reversal design was used to identify the effect of video viewing of problem behavior immediately prior to the delivery of a delayed timeout. The sessions consisted of the therapist engaging the participant in some type of activity or demand. During baseline, no consequences were delivered. During the intervention sessions in which tantrum behavior occurred at any level, the participant was returned to the activity setting following a fifteen-minute delay period. A video of the participants problem behavior was shown and was followed by a three to five minute timeout. The therapist stated no other description of the behavior or rule. For both participants, following two exposures to the video and timeout procedure, the data demonstrated a downward trend. Upon the return to baseline condition, the behavior began to increase and returned slightly below the original baseline condition. Being able to use video to strengthen delayed consequences could allow for their use to be more effective and assist in making more permanent behavior change when delivered.
 
95. Time Course of Change in Movement Structure During Learning of Goal-directed Behavior
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
TAKAYUKI KAWAGUCHI (Kitasato University), Makoto Suzuki (Kitasato University), Makoto Watanabe (Kitasato University), Kayoko Takahashi (Kitasato University), Aki Watanabe (Kitasato University), Akie Kawamura (Kitasato University), Michinari Fukuda (Kitasato University)
Abstract: Parsing behavior into submovements is important in behavioral learning. This study examined the time course of changes in kinematics and electromyography (EMG) parameters for primary (an initial impulse toward the target) and secondary (a late corrective adjustment near the target) submovements associated with the learning of a goal-directed aiming behavioral task. The subjects comprised 9 neurologically normal adults. They were instructed to make horizontal planar behavior of elbow flexion that were both fast and accurate. The learning session comprised 20 blocks of 10 behaviors. Our research found that the kinematic- and EMG-related parameters of the antagonistic triceps brachii muscle gradually changed over the course of the learning period and reached a plateau that fitted an exponential function. However, the EMG-parameters of the agonistic biceps brachii muscle did not markedly change. Moreover, the kinematic- and EMG-related parameters for the primary and secondary submovements varied with different rates during the behavioral learning. Our findings may facilitate the understanding of the basic building blocks of learning of a goal-directed aiming behavior in sports and rehabilitation settings.
 
96. Examining Components of a Training Package Designed to Train Parents to Enhance Social Skills in Children With Developmental Delays
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY D. SCHLEISMANN (Auburn University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Binghamton)
Abstract: Social skills deficits are related to a myriad of other social, developmental, and psychological challenges (Rogers, 2000). As such, it is important to identify means of teaching social skills to children with ASD. A number of interventions may be effective; however, generalization of these skills remains problematic (Stahmer, 1995). Training parents to deliver social skills intervention would provide maximum exposure to naturalistic learning opportunities and may improve generalization (Schreibman & Koegel, 1996). Studies have demonstrated successful training of parents in various behavioral interventions (e.g., Lafasakis & Sturmey, 2007; Wang, 2008; Kroeger & Sorenses, 2010); however, the mechanisms of change in these treatment packages have not been identified. The current study examined methods for training parents to implement a behavioral social engagement procedure and analyzed the components of the parent-training package to identify possible mechanisms of change. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design was used to examine the effects of the training package, and each component was presented systematically to analyze its relative contribution. Results indicated that treatment fidelity of all participants improved following training and that feedback may account for the majority of change observed in parent behavior. Possible reasons for observed changes and clinical implications are discussed.
 
97. Reduction of Screaming Associated with Ridgid Play and Item Arrangement
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY D. SCHLEISMANN (Auburn University), Amie Collins (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), Nicole M. Powell (Nationwide Children's Hopsital Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5; American Psychiatric Association, 2013) criteria for Autism Spectrum Disorders lists repetitive patterns of behavior as a primary qualitative characteristic of children with the disorder. Repetitive or stereotypic behaviors can include restricted patterns of interest that are abnormal in their intensity, excessive preoccupation with objects, or an inflexible adherence to routines. Such behaviors may interfere with an individual’s daily functioning if not managed. While the success of treatments such as response blocking or functional communication training has been demonstrated (Foa et. al., 1984; Kuhn, Hardesty, & Sweeny, 2009), these treatments are not always practical or appropriate. The current study aimed to evaluate a treatment for rigid behavior that did not use response blocking or mand training. Two males diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder participated. Both exhibited intense screaming when ritualistic play or item arrangement was disrupted. Treatment involved differential reinforcement of other behaviors plus extinction of screaming. Data show that screaming was reduced by greater than 80% from baseline for both participants. Following treatment and demand fading, participants were able to tolerate removal of items for 10 s at a time and comply with three to six demands.
 
98. The Impact of Liquid Preference in the Treatment of Liquid Refusal
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON KOZLOWSKI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Denise Dieter (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Evan Raines (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Christine Taylor (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: A variety of factors are often considered when selecting which caloric drink should be provided to a child during treatment of liquid refusal, including child preference, nutritional value, formula composition, and accessibility. Although the child’s drink preference is frequently considered informally (e.g., choosing a formula reported or assumed to have a more preferable flavor), its actual impact on the treatment of liquid refusal is not commonly examined. The current study investigated the impact of child drink preference on mealtime behaviors throughout a liquids treatment analysis for a 3-year-old boy using an alternating treatments design with two caloric drinks. Paired-choice preference assessments of the two drinks were routinely conducted throughout the liquids treatment analysis. Although a preference for one drink over the other occurred during the preference assessment when the child was required to consume at least one of the drinks, behavioral treatments targeting the identified functions of refusal (i.e., escape, attention, and tangible) were equally effective in increasing acceptance and swallowing and decreasing inappropriate mealtime behaviors for both drinks regardless of this preference. Therefore, within the context of treatment, other deciding factors, such as nutritional value, may take precedence over child preference without a negative impact on successful treatment.
 
99. Function-Based Treatment of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior in the Context of Choice
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
TONYA LAMBERT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Christine Taylor (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Luke Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Food refusal is often maintained by escape, and can be multiply-maintained. While escape extinction is a common treatment component, choice may incorporated as an antecedent-based intervention. The current study investigated how the potency of functional reinforcers may vary at differing demand levels (high, moderate, and least preferred foods) in the context of choice for a two-year-old male admitted to an intensive day treatment feeding program. A functional analysis demonstrated tangible and escape functions. Choices between less preferred (target) foods and more preferred foods were provided. Results showed low levels of choosing and consuming target foods with contingent access to a preferred tangible. When escape extinction was added, only consumption of the moderately preferred food increased. Follow-up preference assessments indicated a preference for edibles compared to tangibles, and increased preference for the moderately preferred food. Contingent access to preferred edibles for consuming the least preferred food did not increase consumption. When choice was removed, consumption of nonpreferred foods occurred at high levels under escape extinction. In summary, when choice was present, nonedible and edible tangible-based treatment did not increase consumption of nonpreferred foods, and increased consumption of moderately preferred foods only when escape extinction was added.
 
100. A Program Evaluation of a University Reading Intervention Clinic
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
ANDREW COOK (Central Michigan University), Jessica Sevecke (Central Michigan University), Maria Alejandra Ramirez (Central Michigan University), Heidi Fisher (Central Michigan University), Valerie Weber (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: A program evaluation of a university reading clinic was performed. The clinic provided evidence-based direct instruction techniques to remediate reading difficulties for students ages 5 to 19 as well as supervised training for undergraduate and graduate students. The purpose of the evaluation was to evaluate remediation effectiveness, examine perceptions of interventionists, survey caregiver perceptions of service, investigate the costs and benefits, and provide program recommendations for future development of the clinic. The results showed significant, large improvement in clients standardized reading scores after receiving services; positive ratings and comments from interventionists in terms of treatment effectiveness and service delivery; high satisfaction from caregivers; and an estimated service delivery cost that exceeded client fees. Recommendations from the evaluation included improved data collection, storage, and monitoring to facilitate future LAC services, evaluations, and research; increased consistency in training and supervision to enhance the experiences of interventionists; increased caregiver involvement to further improve caregiver satisfaction and student outcomes; and more sustainable attempts to replicate the program by implementing a higher, more consistent fee schedule.
 
 
 
Poster Session #99
DDA Sat PM
Saturday, May 24, 2014
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
101. An Evaluation of the Efficacy of Caregiver-Produced Video Self-Modeling to Improve Independence in an Adolescent With an Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christopher H. Vatland (University of South Florida), Scott L Bowen (The Prevention Group), Ray Burke (The Prevention Group)
Abstract: The current investigation was designed to evaluate the efficacy of a caregiver created video-self-modeling (VSM) intervention to assist in development of self-advocacy and choice making in a transition-age girl with intellectual disability and autism. In a multiple baseline design across target skills, parents worked with their 16 year old daughter to create self-modeling videos of behaviors related to enhancing independence in the community and then evaluated the impact in both analogue and natural settings. Target behaviors were 1) asking for help locating items in a quick-shop, 2) checking out from a store and 3) ordering at a fast-food counter. A task analysis was performed by the investigators and then baseline data on percentage of correct responding were collected for each of the target behaviors. Parents were then asked to produce a video of their daughter performing one of the targeted skills after rehearsing the skill with her in an analogue setting. Parents used a mobile app called "VideoTote" for recording the video on an iPad 2 tablet device. The mobile app included a brief instructional video about how to create effective modeling videos. Parents were provided with no additional instructions and created the video in an analogue setting within their home designed to represent the quickshop, store, or fast-food restaurant. When they had produced a video with which they were satisfied, the participant then watched the video prior to each session with that target skill. Once stable responding was observed, then another VSM video was produced for the second target skill, and then eventually for the third skill. Investigators scored each of the videos for quality of production and instruction. Results are presented in Figure 1 and show that prior to VSM, correct responding was consistently below 50% for each of the targeted skills. However, marked changes in percentage of correct responding were observed when and only when parents created a video of the participant performing the targeted skill and then allowed her to watch it before each session. In addition, generalization probes, which were conducted in the natural setting and are marked by the arrows in Fig 1, show that the participant's performance was over 80% on each probe. Results suggest that caregivers can use available technology to produce effective videos that promote independence in the community for transition age individuals.
 
102. The Effects of Motivating Operations on the Acquisition of Imitation Skills
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MEGHAN DESHAIS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Despite the increasing interest in the effects of motivating operations (MOs) on behavior in the literature, an area in which there has been little research on the effects of MOs is the acquisition of imitation skills. Imitation is a critical pre-requisite skill for children because it creates opportunities for children to learn a myriad of other skills via direct instruction, prompting, and observational learning (Ledford & Wolery, 2010). Ledford & Wolery conducted a literature review of studies that focused on teaching imitation to young children with disabilities. Sufficient demonstrations of effects were only observed for 30 of 48 participants. One variable that may account for these equivocal findings is the lack of control over motivational variables. In light of the research demonstrating the importance of MOs and the importance of imitation skills, it is likely that MOs may play a significant role in the acquisition of imitation skills. In addition, it is possible that the impact of MOs may vary based on the difficulty of the skill being taught. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of MOs on the acquisition of imitation skills for one participant.
 
103. The Effectiveness of Behavioral Interventions in Treating Feeding Disorders in Children With Cerebral Palsy
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
FIORELLA FERRANDO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Christine Taylor (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Feeding disorders are multifaceted with behavioral components often contributing to the development and continuation of food refusal. In these cases, behavioral interventions are effective in treating feeding problems, even when medical and/or oral motor components are also associated with these difficulties. Although behavioral interventions for feeding problems are frequently employed with children with autism, they are less commonly discussed for children with cerebral palsy (CP), likely due to medical and/or oral motor components involved. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of using behavioral interventions to address feeding difficulties in children with autism and children with CP. Forty-five children ages 1 to 12 years who were enrolled in an intensive feeding program between 2003 and 2013 participated. Behavioral treatment components were similar across groups, predominately consisting of escape extinction (e.g., nonremoval of the spoon) and positive reinforcement. For both groups, behavioral treatment was similarly effective in increasing gram consumption and food textures, and in decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior and negative vocalizations. A high percentage of individualized goals were also met by both groups. In summary, behavioral interventions for food refusal are effective for children with CP with behavioral refusal, just as they are for children with autism.

 
104. Services for Children with Developmental Disabilities: Frequency, Satisfaction, and Associated Child Factors
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ODETTE WEISS (York University), Adrienne M. Perry (York University), Rebecca Shine (York University), Jonathan Weiss (York University), Melissa Rourke (York University)
Abstract: Children with developmental disabilities require support in a number of areas and therefore utilize different types of services. Professionals often needed by families with children with developmental disabilities include psychologists, behaviour therapists, occupational therapists, and speech-language pathologists. This poster will examine which services are needed, which are being used, families’ satisfaction with these services, and whether there are services that are needed but not received. Additionally, service need, use, and satisfaction will be examined in relation to a number of child factors: age, level of maladaptive behaviour, and a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. An extensive survey, including portions focusing on service access, was completed by 201 primary caregivers of children with developmental disabilities aged 3-21. Families reported receiving services that they need from a variety of providers. A portion of our sample reported that there are services that they need but are not receiving, especially behaviour therapy. Overall, families reported being satisfied with the services they have received, especially from psychologists and behaviour therapists. Results from this study can be used to document gaps in service, especially regarding unmet needs for behaviour therapy.
 
105. Resolving Control-Countercontrol Issues in an ABA Setting
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DELAINEY BARKES (Indiana University South Bend and Partnership for Behavior Change), Miranda Depoy (Partnership for Behavior Change), Justin McCammon (Partnership for Behavior Change), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: Countercontrol is a topographically unspecific, escape maintained, response to aversive social control. Over the period of a month, client “B”, a 15-year-old male with autism, emitted counter-control behaviors recorded as grabs and slaps directed at male staff. This began when new male staff were introduced, then generalized to existing male staff. An ABABA design was used, changing conditions between verbal and gestural prompts every three minutes embedded within an ABACA design switching male to female staff every fifteen minutes across the session. Analysis revealed countercontrol behaviors were maintained by escape from male staff who overused physical contact to reduce grab attempts. Data indicate that grabs accelerated from introduction of new male staff to the first severe incident and continued until male staff were removed. During analysis, male staff were grabbed and hit. After removal of both male staff, these behaviors dropped to zero. Male staff were informed of the assessment results, re-instructed in noncoercive methods, and reintroduced after two weeks. Follow up data indicate a return to below-baseline frequency for both grabs and hits. Countercontrol was identified, the source of control removed, then gradually reintroduced. This seems a promising approach to resolving control/countercontrol problems in a therapeutic setting.
 
106. A Comparison of Chained Schedules for Negative Reinforcement Including and Excluding Tangible Items
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MELINDA COLE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Ashley Shier (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to compare the effectiveness of combining tangibles with a break, in increasing compliance and decreasing problem behavior. The participants were two adolescent males being treated for escape maintained problem behavior in an intensive outpatient unit. A chained schedule included a work requirement where x number of consecutive tasks, with the absence of problem behavior for one participant, was required to be met before the opportunity to request a break became available. Condition one provided only escape from demands, while the second condition paired escape from demands with access to a highly preferred tangible item. Work requirements were individually and systematically increased in both conditions as participants engaged in two consecutive sessions with 90% reduction in problem behavior from baseline levels and 80% instructional compliance to varying academic and gross motor instructions. Results supported more rapid decreases in problem behavior and increases in compliance when access to highly preferred tangible items was paired with escape from demands following the completion of a predetermined work requirement. Future implications of these results may include utilizing tangible items in concert with escape from demands as a means to decrease both problem behavior and non-compliance.
 
107. An Analysis of Academic Treatment Components
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute), MOLLY GEMP (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Catherine Chaille (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Allen Porter (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Many individuals with ID who engage in problem behavior do so to escape demands (Iwata et al., 1994). Escape extinction may be the most straight-forward treatment of escape maintained problem behavior; however, it can be difficult to implement safely and effectively. When implemented with poor fidelity, escape extinction may function as intermittent reinforcement. Alternative treatment options involving modifications of the demand context to make it less aversive (e.g., demand fading; Piazza et al., 1996) may decrease the motivating operation to engage in problem behavior. The purpose of the current study was to systematically examine, via an additive component analysis, several antecedent and consequent manipulations to academic programming to identify the most effective methods for delivering instructional programming, in cases for which extinction cannot be implemented. Two cases were previously presented. In the current study, this treatment was used to reduce the aggressive behaviors of a 19-year-old male admitted to an inpatient unit. Functional analyses indicated that aggressive behaviors were maintained by escape from demands. Results suggested that consequence-based, differential reinforcement procedures reduced overall rates of problem behavior. Unlike previous participants, the current participant may require escape extinction as a necessary component to obtain clinically significant reductions in aggressive behavior.
 
108. An Evaluation of Analog Functional Analyses
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SCOTT DACOSTA (Evergreen Center), Chelsea Fortier (Evergreen Center), Mark P. Groskreutz (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Functional analysis methodology, specifically experimental manipulations of antecedent and consequent events, are the gold standard for assessment of problem behaviors in the field. Such analyses are typically completed in analog settings separate from the individuals natural environment. However, there may be limitations to conducting functional analyses in analog settings. Some schools or settings (e.g., home) may not have access to an analog setting or may not be able to create the specialized environmental conditions typically employed in an analog setting. The analog setting may be so distinctly different from the individuals natural setting that the assessment may fail to evoke the behavior. Conversely, the analog setting might evoke other novel behaviors that were not anticipated. The present study evaluated alternative assessment procedures for one student for whom the analog functional analysis failed to yield conclusive results. Implications for clinicians and strategies for assessing problem behaviors within a natural setting are discussed.

 
109. The Assessment of Communication Modalities During Functional Communication Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
VICKI ROZELL (Gonzaga University), Kathleen MacDonald (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Christopher Doll (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of multiple communication modalities during functional communication training (FCT) using augmentative communication devices, as an intervention for problem behavior in three young children with developmental disabilities. A multielement design was used to determine the function of problem behaviors for all three participants. Reversal designs were used to assess the effects of communication modalities. For each participant, results indicated at least one device was shown to effectively decrease aberrant behavior. The study showed the importance of identifying the preferred mode of communication to increase the ability to communicate appropriately. Mean agreement for Gwen was 86%, for Daniel was 100%, and for Jacob was 95%
 
110. Comparing Communication Systems for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: A Review of Single-Case Research Studies
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
CINDY GEVARTER (The University of Texas), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Laura Rojeski (The University of Texas at Austin), Nicolette Sammarco (The University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (Texas State University), Giulio Lancioni (University of Bari), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract: Studies that have compared different communication systems for individuals with developmental disabilities were systematically reviewed in an effort to provide information useful for clinical decision making and directions for future research. Specifically, 28 studies that compared (a) non-electronic picture systems to speech generating devices, (b) aided AAC (e.g., picture exchange systems and SGDs) to unaided AAC systems (manual sign ), or (c) AAC to speech-language interventions were included in this review. Dependent variables forming the basis for comparison included: (a) effectiveness (e.g. acquisition of systems and/or rate of use), (b) efficiency or rate of skill acquisition (c) participants preference for systems, (d) occurrence of vocalizations and problem behavior, and (e) generalization across communication partners, settings, and time (i.e., maintenance). Results suggest that clear and consistent differences between communication systems are rare, precluding definitive statements regarding a universal best approach for all people with developmental disabilities. Instead, findings of this review support the consideration of an individuals existing skills, goals and preferences as part of the process of selecting an approach to communication.
 
111. Closing the Bathroom Door: The Effect of Teaching a Categorization Task on a Crucial Safety Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SHELLEY GORSKI (Indiana University South Bend), Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract: The few studies that have been conducted about sex education for people with intellectual disabilities indicate the need for more effective and appropriate education towards developing healthy sexuality and decreasing vulnerability to exploitation (Swango-Wilson, 2008; Zylla & Demtral, 1981). Unfortunately, the majority of generally available sexuality education curricula are too complex for and do not meet the needs of learners with intellectual disabilities (Gougeon, 2009; Grievo et al., 2006). Thus, individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities are at increased risk for sexual abuse. When teaching various skills to individuals with intellectual disabilities, we often use categorization tasks and develop concepts, such as animals, foods, and the weather to form stimulus classes (Miguel, et al., 2008). We sought to examine application of this instructional technology to one area of sexuality education. The present study examines the use of pictures from BoardMaker; and Communicating About Sexuality; in a categorization task, with the goal of teaching concepts of open-door and closed-door. The researchers hope to determine if this is an effective means of teaching sexuality education concepts with generalization to closure of needed doors in the natural environment (i.e., bathroom).
 
112. The Use of a Treatment Package to Increase Independent Transfers Between Siblings With and Without Disabilities and the Effect of the Treatment Package on Initiation of Adult Interaction and Aberrant Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA CAGLE (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: This study was conducted to determine if a treatment package consisting of contingent reinforcement, a visual/auditory timer, and a visual schedule would increase independent transfers of a preferred item between siblings with and without autism. Data were also gathered for all participants on prompted transfers of the device, initiation of adult attention, aberrant behavior, and allocation in relation to the device. A combination of a reversal design and a component analysis was replicated across sibling sets to evaluate the effectiveness of the treatment package and to systematically assess the specific aspects of the treatment. This study suggests that the treatment package was effective for all siblings for increasing independent turn taking. IOA was taken for at least 33% sessions for each component for each individual, with an average of 48% of sessions overall. The average reliability was 88% (range 80% - 100%).
 
113. Caregiver Acceptability of Treatment Components for Children With Developmental Delays Who Engage in Problematic Behaviors
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KERRI C. SUITER (Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Laura D. Fredrick (Georgia State University)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis is an empirically supported treatment for problem behavior; however, those treatments may not produce immediate results and may require a lot of effort from the caregiver (Smith & Antolovich, 2000). Because of this, caregivers may not be willing to implement the strategies recommended to reduce their childs problem behaviors. If a caregiver is unwilling or unable to correctly implement the procedures, treatment integrity cannot be expected to remain high (Witt, Martens, & Elliott, 1984). In the current study, three caregivers whose children were admitted to a severe behavior day-treatment clinic for the assessment and treatment of problem behavior participated. Acceptability ratings were obtained for five common treatment components: 3-step prompting, extinction, Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behaviors (DRA), Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors (DRO), and punishment. Acceptability of those components was measured four times: first day of admission, immediately after a mid-admission training, immediately after the final training, and immediately after the first follow-up appointment after discharge. A multiple probe design across time for each treatment component was utilized to assess acceptability ratings. For all three participants, acceptability ratings increased from the initial administration to the mid-admission administration for the procedures trained during mid-admission and end of admission.
 
114. Immediate and Distal Effects of Supplemental Food and Fluid Delivery on Rumination
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BRITTANY CATHERINE PUTNAM (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: Rumination is the repeated regurgitation, chewing, and re-swallowing of previously swallowed food. Several recent studies have examined the utility supplemental feeding as a treatment for rumination. Results of these studies have been mixed, and the distal effects of these treatments are unclear. In this study, we compared the immediate and distal effects of fixed-time food and fluid delivery with baseline levels of rumination. We found no immediate or distal effects for FT-30 s fluid delivery. Food delivery on an FT-30 s schedule resulted in slightly lower levels of rumination during food delivery; however, rumination increased relative to baseline upon termination of food delivery.
 
115. Behavioral Treatment of Rapid Eating
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DEBORAH LOU GROSSETT (The Center), Chikadibie Amagwula (The Center), Gretchen Arian (Charis Psychological Associates), Karen Webb (Different Directions)
Abstract: Rapid eating poses risks for choking among individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD). Behavior treatment packages were developed to help reduce the average number of bites per minute per meal for an adult male with IDD. Study A employed a multiple baseline design across behaviors using the MotivAider where fading procedures were begun. Study B continued with a transfer of stimulus control from the MotivAider to the wristwatch and tangible reinforcers were thinned. Results indicated that MotivAider treatment and tangible reinforcement were effective in reducing rapid eating rates. The client was hospitalized for a medical procedure. After returning, bites per minute increased back to baseline levels. Study C was implemented. A functional analysis was conducted. High rates of eating were observed in all conditions. Rapid eating appears to reflect the automatic reinforcement of consuming food. Treatment was implemented in an office setting and successfully generalized to the cafeteria. Client satisfaction was rated high on treatment approach with the therapist. Added benefits also included positive and increased social interactions with others and medication reduction.
 
116. An Evaluation of a Brief Preliminary Component Analysis for Evaluating Treatment
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ELIANA PIZARRO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sara Deinlein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carlos Sanchez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: There is little research focusing on the utility of brief assessments for identifying treatment components that will decrease problem behavior and maintain effects over time, despite the utility of such procedures in identifying functions of problem behavior (Daly, Martens, Dool, & Hintze, 1998) and academic deficits (Daly, Martens, Hamler, Dool, & Eckert, 1999). In the current study, a 13-year-old male diagnosed with development disabilities was admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. Results from a functional analysis showed problem behavior was maintained by escape from demands. A brief preliminary component analysis (PCA) was conducted to identify treatment components to reduce problem behavior in demand situations. Conditions compared in the PCA included noncontingent reinforcement and differential reinforcement of other behaviors for both food and toys; these conditions were selected for evaluation of their effectiveness over time. Results from a reversal design demonstrated that overall both treatments produced rates of problem behavior that were lower than baseline, even when problem behavior was reinforced with a functionally related break. Overall, the DRO-Toy condition was more effective at producing low, stable rates of problem behavior over time. Discussion will focus on the predictive validity of brief assessments for identifying treatment components prior to extended evaluations, and strategies for implementation in school settings.
 
117. The Use of Within Session Analyses of Motivating Operations to Clarify Ambiguous Functional Analyses
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEVEN W. PAYNE (Melmark)
Abstract: Functional analysis (Iwata et al. 1982/1994) is considered best practice for the assessment of the controlling variables for problem behavior (see Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013 for a recent review). However, functional analyses do not always yield clear results as to the functions of problem behavior. When the results of the functional analysis are ambiguous, additional analyses must be used in order to clarify the results of the functional analysis (e.g., Vollmer et al., 1995). In the current study, the results of the functional analysis of problem behavior for two subjects did not yield clear functions of problem behavior. Within-session analyses were conducted examining rates and percentages of problem behavior occurring during periods in which the establishing operation for the specific functional analysis condition was present (EO) or absent (AO). Results showed that within-session analyses of these motivating operations yielded data that clarified the functions of problem behavior. Additional experimental analyses confirmed these identified functions. Implications and possible limitations of these analyses are discussed.
 
118. The Right to Effective Treatment: A Retrospective look at a Controversy in the field of Behavioral Treatment of Individuals with Intellectual Disabilities.
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
DAVID DONNELLY (University of Rochester)
Abstract: In the 1960s & 1970s, the clinical application of Applied Behavior Analysis, based on the principles of learning outlined by pioneers such as Skinner, Lovaas, Foxx, Wolf, and Risley emerged as a growing voice in the treatment of the sometimes severe behaviors exhibited by individuals with intellectual disability. As this approach gained momentum, however, it was exposed to forces within and outside the field calling into question the methods used to obtain these effects. The right to effective treatment was a position that many (but not all) within the field held, arguing that the use of decelerative techniques including punishment was justified by the severity of the behaviors involved, and the absence of other empirically validated effective techniques. In 1988, a blue ribbon panel that had been formed at the request of the Association for Behavior Analysis published their findings in JABA and The Behavior Analyst. This did not quell the debate, however, which continued to appear in journals and in state legislatures for several years afterward. The question as to where one stood on this issue became a litmus test to identify where ones loyalties lie. To a large extent, the impact of this debate continues to be felt by all involved, and reflects a larger debate within the field and beyond, in the culture at large. A review of the behavioral and other literature sources within and outside the field will be presented, exploring the positions, and looking at the long-term effects of the debate itself on Applied Behavior Analysis and the field of treatment of those with intellectual and other disabilities.
 
 
 
Poster Session #100
AUT Saturday PM
Saturday, May 24, 2014
5:00 PM–7:00 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
119. The Use of Shaping to Teach a Play Skill
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE WISKOW (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), Steven Hudkins (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Teaching functional play skills is important because it provides opportunities for social interactions and communication, which are common deficits displayed by children with autism. Several studies have identified procedures that were effective to increase functional play skills; however, the target response was typically comprised of topographically similar, discrete responses (e.g., stacking Legos, completing a shape sorter). Therefore, research needs to be conducted to evaluate procedures to teach more complex play skills. Shaping is a well-established procedure used to teach new skills, but has not been directly applied to teaching a complex play skill. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate shaping as a means to teach a 13-year-old boy with autism to bowl. Each session consisted of 2 steps: setting up the pins and bowling. Following the initial acquisition of each step, successive approximations within each step were reinforced to more closely mirror functional bowling until the terminal goal was reached. Results showed that the shaping procedure was effective to teach independent bowling.
 
120. Generalization of Conversation and Play Skills in Two Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Aneta Czerwonka (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute and McMaster University), ERIN TROUBRIDGE (Behaviour Institute)
Abstract: Numerous research studies have focused on interventions to improve social skills in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder, however few studies have investigated interventions targeting generalization across different social skills. The present study investigated whether conversation skills and play skills form one response class and if so, would training in one skill generalize to spontaneous improvements in the other skill. Participants received training in three different conditions: conversation skills; play skills; and a combination of both conversation and play skills. A single-subject, reversal design was used to evaluate the effect of the training in each condition on the frequency of interactive conversation and interactive play across two children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Results indicated that play training improved interactive play, conversation training improved interactive conversation and the combination condition of both play and conversation training improved both interactive play and interactive conversation. Since generalization across the two social skills failed to occur in the independent training conditions, the implication is that conversation skills and play skills cannot be confirmed members of the same response class. These results have implications with respect to future social skills interventions for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder.
 
121. A Preliminary Investigation Comparing the Preference Values of Digital and Non-Digital Items for Children With Autism Using Standard Behavior Analytic Preference Assessment Strategies
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANA BIBAY (IME MAIA - Paris, France), Neal N. Fleisig (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.)
Abstract:

Research confirms that the effects of choice making on various parameters of behavior such as engagement, affect, and problem behavior (Cole & Levinson, 2002; Vaughn & Horner, 1997). Stimulus preference assessment methods frequently assist behavior analysts in identifying a variety of stimulus that can serve as potential reinforcers used in adaptive or education training programs (Daily III, Wells, Swanger-Gagne, Carr, Kunz and Taylor, 2009). DeLeon and Iwata (1996) indicate that a Multiple Stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment can accomplish it in an efficient manner. The study was completed to investigate the preference values of digital and non-digital items for children with Autism using standard behavioral analytic strategies. Four school-age students with Autism participated in the study. All participants participated in a day program in Paris (France) where they received at least 20 hours of one to one intensive behavioral treatment. Informed consent from the students family was obtained. In this study, procedures were similar to those reported by DeLeon and Iwata (1996). The dependent measure consisted of a stimulus selection response, which the observer recorded when a student chose an item from the horizontal array of 8 items: 2 digital tablets and 6 age appropriate toys. Moreover, the study made possible to compare the two digital items (a Nabi and an Ipad tablets). In this study, choice refers to the act of selecting an item or activity from an array of options at a particular moment in time (Romaniuk & Miltenberger, 2001). The experimenter told the student that he/she would be able to choose activities during the break. Following each selection, the experimenter removed the chosen activity and rearranged the remaining activities, which reduce the possibility that selections might be made based on the position of the item. This procedure was followed until there was only one item on the table. Ten sessions were completed on separate days within 15 days. For each student, the median rank for each activity across the ten sessions was chosen as an indication of individual preference for that activity. In summary, this study supports the research of MSWO as an efficient way of identifying potential reinforcers and indicates that the selected Nabi tablet can be a high-preferred item for children with Autism, considering aspects of design, cost benefit and durability.

 
122. Teaching Hand Raising and Appropriate Vocalizations to Children With Autism Across Various Instructions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER FELBER (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Andrea Clements (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Children with autism typically display deficits in social interactions (e.g., attending, responding at appropriate times), often making group instruction difficult for these children (Dawson & Faja, 2008). Whereas most children learn to raise their hand and wait to be called on by modeling their peers, more direct measures are often necessary for children with autism to increase the likelihood these children are successful in integrated settings (Carnahan, Musti-Roa, & Bailey, 2009). In this study, we evaluated procedures to reduce inappropriate vocalizations (e.g., calling out) and increase appropriate hand raising and waiting behavior in two children during group instruction. Specifically, they were taught to raise their hand and wait to be called on when presented with an opportunity to request a preferred item (e.g., edible) using prompts and differential reinforcement. Zero levels of independent responding (e.g., raising hand) and high levels of inappropriate vocalizations (e.g., echolalia, speaking without raising hand/being called upon) were observed for both participants during baseline. The treatment procedures were effective at increasing the target behavior and decreasing inappropriate vocalizations. The next step will consist of evaluating procedures to best generalize this skill across various types of instructions and settings.
 
123. The Effects of Narrative Behaviors for Two Adults With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WENCHU SUN (National Changhua University of Education)
Abstract: The research purpose of this study was to investigate the effects of narrative behavior for adults with autism. Two adults with autism in the pre-vocational shelter participated in this study. Both of them have limited verbal ability, however, they are lack of the ability to express what happened in their everyday life. A single-subject experimental design of multiple probes across subjects was used in this study. The independent variable introduced in this study was the 5W oral narrative teaching program, which was implemented to the subjects in order to help the subjects learn to oral narrative from his life experiences. The dependent variables of this research were percentage of oral narrative behaviors including 5W (i.e., who, when, where, doing what, and how you feel). Visual analysis was used to analyze the results of this study. Evaluation questionnaires and interviews of the teachers were used to collect the data for social validity. The results showed that the 5W teaching program in this study has great impact on the improvement of oral narrative behaviors for adults with autism. The results displayed that this 5W teaching programs enhanced, maintained and generalized the outcomes of oral narrative for adults with autism. Social validity data also favor the results. Teachers in the shelter all agreed and favored the outcome of the 5W narrative program.
 
124. Assessment of Challenging Behavior Maintained by Access to iPads for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LAURA ROJESKI (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Cindy Gevarter (The University of Texas), Nicolette Sammarco (The University of Texas at Austin), Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin), Deanna Longino (The University of Texas at Austin), Cara Davitt (The University of Texas), Michelle Lesser (The University of Texas)
Abstract: Challenging behavior is a significant problem among children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Functional analyses (FA) are often used to determine the function of such behavior in order to develop appropriate interventions. The current study implemented FAs with children with ASD of elementary school age including an additional iPad condition in order to examine the levels of challenging behavior associated with accessing the iPad. The iPad condition was run identical to the tangible condition of a FA. This meant that children were given brief access to the iPad, and then the iPad was taken away. Contingent upon challenging behavior, the iPad was returned to the child. All FA conditions were five minutes in length, and each condition was repeated five times. Data showed that the iPad condition produced the highest levels of challenging behavior, even higher than the regular tangible condition for participants. These results indicated access to iPads can cause high levels of challenging behavior for children with ASD. This finding has numerous implications for parents, educators, and practitioners. Future research is warranted in addressing challenging behavior associated with access to iPads, and interventions geared toward the appropriate use of iPads for communication and learning purposes.
 
125. Modified Exposure Protocol for the Reduction of Repetitive Behavior in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH MANSDORF (Kennedy Krieger), Elizabeth C. Pignatelli (Loyola University Maryland), Jay Saul (Just Kids Early Childhood Learning and Diagnostic and Treatment Center), Mitchell L. Schare (Hofstra University)
Abstract: There has been limited research on the treatment of repetitive behavior (i.e. compulsive, ritualistic, insistence on sameness) for individuals with autism (Bodfish, 2004; Davis, Kurtz, Gardner, & Carman, 2007; Malmberg, 2007; Turner, 1999). The current study aimed to implement an exposure protocol for the treatment of two school-interfering repetitive behaviors of six children, 3 to 5-years-old, diagnosed with autism. Participants were assessed using the Repetitive Behavior Scale-Revised and Questions about Behavioral Function. Treatment consisted of 10 minute sessions of response blocking and differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors at the participants' school. The duration participants were required to wait before gaining access to repetitive behavior systematically increased from 5 seconds to a terminal goal of 5 minutes. Visual inspections revealed increases in latency, and decreases in frequency during intervention and follow-up. SPC and paired-samples t-tests supported visual inspections, and ipsative z tests did not find statistically significant changes. Reliability data were collected for 20% of sessions (Mean agreement = 93.4%, range = 83.6% to 98.2%). Data indicated treatment gains maintained at one month follow-up. The current study provides support for the use of exposure therapy for the treatment of specific topographies of repetitive behavior in children with autism.
 
126. The Effectiveness of Graduated Exposure and Shaping in Reducing Fear and Avoidance of Using Public Restrooms
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY WORKMAN (Professional)
Abstract: Children with autism commonly experience anxiety including fears and phobic responses to certain stimuli. Exposure and response prevention (i.e., escape extinction) is an efficacious treatment for phobias (Jennett & Hagipian, 2008). However, in an effort to avoid the feared stimulus when response prevention is implemented, many children with autism may engage in a higher rate of maladaptive behavior. Therefore, it may be beneficial to utilize other strategies in lieu of response prevention to reduce phobias in children with autism. A changing criterion design was utilized in the current study to evaluate the effectiveness of graduated exposure by shaping approach responses using positive reinforcement to reduce the fear of using public restrooms in a 7-year-old boy with autism. Intervention consisted of reinforcing approach responses in the absence of avoidant behavior when systematically exposed to an 11-step hierarchy. Results indicate that a shaping procedure without the use of response prevention was effective in reducing the participant’s fear and avoidance of using public restrooms. This suggests that shaping may be viable alternative to response prevention in treating phobias in children with autism.
 
127. Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior in the Treatment of Inappropriate Loud Vocalizations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ZACHARY VARGO (Youngstown State University), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) involves the contingent use of reinforcement to decrease unwanted challenging behaviors. A program of differential reinforcement of other behavior in combination with a token economy and self-monitoring was used in the treatment of escape maintained inappropriate loud vocalizations for an adolescent with autism in a school setting. This behavioral intervention showed favorable results by reducing the frequency of loud inappropriate vocalizations and increasing the opportunity for the student to participate in academic tasks. Results of this case study present implications for the use of similar interventions in applied settings that serve individuals with special needs
 
128. Treatment of Self-Injurious Behavior Using a Schedule of Differential Punishment of High Rates of Behavior (DPH)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER MANENTE (Rutgers University), Suzanne Wichtel (Rutgers University), Fatoumata Saccoh (Rutgers University), Jenna Budge (Rutgers University), Megan Ambrosy (Rutgers University), Edina Bekesi (Rutgers University), Jennifer McCallum (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey)
Abstract: The prevalence of problem behavior among individuals with autism is heightened relative to other populations (Holden & Gitlesen, 2004; Lowe, Allen, Jones, Brophy, Moore, & James, 2007). While advances in functional analysis methodology have resulted in an increased capacity to provide effective treatment for problem behavior via the use of reinforcement-based procedures, there continues to be a need for other behavioral strategies when this is not possible or is clinically contraindicated (Lerman & Vorndran, 2002). The purpose of the current investigation was to explore the effectiveness of differential punishment of high rates of behavior (Brulle & Repp, 1987), to treat severe self-injury within a 30 year-old man with autism in an applied setting. Preliminary results suggest that DPH can be an effective means of treatment in an applied setting, both in significantly reducing the frequency of severe self-injurious behavior and in reducing the number of exposures to an aversive stimulus that are needed in order to achieve this outcome. These results have broad implications for the treatment of severe maladaptive behavior in applied settings among learners with autism across the lifespan.
 
129. Evaluating Outcomes for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorders Following One Year of Centre-Based ABA Services
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HAYLEY VININSKY (Gold Learning Centre), Nathalie Garcin (Abe Gold Learning and Research Centre), Ali Dussault (ABIL-T ABA Programme), Alexandra Rothstein Small (Miriam Foundation)
Abstract:

Early intensive behavioural intervention has been demonstrated to be effective in reducing symptoms of autism, and increasing functional skills in children with autism spectrum disorders. This study will assess the effects of one year of centre-based ABA services for 20 children between the ages of 24 months and 6 years 11 months across different measures: childrens academics, behaviour, and adaptive skills, as well as parental stress. It is hypothesized that following one year of intervention, differences will be seen across the measures.

 
130. The Effects of a Cool vs. Not Cool Social Skills Group Interventionfor IndividualsWith Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAMANTHA CERMAK (The Homestead), Elizabeth Schieber (Drake University), Callie Sharp (Florida State University), Kelsey Meyn (The Homestead), Evelyn Jo Horton (The Homestead), Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
Abstract: One of the central characteristics that individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) may display is social interaction impairments. The present study examined the social validity of the Cool vs. Not Cool program that is designed to teach individuals with autism spectrum disorder appropriate social skills. Participants included two children diagnosed with autism. Procedures included group social skills instruction focused on teaching discrimination between cool and not cool behaviors. Results revealed variable responding for proximity to peers, increase in peer engagement for one participant, and a decrease in stereotypy for one participant, however this decrease did not maintain at follow up observation. Social validity results show that the intervention did not produce clinically significant improvement for the majority of social responsiveness items tested, and the modest improvements present for some of the items were not retained at the follow-up treatment. These data suggest that other variables may impact best outcome from a social skills intervention of this type including length of treatment, ensuring similarity of skills in a social group, or working on the social skills in an intensive 1:1 format instead of a group format. Limitations include only one observation at pre-intervention, post-intervention, and follow-up. This study lends insight into a comprehensive social skills intervention, an area that has a relatively small base of research; therefore contributing to the growing research and available information on the interventions to teach social skills to individuals with ASD.
 
131. Experimental Evaluation of a Parent-Training Protocol for Augmentative and Alternative Communication in Severe Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
OLIVER WENDT (Purdue University), Ning Hsu (Purdue University), Kara Simon (Purdue University), Katelyn Warner (Purdue University), Kayla Marie Dunbar (Purdue University)
Abstract: Parent involvement may maximize the effects of an augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) intervention for children with severe autism. This research evaluated the effects of a parent-training protocol on developing functional communication skills and natural speech development. The protocol followed the instructional approach of the Picture Exchange Communication System modified for use on an iPad. A multiple-baseline design was conducted across four children between 5-7 years with a diagnosis of severe, non-verbal autism. Dependent measures were the numbers of correct requests and word approximations. Intervention phases targeted requesting for food items; generalization probes were taken for requesting different toys. The design concluded with a final maintenance phase. Materials included an iPad equipped with SPEAKall!, a sensory-friendly and free autism app. Inter-observer agreement for dependent measures and treatment implementation was established by re-scoring 40% of all sessions and yielded scores >80%. Children 1-3 mastered all five phases of the parent-implemented intervention, whereas child 4 only achieved phase 3. Acquisition rates varied across subjects. Results, with strong confidence, suggest that parents can implement AAC with sufficient fidelity. Treatment effects are most noticeable for requesting skills, but varied for speech development. Results underscore the value of joint parent-professional partnerships.
 
132. Effects of an iPad-based Picture Exchange Communication System for Young Adults With Severe Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NING HSU (Purdue University), Oliver Wendt (Purdue University), Lauren Cain (Purdue University), Alyssa Diehart (Purdue University), Kara Simon (Purdue University)
Abstract: A multiple baseline design research was conducted to investigate the effects of modified Picture Exchanged Communication System (PECS) protocol in increasing requesting skills. Three nonverbal individuals between 14-23 years with a diagnosis of severe autism were taught using iPad to request for preferred items. Results indicated increases in requesting behaviors for all three participants in intervention and maintenance phases. However, only one participant mastered all five phases of the modified PECS protocol, whereas participant 2 and 3 only mastered phase two and experienced difficulties with picture discrimination. Once participants master requesting, they are likely to generalize the skill to untrained items. Results for emerging speech differed. The intentional speech approximation of participant 1 slightly increased, but no gains were observed for participant 2 and 3. Based on the current findings, successful implementation of iPad-based PECS is achievable if implemented with high fidelity. Effects on speech development cannot necessarily be expected.
 
133. A Preliminary Investigation of Self-Management to Improve the Presentation of Clinical Cases
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MARK P. GROSKREUTZ (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center)
Abstract: Many behavior analysts present information to other professionals on individuals for whom they provide assessment and intervention-related services as part of a review process (e.g., including discussion, revision, and changes to current interventions). The current study examined the use of a textual self-management intervention on the presentation of information during clinical case review meetings. Following the intervention, all participants increased the amount and completeness of the information presented. A discussion of self-management by behavior analysts and potential impacts on training and practice is presented.
 
134. Effects of the Quantity of Comparison Stimuli in a Match-to-Sample Procedure Used to Teach Geography Conditional Relations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CRAIG H. DOMANSKI (The DATA Group), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), David M. Wilson (Georgian Court University)
Abstract: Match-to-sample procedures are widely used to teach conditional discriminations to individuals across varied skill levels. Because such conditional discriminations are often difficult for learners with autism, it may be necessary to modify teaching procedures to optimize learning. One area where more research is warranted is the impact of the number of stimuli that are presented to learners during match-to-sample procedures. However, little behavior-analytic research on this topic has been conducted. The purpose of the present study was to examine differences in accurate selections of pictures of geometric shapes (i.e., country outlines) when textual stimuli were presented as samples using either three or six comparison stimuli in an array. Both typically-developing children and children with autism participated in a multiple-probe design embedded within a multi-element design was used. Trials were conducted using a computer-based matching program. The condition comprising three comparisons stimuli resulted in more rapid skill acquisition for one of the three typically-developing participants, while there was no difference in skill acquisition for the other two typically-developing participants. One participant with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder did not acquire the skill using the experimental procedures. However, two participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder acquired the skill more rapidly in the condition comprising three comparisons.
 
135. The Role of Joint Control in Teaching Listener Responding to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAITLIN GRACE CAUSIN (Carbone Clinic), Kristin M. Albert (Carbone Clinic), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic), Emily Sweeney Kerwin (Carbone Clinic)
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of a teaching procedure derived from the analysis of joint control in increasing listener responses for three children with autism using a multiple probe design across participants. One nonvocal and two vocal children with autism were taught to select multiple pictures of items from a large array in the order in which they were requested (e.g., Give me the ball, cup, and spoon) using the joint control teaching procedure. The effect of these procedures on the emission of accurate selection responses to both trained stimuli increased following the implementation of the independent variable and untrained responses across novel stimulus sets also emerged. Implications for designing language training programs for children with autism based on an analysis of joint control are discussed.
 
136. An Assessment of Children’s Preference for Error Correction Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TRACI ELAINE RUPPERT (University of Oregon), Tiffany Kodak (University of Oregon), Tom Cariveau (University of Oregon), Patricia Zemantic (University of Oregon), Samantha Moberg (University of Oregon), Megan Ledoux (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Although prior studies have compared the efficacy of error correction procedures (e.g., McGhan & Lerman, 2013) with children with an autism spectrum disorder, there have been no studies that have evaluated participants’ preference for error correction procedures. The current investigation evaluated participant’s preference for two previously evaluated interventions within a concurrent-operants arrangement. Participants selected one of three intervention conditions: demonstration, multiple practice, or a control condition. Prior to each instructional session, the participants choose from among the treatment options by selecting one paper from an array of three colored papers associated with the intervention conditions. The results showed that both participants preferred the demonstration condition over the multiple practice and control conditions. These results highlight the need for additional researcher to evaluate preference for interventions that are effective instead of relying on a restricted set of intervention options that are assumed to be in the best interest of the consumer.
 
137. The Effects of Stimulus Presentation Mode on Rates of Acquisition of Receptive Identification by Function
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN LAMOTHE (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The rapid pace of technological advances is resulting in an increasing availability of computer-based devices and software applications that can be used in teaching programs for individuals with developmental disabilities. Much research has focused on the use of the iPad and its benefits as a communication platform for individuals with autism spectrum disorders. To date, there are few empirical studies which focus on the iPad in the context of academic skills. There is also little research to suggest that learning in an iPad based format occurs at a faster rate than when using common instructional practices (i.e., flashcards). In the current study an alternating treatment design was used to compare the effects of the two different stimulus presentation modes (iPad vs. flashcards) to teach receptive identification by function. The data indicate that the stimuli presented via the iPad were acquired more quickly than those presented via flashcards.
 
138. Crawling Pattern Movement Effects on Fine Motor Skills of Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
Kristian L. Stewart (Missouri State University), Tona M. Hetzler (Missouri State University), DAVID WAYNE MITCHELL (Missouri State University), Carrie Melia (Missouri State University)
Abstract: Individuals who have been diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) have been shown to display poor fine motor skills. This study assessed the effects of a crawling intervention (CI) on the fine motor skills of individuals with an ASD. Crawling is a type of quadrupedal gait that emphasizes cross lateralization, which allows for the stimulation of the mechanoreceptors within the hands and feet. This process causes reflexive core stabilization, facilitation between the shoulders and the pelvis in order to work together simultaneously, and has been shown to improve hand-eye coordination. Employing a multiple baseline (lag-group) design, 50 ASD individuals (age range 7 to 20 years; Mean IQ = 69; SD = 17) were assigned to a one-week or a two-week CI. Each individual was assessed 4 times (baseline, at week 1, week 2 and week 3) via three fine motor skill tasks from the Bruininks-Oseretsky Test (BOT 2). Overall, both the one and two-week CI had a positive effect (increased BOT2 scores) for two of the three BOT2 tasks; with the two-week CI having a larger effect. There were large individual differences; CI was more effective for younger ASD individuals and for those with higher IQs.
 
139. Effects of Video Modeling and Reinforcement on Asking About and Declining Foods With Allergens
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAREN NAULT (Beacon ABA Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: The prevalence of food allergies has increased in recent years and can pose a health risk for young students, especially those with disabilities. The present study investigated the use of video modeling, prompting, and reinforcement for teaching two students with PDD-NOS to ask about and then decline to eat foods that are identified as containing known allergens (nut products). During instructional sessions, researchers presented a video model of the target performances (ask does this have nuts, then accept or decline the food item based on the response). Data were collected during sessions where the food items were present (allergens were simulated) in the participants immediate environment and recorded whether the participants asked if the food contained nuts and whether the participants would touch or eat snack items when informed that they contain nuts. A multiple baseline design was used to assess the efficacy of the training package across subjects and food items. The results indicate that both participants acquired the question asking, not touching and not eating responses. Results are discussed in terms of generalization of food safety skills to novel environments where food is freely available.
 
140. Increasing Compliance With Assisted and Independent Walking by Using Naturalistic Reinforcers in an Aanalog Versus Non-Analog Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMBER GODSEY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Caitlin Fulton (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Amanda Zangrillo (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  )
Abstract: For some individuals development of independent walking does not occur naturally and may warrant additional intervention (Roane & Kelley, 2008). In this study, a changing criterion and multiple probe design was utilized to evaluate the effects of a differential reinforcement of alternative behaviors (DRA) procedure for increasing compliance with independent walking for a 3-year-old female with developmental disabilities. Highly preferred tangible items were identified for use as reinforcers using a multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment (MSWO; DeLeon & Iwata, 1996) for compliance for both assisted and independent steps. The walking trials took place in a classroom setting for the first portion of the analysis. However, once the number of steps required for reinforcement increased, the number of independent and assisted steps decreased. Thus, a separate condition was initiated where sessions were conducted in the natural setting (e.g., hallways of the unit) in order to capture naturally occurring shifts in motivation and access to preferred people and items that were not available in the analog setting. Results indicated that when the participant was in a non-analog setting and natural reinforcers were used the childs compliance and the number of independent steps increased. Keywords: independent walking, non-analog settings, motivating operations
 
141. Use of Mobile Devices During Instructional Programming for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Review of the Literature
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FRAN VITALE (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract: The use of mobile devices (e.g., iPod, iPad, tablet PCs) as part of instructional programming for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) is relatively new and growing in popularity. Although popular, several questions about the efficacy of including these devices in treatment programs for individuals with ASD should be addressed. Research is needed that clarifies devices used, the process for selecting devices, the applications (apps) used, the effectiveness of those apps, the consumers who use the devices, and the training required in using the devices. This poster reviews the autism intervention literature that has used mobile communication devices and related apps with individuals with ASD. In general, results of the review suggest that many individuals with ASD experience positive outcomes when mobile communication devices are used to teach communication, social interaction, academic, and adaptive skills. In addition, a wide variety of devices, apps, and intervention procedures have been used by teachers and therapists in the extant literature. We discuss the outcomes of the review within the context of implications for educators, therapists, and others providing services to individuals with ASD.
 
142. Acquisition of Analogues of Complex Verbal Behavior in Typically Developing Adults and Adults With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MARIE LAURE JOËLLE NUCHADEE (French ABA), Vinca Riviere (University of Lille III)
Abstract: In 2008, Chase, Ellenwood and Madden used extensive instructions along with Matching to Sample and sequence procedures to establish behavior analogous to complex verbal behavior. However, Chase et al., did not investigate how people with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) responded to the procedures they used. It seemed important to conduct the study with people from this population since language disorders are frequent in ASD and the transfer of stimulus control has been shown to be problematic in the absence of direct training in this population. Some studies have also shown the facilitative effects of instructions, but others have shown that they interfere with learning. Therefore, we set to investigate the impact of minimal instructions in a study that replicated Chase et al. within a typically developing (TD) population and the autistic population. The results obtained show that all participants succeeded in responding correctly to the stimuli according to their membership to their class. Furthermore, the participants with ASD took significantly less time to learn the target behaviors than the TD participants. Our results thus indicate that a procedure based on the virtual absence of verbal instructions, discrimination of visual stimuli and reinforcement contingencies favored individuals with ASD.
 
143. Establishing Stimulus Control of Motor Stereotypy in a Home Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA P. LAPRIME (ABACS, LLC.), Jill L. Mengel (ABACS, LLC)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to evaluate the use of a treatment package comprised of discrimination training and differential reinforcement with response cost to establish stimulus control of motor stereotypy for one preschooler diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder during and outside of treatment sessions. Stimulus control was established during treatment sessions by pairing an orange bracelet with a differential reinforcement and response cost contingency and a green bracelet with no programmed consequence for motor stereotypy. The study took place in the home of the participant and was implemented by the behavior therapist working with the participant. This study replicates and extends previous research on treating motor stereotypy and establishing stimulus control of interfering behavior in children with autism. A brief functional analysis was employed to confirm the hypothesized variables maintaining motor stereotypy. A multiple treatments design with an embedded changing-criterion was employed to evaluate experimental control of the treatment package. The results of this study demonstrated that motor stereotypy was most likely maintained by automatic reinforcement, and that the implementation of the treatment package resulted in decreased levels of motor stereotypy across changing criterions and increased session time. Data outside of treatment sessions also remained constant .
 
144. Combined Effects of Response Interruption and RIRD and Noncontingent Auditory Stimulation on Vocal Stereotypy in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAGALI DA COSTA-MERENDA (Agir et Vivre l'Autisme), Cherice R. Cardwell (Association Francaise Les Professionnels de l'Anal)
Abstract: We evaluated the effects of response interruption and redirection and non-contingent auditory stimulation on engagement in vocal stereotypy in a 6yr old boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The RIRD was implemented in the institute and at home. Data were collected in the two locations by using a partial interval recording during 30 minutes with intervals of 30 sec., two times a day at the I.M.E. and once per day at home. The treatment consisted of asking the child to imitate physical movements until 3 consecutive responses were achieved in the absence of vocal stereotypy. In conjunction with the RIRD, a non-contingent auditory stimulus was presented to the student during 15 minutes intervals, 3 times a day. RIRD produced an immediate decrease in vocal stereotypy whereas NCR showed no significant differences. In addition, the effects of each intervention were evaluated separately with a reversal design. The percentage of partial intervals of stereotypy, during baseline 2 and 3, were significantly lower than the baseline 1 level, indicating that RIRD was effective over time. Furthermore, differences were observed in the percentage of stereotypy in the “RIRD alone” condition however, no differences were observed during “NCR alone” condition. It is important to underline that a Ritaline treatment taken for attention issues 8 months after the beginning of the protocol also had an effect in reducing frequency of stereotypy.
 
145. Further Analysis of Sensory Extinction: Treatment of Automatically Maintained Disruptive Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Nicole Marchetto (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), REBECCA KATE DOGAN (Self-employed), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Automatic reinforcement refers to conditions in which behavior is maintained by operant mechanisms independent of the social environment. Behaviors sensitive to automatic reinforcement are among the most difficult to treat (Vollmer, 1994). The primary challenge is to occasion the discovery of unknown functional relations when our current hypotheses and assessments prove inadequate (Patel, Carr, Kim, Robles, & Eastridge, 2000). Developing effective, function-based treatments may require an extended series of assessments beyond standard functional analyses to determine the specific sensory stimuli that maintain the target behavior. Past research has employed antecedent assessments (Patel et al.), competing stimuli assessments (Goh, Iwata, & Kahng, 1995), and sensory extinction procedures (Rincover, 1978); however, few studies go beyond the traditional analogue analyses. The current study demonstrates a hypothesis-driven approach to the use of modified functional analyses incorporating sensory extinction manipulations, preference assessments, competing stimulus assessments, and an investigation of matched stimuli (Favell, McGimsey, & Schell, 1982; Piazza, Adelinis, Hanley, Goh, & Delia, 2000) to assess the disruptive behavior of one 7-year-old boy diagnosed with Autism. Findings are discussed in terms of treatment implications and a subsequent function-based treatment is evaluated.
 
146. Reinforcing Compliance in an Adult With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
REBECCA HOLDEN (Bancroft/ Rowan University), Allison Parker (Professional)
Abstract:

For adults with developmental disabilities, acquisition of vocational skills is one of the most important factors in successful transition into the community (Gerhardt & Lainer, 2010). Compliance is an important component to learning and participating in vocational tasks. Differential reinforcement has been supported as an effective treatment in the pediatric population for increasing adaptive behaviors, but research has not been extended to the adult population (Fischetti et al., 2012). The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of differential reinforcement to increase compliance. The participant is a 26 year old male diagnosed with Autism in a transitional campus for adults with severe problem behavior. He currently has limited communication, minimal community access, lack of safety awareness, and is not attending vocational program. These challenges have lead to serious injury and a highly restrictive environment. Based upon the serious nature of current challenges and a history of unsuccessful interventions, a treatment to increase compliance was initiated. Sessions consisted of presentation of highly preferred edibles on an FR1 schedule contingent upon compliance. An ABAB design was used measuring percentage of compliance, and interobserver agreement was taken during 84% of sessions. Data demonstrates that treatment successfully increased the percentage of compliance.

 
147. An Analysis of Verbal Instruction Components and Corresponding Compliance in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
WHITNEY MCROBBIE (State University of New York Plattsburgh  ), Andrea Martino (  State University of New York Plattsburgh/Research Foundation of SUNY), Alexander Fleming (State University of New York Plattsburgh  ), Kelsey Hanrahan (State University of New York Plattsburgh  ), Ashley Kucharski (State University of New York Plattsburgh  ), Alexandra Rodriguez (State University of New York Plattsburgh  ), Zachary Varin (State University of New York Plattsburgh), Patricia Egan (State University of New York Plattsburgh  )
Abstract: Noncompliance in children with autism is a common problem, particularly when instructions are not clear enough (Bryce & Jahromi, 2012). Behavior problems such as noncompliance lead to issues such as exclusion from community settings (Roberts, Mazzucchelli, Taylor, & Reid, 2003). We selected 4 children with autism and histories of noncompliance to participate. Three boys, ages 9, 9, and 10 and one 12-year-old girl participated in the study along with their one-to-one instructors. Instructors were 4 females, ages 20 through 28. Two of the instructors were School Psychology graduate students, one instructor was an undergraduate majoring in psychology and education, and one instructor was a practicing school psychologist. The study was conducted in the context of a group social skills program for children with autism. Trainees had previous experience in prompting and reinforcement strategies, but no specific training in antecedent control procedures. Using a checklist to assess the presence of ten antecedent variables, we observed instruction-giving responses for each trainee over the course of 12 weeks to determine which of the variables were present. The results showed that when instructions included most of the antecedent variables, child compliance was high; and when instructions included fewer of those variables, child compliance was lower. For one participant, Andy, an intervention was provided that immediately improved his compliance. The intervention involved giving his instructor a copy of the checklist and providing checklist performance data and specific verbal feedback at the end of every session. Interobserver agreement was conducted with each child/instructor pair for an average of 29% of observations (range 23-34%). Interobserver agreement percentages ranged from 63% to 100% with the following averages per child/instructor pair: Bill 90%, Andy 81%, Amanda 72%, and Larry 89%. These assessment and initial intervention data (with Andy) show promise for a very simple and effective staff training procedure. Future research should examine each antecedent variable with the goal of eliminating non-essential variables for a simpler training tool.
 
148. Self-Management of Disruptive Behavior by Three Students With Autism Using Covert Electronic Prompting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Bobby Newman (Room to Grow), ASHLEY KROKOWSKI (Association for Metroarea Autistic Children), Allison Epstein (Association for Metroarea Autistic Children)
Abstract: Three students diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders engaged in behavior that was disruptive and distracting to other students in the classroom. The students were taught to self-manage their disruptive behavior, using a D.R.O. system and a covert electronic prompting system (a Motivaider). A multiple baseline across subjects design was used and demonstrated marked decreases in disruptive behavior across subjects.
 
149. The Effects of Using Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SAMANTHA M. SOLOW (Manhattan Childrens Center), Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center), Marisa Savard (Manhattan Childrens Center), Karlee D. Miller (Manhattan Childrens Center), Nicole Herz (Manhattan Childrens Center), Melissa Liu (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: While stereotypic behavior may be observed in typically-developing children, it has been observed to occur at much higher rates in children diagnosed with autism and is one of the diagnostic criteria for the disorder. Stereotypy can interfere with a childs ability to attend to external stimuli and impede progress in many or all aspects of their daily life. Previous research has shown effectiveness with an intervention in which the stereotypic response is interrupted and redirected. The present study examined the effects of using this procedure with several students who were observed to emit high rates of stereotypic behaviors. A delayed multiple baseline design across participants was used. Participants included four males between the ages of five and 10 who had been diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and were observed to emit vocal stereotypy. Data indicated the intervention resulted in a decrease in the target behavior of stereotypy for all four students.
 
150. The Effects of a Written Expression Strategy, POW+TREE on Escape-Motivated Behaviors on Three Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN WILSON (Missouri State University), Jordan Politte (Missouri State University), Alexandra Beckman (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

Teaching students with autism the necessary academic strategies that increase on-task behaviors, skill acquisitions, and completion of tasks are essential in assisting students to successfully participate in their least restrictive environments. (Harris, Graham, Mason, & Saddler 2002; Mason, Harris, & Graham 2011; Glaser & Brunstein 2007). A functional based assessment (FBA) was conducted on three students with autism who engaged in escape-motivated behavior during written expression activities. A written expression strategy, POW+TREE was employed to teach to the function of escape. POW+TREE, teaches the students to organize their writing thoughts by following the mnemonic of: Pick my ideas, Organize my notes, Write and say more, then the acronym of TREE was taught: Topic Sentence, Multiple Reasons, Explaining and Ending the writing piece (Harris, Graham & Mason, 2002). A self-monitoring strategy was also employed to assist with attention to task and asking for assistance when needed during the written expression assignments. An ABAB withdrawal design was employed with all three students. Participant One increased his on-task behavior from 41% to 82%; Participant Two increased his on-task behavior from 20% to 90%; and Participant Three increased his on-task behavior from 44% to 89%.

 
151. Internet Restriction During Functional Communication Training for the Reduction of Aggressive and Disruptive Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WENDY KINKEL (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sean Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Tablet computers continue to grow in popularity and are increasingly becoming a highly preferred activity in clinical and home settings. Unfortunately, unforeseen technology glitches can evoke problem behavior for some individuals. In the current study, a functional communication training procedure that manipulated internet usage via a remote access program was implemented in order to reduce the aggressive and disruptive behavior of a 19 year old male diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder and intermittent explosive disorder. Two conditions were established to replicate typical internet disruptions. In the first condition, the therapist was able to quickly reestablish the internet connection, while reestablishing the internet connection was delayed in the second condition. In either condition, the participant was provided access to the tablet and a sign was used to indicate whether function communication responses (FCR) would be reinforced. Aggressive and disruptive behavior were reduced by 99% and the participant consistently emitted the FCR to request help when the internet stopped working.
 
152. No More Nose-picking: Teaching a Young Child to Self-manage
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SEAN SAUNDERS (University of Nevada, Reno), Jennifer A. Bonow (Independent Consultant), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Many children engage in some form of nose picking at one point or another, and while most children’s nose-picking habits are not severe, this behavior can be problematic in that it is unhygienic, can cause tissue damage, and is generally socially unacceptable. Unfortunately, nose-picking behavior can also prove difficult to eliminate or modify due to the non-socially mediated nature of reinforcement available for it. Self-management techniques, including self-monitoring and self-reinforcement, have proven effective in modifying a variety of behaviors in children, including behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement. This study investigated the effects of a self-management package, including self-monitoring and self-reinforcement components, on the automatically maintained nose-picking behavior of a five-year old child diagnosed with autism. The child acquired the self-management behaviors and the intervention was effective at reducing the rate of nose-picking from an average of 7 per hour during baseline to less than 1 per hour in the final phase of the intervention. These data suggest that not only did this child learn to manage his own behavior, but that allowing children to have an active role in changing their behavior can be effective means of reducing undesirable behaviors such as nose-picking.
 
153. Effect of Visual Feedback for Oral Expression on a Student With Autistic Spectrum Disorders (ASD)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HIROSHI SUGASAWARA (Tokiwa University), Hiromi Morita (Tokiwa University), Rie Simoyamada (Tokiwa University), Tuguo Koujiro (Tokiwa University)
Abstract: Students with autistic spectrum disorders (ASD) often showed some difficulties about the oral expression. We can speak a meaningful expression, because our speech behaviors are modified by the feedback from the listener. However, students with ASD often had a problem for storage of spoken sentences. Therefore their oral expression might not be modified by the feedback from the listener. Experimenters thought that their speech could be modified by the feedback, when their oral expression visualized such as printed sentences. In this study, 6th grade student with ASD participated, who had difficulties to explain his experience, thinking, and emotion. Experimenters developed the feedback sheet that consisted of three prompts. Three prompts were "at first", "about the theme", and "conclusion". The student was required to tact about the theme as many as he could. In training phase, we introduced the feedback sheet as prompt. Then the student spoke the sentences about theme he chose. Experimenters wrote his spoken sentences with word processer, and shown it to him. Finally, the student spoke to the explanation with the sheet. Two observers scored his final explanation by the essay rating scale (Kobayashi & Rinnert, 1992). This rating consisted of holistic judgments on a 5-point scale. In previous research, 6th grade students showed 3-4 points on average in this scale (Takahashi, 2010). As results, a student showed 1.58 point on average in baseline phase. After intervention phase, a student showed 3.99 in probe phase. Moreover, the student maintained over 3 (change a listener 3.05; change themes; 4.41 and 3.12) in all generalization tests.
 
154. Using Normative Data From Typically Developing Children on the ABLLS-R to Guide Program Development for Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Autumn Bailey (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: Practitioners who work with children with autism (ASD) are often asked to compare the developmental levels of a child to those of typically developing children. The present research quantifies the nature of skill acquisition by typically developing children across 25 repertoires of the ABLLS-R. Data were collected by parents and professionals who have been trained in the administration of the ABLLS-R. Data are submitted at three-month intervals to track the specific changes in skills over the course of the children’s development. Preliminary data for this research project are presented for 53 children (30 females & 23 males) ranging in age from 6 months to 72 months. Data are averaged for children between those ages at 3-month intervals. The data demonstrate that the ABLLS-R is able to quantify significant and consistent changes in the development of the skills as children’s chronological age increases and demonstrate that typically developing children acquire most of the basic language and learning skills measured by the ABLLS-R by the time they are 3 to 4 years of age. These data can be used to identify specific delays in skills for children with autism at each age interval and identify developmentally appropriate treatment recommendations for those children.
 
155. Development of a Computerized Face Perception Training Program for Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Pilot Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University), EUIHYUN KWAK (Yonsei University), Sang Chul Chong (Yonsei University), Jae-Won Yang (Yonsei University), Oakyoon Cha (Yonsei University)
Abstract: There is substantial evidence that persons with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are impaired in face recognition including abnormal attention to mouth and visual integration. This is a pilot study to develop a computerized face perception training program that modifies the attentional bias and improves the visual integration in face perception among individuals with ASD. In Study 1, two tasks, Attention & Integration tasks, were developed based on literature and administered to 2 individuals with ASD. For Attention task, participants were asked to recall the thumbnail presented on designated points in the background face. For Integration task, they were asked to judge overall emotion among facial crowds consisted of 3-9 faces expressing mixed emotions. For both tasks, ASD participants showed comparable performance to TD. The study 2 was conducted to adjust the level of difficulties in terms of stimulus presentation, presentation time & ratio and behavioral response. Significant individual differences were found among TD, indicating appropriate adjustment of task difficulty, though further tests using ASD is necessary. Further efforts will be followed to develop a couple more tasks to complete the training program via careful pretests in terms of range, interest, difficulty and practicality. Implications and limitations are discussed.
 
156. The Effects of Continuous and Discontinuous Data Collection on Clinical Decision Making
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COLLEEN DEMELLO (Beacon Services of CT), Emily W. Harris (BEACON Services of Connecticut), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: There has been much debate regarding continuous and discontinuous data collection within providers of ABA based EIBI services to children diagnosed with autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Some researchers have suggested that only continuous data collection allows for the level of analysis required of ABA based interventions. Still others have argued that periodic assessment allows for more instruction and thus speeds progress while still allowing for adequate assessment of instructional outcomes. The current study sought to determine if the method of data collection being used would result in clinical decisions to change or modify programs being delayed or sped up (resulting in faster or slower progress toward learning objectives). Previously collected continuous data collection data were reviewed to evaluate the number of trials required to achieve targeted mastery criteria. These same data sets were then reviewed using the same mastery criteria, but with data that were culled from the continuous sample using a first five or last five trial sample. Results are presented in terms of how many trials were required to meet the mastery criteria under these data collection conditions. Results indicate that discontinuous data collection methods would have resulted in meeting Mastery criterion significantly earlier than continuous data collection.
 
157. The Effects of a Video-Modeling Package on the Correct Implementation of Discrete-Trial Teaching Components by Direct-Care Staff
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CYNTHIA E. PICHARDO (QSAC, Inc., Quality Services for the Autism Community  ), Shauna Gehshan (QSAC, Inc., Quality Services for the Autism Community), Ronald Lee (QSAC, Inc., Quality Services for the Autism Community)
Abstract: Behavioral-skills training (BST) approaches have been demonstrated to be highly-effective for increasing a variety of skills among direct-care staff personnel but can be resource intensive. As a result, alternative and supplemental methods to BST are needed. One possibility consists of the application of video-modeling technology to staff training. Recent studies have shown that video-modeling can be effective alone or as a component of staff-training procedures. The purpose of the present study was to replicate previous findings on the effects of video-modeling on the accurate implementation of discrete-trial teaching (DTT) components by direct-care staff members while instructing learners with autism. A multiple-probe-across staff members experimental-design was used. During baseline, four staff members received brief, generic instruction to conduct a discrete-trial teaching program with their student. No corrective feedback was provided. During intervention, each participant viewed a video clip of a DTT session performed errorlessly by a model prior to each probe session. Video-modeling alone resulted in a moderate increase in the accurate performance of DTT components by the participants. Additional features, such as captions and voice-over narration, were added to the video to increase it's effectiveness in improving the participant's performance of DTT components.
 
158. Validity and Reliability of the Korean version Autism Spectrum Disorder-Problem Behavior for Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MINJOO LEE (Yonsei University), Hyunji Choi (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder-Problem behavior for Children (ASD-PBC) is an instrument to measure behavior problems in children with ASD. It was developed as a part of ASD battery of measures that assesses ASD symptoms, comorbid psychopathology, and problem behaviors among children with ASD (Matson, Gonzalez, & Rivet, 2008). The purpose of this study was to examine the factor structure and establish psychometric properties including reliability and validity of the Korean version of ASD-PBC. Participants were 319 mothers of children with ASD. Among children with ASD, 77.7% (n=248) were male and 22.3% (n=71) were female, and the mean age was 8.28 years (SD=3.85 years, range from 2 to 16). As a control group, 159 mothers of typically developing children participated in this study. Among TD children, 56% (n=89) were male and 44% (n=70) were female, and the mean age was 5.94 (SD=3.72, range from 2 to 16). The result of CFA indicates that Korean version of ASD-PBC fits reasonably in the 2-factor model, which includes external and internal problem behaviors. Also, internal consistencies of total items, external and internal problem behaviors were acceptable. However, test-retest reliability was relatively low. To examine discriminant validity, independent t-test of ASD and TD groups’ scores was conducted and significant differences were found. The Results showed good psychometrics properties of Korean version of ASD-PBC. J. L. Matson, M.L. Gonzalez, T.T. Rivet (2008). Reliability of the Autism Spectrum Disorder-Behavior Problems for Children (ASD-BPC). Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 2, 696–706.
 
159. Peer-Mediated Interventions for Secondary Students With Autism: Evaluation and Predictability
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA A. SHALEV (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center  ), Gregory L. Lyons (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Erik Carter (Vanderbilt University), Daniel Bolt (University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Abstract: Behavior analysts have an interest in the use of peer-mediated interventions (PMIs) to improve the inclusive education of students with severe disabilities. However, few investigations have examined the efficacy of PMIs on high school students with severe disabilities, and no studies have examined outcomes for students with autism. We used a randomized trial to compare the effectiveness of two types of PMIs (peer support and peer network) to treatment as usual (TAU; the paraprofessional model). Outcome variables were social and academic behaviors of high school students with autism (N = 56). Observational data were collected in general education classrooms and included peer interactions and academic engagement across three time points at baseline and postintervention. We used a two-level hierarchical linear model (HLM) to analyze the data. Results indicate that peer supports predicted higher rates of task responses (p = .007) and social initiations (p = .021) and peer networks predicted increases in no engagement (p = .048) and decreases in engagement in inconsistent activities (p = .049).
 
160. The Comparison of PECS With and Without Video Modeling to Increase Independent Communicative Intiations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Serhat Yildirim (Assistant Professor), HATİCE DENİZ DEĞİRMENCİ (Anadolu University), Alper Kapan (Anadolu University), Iclal Adalioglu (Anadolu University)
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of picture exchange communication system (PECS) procedures with and without video modeling procedure in increasing independent communicative initiations in preschoolers with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Three male children with ASD participated in the study. IPad based video modeling was utilized in the study. An alternating treatments design was used to compare these procedures in the study. The study consisted of baseline, training, post training probe and maintenance probe sessions. Also, generalization of the acquired initiation level was tested across procedures. In each session, two trainers took place; as a communicative partner and a physical prompter. In order to collect these generalization data, mothers of participants attended as the communicative partner or physical prompter once in every three sessions. Social validity of the study was conducted by asking the opinions of the teachers. According to the data, it can be concluded that all participants learned to use the first phase of PECS and increased the number of independent communicative initiations; however, the participants rate of learning was quicker when using video modeling. The efficiency data will be analyzed and conclusions will be discussed in poster presentation.
 
161. Effectiveness of Home-Based Responsive Teaching Intervention (RT) on the Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Their Mothers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
OZLEM TOPER KORKMAZ (Turkey), Ibrahim Hali Diken (
Anadolu University
)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was evaluating the effectiveness of home-based responsive teaching (RT) intervention on the preschool aged children's with autism spectrum disorders and their mothers' interactional behaviors. RT is a relationship-focused intervention (RFI) and it focuses on encouraging parents to engage in responsive interactions with their children in to the routines and activities of daily life. The participants of the study were seven mother-child with ASD dyads and sessions were conducted once a week for every dyads in the their home in to a one-to-one format. Sessions took nearly 10-12 weeks and every week interventionist presented approximatively two or three RT stateiges to the participants. The study was designed pre-experimental method because there was no control group only an experimental group. Quantitive datas were collected with a pre-test and post test format. And also this study was a mixed method because qualitative datas were collected from the mothers about the thoughts of home-based RT intervention and strategies. Therewithal the interventionist took field notes during the implementation. Results of this study was demostrated that the home based RT was effective on the children's with ASD and their mothers' interactional behaviors and also mothers' opinions of about the RT strategies and home-based RT intervention were postitive.
 
162. Reach Preschool Autism Program Assessment: Evaluation of Student Outcomes
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JUDITH SYLVA (California State University, San Bernardino), Gabriela Toledo (Riverside County Office of Education)
Abstract: The purpose of the Riverside County Office of Education (RCOE) Reach Preschool Autism Program Assessment is to identify (1) the types of outcomes participants in the program experienced and (2) implications for how the implementation and choice of programming components may be improved to enhance desirable outcomes. To address the first purpose of the program assessment, a total of 252 unique students were identified who participated in the Reach Preschool Autism Program in Riverside County, California between 2008 and 2012. Each of these students was eligible for special education supports and services under the category of Autism and was between the ages of 3 and 6 years. Students represented diverse backgrounds with regard to ethnicity, home language, and socio-economic status. Student placement was categorized upon exiting the program to determine placement outcomes. Two measures of student learning and behavioral outcomes were the Desired Results Developmental Profile-access (DRDP-access) which is a statewide assessment administered two times per year and the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills, Revised (ABLLS-R, Partington, 2006; 2008; 2010) which is also a repeated measure updated at least 2 times per year. Student learning and behavioral outcomes assessed by these measures include, (a) social skills to enhance participation, (b) verbal and non-verbal communication skills, (c) increased engagement and motivation in task demands and learning environments, and (d) skills that underlie success in general education classrooms. Comparisons were made among standard scores for each of 10 indicators on the DRDP-access and the number of items in each Basic Skills category on the ABLLS-R in which the student performance demonstrated the mastery criterion to illustrate the range of growth over time for each measure. ABLLS-R data were available for about 20% of the students who participated in the program between 2008 and 2012. Results indicate that all participants demonstrated growth in the key outcome areas identified on both of the learning and behavioral outcome measures. Each category of outcomes experienced by participants will be discussed in light of the program components of the Reach Preschool Autism Program as well as implications for determining programming and professional development priorities to support socially valid outcomes.
 
163. Increasing Prompted and Unprompted Vocalizations in Adolescents With Autism Using a Progressive Reading Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE DICOLA (Youngstown State University), Stephen Ray Flora (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: Some children with autism may speak so infrequently and softly that their verbal behaviors are essentially nonfunctional putting them at a disadvantage. Therefore methods to increase vocalizations are needed. A progressive reading procedure was used to increase prompted and unprompted vocalization in two teenage girls with autism. In the progressive reading procedure the instructor began by reading an entire page of a book. The student was required to read only the final word of the page (i.e. Ill read the page, and you read the last word,). Once 78% of the vocalizations were spontaneous, the criterion was increased (final sentence, final paragraph of each page, alternating paragraphs, alternating pages). If the student didnt read the word/sentence independently, prompts were provided in a least to most hierarchy. Reinforcement was provided on a FR1 schedule when the criterion was reading the last word. Once the criterion was increased to the last sentence, an intermittent schedule of reinforcement (VR3) was used. Books were varied to prevent satiation. Both prompted and unprompted vocalizations increased dramatically.
 
164. The Effects of First- and Second-Order Conditioning Procedures to Establish Coins as Reinforcers for Learners with Autism.
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KARRIE LINDEMAN (QSAC), Shauna Gehshan (QSAC), Ronald Lee (QSAC)
Abstract: Despite the popularity of token reinforcement procedures, there have been few studies that have operationalized the procedures by which a neutral stimulus (i.e., the token) comes to function as a reinforcer (e.g., Ardoin et al., 2004). In the present study, a multiple-baseline-across-participants design was used to evaluate the effects a first-order pairing procedure to establish a penny as a conditioned reinforcer with two participants with autism. In the next phase of the study, the effects of a second-order pairing procedure on establishing a nickel and a dime as conditioned reinforcers were investigated. Data were collected on the percentage of trials that each coin was selected during paired stimulus preference assessments (Fisher et al., 1992). Additionally, the reinforcing properties of each coin were evaluated using a progressive-ratio-schedule procedure (Roane et al., 2008). The results showed that first-order pairing was effective at establishing reinforcing properties to the penny. Furthermore, the second-order pairing procedure used in this study was effective at establishing differential preference and reinforcing properties for the nickel and dime. The results are discussed in terms the clinical utility of first- and second-order conditioning procedures for conditioning differential reinforcer values.
 
165. Further Evaluation of Blocked-Trials to Teach Intraverbal Conditional Discriminations: Effects of Criterion-Level Probes
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER HAGGAR (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have deficient intraverbal repertoires. Previous research has found success in using a blocked trials procedure to facilitate discrimination training (e.g., Saunders and Spradlin, 1990). A previous study (unpublished) from our laboratory extended this procedure to intraverbal training. The current study continued this line of research by exploring the outcomes of probing the criterion performance more frequently. Three children with autism, ages 7-13, participated. Eight question pairs were taught. One question was presented repeatedly until a specified number of consecutive correct responses occurred, then the other question from the pair was presented. Contingent on specific mastery criteria, the trial blocks were faded into smaller blocks until the questions were presented in quasi-random order. Between each step, a criterion probe was conducted to determine if further steps were necessary. The procedure has been successful for two of the three participants (data collection with the third participant continues). Criterion probe performance showed that not all teaching steps were needed every time. The procedure may have facilitated acquisition over time, because the number of trials to mastery generally decreased over successive targets. Overall interobserver agreement was 99% and treatment integrity 98-99%.
 
166. Establishing Approval and Disapproval as Learned Reinforcers and Aversive Conditions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY KOHLER (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Approval does not function as a powerful reinforcer for many children with autism, making it difficult to reinforce appropriate behavior in a functional and consistent manner. Additionally, disapproval does not punish the behavior of many children with autism, probably the reason maladaptive behavior is so prevalent with these children. By establishing approval statements as discriminative stimuli, we expect them to also become learned reinforcers. We will also establish disapproval statements as s-deltas, expecting them to become learned aversive stimuli. If the approval statements become effective learned reinforcers, we will work to establish other approval statements and gestures as learned reinforcers. We will also use these statements functionally throughout the child’s day to train and maintain appropriate behaviors and decrease inappropriate behaviors.
 
167. Continuous Task Presentation Eliminates Noncompliant Behavior in Young Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), SARA L. STRATZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Lauren Jones (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Noncompliance and other related escape-maintained behaviors are commonly observed in young children with autism, and can interfere with the acquisition of new skills at home, in the community, and at school. Traditional approaches to the reduction of noncompliant behaviors, such as the use of high-probability response sequences, escape extinction, and differential reinforcement procedures, were not effective for three young children diagnosed with autism who engaged in noncompliance at high frequencies and/or for significant durations of time during treatment sessions. As such, a procedure, continuous task presentation (CTP), was developed in which the instruction that evoked noncompliant behaviors was repeated continuously in the absence of physical prompting until the child complied with the initial response independently. Across all participants diagnosed with autism, the CTP procedure decreased both the frequency and duration of non-compliance episodes to very low or zero levels. Several months of follow up data show that the CTP procedure maintained very low- to zero- levels of non-compliance in all participants. The details of the CTP procedure, participant data, and implications for future research will be provided.
 
168. Evaluating the Effectiveness of DRO, DRA, and the Combination of Both Procedures to Decrease Aggression in Students With ASD
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALEX ZAVLUNOVA (Institute for Basic Research), J. Helen Yoo (Institute for Basic Research), Jenny E. Tuzikow (Institute for Basic Research), Niall James Toner (Institute for Basic Research), Nicole Pearson (Institute for Basic Research), Maya Madzharova (Institute for Basic Research)
Abstract:

Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) are commonly used procedures for reducing aggressive behaviors in individuals with autism (Repp & Deitz, 1974;Borrero, J.C., Vollmer, T.R., & Wright, C.S., 2002). Although both procedures have been shown to be effective when used separately, there is a paucity of research that examined their effectiveness in combination. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of DRO and DRA separately and in combination in reducing aggression in students with autism. Aggression during pre and post treatment was examined in eight students. Percent change in aggression suggests that the DRO alone was most effective in reducing aggression. The results also show that there was little difference in percent change of aggression between DRA alone and the combination of DRA and DRO as treatment. Based on the results of the present study, consideration for future research is also discussed.

 
 
 
Business Meeting #101
Autism Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W183b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Presenting Authors:

A business meeting will be held to address various administrative matters relevant to the Autism SIG. The Autism SIG brings together those who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the education and treatment of individuals with autism throughout the lifespan. The SIG was created to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of autism treatment, to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatment, and to support consumers of ABA services. The Autism SIG maintains a website and publishes a quarterly newsletter to provide clinicians, educators, and parents with information regarding scientifically supported interventions for individuals with autism. Other ongoing initiatives include participating in the ABAI annual convention and autism conference exhibitions, presenting an annual student research award, and maintaining consumer guidelines for identifying, selecting, and evaluating behavior analysts working with individuals with autism. All are welcome to attend.

 
 
Business Meeting #102
University of West Florida Office of Applied Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W175a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Presenting Authors:

Faculty appreciation meeting. Instructors of the office of ABA at UWF are welcome to meet and greet with office of ABA staff and fellow instructors. Come meet with us! We work together in an online community. This is an opportunity to connect with your peers and support staff.

Keyword(s): faculty, instructor, uwf
 
 
Business Meeting #102a
Behavior Analysis and Technology SIG
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W179b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Zachary H. Morford (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:
The Behavior Analysis and Technology SIG (BAT SIG) was created in 2014 with the mission to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. The organization strives to: 1. Serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members. 2. Disseminate information to inform its membership and promote its mission to a wider audience. 3. Organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG. Join us at our inaugural business meeting, where we'll further organize the SIG, elect officers, and set initial and longer term goals and activities.
 
 
Business Meeting #103
Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W175c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group meeting is to generate interest, foster collaborative research, share clinical information, and impact training, practice, and reimbursement for pediatric feeding disorders.

Keyword(s): feeding, feeding disorders, food refusal, pediatric
 
 
Business Meeting #104
Neuroscience SIG Business Meeting
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W176a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: John C. Neill (Long Island University)
Presenting Authors:

To discuss the revitalization of the Neuroscience SIG and establish a leadership structure.

 
 
Business Meeting #105
Direct Instruction Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W181b (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Ann Filer (Beacon ABA Services)
Presenting Authors:

Evidence-based instructional practices benefit all students and are essential for effective outcomes. Direct instruction is effective, efficient, and evidence-based. Please plan to attend the Direct Instruction SIG business meeting and join us in promoting research-validated instructional practices.

 
 
Business Meeting #106
Applied Behavior Analysis India
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W182 (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Association for Behavior Analysis of India)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this business meeting is to provide information on India through a short, 10-minute video presentation. This will show what India looks like, how special needs centers in India work with children, and how ABA is practiced. For those interested in studying ABA in India, information on travel and work opportunities will be provided. We invite all students and professionals to attend this meeting.

 
 
Business Meeting #107
New York State Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W184bc (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Deborah A. Napolitano (University of Rochester)
Presenting Authors:

The New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) is the official representative for behavior analysis across New York. NYSABA is the state affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts. NYSABA represents families, practitioners, and scholars committed to research and practice of behavior analysis. We sponsor local events and run an annual conference. NYSABA currently has more than 400 members and keeps them in touch with events that affect those of us here in New York State. NYSABA supports quality education for human services in New York state through the applications of ethical, humane, and effective principles of behavior analysis. NYSABA is committed to continuing its leadership in New York on behalf of our constituents--researchers, practitioners, and the consumers of behavior analytic services.

 
 
Business Meeting #108
Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W184d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Ellie C. Hartman (University of Wisconsin-Stout)
Presenting Authors:

WisABA's quarterly membership meeting, with a special welcome to new and interested members.

 
 
Business Meeting #109
Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W183a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Jason N. Simmons (Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA))
Presenting Authors:

Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis (KYABA) meets each year at the ABAI annual convention to review and update members and potential members on the recent accomplishments and the upcoming year's initiative. This year, the discussion will focus on increased membership, discussion of fall events, and planning for future endeavors. In addition, updates to our interactive website (kentuckyaba.org) as well as ongoing state issues will be addressed.

 
 
Special Event #110
Board Coordinators Meeting
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W474a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:
This is a closed meeting of the ABAI Board Coordinators and the Council Presidents.
Keyword(s): board coordinators
 
 
Business Meeting #112
Spanish Special Interest Group (Special Interest Group Espanol)
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W181c (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Mapy Chavez Cueto (Alcanzando)
Presenting Authors:

To serve as a meeting point for ABAI members from countries where Spanish is the first language. The purpose is to establish communication and idea exchanges among this group.

Keyword(s): spanish, español
 
 
Business Meeting #113
Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W184a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Kimberly Henkle (Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis)
Presenting Authors:

This is an open meeting for anyone who wants to know more about HABA's efforts to disseminate behavior analysis to the island of Hawaii. The purpose of this meeting is to review the year 2013 and to outline future directions. All behavior analysts, consumers, or students residing or practicing in Hawaii are invited to attend.

Keyword(s): annual meeting, Hawai'i, Oahu
 
 
Business Meeting #114
Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
Saturday, May 24, 2014
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
W181a (McCormick Place Convention Center)
Chair: Matthew T. Brodhead (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors:

The annual business meeting of the Ethics and Behavior Analysis SIG of ABAI will consist of reviewing the annual goals from the previous year (May 2013 through April 2014) as well as to develop annual goals for the coming year (May 2014 through April 2015). All current and potential members are welcome to attend and participate in the business meeting.

Keyword(s): Ethics, SIG
 
 
Expo Poster Session #115
Accredited Programs
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1.

ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs in Special Education at The Ohio State University

SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University at Newark), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Kathy Lawton (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

The Ohio State University's ABAI-accredited graduate programs in special education have been advancing the study of applied behavior analysis for the past 40 years. In 2011, OSU's special education graduate programs were the recipients of the SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Our contributions include hundreds of published peer-reviewed journal articles and dozens of books. The greatest contributions of OSU's special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program, the first doctoral program to receive ABAI accreditation (1995), is the nation's only special education doctoral program explicitly built upon behavior analysis. This program prepares leadership personnel for special education whose research, teaching, and professional practice are grounded in the philosophy of behaviorism and the methodological and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The MA program, ABAI accredited since in 1995, emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Master's program graduates work as licensed classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or program supervisors in public schools, private schools, or community agencies.

 
2. Applied Behavior Analysis at California State University Los Angeles
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles), Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles), Randy V. Campbell (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: California State University Los Angeles offers a Master in Counseling with an emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis as well as a Applied Behavior Analysis Certificate in Educational Settings for those who already have a masters degree. Our focus is on the philosophy of behavioral science as well as the application of behavior analysis in various settings (home, agencies, schools. etc.). Our goal is for our students to become competent behavior analysts.
 
3. Applied Behavior Analysis at McNeese State University
JOANNA THOMPSON (McNeese State University), Alfred Royal Tuminello Jr. (McNeese State University), Kaycie A. Frey-Stacy (McNeese State University), Lettie Alexander (McNeese State University), Cam L. Melville (McNeese State University), Charlotte Lynn Carp (McNeese State University)
Abstract: McNeese State University (MSU) is a member of the University of Louisiana System, and offers a Master of Arts Degree in Psychology with a concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis. MSU is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International, with coursework approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The course work provides students with the foundation of both psychology and applied behavior analysis. Additionally, students are able to receive clinical experience from the McNeese Autism Program, founded in 2008 by the Department of Psychology. The McNeese Autism Program is located on campus and offers individualized behavioral services to the community at large, while serving as a training site for master’s level students. Supervised experience by nationally board certified behavior analysts and licensed clinical psychologists are available to aid students in their application for national board certification in behavior analysis. Graduate assistantships in the clinic are available to qualifying students. Furthermore, MSU has an animal operant laboratory facility; thereby, allowing students to gain valuable research experience with both humans and animals in single-subject procedures. Following a Master’s degree at MSU, students are fully prepared to either take the BCBA exam or pursue a doctoral degree in psychology or behavior analysis.
 
4. Applied Behavior Analysis at UMBC
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis includes accountability in its service delivery. The UMBC MA track is responsive to the increasing call for such services. The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute’s Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to developing and maintaining such a program. Our track is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis and the Behavior Analysis Certification Board, so that students who have completed our MA degree have met the course work requirement for sitting for the BACB certification examination.
 
5. Applied Behavior Analysis at University of Houston-Clear Lake
LAUREN PLAISANCE (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Trena Rouse (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Molly Shireman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kally Luck (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in psychology and applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in the basic principles of learning and the application of these principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children and adults with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school and clinic settings. All students complete a major research project and community presentation prior to graduation. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. Graduate assistantships, paid internships and other forms of financial assistance are available to qualifying students. The coursework also prepares graduates who are interested in becoming Licensed Psychological Associates. Furthermore, graduates will be prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis.
 
6. Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program at West Virginia University
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Ezra Garth Hall (West Virginia University), Stephanie L. Kincaid (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The behavior analysis program at West Virginia University trains students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however, students may emphasize basic, applied, or both types of research.
 
7.

Behavior Analysis at California State University, Stanislaus

WILLIAM F. POTTER (California State University, Stanislaus), Jane S. Howard (California State University, Stanislaus), Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus), Carrie M. Dempsey (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract:

CSU Stanislaus has a comprehensive Master's degree in Behavior Analysis leading to the BCBA and to the MFT (if desired). We are accredited by ABAI and our program is approved by the BACB, and certified by the BBS (Board of Behavioral Sciences California). In addition we have a new international dual MA in Behavior Analysis in which students study abroad in Wales and Poland, and receive a $12,000 stipend. We have five Ph.D. level Behavior Analysts in the department, have a working animal lab, and good relations with the community thus offering unique opportunities for practicum placements. Additional information can be obtained by contacting Dr. Bruce Hesse at bhesse@csustan.edu or Dr. Bill Potter at wpotter@csustan.edu.

 
8.

Behavior Analysis at Queens College and The Graduate Center, The City University of New York

JACK SPEAR (Queens College and the Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis Training Area of the City University of New York Doctoral Program in Psychology, located at Queens College, offers doctoral students in Psychology training in the experimental and applied analysis of human and animal behavior, including behavioral neuroscience and behavioral pharmacology. Students and faculty investigate a wide spectrum of behavioral processes, from environmental and neural perspectives, through lectures and experimental laboratory course work, advanced seminars, informal student- faculty discussions, practica, internships, and individual research projects. Faculty and students publish regularly in peer-reviewed journals on a wide variety of research topics. Faculty members serve on the editorial boards of major behavioral journals, and are strongly represented at major national and international conferences and organizations. The Learning Processes and Behavior Analysis program is accredited in behavior analysis by the Association for Behavior Analysis and is license-eligible for New York State.

 
9.

Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology

DAVID A. WILDER (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M. Chong Crane (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis programs at the Florida Institute of Technology (Fl Tech) in Melbourne, FL will be presented. The Master of Science programs in Applied Behavior Analysis, Organizational Behavior Management, and Applied Behavior Analysis plus Organizational Behavior Management will be showcased. Fl Tech also offers a Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis; this program will also be described. Faculty, coursework, practica, and research opportunities will be highlighted.

 
10.

Doctoral Degree, Masters Degree, and Minor in ABA the the University of South Florida

RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Blair (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Andrew Samaha (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of South Florida offers the doctoral degree and masters degree in ABA and also offers a minor in ABA. The doctoral program, started in 2013, was designed to meet ABAI accreditation requirements. The doctoral program has a focus on training in research and teaching with a mentorship or junior colleague model of training. The masters program, started in 2006, is accredited by ABAI. The masters program course sequence and practicum training program are both approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) for BCBA certification. The masters program provides integrated training in science and practice with substantial practicum training as well as research training with a thesis requirement. The ABA minor was started in 2012 and the course sequence is approved by the BACB for BCaBA certification.

 
11. Florida State University Panama City Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
H. ALLEN MURPHY (Florida State University at Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City)
Abstract: The Florida State University master's program began in 1999 under the direction of Jon Bailey. The curriculum is specifically designed to prepare students to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts upon graduation to practice in a variety of settings. All instruction is provided face-to-face by PhD-level Board Certified Behavior Analysts with a combined experience approaching 100 years. Currently, all students receive assistantships including a tuition waiver for their work with approved behavior analytic agencies including the Early Childhood Autism Program which is based at the Panama City campus. This is a highly selective program accepting approximately 17 students each year from a much larger applicant pool. Students have the option to live in Panama City of Tallahassee and are encouraged to gain experience across settings and populations via their assistantship and practicum placements.
 
12. Graduate Training in Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas
DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (The University of Kansas), Adam M. Briggs (The University of Kansas), Todd Merritt (The University of Kansas), Austin O'Neal (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster (The University of Kansas), Brent Kaplan (The University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Abstract: The department's graduate program trains scientist-practitioners and researchers in the discovery and production, translation and application, and communication of knowledge in the behavioral sciences for understanding and solving problems of societal importance. For this, the department offers a Master of Arts (M.A.) in applied behavioral science and a Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in behavioral psychology. In both degree programs, the department requires (a) a sequence of courses that integrates the basic principles of behavior, experimental methods and research design, and conceptual foundations with (b) training in basic, applied, and intervention research. Among the areas of application are early childhood, education, developmental disabilities, adolescence, family enhancement, independent living, physical disabilities, and health promotion and community development. Other areas are described in the graduate application materials available from the department and on the web site. Since its inception, the department has received notable grant funding for its research and training. In 2000, it received an award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions by the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis.
 
13. Hybrid Graduate Training from Southern Illinois University in Chicagoland and Online
RACHEL ENOCH (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University), Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), Kelly M. Vinquist (Trinity Services, Inc.)
Abstract: The Behavioral Analysis and Therapy Program at SIUC was the first master's degree program in the world in behavior analysis and continues to be a prominent research institute in the field. Our program is devoted to the empirically based development and application of learning principles to a wide variety of human needs. The master's training program at SIUC has a five-year accreditation from the Association for Behavior Analysis. Currently, SIUC is the only school in Illinois and one of only 11 nationally to have this distinction. SIUC has an approved course sequence from the Behavior Analysis Certification Board for both on-and off- campus courses that prepare the student sit for the BCBA exam. The faculty facilitates, and training opportunities are growing year after year. The program offers students the unique opportunity to tailor the program to meet their desired interests. Our graduates are in extremely high demand; the program has a 99% success rate for job placement after graduation. Most graduates have starting salaries ranging from $55,000-$65,000.
 
14.

Masters and Ph.D. Training at Southern Illinois University

KARL GUNNARSSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University), Joel Eric Ringdahl (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Southern Illinois University Carbondale offers Masters and Doctoral level specialization in Behavior Analysis and Therapy. The masters training program at SIUC has a five-year accreditation from the Association for Behavior Analysis. The behavior analysis and therapy program is devoted to the empirically based development and application of learning principles to a wide variety of human needs. Training is offered in behavioral practice, research and theory as it applies to problems such as child abuse and neglect, developmental disabilities, chronic medical conditions, and traumatic head injury. The Masters degree requirements are to ful?ll 45 semester hours, and the doctoral degree requirements are 96 semester hours for the doctoral courses (up to 30 hours from a masters degree may be included). The faculty facilitates, and training opportunities are growing year after year. The program offers students the unique opportunity to tailor the program to meet their desired interests. Our graduates are in extremely high demand; the program has a 99% success rate for job placement after graduation.

 
15. M.S. Program at Jacksonville State University in Alabama
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Jacksonville State University, nicknamed The Friendliest Campus in the South, is nestled in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL. The masters program in psychology is the only ABAI accredited program in Alabama, and it offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board-approved program of study. Our students complete seven required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, as well as six related elective courses, which include practicum and research opportunities. Our overarching goals are to teach future applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and to train them in the implementation of scientifically validated behavioral procedures. Our students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility and can practice applying behavioral principles in basic and applied settings through our recently established Center for Behavioral Studies. Our poster provides more detail about our faculty, coursework, research, and practicum opportunities.
 
16. Behavior Analysis Program at University of Nevada Reno
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This year marks the 24th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2014: • We were awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010. • The Program has Conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees. • The On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. • The Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations.
 
17. Satellite Master’s Program in Behavior Analysis at the University of Nevada, Reno
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Satellite Master’s Program in Behavior Analysis (SMPBA) was initiated by the Behavior Analysis Division of the Psychology Department at UNR in 1995, and has been in continuous operation since that time. The SMPBA is one of three programs operated by the Division of Behavior Analysis in the Department of Psychology. The program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations.
 
18. St. Cloud State University: Applied Behavior Analysis Program
ERIC RUDRUD (St. Cloud State University), Kimberly A. Schulze (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: St. Cloud State University offers undergraduate and graduate training in Applied Behavior Analysis for on-campus and distance students. We also offer approved courses that lead toward becoming a BCBA and BCaBA in both on-campus and on-line format.
 
19. The Graduate Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences  ), Laura E. Lyons (Columbia University)
Abstract: We will present the MA and Ph.D. programs in teaching as applied behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training program that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated data analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R & D) CABAS model schools, where our students and graduates work and train.
 
20. University of Cincinnati ABAI Accredited School Psychology Programs
RENEE HAWKINS (University of Cincinnati), Janet L. Graden (University of Cincinnati), Julie Morrison (University of Cincinnati), Tai Collins (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: The ABAI accredited Ed.S. and Ph.D. School Psychology Programs at the University of Cincinnati are dedicated to preparing highly competent professional school psychologists in accord with the scientist-practitioner model. As a result of their comprehensive training, graduates are prepared to make significant contributions to the challenging field of education through up-to-date professional practice, research, child and family advocacy, and leadership for best practices. The poster will describe the training model and curriculum of the Programs and provide important information for those considering a career in school psychology.
 
21. Western Michigan University's Behavior Analysis Program
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Western Michigan's Behavior Analysis Program is an ABAI accredited program. We offer both master's and doctoral training programs in behavior analysis. Primary specialty areas are: developmental disabilities, basic operant research with humans and non-humans, organizational behavior management/performance management, behavioral pharmacology, and behavioral medicine. We utilize a mentorship model for all training.
 
22.

Graduate Training in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas

RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The mission of the Department of Behavior Analysis is to provide a program of learning opportunities for graduate and undergraduate students that is nationally recognized for excellence and that establishes knowledge and skills that allow graduates to compete successfully in and make significant contributions to society; to contribute to the discipline of behavior analysis and to the community by conducting applied and basic research that furthers understanding of human behavior and results in demonstrative positive behavioral change; to form lasting partnerships, in the region, nationally, and internationally; and to develop behavioral solutions for social problems at local, national, and international levels. This poster will present opportunities for interested students to learn about opportunities for training and research across the wide range of faculty expertise offered at UNT's Department of Behavior Analysis. Experience in research and application is offered in areas including intervention for autism and related disabilities, applied behavior analysis with animals, verbal behavior, college teaching and learning, behavioral pharmacology, behavior analysis of memory, and more.

 
Keyword(s): expo poster
 
Expo Poster Session #116
Graduate Training Programs
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. Western MIchigan University: Industrial-Organizational Psychology Master's Program
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The master's degree program in I/O Psychology in the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University prepares students, through a combination of classroom and practical training, for human resource and organizational development positions in business, consulting, and human service organizations. Students may elect a program of study that enables them to enter the work force after graduation or pursue doctoral training. Many graduates of the program continue their training in our behavior analysis Ph.D. program, studying with the same faculty members who advised them in the master's program. Graduates who seek employment after receiving the M.A. degree are qualified for jobs that involve personnel training and development, productivity and safety improvement, quality enhancement, work process improvement and organizational systems analysis. These jobs are usually found in human resource departments, process management departments, or consulting firms. The program requires the completion of 36 credit hours. The conceptual basis of the program is behavior analysis. Thus, evidence-based environmental-change strategies are emphasized throughout the curriculum. Program options There are two options in the program: •The practicum option prepares students to enter the work force when they graduate and requires a minimum of 6 credit hours of practicum. •The thesis option prepares students for doctoral training and requires students to conduct a 6-credit hour research study.
 
2. ABA Master's Program at CSU Fresno
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Amanda N. Adams (Central California Autism Center), Criss Wilhite (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program at Fresno State is a part of the Psychology Department and housed in the College of Science and Mathematics. Our program has a number of exciting campus facilities including the Central California Autism Center, a newly constructed building, and state-of-the-art classrooms and laboratories. Our students receive extensive education in the philosophy, principles, research methods, and applications of ABA, as well as intensive practicum experience that includes early and intensive behavioral intervention for children with Autism, the reduction of a wide range of intensive problem behaviors, general skills acquisition, social skills training methods, and parent training. Additional faculty research interests include verbal behavior, perspective taking, health, sport, and fitness interventions, and environmental sustainability.
 
3. Applied Behavior Analysis at Aurora University
STEPHEN F. WALKER (Aurora University), Autumn N. McKeel (Aurora University)
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) at Aurora University prepares individuals to address significant challenges in today’s society. The ABA program emphasizes a natural science approach to the study of human behavior. The program will introduce students to ways of viewing everyday behavior that differs from the way behavior is typically talked about in everyday speak. Students will be introduced to the basic research that serves as the foundation for applied behavior analysis, and how basic research has given rise to effective behavioral treatments addressing behavioral challenges. Students will have the opportunity to exercise skills learned in the classroom at practicum sites that have been selected because of the high quality services and the range of experiences the sites provide.
 
4. Applied Behavior Analysis at Central Washington University
WENDY A. WILLIAMS (Central Washington University), Sadie L. Lovett (Central Washington University)
Abstract: CWU offers a Master of Science degree in Experimental Psychology with a specialization in ABA. The program is designed to meet the coursework requirements necessary to sit for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s® (BACB®) examination. Graduate students are prepared for a professional career as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA®); including hands-on training with adults and children with developmental disabilities. Students are trained to provide programmatic habilitative services by addressing the goals of mastering new skills and ameliorating behavioral problems. Degree requirements focus on integrating foundational and specialized coursework with practical experience in real world settings. In addition, the program arranges approximately 800 hours of BCBA®-supervised internship. The program emphasizes ABA intervention across the entire lifespan. Internship sites have included the Ellensburg and Selah School Districts, The Trellis Center for Adults with Autism (occupational habilitation center), Children’s Village in Yakima, WA, and NW Behavior Associates and Blueprints, Inc. in Seattle, WA. Graduates must complete additional internship hours to be eligible to sit for the BCBA® exam. Students interested in obtaining a Masters degree in other fields (e.g. Special Education, School Psychology or Family Studies) may enroll in the ABA courses and work toward meeting the BACB® ‘s academic requirements.
 
5. Applied Behavior Analysis at CSUN; Master's in Behavioral Clinical Psychology (California State University, Northridge)
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: The Behavioral Clinical Psychology Master's program at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) provides high quality graduate education and practical training in Applied Behavior Analysis. We designed the curriculum to meet the needs of students who wish to become effective and professional scientist-practitioners to make a positive difference in the lives of others. Our students received two years of coursework in behavior analytic concepts, behavior measurement, intervention methods, as well as advanced coursework in human development, pathways to psychopathology, research methodology, and ethics and family relations. Our students complete a series of oral examinations as well as a culminating project prior to graduation. Our dedicated faculty, supervise students through various community-based university practica experiences and research projects. While we prepare our students to practice as Master's level Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), we also provide the research experience and foundations necessary for students who wish to pursue rigorous doctoral programs nationwide.
 
6. Applied Behavior Analysis at George Mason University
THEODORE A. HOCH (George Mason University), Christine Hoffner Barthold (George Mason University), Kristy Park (George Mason University)
Abstract: George Mason University houses an Undergraduate Minor in Applied Behavior Analysis, a Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis, and a Master's Degree in Special Education with a Concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis, as well as opportunities to earn the BCBA-D credential. We offer practicum and research opportunities at all levels. Faculty from our BACB Approved Applied Behavior Analysis training programs will be present to talk with all interested parties.
 
7. Applied Behavior Analysis in Downtown Chicago: MS and PhD Programs at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology
DIANA J. WALKER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Klapatch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Downtown Chicago! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA. Our MS in ABA program includes a BACB-approved course sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities working with a variety of populations in a variety of settings. Our PhD in ABA program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as to become lead practitioners and consultants in the field. Both programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have a faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is located right on the river in downtown Chicago, easily accessible by public transportation. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, to enjoy views of the river and downtown Chicago from the classrooms, and to take advantage of all that Chicago has to offer!
 
8.

Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at Georgian Court University

DAVID M. WILSON (Georgian Court University), Christopher J. Perrin (Georgian Court University, Melmark), Stephen M. Levine (Georgian Court University), Theresa Brown (Georgian Court University)
Abstract:

This poster provides an overview of the programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Georgian Court University. The psychology department offers both an undergraduate concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis and a Master of Arts graduate program. The programs at both levels are designed to provide students with the knowledge and competencies to deliver effective behavioral programs to individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Courses provide training in the philosophy of behaviorism, basic and applied principles, assessment and intervention strategies, as well as ethical practice in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Both the undergraduate and graduate programs include course sequences and a practicum option that have been preapproved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. therefore, students may be eligible to sit for the certification exam upon graduation. Georgian Court Universitys values-based approach to education creates a personalized, positive experience where each student is encouraged and supported to challenge themselves and succeed.

 
9. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at Regis College
LAUREN BEAULIEU (Regis College)
Abstract: Regis College offers a 45 credit Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis. Students enrolled in our MS in ABA program will learn how to apply behavior-analytic procedures to solve behavioral problems of social importance and improve conditions for dependent or at-risk populations. Our programs are designed to provide a comprehensive overview of the science of learning across diverse applications and allow students to specialize in an area(s) of interest during their practicum experience. A fundamental assumption underlying the ABA Program at Regis College is that students need multiple opportunities to gain practical experience to apply theory to practice. We prepare students to become effective practitioners through three semesters of supervised practicum at sites located in the community as well as completing a culminating thesis. Students can complete the MS in ABA program in as little as 2 years of full-time study. Our programs are designed to both prepare students to effectively enter the workforce upon graduation and provide a strong foundation for students wishing to pursue doctoral work in behavior analysis.
 
10. Behavior Analysis and Behavior Therapy Graduate Training Programs at Eastern Michigan University
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University), Chelsea Dore (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Eastern Michigan University offers graduate education in clinical behavior analysis and behavior therapy at the master's level (2 years, thesis optional) and the doctoral level (APA accredited, 5 years with 4 years of tuition and stipend support) levels. The program is supported by seven behavioral faculty members with specialties in anxiety disorders, autism, basic behavior analysis, child and family therapy, sexual deviance treatment, and developmental disabilities. An on-campus psychology clinic and various basic and applied laboratory facilities are available. The graduate course of study prepares the graduate to be a BCBA and for licensure at the master's and doctoral levels. A master's in experimental psychology, including options for behavioral research is available (thesis required).
 
11.

Behavior Analysis at Auburn University

TYLER GODSY (Auburn University), Odessa Luna (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract:

The Department of Psychology at Auburn University offers a non-thesis program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The full-time program requires three consecutive semesters (12 months) of coursework and intensive practicum training. Practicum training involves a practicum course, small group supervisory sessions, and individual supervisory meetings. Students receive training at multiple sites, including an inclusive preschool, behavioral assessment and treatment clinic, parent and in-home training for foster, adoptive, and birth families, and a school-based treatment facility for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Agency Fellowships are available to qualified students. These fellowships are sponsored by public and private human service agencies in Alabama and around the country. The fellowship helps pay for tuition and provides the student a monthly stipend. Students accepting fellowships agree to work for the sponsoring agency for one year immediately following graduation. Auburn's application deadline is February 15th and interested students can learn more about our admission process at www.auburn.edu/psychology/aba.

 
12. Behavior Analysis at Missouri State University
ANN ROST (Missouri State University), David Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University)
Abstract: The Department of Psychology, in conjunction with Special Education, now offers a Master's Degree in Applied Behavior Analysis. The program allows students to specialize in application with Autism Spectrum Disorders, as well as provides training and research opportunities for those students interested in doctoral study. This is a two year, five semester, program that includes practicum work. Students will complete the necessary coursework to prepare them to meet certification requirements.
 
13. Behavior Analysis at Rowan University
MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Abstract: Rowan University is a rapidly growing public university located in southern New Jersey, approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan currently offers Behavior Analyst Certification Board ®, Inc (BACB®) approved undergraduate and graduate coursework sequences for the BCaBA and BCBA. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 36 credit hour program that fulfills the degree and coursework requirements for the BCBA. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Studies (CAGS) is an 18 credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA for individuals who already possess a master’s degree in an approved field. The post-baccalaureate in ABA and undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services satisfy coursework requirements for the BCaBA. The training provided in Rowan’s on-campus undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis are designed to provide students with a strong foundation in science of behavior and advanced skills in diverse applications of behavior analysis. Students are heavily involved in grant-supported faculty research and supervised fieldwork that represent a broad range of behavior analytic applications including pediatric feeding disorders, promotion of health behavior, drug & alcohol treatment, behavioral parent training, and the treatment of emotional/behavioral disorders, autism, and other developmental disabilities.
 
14. Behaviour Analysis at the University of South Wales
Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales), AIMEE GILES (University of South Wales), Richard May (University of South Wales)
Abstract: With close to 100 years of experience in higher education, the University of South Wales has played a significant role in the economic, social and cultural advancement of Wales. The university’s MSc in Behaviour Analysis and Therapy, housed with the School of Psychology, is designed to equip students with a solid foundation in cutting-edge behaviour analytic research and practice skills. Our course team have a range of specialisations, ensuring that students gain an understanding of the scope of behaviour analytic science and application. The program is approved by the Behaviour Analyst Certification Board and includes 120 credits of taught modules and a 60-credit dissertation. The university’s on-campus clinic, combined with partnerships with local schools and service providers, provide a wealth of settings and populations for research and practical experience.
 
15. Brandman University Pre-approved BCBA Course Series
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC)
Abstract: The Brandman University Program offers the BCBA course sequence for those seeking certification at the Masters level (Courses EDN9005-9010), in a self-paced, online format. Exam Prep and Mock Exams are offered to students as supplemental material. Brandman University arranges for supervised experience hours, and matches the student with a qualified supervisor, which may be provided online via our Onsync System. Oversight and instruction for the courses is provided by Dr. Michael Weinberg. Dr. Weinberg received his Ph.D. in 1985 in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior program at Temple University, and B.A. in psychology and ABA in 1977 at the E. K. Shriver Center and Northeastern University. He has been on the part-time faculty of Temple University’s Psychology Department, and is adjunct faculty at St. Joseph’s University and Salem State University. Dr. Weinberg is a licensed psychologist in three states, and Board Certified Behavior Analyst- Doctoral, with over 30 years of experience providing behavior analysis services and intervention to many client populations, ages, and behavior problems. He is founder and president of Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC and has published articles and book chapters in behavior analysis including juvenile justice, functional analysis, and reactive attachment disorder and other areas.
 
16. California State University, Sacramento: Applied Behavior Analysis Program
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.A.-level board certified behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis or Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Our program is known for its focus on training a small group of scientist practitioners. Most of our graduates publish their research in peer reviewed journals. Our facilities include human and animal (rats) operant laboratories, and a clinical suite for treatment research. Students obtain clinical experience at approved paid internship sites providing early intervention services to children with autism. The ABA program coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA).
 
17. Capilano University Bachelor of Applied Behaviour Analysis - Autism
RICHARD A. STOCK (Capilano University), Brenda Fossett (Capilano University)
Abstract: The Bachelor of Arts Degree in Applied Behaviour Analysis - Autism is a unique degree program in British Columbia. At this time, it is the only baccalaureate program in Western Canada that blends rigorous academic training and professional supervised experience. This program has tremendous potential to improve the lives of families who are currently struggling to find competent professionals in the field of behaviour analysis. At present it is estimated that 1 in 88 children meet the criteria for Autism Spectrum Disorder and applied behaviour analysis is the only scientifically validated treatment that has been shown to be effective. In British Columbia alone, there are nearly 1,000 children under the age of 6 and 6,000 children over the age of 6 who receive funding from the Ministry of Child and Family Development for services, and many of these families cannot access well-trained professionals. Graduates of the program will have completed academic coursework and supervised experience towards eligibility to write the Behavior Analyst Certification (BACB) exam to become an assistant Behaviour Analyst (BCaBA) and work under the supervision of a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst.
 
18. Centre for Applied Disability Studies Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Opportunities
ALISON ROTHWELL (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University  )
Abstract: Brock University in St. Catharines, Ontario, offers two Masters Degrees in Applied Disability Studies with in ABA. These programs allow both full-time (2-years) and part-time study (3-years). Both the MA and MADS offers the BACB approved graduate level coursework necessary to apply for certification as a BCBA. Students have the option of applying for two types of Masters degrees: a Masters of Arts (MA) which requires a MA thesis and is geared towards students interested in research careers pursuing a Ph.D.; and a Masters in Applied Disability Studies (MADS), which is for professionals. We also have a Grad Diploma that is for students with a Masters degree who wish to take the BACB approved course sequence for BCBA. For students who pursue a MA degree, stipends and bursaries are typically awarded. MADS courses are geared towards students who work full-time and are offered one weekend per month blended with online study in Toronto, Hamilton and Ottawa. Eligibility requirements for admission to the Masters programs include a 4 year Bachelors degree in a related area of study and relevant field experience. Two Ph.D programs (Clinical Psychology and Applied Disability Studies/ABA) are under development.
 
19. Chicago School of Professional Psychology in Los Angeles: MS and PhD programs in Applied Behavior Analysis
LESLIE A. MORRISON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles Campus)
Abstract: The Chicago School, Los Angeles (TCS LA) MS and PhD programs in ABA were launched in Fall 2008 at the Southern California campus. The program is designed to meet the needs of working professionals wanting to obtain comprehensive graduate training in Behavior Analysis. The TCS LA ABA program is designed to prepare students in a wide variety of specialization areas. Coursework covers all domains of Behavior Analysis including ABA, EAB, Service Delivery and Theory and Philosophy. Program requirements include: thesis, applied project, dissertation, comprehensive examinations, and practicum.
 
20. Clinical Health/Pediatric School Psychology Doctoral Programs With ABA Specialty at East Carolina University
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Emmi Scott (East Carolina University)
Abstract: East Carolina University has pediatric school and clinical health psychology programs that lead to a Ph.D. in health psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychologist. Students are admitted to one of two concentrations within the program: Behavior Medicine or Pediatric School Psychology. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program is a five-year, full-time, post-baccalaureate program. The 105 semester hour curriculum includes the following components: a core curriculum focusing on the biological, social, and cognitive-affective bases of behavior, health psychology and behavioral medicine, and research (statistics and research design); courses specific to the students chosen concentration, including courses on health assessment and intervention and applied behavior analysis; a series of research experiences culminating in an empirical dissertation and completion of a one-year pre-doctoral internship meeting the requirements of the APA and/or the Association of Psychology Pre-doctoral and Internship Centers.
 
21. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell College
TINA SIDENER (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College)
Abstract: Caldwell College, a private liberal arts college located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community 20 miles from New York City, is home to three graduate programs in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The Post-Master’s Program in ABA consists of a BACB-approved eight-course curriculum (24 credits). These same courses make up the core of the 45-credit Master's program in ABA. Building on the success of these programs, Caldwell College also offers a 45-credit post-Master’s in ABA Ph.D. program (90 credits total). Students in the MA and Ph.D. programs are required to complete a research thesis and dissertation, respectively. Both graduate programs prepare students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. Caldwell College is also home to the state-of-the-art Center for Autism and ABA, which provides a BACB-approved practicum experience (optional for graduate students), and both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the autism community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell College to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience.
 
22. Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism program (LIDA) at Sam Houston State University
AMANDA BOSCH (Sam Houston State University), Kristina Vargo (Sam Houston State University)
Abstract: The Low Incidence Disabilities and Autism program (LIDA) at Sam Houston State University is a BACB-approved course sequence that provides training to acquire either an M.A., M.Ed., or post-Master's certificate. The program provides all of the coursework and practicum required in order to be eligible to take the BCBA exam. The program has been designed for working professionals. Classes are offered in the evenings and during the summer at the campus in Huntsville and at the University Center in The Woodlands. New and exciting changes are occurring in the program as we modify the course sequence and curriculum, create new research and practicum sites, and increase the potential for student funding.
 
23. Masters Program in ABA at the University of Nebraska-Omaha
JENNIFER M. KOZISEK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lisa Kelly-Vance (University of Nebraska-Omaha)
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Program (ABAP) is a collaborative program managed jointly through the University of Nebraska-Omaha (UNO) School Psychology Program and the Psychology Department at the University of Nebraska Medical Centers (UNMC) Munroe-Meyer Institute (MMI). Each departments faculty contributes unique experience and expertise in the areas of applied behavior analysis. The ABAP trains students in an applied behavioral analytic orientation to provide much needed services for children with behavioral disabilities. In addition, the ABAP prepares students to be mental health practitioners with advanced knowledge and skills related to the provision of behavioral therapy for children. Students who graduate from the program will be eligible to sit for the examination for certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), as the ABAP course sequence and practicum experience have been approved the Behavioral Analyst Certification Board. Furthermore, graduates will have obtained the prerequisites for Provisional Licensure as a Mental Health Practitioner (PLMHP) in the state of Nebraska. The ABAPs mission is to graduate students who have met high levels of academic excellence relevant to the knowledge and skills of applied behavior analysis.
 
24. Masters in Behavior Analysis Program at LIU Post
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University), Gerald Lachter (Long Island University)
Abstract: Long Island University, Post campus, has a new masters in behavior analysis program. Students can get hands on research experience in behavior of human and non-human subjects, including pigeons, mice and rats in our state-of-the-art animal behavior laboratories. In addition, students who wish to work with individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders will discover a rich network of contacts and placements that allow practicum experience working with diverse populations. Faculty interests include experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, applied behavior analysis and the neurosciences. Some of our recent Masters students have gone on to PhD programs in behavior analysis and are now working in the Long Island area, and networking opportunities are extensive. Students may also obtain a certificate in applied behavior analysis, which will prepare them for the educational requirements for possible board certification in behavior analysis.
 
25. Master of Science in Behavior Analysis at Briar Cliff University
COREY S. STOCCO (Briar Cliff University)
Abstract: We designed the Master of Science in Behavior Analysis program at Briar Cliff University to prepare students for careers as behavior analysts across a variety of populations and settings. Courses focus on the principles of behavior and their flexible application to a wide variety of socially significant problems. Students get hands-on practica experiences in different areas: working with individuals with autism, working on sports skills with college athletes, and working on professional skills with college students. The program faculty includes Stephanie Hood, Todd Knealing, and Corey Stocco. The approximate timeline for program completion is 2 years.
 
26. Masters Programme in Applied Behaviour Analysis at the Bangor University, Wales UK
MARGUERITE L. HOERGER (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Sandy Toogood (Wales Centre for Behaviour Analysis and University of Wales, Bangor), Stephen J. Noone (Bangor University), Elin Mair Walker Jones (Bangor University)
Abstract: In 2003 we developed the first Masters course in Applied Behaviour Analysis in Europe. The course is designed and taught by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and has been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) as providing content eligibility for students to sit the full BCBA exam (3rd Task List). In line with the British University system, the course is offered at three levels: Post-graduate Certificate, Post-graduate Diploma, and Masters. In the design and running of the course we have attempted to use behavioural principles in the instructional materials, learning environments, and in the assessment of students learning. We utilise computer based instructional packages, direct instruction, and, Precision Teaching approaches, such as SAFMEDS and Standard Celeration Charting. The course can be taken in one year or on a part-time basis (either two or three years in duration). Each year we enrol approximately 60-70 students from a wide range of backgrounds: early autism intervention projects, challenging behaviour units, social services, special education, and new graduates. Our main aim is to make a significant contribution to training competent behaviour analysts in Europe.
 
27. National University of Ireland, Galway, PhD in Applied Behaviour Analysis
MEGHAN BRAHM (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: The Doctor of Philosophy in Applied Behaviour Analysis is a structured four-year Ph.D programme of study. This qualification articulates with the existing Master of Science in Applied Behaviour Analysis, thereby ensuring that graduates possess high level research skills in both practice and research. The programme combines a Ph.D thesis with the taught academic components and supervised work experience of the existing MSc programme. Graduates will therefore be qualified to work in the full spectrum of applied (educational and clinical), research, and academic settings.
 
28.

Online Graduate Education in ABA at The Sage Colleges

DANA R. REINECKE (The Sage Colleges), Benjamin C. Mauro (The Sage Colleges, Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) at The Sage Colleges offers a Master of Science degree in Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism, as well as a Certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis for candidates who already have a Masters degree in a related field. Both programs are delivered completely online, allowing students to learn from any location. Full-time and adjunct faculty teach from all over the United States and Canada. CABA provides a BACB-approved course sequence in both programs, preparing students to sit for the BACB exam. An optional practicum sequence provides the opportunity to get supervised experience, or students can obtain experience on their own. The Masters program includes additional coursework specific to autism and research. All students are encouraged to design and conduct individual research projects as part of their coursework. Although our programs are delivered entirely online, we strive to foster faculty-student relationships, as well as student interactions throughout the program.

 
29. Penn State Harrisburg Master of Arts Degree in Applied Behavior Analysis
JULIE A. ACKERLUND BRANDT (Penn State Harrisburg), Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg), Richard M. Foxx (Penn State)
Abstract: The Master of Arts program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Pennsylvania State University Harrisburg is a growing program that aims to a.) instruct graduate students in the basic principles, theories, and research methodology of Applied Behavior Analysis and Experimental Analysis of Behavior; b.) teach procedures for the systematic application of behavioral technology in natural environments; and c.) provide practical experience in behavior assessment, and designing, implementing, and evaluating behavioral intervention programs. The graduate-level course sequence has been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BCBA) and includes internship and research opportunities. This program is unique in Pennsylvania and offers the opportunity to work with world-renowned faculty and is intended for both full-time and part-time students. The overall training model emphasizes the core areas of the discipline including the scientific basis of behavior analysis, as well as, how biological, social, and individual differences affect human behavior. Training emphasizes the development of both assessment and intervention skills. The program provides a strong foundation in ABA which prepares students to seek employment as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst or to apply for admission into a Ph.D. program to continue advanced study in applied behavior analysis or the experimental analysis of behavior.
 
30. Post Graduate Opportunities in Behavior Analysis in Norway
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences)
Abstract: Post-Graduate Training at the Program for Learning in Complex Systems, OAUC, Norway The Program for Learning in complex systems at the Institute of Behavioral Science, Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences offers post-graduate training in behavior analysis. We will present details about the Master and the PhD program, which have been running respectively for 10 and four years.
 
31. Saint Louis University Applied Behavior Analysis Programs
JOLENE R. SY (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: We encourage you to apply to one of the three degree programs offered by Saint Louis University (SLU). Why choose SLU? We offer two master's degrees and a post-master's certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). The programs offer face-to-face interaction with dedicated faculty, in-person classroom experience that allows students to practice professional and collegial skills necessary to be an effective practitioner, and rigorous coursework introduces the whole spectrum of ABA, rather than simply preparing for the certification exam. Students gain opportunities to integrate research, course work, and practice through practica and opportunities to participate in research team(s). SLU graduates have a BCBA exam pass rate higher than the national average. In addition, all SLU ABA program graduates have been offered jobs prior to graduation.
 
32. Science, Skinner, and Surf: Behavior Analysis at the University of North Carolina Wilmington
EMILY G. BLINN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kathleen L. Hodskins (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Billie J. Klein (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: At the University of North Carolina Wilmington, we are dedicated to providing a well-rounded educational experience in the experimental analysis of behavior whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have two tracks in our Master's program in psychology in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods, and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. In addition, students complete an empirical thesis with an individual faculty member. Students in our applied behavior analysis tract take additional courses in clinical psychology, complete a 10-week practicum course, and a 6-month internship. After graduating, the ABA students are eligible to sit for both the BACB certification exam and the NC licensure as a psychological associate. Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI.
 
33. The University of Texas - Pan American: Board Certified Behavior Analyst Concentration/Certificate Program
ZINA A. ELURI (The University of Texas-Pan American), Frederick A. Ernst (The University of Texas-Pan American), Mark Winkel (The University of Texas-Pan American), Valerie Nicole Neeley (The University of Texas-Pan American), Valerie (Wendy) James-Aldridge (The University of Texas-Pan American)
Abstract: The Psychology Department in the College of Social and Behavioral Sciences at The University of Texas-Pan American offers two master's degree options in Clinical Psychology and Experimental Psychology. This program also offers a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) Concentration for students interested in pursuing certification as a behavior analyst, while also obtaining a master's degree in Psychology. In addition, The University of Texas-Pan American offers a certificate program for individuals who have already obtained a master's degree in psychology or education and want to pursue certification through the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The psychology department offers the curriculum that has been approved by the BACB and prepares students with the necessary coursework required to take the certification exam. This program consists of faculty who have broad experiences in working with animals and individuals. Many students have the opportunity to be crossed-trained in working with both animals in the Behavioral Neuroscience Lab or in the Gladys Porter Zoo and with individuals in the community or in the Rio Grande State Center, among other areas. For more information regarding this program, please contact Zina Eluri, PhD, BCBA-D at eluriza@utpa.edu or visit the website at www.utpa.edu/psychology.
 
34. Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis
CHRISTY WILLIAMS (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Joseph H. Evans (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: (a) behaviorism, which focuses on the world view or philosophy of behavior analysis; (b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and (c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyses and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica.
 
35. University of Oregon Graduate Training Program
TIFFANY KODAK (University of Oregon)
Abstract: The school psychology program at the University of Oregon is an APA-accredited program with a behavioral orientation. We offer a BACB pre-approved course sequence and intensive practicum experience that leads to eligibility to obtain certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. UO offers a master’s and doctoral degree in school psychology. The master’s degree requires 2 years of coursework and an internship. Students who earn their master’s degree are eligible for licensure as a school psychologist upon completion of their training. The doctoral degree includes 5 years of coursework and a 1-year internship. Students earning a doctorate degree are eligible for licensure as a psychologist. In addition, our program is in the process of developing a master’s program in applied behavior analysis. Our faculty members have expertise in a variety of areas within the field of behavior analysis including the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior, early intervention, instructional design, and curriculum-based measurement.
 
36. University of Saint Joseph Behavior Analysis Programs
DEIRDRE LEE FITZGERALD (University of Saint Joseph), John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract: The Master of Arts program in Behavior Analysis is a BACB approved 45 credit graduate training experience culminating in a thesis research project. Students complete the program in two years full-time or three years part-time and have the option to conjointly enroll in a competency-based Supervised Experience in Behavior Analysis Track. In addition, the Institute for Autism and Behavioral Studies at USJ offers a Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis, Graduate Certificate in Autism, Certification Preparation Track in ABA, and the Assistant Certification Preparation Track in ABA. Graduate students enjoy small classes that provide an intimate co-educational learning environment designed for a diverse group of working professionals, as well as personalized attention from knowledgeable professors who are recognized in their field. Competitive research assistantships, internships, and employment assistance are provided, as well.
 
37. Michigan State University: Graduate Training Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism Spectrum Disorders
SUMMER FERRERI (Michigan State University), Marisa H Fisher (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University)
Abstract: The Special Education Program at Michigan State University offers two online Graduate Programs of interest to individuals seeking a career in behavior analysis. The Master’s Degree with an endorsement in Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and the Graduate Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) programs prepare students as scientist practitioners to develop, supervise, and deliver behavior analytic programming to children with autism and related disorders. Students in these programs complete several applied projects with individuals with disabilities and under the supervision of MSU faculty. The ASD coursework fulfills the requirements in the state of Michigan for a teaching endorsement in ASD. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc.® has approved the ABA course sequence as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination®. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. Students can develop a program of instruction consisting of the Masters with ASD endorsement and ABA certificate, or can complete one of the two programs.
 
38. Applied Behavior Analysis and Temple Univesity
MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), Amanda Guld Fisher (Melmark)
Abstract: Temple University features interdisciplinary graduate programs in behavior analysis at master's and doctoral levels. Temple's nationally known behavior analysis faculty hold leadership positions in regional and national behavior analysis organizations, and their research regularly appears in the highest quality journals of the field. The M.S.Ed. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis, established in 1991, involves faculty in special education, school psychology, and psychology programs. M.S.Ed. ABA students complete practica in a variety of settings and learn applications of behavior analysis in drug treatment, behavioral safety, autism intervention, academic and functional assessment, and other areas. Students work closely with faculty on community and school-based research in the Philadelphia area. Doctoral training opportunities in special education, school psychology, and psychology are available with assistantship opportunities for doctoral students. Temple and Melmark, Inc., located in Berwyn, PA, have a collaborative partnership in which employees complete Board Certified Behavior Analyst coursework on Melmark's campus through Temple and receive BCBA supervision through Melmark.
 
39. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Arkansas
ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: The University of Arkansas currently offers a graduate certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The graduate certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis offers a coursework sequence that has been pre-approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. The curriculum scope and sequence aligns with the current course requirements set forth by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. The graduate certificate can be completed 100 percent online and within an 18-month time frame. In addition to the pre-approved course sequence, the University of Arkansas also offers an on-site practicum opportunity through the University of Arkansas ABA Family Service and Research Clinic. Within the clinic, students have the opportunity to work as instructors for learners with autism, while under the direction and supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts-Doctoral. The University of Arkansas is located in Fayetteville, Arkansas. Prospective students will need to be admitted to the University of Arkansas Graduate School. The Graduate School requires the scores from the Graduate Record Examination and a minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 in the last 60 hours taken in the undergraduate program or evidence of an earned graduate degree.
 
40. Shenandoah University's Graduate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis
BRANDON GREENE (Shenandoah University), Jason Herbert Craig (Grafton), Autumn Kaufman (Commonwealth Autism Services), Courtney L. Vaughan (The Aurora School)
Abstract: Shenandoah University is located less than an hour from the nation's capital in the heart of Virginia's historically rich Shenandoah Valley. In the Fall of 2013 it admitted its first class of students in its new Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The program is designed to accommodate "traditional" students as well as non-traditional students who may be working full or part time. In particular, classes are scheduled in the evening and the practicum requirements of the program are structured so that students can maintain gainful employment at sites where the professional staff closely collaborate with faculty to provide exceptional supervision for students. This arrangement provides financial support for 100% of the students while allowing them to accrue the experience necessary for practicum credit and to satisfy the experiential requirements of the BACB. The program can be completed in 4 semesters and offers coursework not only in the familiar areas of developmental disabilities but in areas at the cutting edge such as child welfare and foster care. In addition, the ABA Program at Shenandoah will be offering a BACB approved 6-course sequence for students who already have Master's degrees in related fields. All instruction is provided face-to-face, hands-on by experienced faculty and is not relegated to an on-line approximation or to an inexperienced graduate student.
 
Keyword(s): expo poster
 
Expo Poster Session #117
Boards
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. ABAI Membership Board
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus)
Abstract: This poster will present an update of the Membership Board's efforts over the past year.
 
2.

ABAI Affiliate Chapters Board

GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Abstract:

The mission and activities of the ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board will be presented. Information regarding chapter locations, membership, and activities also will be presented. Data will be displayed via charts and graphs.

 
3.

ABAI Science Board

M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
Abstract:

The ABAI Science Board promotes basic and applied science within the organization. It supports invited addresses and symposia at the annual meeting and three B.F. Skinner lecturers. The Science Board organizes the review process for SABA and Bijou Fellowships. The Science Board also maintains a liaison with the Federation of Behavioral and Brain Sciences, which ABAI is a member of.

 
4. ABAI Student Committee
ZACHARY H. MORFORD (University of Nevada, Reno), Megan D. Aclan (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Jonathan E. Friedel (Utah State University)
Abstract: The mission of the ABAI student committee is to provide organizational support for ABAI student members that will promote participation in ABAI, enhance professional development, and enable contribution to the science of behavior analysis. The ABAI student committee is comprised of three elected student representatives who serve on the ABAI executive council for a three year term. Zachary Morford is the current representative, Megan Aclan is the past representative, and Jonathan Friedel is the representative elect. Each representative is in charge of managing the activities of one of three sub-committees, which are comprised of students representing graduate and undergraduate programs in behavior analysis.
 
5. ABAI Education Board
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: The mission of the Education Board is to develop, improve, and disseminate best practices in the training and professional development of behavior analysts. Our major efforts include recruiting training programs for ABAI accreditation and reaccrediting programs with existing status. The Education Board is also pursuing the recognition of ABAI's accreditation process by the Council of Higher Education Accreditation.
 
Keyword(s): expo poster
 
Expo Poster Session #118
SIGS
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1. Autism Special Interest Group
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services), John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract: The Autism Special Interest Group (SIG) brings together those who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the education and treatment of individuals with autism throughout the lifespan. The SIG was created to promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of autism treatment, to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatment, and to support consumers of ABA services. The Autism SIG maintains a website and publishes a quarterly newsletter to provide clinicians, educators, and parents with information regarding scientifically supported interventions for individuals with autism. Other ongoing initiatives include participating in the ABAI annual convention and autism conference exhibitions, presenting an annual student research award, and maintaining consumer guidelines for identifying, selecting, and evaluating behavior analysts working with individuals with autism.
 
2. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group
JULIA H. FIEBIG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, imbalances of environmental sustainability. Information on BASS mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format.
 
3.

Behavior Analyst Online Journals: Special Interest Group

MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis Online (BAO) is a collection of journals now in its 13th year of operation published by the American Psychological Association (APA). BAO journals are in the areas of the experimental analysis of behavior, applied behavior analysis, and clinical behavior analysis. The BAO SIG was created to disseminate research and theory to behavior analysts worldwide. The BAO SIG poster will update ABAI members on current developments, editorial boards, journals published by the BAO, publication schedules, and website information. Membership in the BAO SIG will also be made available.

 
4.

Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group

JONATHAN C. BAKER (Southern Illinois University), Maranda Trahan (Trahan Behavioral Services), Allison A. Jay (American Lake Veterans Administration), Vinh Dang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yash P. Manchanda (Retired - Part Time Practice)
Abstract:

Behavioral gerontology is the application of behavior analysis to aging and age-related issues. By the year 2030, nearly 20% of the American population will be over the age of 65. Nearly every specialty area within the field of behavior analysis will be affected, as most areas have an older population. As individuals get older, they are forced to deal with the various issues that are unique to this time in life. However, many of the clinicians trained to work with certain populations do not have the additional training to deal with the behavioral issues that occur in aging settings. The mission of the Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group is to provide intellectual, clinical, and organizational support to professionals interested in aging and to foster behavior analytic research in aging. Additionally, we provide support to professionals in other areas of behavior analysis to help them affectively deal with aging issues.

 
5. Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College)
Abstract: The Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group poster will update ABA-I members on current developments and activities.
 
6.

Behaviorists for Social Responsibility

RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work at the University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Behaviorists for Social Responsibility is an ABAI SIG that encourages behavior analysts to contribute to Global Political Liberation; Participatory Justice; Environmental and Wild" Justice; Sustainable, Aesthetically Rich Life Styles; Human and Collective Rights; and Restorative and Participatory Justice through behavior analytic and behavioral systems science for practice, advocacy, activism, media outreach and publication. The SIG is affiliated with the interdisciplinary journal Behavior and Social Issues, works to bring speakers and presentations related to socially important issues to the ABAI Convention and conferences, and encourages networking for progressive social action.

 
7.

Clinical SIG

EMILY THOMAS JOHNSON (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants LLC), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

The Clinical Special Interest Group of ABAI is dedicated to facilitating collaboration of researchers and clinicians in further development and application of applied behavior analysis in clinical populations. We will be distributing the latest issue of our newsletter at the ABAI Expo. Please stop by and get connected with others in this exciting field.

 
8.

Direct Instruction Special Interest Group: All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful!

ANN FILER (Beacon ABA Services), Wendy L. Littleton-Kozma (Evergreen Center, Criterion Child Enrichment, BEA)
Abstract:

Evidence-based instructional practices benefit all learners, and are essential for effective outcomes. Direct Instruction is effective, efficient and evidence-based. To be effective, the instructional process must be efficient and designed to maximize learner engagement. However, effective instruction further requires that the educator be knowledgeable and skillful in several critical domains. The successful educator is able to identify the essential skills or learning objectives to be taught and utilizes effective procedures for teaching those skills; this includes evaluating, selecting, and modifying instructional programs and materials to meet the unique needs of the learner. The effective instructor utilizes assessment data to appropriately place learners and to regularly monitor their progress. The successful educator utilizes effective lesson presentation techniques including appropriate pacing of instructional tasks, attending to the motivation of learners, and the diagnosis and correction of learner errors. Importantly, the effective instructor analyzes assessment data and uses assessment results to guide instructional decision making. The Direct Instruction philosophy: All Students Can Learn and All Teachers Can Be Successful! Please plan to attend the Direct Instruction SIG business meeting and join us in promoting research-validated instructional practices!

 
9.

Dissemination of Behavior Analysis

AMANDA N. KELLY (Malama Pono Autism Center), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Megan Miller (Navigation Behavioral Consulting), Melissa Engasser (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center), Rachel N. T. Freedman (Massachusetts School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (DBA-SIG) gathers to explore ways of sharing and advancing the science of human behavior, spreading information and providing access to behavior analysis to the public at large. The DBA-SIG stresses the importance of using language that is friendly and easy to understand: providing a sense of what exactly our science is and helping society realize all its possibilities. This SIG should be of interest to every behavior analyst, as without the support of the general population, our science will never reach its full potential. Every behavior analyst should be continually working to put forward a positive image of our science and its practitioners.

 
10. Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
DAVID J. COX (STE Consultants, LLC)
Abstract: The mission of the Ethics and Behavior Analysis (EBA) SIG is to enhance the current state of and provide recommendations for ethical conduct for all individuals who use the title "behavior analyst."
 
11. Evidence-Based Practice Special Interest Group
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
Abstract: The Evidence-Based Practice Collaborative, a special interest group (SIG) of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, was founded in 2007. The purpose of the Evidence-Based Practice SIG is to promote socially important behavior by facilitating effective and sustainable practices in real-world settings. Our goal is to maintain a SIG that reflects member input and focuses on a select number of activities that can be completed within the year. We believe EBP serves as an important approach with which behavior analysts should be familiar. The purpose of this Expo poster is to provide an opportunity for ABAI membership to interact with EBP SIG executive committee and to learn more about the importance of evidence-based practice for behavior analysts. In this Expo poster, we seek to help members find out how you can become involved with our SIG and why it benefits them to be familiar with this approach. It is important that we focus our efforts on those activities that are meaningful and achievable.
 
12.

Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group

ERIC A. JACOBS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Career Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention; (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research; and (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior

 
13. Health, Sports, & Fitness Special Interest Group
JENNIFER KLAPATCH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annabelle Winters (Garden Center Services, Inc.), Bobby Newman (Room to Grow)
Abstract: The mission of this SIG is to bring together and support behavior analysts with personal and/or professional interests in the areas of health, sport and fitness. Goal 1: To bring together increasing numbers of behavior analysts with a professional and/or personal interest in the areas of health, sport & fitness. Current activities and goals are (1) to bring together increasing numbers of behavior analysts with professional and/or personal interest in the areas of health, sports, and fitness, (2) to highlight behavioral research and application in the areas of health, sport and fitness (3) to expand current methods of communicating with SIG members and other interested parties (4) to provide incentives and support to student members conducting research in these areas and (5) to provide activities and events that will strengthen collaborative efforts among members.
 
14.

History of Behavior Analysis

EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This poster describes the purpose, mission, objectives, and purview of the Association for Behavior Analysis's Special Interest Group for the History of Behavior Analysis (HoBA). Our purpose is to advance behavior analysis, nationally and internationally, through a greater understanding of its history. Our mission is to advance that understanding. Our objectives are to (a) cultivate and nurture, (b) enrich and improve, and (c) communicate and disseminate the field's history. Our purview is the field's long past, short history, and recent origins, both internal and external to the field. Internal history includes the field's research methods, sciences, conceptual systems, philosophies, professions, and institutions, as well as its scientists, scholars, and professionals. Its external history includes the field's historical, social, and cultural contexts. At the moment, our activities include maintaining a Listserv (HOBA@LISTSERV.UHD.EDU) and holding an annual business meeting at the ABAI conferences. The poster will describe considerations for future activities (e.g., a web site, annual ABAI HoBA symposia, an awards program).

 
15. Human Development Special Interest Group
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The poster outlines the aims and interests of the Human Development Special Interest Group, formerly called the Developmental Behavior Analysis SIG. This SIG emphasizes empirical and conceptual analyses of environment-behavior interactions in basic science and applied contexts within and across particular developmental periods. Its purview includes animal as well as human research, theory, and applications. Members of the DEV SIG typically participate in the program at annual meetings of ABAI in symposia, paper sessions, and poster sessions. The DEV SIG also sponsors a B. F. Skinner Lecturer, an invited paper presentation, and an invited tutorial. Information about DEV SIG membership requirements and responsibilities will be available at the SIG table. Information about colleges and universities that provide graduate education in relevant disciplines will also be available, emphasizing ones that house members of the SIG. The DEV SIG publishes a journal, the Behavioral Development Bulletin, and encourages DEV SIG members and nonmembers to submit manuscripts on topics related to the aims and interests of the SIG. All submissions are refereed, and submitted manuscripts must conform to rules of style and format specified in the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association.
 
16. Military and Veterans' IssuesSIG: By the Numbers
KENT CORSO (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC), Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: The Military and Veterans Issues Special Interest Group (MilVet SIG) has been formally active for about two years. Despite continued strategic challenges of gaining official recognition by the Department of Defense (outside of Tricares ECHO Program for Autism) and the Department of Veteran Affairs, the MilVet SIG is persisting in operational-level efforts using applied behavior analysis to help these populations. This EXPO poster lists numerous statistics about the current state of the military and veteran populationby the numbers. The poster also summarizes the current MilVet SIG initiatives including: exploration of verbal behavior assessment and intervention for military/veteran patients with traumatic brain injury (TBI); use of self-monitoring and standard celeration charting to help service members/veterans decrease problematic private events (e.g., depression, post-traumatic stress); using modeling to improve accurate use of force and skill acquisition in veteran law enforcement training; and improving military suicide prevention program monitoring via standard celeration charting. With all of these projects underway, and a growing membership, the MilVet SIG has an exciting year ahead! The EXPO poster will provide increased opportunities for recruiting new members and increasing awareness among ABAI Conference attendees as to the issues faced by service members, veterans, and their families.
 
17.

Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts: ABAI Special Interest Group

PREETINDER NARANG (University of Toronto), Robyn M Catagnus (Ball State University), Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts), Sakurako Sherry Tanaka (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts), Dana Garner (Penn State), Jane Yip (Purdue University), Kozue Matsuda (Children Center)
Abstract:

The Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts (MultiABA) is the first non-profit multicultural association established to support the research, growth, and networking around multicultural issues in behavior analysis. Our vision is to connect behavior analysts with a shared interest and/or experience in serving diverse populations, whether they be ethnic, religious, geographic, socioeconomic, or linguistic. MultiABA is eager to share the progress made by the organization with the global community of behavior analysts attending ABAIs 40th annual convention. In 2013, MultiABA published the Standards for Cultural Competence in Behavior Analysis (Hughes-Fong and Tanaka, 2013), a set of ethical guidelines to be used in the development of cross-cultural competency in behavior analytic contexts. MultiABAs next goal is obtaining affiliation with the United Nations, with the intent of participating in the Disabilities Panel of the UN General Assembly in September 2014. Our aim is to discuss the rights of individuals with disabilities, including autism, and advocate for the inclusion of the right to effective treatment for persons with disabilities in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. The members of MultiABA have an ambitious agenda for 2014 and are excited by the growing demand for cross-cultural awareness and training in behavior analysis programs world-wide.

 
18. Neuroscience Special Interest Group
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: We will highlight the main objective and the four missions of our SIG. That is, to bring together researchers, academics, clinicians, and students interested in the intersections of behavior analysis and neuroscience and to: (1) introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and vice versa; (2) provide a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals alike interested in basic and applied neuroscience research; (3) provide a forum for collaborative relationships and the sharing best practices; and (4) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction. We are initiating several projects to increase the SIG’s profile and relevance to ABAI members that will be described. These include creating web resources providing information about techniques and findings relevant to behavior analysts, reaching out to other SIGs interested in the biological correlates of behavior to sponsor and promote relevant presentations at future conferences, and designing educational materials for interest for students, practitioners and researchers. Moving forward on these objectives is our major focus this year and those interested in contributing to this effort or with ideas for additional initiatives are encouraged to visit the expo and become involved in the SIG.
 
19. Organizational Behavior Management Network (OBMN)
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Yngvi F. Einarsson (OBM Network; Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network, founded in 1982, exists in order to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through: Research, Education, Practice, and Collaboration. The OBM Network is a non-profit organization, whose members are consultants, academicians, students, employees, managers, supervisors, and executives. OBM is a science-based approach to improving human performance and execution in organizations. OBM produces significant and measurable outcomes in behavior change, organization and culture change, organizational management systems, and process improvement. OBM practitioners have a bottom-line focus and their work shows substantial and continuing financial impact to organizations. Individuals interested in applying behavioral principles to the improvement of performance in business and industry are encouraged to visit the OBM Network poster to learn more about OBM, the OBM Network, membership benefits, and the 2015 OBM Network Conference. Informational and promotional materials will be available for all visitors and OBM Network staff will be on hand to discuss the Network and its activities, as well as to answer any questions about the Network and the 2015 OBM Network Conference.
 
20.

Parent Professional Partnership SIG

DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment), Pamela H. Gorski (Reaching Potentials, Inc.)
Abstract:

The Parent-Professional Partnership Special Interest Group (PPP SIG) was created in 2001 to help address the needs of parents within the ABAI community. The PPP SIG provides information, networking opportunities and resources for parents attending the annual ABAI Convention. Although the bulk of our efforts center around autism spectrum disorders, parents of children with other disorders and disabilities may be interested in learning more about the SIG. Our ongoing initiatives include: Helping parents involved in applied behavior analytic (ABA) services become more familiar with ABA through information, resources and links Providing parents with access to accurate information from other existing resources via links or summaries Sharing information with parent attendees prior to the ABAI convention Hosting an orientation to parent newcomers at the start of the ABAI convention Creating opportunities for networking Providing a forum for discussion of objectives at our annual business meeting

 
21.

Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group

ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute)
Abstract:

Positive behavior support uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behaviors. Behavior analysts involved in positive behavior support operate in various levels including direct child and/or interventionist level to broad systems level (e.g., schools, organizations). The Positive Behavior Support Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts to discuss issues relevant to the profession. In the last decade, an emerging research base has shown that strategies within the positive behavior support framework have been effective in reducing problem behaviors, increasing appropriate, pro-social behaviors, and establishing positive climates in schools, districts, juvenile justice placements, and other systems. Positive behavior support strategies place an emphasis on prevention and explicit teaching of expected behaviors with reinforcement provided contingent upon performance of appropriate behaviors. A multi-tiered system of support that provides a continuum of behavioral interventions that, conceptually, meet the level of intensity of behavioral needs while addressing 100% of individuals within the system. This poster will provide an overview of positive behavior support, its relation to applied behavior analysis, and the benefits of joining the special interest group.

 
22. Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC)
Abstract: The Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis SIG is dedicated to the establishment of behavior analysis as a unique clinical practice. This Expo poster describes recent efforts and plans for the coming year.
 
23. Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract: The Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group focuses on networking for professionals that work in the field of traumatic and acquired brain injury and related neurological deficits. Areas of interest include neurobehavioral programs, skill acquisition and relearning, community re-entry, military related brain injury, football and sports related brain injury, funding, research, current trends, jobs and student programs.
 
24.

Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice SIG

BRIGID MCCORMICK (Instructional ABA Consultants), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group (STEP SIG) exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex therapy to behavior analysts working in applied settings. STEP SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of human sexual behavior in typically developing individuals, individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, and other populations. Members or this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy, sex education, and sex research. STEP SIG was founded in 2007 and has been providing a symposium at the annual convention of ABAI since its inception, sharing both conceptual and empirical presentations with conference attendees.

 
25.

SIG Espaol

MAPY CHAVEZ CUETO (Alcanzando), Antuanete Chavez (Alcanzando)
Abstract:

El SIG Espaol founded in 2003, seeks to serve as a meeting point for those ABAI members from countries where Spanish is the first language. The purpose is to establish communication and idea exchanges among this group.

 
26.

Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group

TRACIE L. LINDBLAD (Four Points), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, Inc.), Landa L. Mark (Little Steps Therapy Services), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University)
Abstract:

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) SIG poster will provide information about the SIG's mission, the composition of our membership, the treatment and research areas applicable to the members of our SIG, and finally, the various benefits of membership in our SIG. The SIG's mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally oriented speech and language research and the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. Expo attendees to our poster will receive information about SIG membership and its benefits and the resources that are available on the SIG website and the SIG Facebook page. As well, opportunities for participation on various SIG committees will be highlighted. In addition, SIG Executive members will be available at the poster for informal discussions with visitors, to answer specific questions. and, in general, to promote interest in the dissemination of behavioral interventions for speech and language disorders.

 
27.

Standard Celeration Society

KERRI L. MILYKO (Precision Teaching Learning Center), Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Penn State), Kelly J. Ferris (Organization for Research and Learning (ORL)), Charles T. Merbitz (Behavior Development Solutions)
Abstract:

Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society (SCS) has comprised a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies. The societys heritage lies greatly in Precision Teaching and its founder Ogden R. Lindsley, who in 1972 (p. 9) named Precision Teaching because "what was really new in our procedure was precision, we decided to use that as an adjective in front of whatever it was one was doing: hence in our case, "precision teaching." Lindsley (1971) hoped that the standard recording and charting system would be used throughout the behavioral fields as Precision School Psychology, Precision Social Work (Green & Morrow, 1972), Precision Speech Therapy (Johnson, 1972), and so on. Dr. Lindsleys greatest contribution as written in tribute by T. V. Joe Layng was his showing that bringing frequency to the people revealed not only his heart, but the heart that resides in the science of human behavior as well. The Society encourages the development and growth of a science of human behavior and learning, and promotes using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Ultimately, we have a society to create a more loving, less fearful world. Bill Helsel & Kelly Ferris (Executive Council 2008-2010).

 
28. Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University)
Abstract: Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) is a special interest group of the Association for Behavior Analysis. TBA's purpose is simple - to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting where those activities occur. Those settings include formal classrooms; agencies and organizations that design behavioral interventions for children, adults, and animals; business concerns that provide performance management training for their personnel or consultees; and homes where the main concerns are caring and effective child-raising, supportive family relationships, and enjoyable, well-mannered pets.
 
29.

Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group

JUDAH B. AXE (Simmons College), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Kerry Ann Conde (Trumpet Behavioral Health), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell College), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia), Sarah Dickman (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

The mission of the VB SIG is to disseminate theory, research, and practice to parents and professionals worldwide. The VB SIG has a dedicated group of elected council members who carry out the many functions of the VB SIG. First, the VB SIG publishes two newsletters annually that highlight research and practice in verbal behavior with featured labs and interviews. Second, the VB SIG holds an annual student research competition. The best three student winners each receive a plaque, a small check, and a current copy of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior. Third, the VB SIG offers an annual student grant competition in which the winner receives $500 to support her or his project. Fourth, the Jack Michael Award is given to a distinguished researcher in verbal behavior. The VB SIG Council presents these awards at the annual business meeting at ABAI. Finally, the VB SIG Student Group contributes to disseminating information about verbal behavior through the website, Facebook, and other outlets. The VB SIG Expo poster is a wonderful way for people to learn about the many activities of the VB SIG and to get involved.

 
30.

Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group (SIG)

TERRI M. BRIGHT (Simmons College and Massachusetts Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals), Susan G. Friedman (Utah State University), Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
Abstract:

The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: 1) To promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; 2) To advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and 3) To support and promote excellence in the education and research practices of individuals dedicated to the study and management of animal behavior in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. We welcome new members who share our interest in animal behavior and applied behavior analysis. The AAB SIG offers an annual student research award in honor of Marian Breland Bailey. This competition is open to all graduate and undergraduate students presenting their research during the annual ABAI conference.

 
31.

Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group (SIG) and the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Consortium Initiative

TESSA CHRISTINE TAYLOR (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

The mission of the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group (SIG) is to generate interest, foster collaborative research, share clinical information, as well as impact training, practice, and reimbursement for evaluation and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. As such, the SIG attempts to tackle some tough issues that face clinicians who treat children with feeding disorders. Over the past few years, initial steps have been taken to form the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Consortium, a multi-site collaborative effort of programs providing feeding treatment services. The initial purpose of this effort is to better understand existing resources that treat feeding disorders of young children, the techniques employed, as well as costs and outcomes. With this information and the existence of a working consortium, the second objective would be for these programs to work together on improved treatment techniques and outcomes, as well as to help both parents and payers navigate the sometimes confusing process of identifying the best combination of treatment modalities for each individual child. Anyone interested in these issues is encouraged to contact the SIG chair. Input is welcome and appreciated from all interested parties.

 
32.

Behavior Analysis and Technology SIG

JANET S. TWYMAN (University of Massachusetts Medical School/Center on Innovations in Learning)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analysis and Technology SIG (BAT SIG) was created with the mission to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. The organization strives to: 1. Serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members. 2. Disseminate information to inform its membership and promote its mission to a wider audience. 3. Organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG.

 
Keyword(s): expo poster
 
Expo Poster Session #119
Affiliated Chapters
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
1.

ABA Germany

CHRISTOPH F. BOERDLEIN (www.verhalten.org), Robert Schramm (Knospe-ABA)
Abstract:

Forthcoming.

 
2.

ABA Saudi Arabia

MICHELLE P. KELLY (Dar Al-Hekma College), Mona Al Haddad (Dar Al-Hekma College), Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path College), Bethany L. Condo (Little Leaves Behavioral Services)
Abstract:

ABA Saudi Arabia is an affiliated ABAI chapter that was formed in January 2013 and officially granted chapter status in May 2013 during the 39th Annual Convention in Minneapolis, Minnesota. This chapter caters for the entire Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The chapter president is Ms. Mona Al-Haddad, BCBA who is currently a lecturer and practicum co-ordinator and supervisor in the Special Education program in Dar Al-Hekma College in Jeddah. The current poster outlines the background of each of the committee members and describes the numerous achievements of ABA Saudi Arabia since its creation. These accomplishments include the provision of workshops and guest lectures , the development of a website, the publication of bi-annual newsletters, and the creation of a taskforce for the translation of seminal English ABA literature into formal Arabic. The poster also outlines the objectives for the upcoming year.

 
3. Atlantic Provinces Association for Behaviour Analysis
PAUL M. MCDONNELL (University of New Brunswick), Holly Seniuk (University of New Brunswick, Fredericton)
Abstract: In February 2014 the Atlantic Provinces Association for Behaviour Analysis (APABA) was founded. The chapter was formed to bring together behavior analysts and other individuals interested in behaviour anlaysis from across the Atlantic Canada provinces (New Brunswick, Newfoundland and Labrador, Nova Scotia, and Prince Edward Island) to share in research, practice and education. In recent years the Atlantic region has seen a growing interest in behaviour analysis. The mission of our chapter is to find innovative ways to connect individuals interested in behaviour analysis to participate in intellectual exchanges and disseminate the science of behaviour.
 
4.

Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy (BABAT)

STEVEN RODRIGUEZ (May Institute), Alan E. Harchik (Harchik and Associates LLC)
Abstract:

Since 1980, the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy has supported and promoted the professional practice of applied behavior analysis in Massachusetts. To accomplish this goal, we: conduct an annual conference of international scholars, researchers, and practitioners; provide continuing education opportunities for behavior analysts; disseminate professional practice advisory policies; alert members to regional and national issues affecting the practice of ABA; encourage student development and scholarship in ABA; recognize the leaders in the field and their enduring contributions; and support legislative advocacy for the professional practice of applied behavior analysis. During the past year BABAT gathered over 1,200 individuals for its annual conference, supported a members social and professional practice CE event, assisted with legislative activities leading to licensure of behavior analysts in Massachusetts, and have assisted the Commonwealth of Massachusetts with forming a professional licensure board for behavior analysts. Join us at the ABAI Expo to learn more about the chapter and its recent activities.

 
5. British Columbia Association of Behavior Analysis
HEIDI ST. PIERRE (Behavior Consultant), Joan Broto (Semiahmoo Behaviour Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: This poster will highlight the work the British Columbia Association of Behavior Analysis (BC-ABA) has been doing in the past year as a very active affiliate chapter of ABAI. Data will be presented on current and past membership levels, BC-ABA sponsored and co-sponsored events, annual conference attendance and presentation numbers, as well as new developments in behavior analysis in British Columbia.
 
6.

California Association for Behavior Analysis

MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles), Daniel B. Shabani (Shabani Institute Center for Behavior Analysis & Language Development), Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

The mission of CalABA is to promote the science and theory of behavior analysis through the support of research, education and practice. In order to fulfill this mission, CalABA commits to the following activities: Support a certification process for behavior analysts and assistant behavior analysts; Advocate for behavior analysis services and the profession; Promote quality assurance in behavior analysis; Provide resources and information related to behavior analysis; Advance behavior analysis via professional development activities

 
7. Chapter Mexican Society of Behavior Analysis
ROSALINDA ARROYO (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México)
Abstract: The aim of this poster is to explain the main goals and activities of the Sociedad Mexicana de Análisis de la Conducta (Mexican Society of Behavior Analysis; MSBA). The dissemination of behavior analysis in Mexico and other countries is one of the key objectives of MSBA, founded in 1975, which gave collective identity they acknowledged in the experimental and applied analysis of behavior the scientific method of generation and application of psychological knowledge. With the identity was obtained legitimacy and institutional support to the efforts of creating opportunities for the generation, application, dissemination and discussion of scientific knowledge of behavior. Some of the main activities for reaching this goal include the publication of the Mexican Journal for Behavior Analysis (MJBA), hosting annual conventions (with tracks focused on basic, translational, and applied research), and providing behavior analysis workshops. The effort to meet its objectives of promoting and disseminating the analysis of the conduct and disciplinary and social benefits. Continuity, sometimes uncertain, testimony to the academic vigor of those who have sustained and prestigious to work both within itself and on stage MSBA teaching, research and institutional management. Thus, the MSBA brings together those interested in the behavioral sciences under the following general purposes: A) Disseminating knowledge about the behavior analysis among practitioners of psychology and related disciplines. B) Post the Mexican Journal for Behavior Analysis. C) To organize seminars, conferences and scientific events, that promote communication among scholars in behavior analysis in Mexico. D) To establish links with similar associations in Mexico and abroad. E) To advise institutions, organizations and associations on issues related to behavior analysis.
 
8. Connect with Korea ABA at KACBT
JUNG YEON CHO (Daegu Cyber University)
Abstract: Founded in 2008, the Korean Association of Child and Adolescent Behavior Therapy (KACBT) is an affiliated chapter covering the republic of Korea. The mission of KACBT is to support the Behavior Analyst Certification Board as the credentialing body for the practitioners of applied behavior analysis in the region and to promote evidence-based behavior practices in Korea. With approximately 550 current members, the KACBT consists mainly of college members including professors and undergraduate students, but still its membership is widely open for the practitioners, special education teachers and behavior analysts. KACBT organizes training for practitioners and students on assessment and diagnosis of developmental disabilities; evidence-based practices for behavior analysis and intervention; FBA and implementation of the tactics; evaluation of the intervention; presentation of case studies. KACBT holds periodic research seminars and workshops during the spring and fall respectively. The members also gather to present case studies every two years at Green Flower Behavior Therapy, the research and clinical center of KACBT.
 
9. Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis: A Year in Review
SOLANDY FORTE (Connecticut ABA), Elizabeth C. Nulty (Connecticut ABA), Mark J. Palmieri (Connecticut ABA), Steven Woolf (Connecticut ABA), Kristine L. Marino (Connecticut ABA), Felicia Morgan (Connecticut ABA), James W. Diller (Connecticut ABA)
Abstract: This poster is represents the Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) 2013-2014 year in review. The year in review includes information regarding our 10th Annual Conference, including lists of invited speakers and photographs from the conference. In addition, updated information regarding legislation in Connecticut, the 2014 Fall Workshop, supervision workshop, and member meetings. In 2015, CTABA Members will elect a new President Elect, Secretary, Treasurer, Applied and Experimental Representatives, Member at Large, and Student Representative. Election results will be announced at the 2015 Annual Conference. In addition, the 2015 Conference Committee Chairs will change and be headed by the Past President and the new President Elect. For more information about CTABA, please visit our website, www.ctaba.org.
 
10. Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University)
Abstract: The Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis is an affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts. We serve behavior analysts through the state of Delaware and the Eastern Shore of Maryland. Please stop by and see what we are all about.
 
11.

European ABA

ROBERT C. MELLON (Panteion University of Social and Political Sciences), Karola Dillenburger (Queens University of Belfast), Borge Stromgren (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  ), Martti T. Tuomisto (University of Tampere), Neil T. Martin (Antam Ltd.), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences  )
Abstract:

European ABA is an umbrella organization for national organizations of behavior analysis in Europe. http://www.europeanaba.org/ Our mission is 1. To provide an international forum within Europe for the study and discussion of matters relevant to behavior analysis. 2. To encourage high quality education and professional certification throughout Europe. 3. To organize congresses/conferences in experimental and applied behavior analysis. 4. To establish and maintain relations between behavior analysis organizations inside and outside Europe. 5. To maintain web pages/bulletin boards to facilitate communication. For more information about EABA contact us by email to info@europeanaba.org

 
12.

Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) - UK and Europe

J. CARL HUGHES (Bangor University), Michael Beverley (Bangor University), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University)
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group (EABG) is the UKs leading behaviour analysis organisation. With over 400 members we have organised international meetings for over four decades. In the recent past our meetings have been held in the University College London and continue to provide an exciting forum for the dissemination and discussion of high quality behaviour analytic research from across Europe. The EABG now works in collaboration with the European Association for Behaviour Analysis (EABA) and holds biennial meetings. The next meeting of the EABG will be in held in London Easter, 2011. The 2011 meeting will also be marked by a special edition of the European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA). The evidence from the EABG meetings suggests that behaviour analysis in Europe is faring well. The European Association for Behaviour Analysis, and its allied Journal the European Journal of Behaviour Analysis, mark exciting endeavours in the continuing development of behaviour analysis across Europe.

 
13.

Florida Association for Behavior Analysis

KEVIN MURDOCK (Hillsborough County Public Schools, Florida), Dawn Allison Bailey (Florida State University), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City), Kevin Jackson (State of Florida), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
Abstract:

Please visit and say hello to representatives of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis (FABA). Learn about our goals, advocacy, outreach, and other activities. FABA celebrates its 34th anniversary in 2014 and will have its big annual multi-track conference in Bonita Springs from September 1720. A great lineup of invited speakers and other presenters will provide CE workshops on Wednesday and Saturday. Thursday and Friday will be filled with top quality symposia, panels, posters, IGNITE, and other presentations. Favorite special events will include Speed Networking, SIG Roundtable Lunches, Poster Bingo, and more. Please drop by our expo booth to learn more about FABA, give us feedback, ask questions, and get on our mailing list. Don't forget to add www.FABAworld.org to your list of favorite websites.

 
14.

Four Corners ABA

DIXIE D. EASTRIDGE (Learning Services), Nicole L. Bank (The PartnerShip, LLC), Michele Bishop (
Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)
), Leigh Schrimpf (Imagine!), Jeff Kupfer (Jeff Kupfer, PA), Zach Maple (Altitude Behavioral Services), Travis Blevins (Behavior Services of the Rockies)
Abstract:

The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis, an international organization dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analyses of behavior. Our members reside, teach, conduct research and practice primarily in Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico and Utah.

 
15. Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis
KIMBERLY HENKLE (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA) is proud to be an affiliated chapter of ABAI since 2003. HABA is a professional organization dedicated to the practice, research, and dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis. HABA’s mission is to expand behavioral knowledge, support service providers implementing behavioral interventions, and promote board certification in behavior analysis. HABA also sponsors an annual conference, workshops, and various trainings for professional development in behavior analysis. The majority of the membership comprises professionals who are certified by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board or working towards certification. Most of the individuals work for private agencies and use applied behavior analysis to make significant impacts on the lives of individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder or other disabilities. Others are non-BCBAs working within the school system or parents and family members of children with disabilities. HABA focuses on expanding the knowledge of behavior analysis to the larger community of Hawai’i. HABA is dedicated to the science of behavior analysis and committed to promoting research, education and practice based on the principles of behavior analysis.
 
16.

Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis

KATHRYN M. PETERSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Elizabeth Bullington (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Daniel R. Mitteer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center), Terri Newton (Childhood Autism Services, Inc.), Bobbi Hightree (Educational Service Unit #1)
Abstract:

The purpose of Heartland ABA (HLABA) is to promote the analytical science of behavior and its associated technologies within the Heartland area (Nebraska, Iowa, and the surrounding area). HLABA's objectives are to serve as a professional reference group for all in the Heartland whose work involves the principles and practices of behavior analysis; promote research that will advance the understanding of human behavior; identify and promote the use of effective treatment procedures in meeting the educational, therapeutic, and habilitative needs of persons in the Heartland within the ethical guidelines set forth by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board; organize and sponsor training events that serve as forums for presentation of technological achievements in behavior analysis; promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis; and support efforts of allied organizations in providing behavior analytic services.

 
17. Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis
AUTUMN N MCKEEL (Aurora University)
Abstract: The Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (IL-ABA) is an affiliate chapter of Association of Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The goals of the organization include collaboration among Behavior Analysts in Illinois, fostering relationships between practices and Universities in Illinois, and creating a licensing bill for Behavior Analysts of Illinois. This organization will serve as a connection for Behavior Analysis across the state and what we can do to improve relations within the state. The collaboration between Behavior Analysts across the state will allow mutual sharing and a relevant connection to continue effective strategies based on research. By connecting University professionals, students, and practitioners, it will build foundations for contacts, resource management, research opportunities, and experience for students across the state. The annual IL-ABA convention will allow students, practitioners, and researchers to become heard, voice their concerns, and discuss ethical guidelines in practice.
 
18.

Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis

EVELYN JO HORTON (The Homestead), Samantha Cermak (The Homestead), Susan M. S. Smith (Woodward Resource Center), John J. Pokrzywinski (Woodward Resource Center), Sean D. Casey (The Iowa Department of Education), Josh Cobbs (Pier Center for Autism)
Abstract:

The Iowa Association for Behavior Analysis (Iowa ABA) was chartered in June 2008 as a state chapter of ABAI for professional, scientific, and education purposes. Iowa ABA's primary functions include serving as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the State of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists, practitioners, or providers in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis. Iowa ABA supports the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the State of Iowa. The chapter also supports and encourages expanding the educational and supervisory resources to aid individuals in meeting current and future credentialing requirements. Iowa ABA also supports the development of ethical and professional standards of practice for behavior analysts within the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of individuals. Iowa ABA provides education and advises political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA promotes and supports the conduct of behavior analytic research within the State of Iowa. Iowa ABA serves as a resource for parents and service providers interested in research based practices in behavior analysis.

 
19. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis
NAOKO SUGIYAMA (Seisa University), Kenjiro Aoyama (Doshisha University)
Abstract: This poster describes the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. Japanese ABA was established in 1983as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. The number of the membership reached 963 as July 27 in 2013 and provides many services including: to hold annual conventions, to publish official journal twice a year, publish newsletters for times a year, grant a scholarship to 2 students to attend ABAI convention. In addition, we had several special events to celebrate the 30th anniversary of the association in 2013.
 
20.

Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis

EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Jason M. Hirst (The University of Kansas), Jill M. Koertner (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Todd Allen Merritt (The University of Kansas), Nanette L. Perrin (The University of Kansas)
Abstract:

This poster describes the purpose and purview of the Kansas Association or Behavior Analysis (KansABA). Our mission is to disseminate information about the science and practice of behavior analysis; address issues relevant to its science and practice; maintain disciplinary, professional, and ethical standards; and recruit and enhance interest in behavior analysis throughout the State and in the Kansas City metropolitan area. KansABA is governed by an Executive Council that consists of a president, full member representative, an affiliate representative, and a student representative. The Council is assisted by a secretary and a treasurer. In addition, KansABA has a Legislative Affairs Committee, a Membership Committee, Web Site Committee, and a BACB Certification Committee. KansABAs main activity is its annual conferences. Our conferences are built around themes in research, training, and practice in Kansas to inform Kansans. The theme of research-to-practice (and practice-to-research) informs their orientation and the content of many presentations. The theme of this years conference was autism and intellectual and developmental disabilities. This poster will also describe our newest initiatives.

 
21. Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis
STEPHEN FOREMAN (Bingham Gardens)
Abstract: KYABA has continued to grow in membership, organizational structure, and conference attendance. Over the last year, KYABA has put on a series of successful workshops drawing eager crowds from all over the region to our events. These events have offered CEU's and professional networking opportunities to both Board Certified Behavior Analysts, as well as teachers, consultants, and parents who are interested in learning about ABA and service delivery. KYABA continues to grow and serve as the HUB of behavior analysis in the Bluegrass State.
 
22.

Korean ABA

YUNHEE SHIN (Daegu University)
Abstract:

The Mission of the Korean ABA is to contribute to successful research and education for individuals with Emotional and Behavioral Disability and Autism through collaboration with members. Many individuals with EBD in South Korea face various challenges to live in their society. This chapter aims to understand their lives and create and implement various strategies for practical support of their lives via collaboration between their community and this chapters members. In order to support people with EBD, all members felt Applied Behavior Analysis and Positive Behavior Support strategies are powerful for practical support. In addition, the Korean ABA has been highly motivated to work cooperatively with ABAI chapters in different regions to advance scientific and practical application of applied behavior analysis in Korean society.

 
23. Korean Association of Child and Adolescent Behavior Therapy
SANGMIN HAN (Korean Association of Child and Adolescent Behavior Therapy)
Abstract: Founded in 2008, the Korean Association of Child and Adolescent Behavior Therapy(KACBT) is an affiliated chapter covering the Republic Korea. The Mission of KACBT is to support the Behavior Analyst Certification Board as the credentialing body for practitioners of applied behavior analysis in the region and to promote evidence-based behavior practices in Korea.
 
24. Lone Star Association for Behavior Analysis
GERALD E. HARRIS (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: Lone Star ABA (LSABA) serves the greater Houston area. The purpose of LSABA is to promote behavior analysis and its associated technologies in the Houston area. LSABA meets every other month. These meetings provide an opportunity for professional networking, professional discussions, participation on six committees within LSABA, as well as continuing education. Visit us at the Expo to see what we have to offer!
 
25. Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association
JANICE L. HUBER (LaBAA), Kathleen Fontenot (Behavioral Intervention Group), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University)
Abstract: The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and compliance with relevant ethical standards.
 
26.

Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis

GENEVIEVE N. ROY-WSIAKI (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Kirsten M. Wirth (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba), Kerri L. Walters (St. Amant Research Centre, University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

MABA's purpose and mission is to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA's interests lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behaviour (i.e., the experimental analysis of behaviour) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (i.e., the applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in, and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis. To achieve this MABA is committed to ensuring opportunities to meet certification requirements within our province, providing information to our members and to the public about behaviour analysis, and hosting professional development opportunities including our annual conference. In 2013 MABA published 2 newsletters and hosted its 8th annual conference with Dr. Raymond Miltenberger as our keynote speaker. MABA continues to focus its efforts on licensing Behaviour Analysts in the province of Manitoba, increasing membership, and disseminating information about Behaviour Analysis to members of the Behaviour Analytic community and to the public through workshops and our student poster competition, the development of our website and social media, and the distribution of our bi-annual newsletter.

 
27. Massachusetts Association of Applied Behavior Analysis (MassABA)
STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services), John C. Randall (Amego)
Abstract: MassABA has over 700 members throughout the Commonwealth and is an affiliated chapter of the Association of Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). MassABA is honored to represent the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). There are currently over 1,200 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) residing in Massachusetts. MassABA assists in the support and education of individuals receiving ABA services by working behavior analysts to maintain the highest degree of ethical behavior, implement evidenced based practices, and advocating for the adoption of specific professional standards for the delivery of applied behavioral analysis services by the state of Massachusetts. To accomplish this goal, the organization’s main focus is to attract membership from an area with an exceptionally high concentration of behavior analysts. MassABA currently provides monthly CE meetings to promote professional development in the behavior analytic community. CE topics will include ethics, best practices in working with individuals with developmental disabilities, behavior analysis in public schools, organizational behavioral management, and other areas of interest as determined by membership. MassABA’s ultimate goal for 2014 is to produce a sustainable professional association for behavior analysts across the Commonwealth.
 
28. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis
CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: A Midwest Association for Behavior Analysis was founded in 1974 and held its inaugural meeting in 1975 in Chicago. That organization quickly outgrew its regional roots and evolved into the Association for Behavior Analysis, now an international organization. Like the original MABA, we are a membership organization designed to promote scholarly exchange in behavior analysis, primarily through our annual convention. The new MABA took shape officially in 2001 and became an affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis during the same year. Since that time, our annual conference has been held in the Fall and membership is open to anyone with a scholarly interest in behavior analysis. The conference runs approximately 1.5 days on a single-speaker track, featuring talks that span a wide range of behavior analytic topics. This poster will present information about MABA membership, the annual conference, current officers, and the recent goals and objectives of the organization.
 
29. Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis
NATALIE DONALDSON (St. Cloud State University), Timothy R. Moore (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: The Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis (MNABA) was founded in 2005 to provide: (1) a professional network and resource for behavior analysts in the Northland; (2) a forum for members to collaborate, disseminate recent research, share ideas, and discuss needs; (3) a voice to promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis; (4) a resource for those seeking ABA services in the Northland; (5) the organization of an annual regional ABA conference; and (6) a provider of continuing education for professionals in the Northland. MNABA is active in policy, practice, and community conversations throughout our region, has developed a Standards of Practice document, and provides several CEU opportunities throughout the year for its members - including an annual conference in late September and a student-focused Data Blitz in late Winter. Find us at www.mnaba.org and on Facebook!
 
30.

Montana Association for Behavior Analysis

CHERYL A. YOUNG-PELTON (Montana State University in Billings)
Abstract:

The mission of Montana ABA is to support students and professionals in the field of behavior analysis through education, research, and practice. Join us at the ABAI Expo to learn more about the chapter and its recent activities.

 
31.

Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis

REBECCA K. ARVANS FEENEY (
Complete Behavior Health, LLC
), Lauren Diane Brown (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis), Brian James Feeney (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis), Janie Gunther (Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

The Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis is an affiliate chapter of ABAI. Our continued mission is to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied, and practice. Through participation in the Expo, the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis will promote awareness of this affiliate chapter and the resources currently available to members through our interactive website. Additions to our website include a news blog, a discussion forum, new practitioner reports from experts in our area, and articles and updates regarding licensure, insurance billing, and other relevant topics and issues in behavior analysis. NABA will also provide information about its annual, single-track conference held in the Fall in Reno, Nevada.

 
32.

New Hampshire ABA (NHABA)

THEA H. DAVIS (Autism Bridges), Cathy Booth (New Jersey ABA), Jennifer Odierna (Autism Bridges), Rachel Alling (Autism Bridges)
Abstract:

New Hampshire ABA (NHABA) was founded in 2013 to promote the development and awareness of behavioral services within the state of New Hampshire by: supporting the development of state standards for the practice of behavior analysis, promoting and supporting behavior analytic research within the state, promoting research, education, and practice-based principles of behavior analysis, promoting and supporting professional development of behavior analysts within the state, and raising awareness of the association and it services. As a new chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), NHABA has already begun to work on specific tasks to help us achieve our mission as described in this poster.

 
33. New York State Association for Behavior Analysis
Deborah A. Napolitano (University of Rochester), HEATHER WALKER (Pacific Child and Family Associates)
Abstract: The New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) is the official representative for behavior analysis across New York. NYSABA is the state affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts. NYSABA represents families, practitioners, and scholars committed to research and practice of behavior analysis. We sponsor local events and run an annual conference. NYSABA currently has over 400 members and keeps them in touch with events that affect those of us here in New York State. NYSABA supports quality education for human services in New York State through the applications of ethical, humane, and effective principles of behavior analysis. NYSABA is committed to continuing its leadership in New York on behalf of our constituents -- researchers, practitioners, and the consumers of behavior analytic services.
 
34. New Zealand Association for Behavior Analysis
DENYS BRAND (The University of Auckland)
Abstract: The New Zealand Association for Behavior Analysis (NZABA) is an affiliated chapter of ABAI. NZABA holds an annual conference in which several research topics covering both the experimental and applied fields are presented. In addition to the conference NZABA holds educational events that contribute to BACB certification and provide advice to government agencies in relation to best practices for the treatment of autism. NZABA members are represented by a number of universities, training programmes and organisation from across New Zealand and Australia. Research topics in the experimental analysis of behavior include local choice analyses, behavioral momentum, conditional reinforcement, behavioral economics, stimulus equivalence and lag schedules. Some applied research topics include measurement methods, sequential analysis, dementia care and verbal behavior. Research is conducted across a wide range of human (children and adults with intellectual disabilities, people with dementia, care-givers) and non-human populations (dogs, rats, pigeons, possums). This poster will outline the activities of NZABA and some of the universities across New Zealand
 
35.

North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis

Kristie M. Thompson (OptumHealth Behavioral Services), Jim Phillips (Carolina Center for ABA), Vicki Harper (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Nancy Poteet (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Beth Schmitt (Murdoch Developmental Center), Amy Inman (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), R. M. SCHELL (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center), Chris Wensil (Mariposa School)
Abstract:

North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis (NCABA) celebrated its 25th anniversary conference February 19-21, 2014, in Winston-Salem. Our president, Kristie Thompson, coordinated an outstanding array of speakers for our conference including Charlie Catania, Carol Pilgrim, Denny Reid, Marsha Parsons, Jeannie Golden, Jim Bodfish, Cynthia Anderson, Susan Wilczynski and others. The NCABA conference featured fifteen presentations, a poster session and six workshops offered for both behavior analyst and psychologist continuing education credits. Attendees received over 1000 behavior analyst CEs for BCBAs and BCaBAs in NC and surrounding states. Visit our great NCABA website (www.nc-aba.com) for news about next year's 26th anniversary conference in February, 2015, and to view our NCABA newsletters and history of awards. Don't forget to "Catch someone doing good!"

 
36.

Norwegian ABA

TERJE GUNDHUS (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis), Jon A. Lokke (University College of Ostfold), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
Abstract:

Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members, and its steadily growing. The organization is run by a Board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters. The Board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of ABA international.

 
37.

Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis

MORTEN HAUGLAND (Haugland Learning Center), Katelyn M. Fishley (Ohio Dominican University), Maria K. Baerkircher (The Ohio State University), Tracy D. Guiou (B.E.C.A.), Marla Root (Step By Step Academy, Inc.), Jennifer Sweeney (Solutions Behavioral Consulting), Bryan Droesch (Haugland Learning Center), Quinn Catherine Montgomery (The Ohio State University)
Abstract:

Founded in 2008, The Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis (OHABA) is an affiliated chapter of Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The Ohio Association for Behavior Analysis is a professional organization dedicated to supporting the growth and dissemination of applied behavior analysis in the public and private sectors. OHABA is an organization for people interested in behavior analysis and is primarily an interest group.

 
38. Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis
ALBERT MALKIN (ErinoakKids), Jennifer Alice Cunningham (Durham Behaviour Management Services), David Phillips (George Brown College), Nicole Luke (Surrey Place Centre), Kerry-Anne Robinson (Kinark Child and Family Services)
Abstract: The Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis (ONTABA) is a professional organization (ABAI chapter affiliate) with the goals of promoting and supporting an interest in behaviour analysis through demonstration of leadership, knowledge, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis in Ontario. ONTABA was founded in 1992 and has over 300 members from many fields, including psychology, education, developmental services, and corrections, acquired brain injury, and health care. Albert Malkin(President), Nicole Luke (Member at Large), Kerry-Anne Robinson (Member at Large), David Phillips(Treasurer), and Jennifer Cunningham (Secretary)
 
39.

Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis

JENNY FISCHER (Cascade Behavioral Intervention), Maria Lynn Kessler (Oregon Institute of Technology), Jennifer L. Knipling (Oregon Association of Behavior Analysis), Robbin Sobotka-Soles (Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis), Analise A. Herrera-Minteer (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract:

The Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA) is a member organization for professionals, parents, caregivers, educators, researchers and others who are interested in promoting the field of behavior analysis within Oregon. ORABA is an approved chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), an affiliate of the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA) and an approved CEU provider by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB).

 
40. Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology
MONIKA M. SUCHOWIERSKA (University of Social Sciences and Humanities)
Abstract: The poster presents the mission, structure, and history of the Polish Society for Behavioral Psychology (PTPB). Selected events and accomplishments in the years 2002-2014 are listed. The poster also includes a list of major events related to behavior analysis in Poland. The first specialization in ABA (in Poland) is described as well as a joint program of studies (with California State University Stanislaus and Bangor University) focusing on behavior analysis. Lastly, future plans are listed.
 
41. Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Universite de Montreal), Sylvie Donais (Clinique ABA (Montreal)), Myra-Jade Lui (ASD Montreal), Kirsty Robertson (ASD Montreal), Sylvie Bernard (Clinic ABA), Gisela Regli (QcABA Canada), Thiago Lopes (Universite du Quebec a Montreal)
Abstract: The Québec Association for Behaviour Analysis (QcABA) is a non-profit organisation founded in 2010 to promote the science of behaviour analysis in our province and its ethical and effective application to socially important behaviour. Currently, our main goals are to (a) disseminate accurate and updated information on the practice and science of behaviour analysis in both French and English, and (b) advocate for the recognition of appropriate credentials for the practice of behaviour analysis in Québec. To this end, QcABA maintains a website, publishes a newsletter, organises an annual conference, participates in events to promote the effective treatment of autism, and offers continuing education opportunities for practitioners in the field. The poster will provide information about our association such as its structure, board of directors, committees, membership, strategic plan, and ongoing activities. Members of the board of directors will be present to respond to questions about the association as well as to develop partnerships and collaborations with other organisations that share our vision.
 
42. Rhode Island Association for Behavior Analysis
ANDREA CHAIT (Trudeau Center), Jane I. Carlson (The Groden Center)
Abstract: Rhode Island ABA (RI-ABA) is an organization for people interested in behavior analysis. RI-ABA works to promote behavior analysis by: promoting and providing training opportunities in behavior analysis; providing a forum for the discussion of research and conceptual issues in behavior analysis; maintaining a website containing information about the organization and about behavior analysis in Rhode Island and elsewhere; functioning as the Rhode Island contact for and affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI); and promoting cooperation between behavior analytic organizations in other countries, regions, states, and localities.
 
43. Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom)
Abstract: The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work.
 
44.

Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis

ULRIKA LANGH (Stockholm Autism Center and Karolinska Institutet), Ned Carter (SALAR, Stockholm, Sweden)
Abstract:

The Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA) was founded in 1996. SWABA is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden and to promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. The organization currently has approximately 150 members. The interest for behavior analysis in Sweden has grown over recent years, with increasing demands for applied behavior analysis from among parent and support groups for autism and developmental disorders. The interest among professionals is also growing, mainly among psychologists, special educational teachers, and speech therapists. SWABA arranges seminars twice a year and will host the European Association of Behavior Analysis conference in Stockholm in September 10-13, 2014.

 
45.

Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis

SHU-HWEI KE (Seek Education, Inc., and Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis), Yiing Feng Huang (Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis), Sharon Chien Chien (Seek Education, Inc.), Shu-Fen Kuo (Seek Education, Inc.)
Abstract:

Taiwan Association for Behavior Analysis (TABA) was affiliated in 2005 as a national chapter of ABAI. One of our missions is to spread the knowledge of behavior analysis to professionals and parents. In order to dissiminate the practical use of ABA principles in the education and treatment of people with special needs, TABA has been worked closely with the Taiwan government to provide ABA training workshop every year. TABA's accomplishments in the past year are illustrated. These include the 2013 TABA Annual Conference with special topics on intraverbal training, preference assessment, and natural environment teaching, and a series of ABA workshops for parents, teachers, and professionals. TABA also opened the second BCaBA course sequence. Additionally, as TABA develops and matures, demands from both parents and practitioners are increasing on how to systematically apply ABA techniques to teach, how to asses, and what to teach. We are delighted that the Child Welfare Bureau, Ministry of the Interior, acknowledges the needs for training for low income families and provides funding for the training. The goal of this intermediate ABA training workshop is to provide parents with basic knowledge in ABA principles and prepare them to work more effectively for the long term wellbeing of their children. TABA's cooperation with universities and non-profit organizations to promote behavior analysis will be discussed as well.

 
46. Texas Association for Behavior Analysis
JENNIFER N. FRITZ (Texas Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The mission of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis is to advance the science and application of behavior analysis to improve the world in which we live. To that end, TxABA strives to disseminate knowledge from the science of behavior analysis to the public and to professional behavior analysts working in Texas and its neighboring states (Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, New Mexico). Our poster will present information related to annual membership levels, conference participation, TxABA Special Interest Groups, our elected governing council, and contact information.
 
47. Utah Association for Behavior Analysis
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Shawnee D. Collins (Chrysalis), Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA), founded in 2010, seeks to encourage scientific activity, professional training/development, and intellectual activity related to behavior analysis in the state of Utah. UtABA holds its annual meeting/conference in June. UtABA is a BACB-approved Type II ACE provider. Current UtABA officers are Thomas S. Higbee (President), (Secretary/Treasurer), Shawnee Collins and Blake Hansen (Members at Large), and Matthew Brodhead and S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Student Representatives).
 
48. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis
KATHERINE C. LEWIS MASINCUP (Commonwealth Autism Services), Christine Evanko (Snowflakes ABA), Kristin Helgerson (Applied Behavior Consulting, LLC), Charles Brent Martin (Commonwealth Autism Services)
Abstract: Information will be provided that describes the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis (VABA). In particular, we are interested in expanding our membership and further developing our annual meeting to better meet the Behavior Analysts in Virginia. Information regarding the annual conference, topics covered, and contact persons will be provided.
 
49.

Washington Association For Behavior Analysis - Formally - Northwestern Association for Behavior Analyis

Stacey Shook (Washington Association for Behavior Analysis), Christopher Jones (Maxim Healthcare), RICK SHAW (Behavior Issues)
Abstract:

The Washington Association for Behavior Analysis, formally - Northwestern Association for Behavior Analysis was founded in 1989 to promote the ethical, humane and effective application of behavior principles in all segments of society, including education, rehabilitation, developmental disabilities, business, and government. WABAs primary goals are to promote the profession of Behavior Analysis in the community and provide the best continuing education opportunities to members. The Washington Association for Behavior Analysis (WABA), serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. Our goal is to promote research that will advance the understanding of behavior and to identify and promote the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures that meet the educational and habilitative needs of individuals. In addition, WABA strives to serve as a resource for political, legislative, and policy-making bodies in the Pacific Northwest in ways that support the scientific and professional interests of behavior analysis. WABA is a membership organization that provides an annual convention as a forum for presentation of scientific and technological achievements. The association is an affiliate chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis.

 
50. WisABA: Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis
ROGER FRANK BASS (Bass Behavioral Consulting), Ellie C. Hartman (University of Wisconsin-Stout)
Abstract: : The Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis is an affiliated chapter of ABAI and advocates for behavior analysis and behavior analysts in Wisconsin and the Midwest. We hold annual conventions, provide opportunities for earning CEs, lobby on behalf of behavior analysts, hold regional mini-conferences, and culture a better environment for behavior analysis everywhere. Visit our Expo table and learn how your state’s ABAI affiliate works for you. Consider joining in those efforts to bring quality behavior analysis services to our state, to explain the many facets of your field to those who can benefit from them, and how you could help build the future of behavior analysis. WisABA has accomplished much with much more to do and there is undoubtedly a place for your talents. We have initiatives waiting to launch and you no doubt have ideas for how to advance your area’s interests. Become a member of the oldest and largest representative of your field in Wisconsin. We send you our greetings.
 
51. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Chelsea Dore (Eastern Michigan University), Aimee Moore (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills.BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis.
 
52. Behaviour Analysis in Ireland
JULIAN C. LESLIE (University of Ulster), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Maeve Bracken (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract: The "Behaviour Analysis in Ireland" group was set up in 1977, and teaching and research in EAB and ABA continues to flourish in both parts of Ireland. In the early 21st century a decision was made to turn the group into the Division of Behaviour Analysis (DBA), Psychological Society of Ireland, to improve professional recognition. The DBA holds very successful annual meetings covering both ABA and EAB with distinguished guest speakers and workshops. The next one is in Athlone in April 2014. This poster presents the history and current work of the DBA.
 
53. IABA - The Israeli ABA Chapter
EITAN ELDAR (Kibbutzim College), Michal Hirschmann (Kibbutzim College)
Abstract: The Israeli Association for Behavior Analysis (IABA) was established in 2003. IABA held its 11th annual conference on January 2013 and has been preparing the 12th conference for January 2014. IABA has about 120 active members who support ABA in various academic and clinical fields. There are a few hundred professionals taking part in IABA's programs and activities, and over 100 students who are enrolled yearly across two different certification programs. IABA is offering opportunities for CE credits to certified behavior analysts who participate and present in conferences held in Israel. IABA is maintaining the association's website (http://www.iabaonline.com) and a yearly newsletter in Hebrew sharing Applied Behavior Analysis projects and theoretical papers. Recent issue is devoted to Verbal Behavior. IABA, together with the Israeli Association for Certified Behavior Analysts translated to Hebrew the Code of Ethics, Glossary of ABA terms and the BACB task list. IABA goals are to: • Promote ABA as a leading science in human behavior. • Achieve recognition of ABA as a distinct and unique profession by the Ministries of Health and Education. • Establish an ABA peer-reviewed journal in Hebrew. • Establish approved ABA undergraduate and graduate programs universities and colleges. • Promote experimental and applied behavior analysis research in Israel. • Strengthen the ties with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and ABA international, and encourage more Israelis to participate as ABA members.
 
54. ABA International China Chapter
CHEUNG MIAO MIAO (Chinese ABA), Yanqing Guo (Institute of Mental Health, Beijing University), Youjia Hua (The University of Iowa), Jing Zhu (IDEA Specialist Services)
Abstract: The China Association for Behavior Analysis (CABA) is an affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The mission of CABA is to promote and disseminate the science of behavior analysis in the Peoples Republic of China. We aim to achieve this goal by providing training, education, and research for effective application of behavior analysis in the Peoples Republic of China. The purpose of the poster is to first present highlights of our 2013 annual convention in Beijing, China. Our poster will also present information regarding the first Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) approved university courses sequence in China. CABA and the University of Iowa developed a 12-credit, 4-course sequence designed to prepare students who speak Chinese to sit for the BCaBA certification examination sponsored by the BACB. The coursework will be offered to parents and professionals in China through a combination of distance learning and face-to-face seminars. We will discuss future direction of our work in China.
 
55.

Association for Behavior Analysis India

SMITA AWASTHI (Association for Behavior Analysis of India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Geetika Kapoor (Association For Behavior Analysis India), Razia Shahzad Ali (ABA India)
Abstract:

ABA India a Not for Profit, Non Government Organization has been working towards advocating Applied Behavior Analysis in India since 2006. This has led to a gradual increase in professionals seeking to study Behavior Analysis. India today has 10 BCBA's, 3 BCaBA's and another 30 + studying towards certification. ABA India Chapter faces tremendous Challenges in its pursuit of advocating Behavior Analysis and service delivery mechanisms. not only for the Autism community but also the development of behavior principles in other areas of social development. The present scenario includes all Behavior Analysts in India working only in the field of Autism making the community narrow in its focus. Inspite of Government apathy and red-tapism ABA India has conducted 3 well attended ABA Conferences to explain the science, build awareness and initiate dialogue to an audience yet unexposed.

 
56.

Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis

ABIGAIL M. TWYMAN (BASIC in Arizona), Diana M. Davis (HOPE Group), Laura Sabin (The BISTA Center), Bryan J. Davey (Independent Practice), Donald M. Stenhoff (The BISTA Center), Erica Babino (Positive ABA), Sarah Gentry (Gentry Pediatric Behavioral Services)
Abstract:

Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis (AZ ABA) was founded to promote the science of behavior and its associated technologies within Arizona. AZ ABA shall serve as a scientific and professional reference group for all in Arizona who identify themselves as scientists or practitioners in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis. The association will promote research that will advance the understanding of both human and animal behavior and identify and promote the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational, (re)habilitation, and behavioral health needs of persons within Arizona. AZ ABA shall also advise political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis within Arizona.

 
57. Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis
Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University)
Abstract: The Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis (ALABA) serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. ALABA's primary goals are to promote the profession of behavior analysis in the community, to disseminate information responsibly to our communities about best practices in the field of behavior analysis, and to provide the best continuing education opportunities to members. We will present on our annual accomplishments and events. In addition, we will announce our keynote speakers for our upcoming annual convention to be held in Birmingham, AL. Our membership draws from neighboring states, and we encourage anyone living in or moving to Alabama or a surrounding state to visit our poster to learn more about ALABA and how to become involved.
 
Keyword(s): expo poster
 
Expo Poster Session #120
Other Orgs
Saturday, May 24, 2014
8:00 PM–10:30 PM
W375a-d (McCormick Place Convention Center)
147. Advanced Training at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine
TONYA LAMBERT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David Cernikovsky (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jocelyn Stokes (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer L. Crockett (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine provides training in behavioral psychology as it applies to individuals with developmental disabilities, behavior disorders and pediatric problems. This training program, which has been in existence for more than 30 years, is comprised of an American Psychological Association (APA) accredited predoctoral internship program (APA accredited since 1988) and a postdoctoral fellowship program. Since its inception, this training program has been one of the leading training programs in applied behavior analysis and behavioral psychology. More than 500 individuals have completed a predoctoral internship or a postdoctoral fellowship. The department is committed to providing a training environment that facilitates the development of future leaders in the field of behavioral psychology. We maintain a distinguished faculty who serve as role models for trainees. Our faculty, who hold academic appointments at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, have a highly regarded record of research in the areas of severe behavior disorders, functional assessment and analysis, pediatric feeding problems, behavioral pediatrics, parent training, drug and behavior interactions, and functional MRI.
 
148. Association for Science in Autism Treatment (www.asatonline.org)
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment)
Abstract: The vast array of "proposed treatments" for autism can be both overwhelming and confusing for consumers. Sadly, there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers. The Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT) strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals, in fact, for anyone interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to disseminate accurate, scientifically sound information about treatments for autism and to improve access to effective, science-based treatments for all people with autism, regardless of age, severity of condition, income or place of residence. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free quarterly newsletter, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/signup
 
149. Behavior as the Brohaviorist Views It: The Brohaviorside Chatters!
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (Brohavior), Mark Malady (Brohavior; HSI/WARC), Scott A. Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cameron Green (Florida State University, Brohavior), Michael Fantetti (Western New England University, Brohavior  ), Marc D'Antin (Brohavior), Val Saini (University of Nebraska Medical Center), James Booth (Brohavior)
Abstract: The Brohaviorside Chatters are an online community of behavioral neophytes and journeymen that formed in April of 2013. The question usually goes "Why Brohavior?" Well, the name was jokingly suggested at our first meeting and has since stuck. Membership is currently near 50/50 women to men with members stretched across 6 states in the U.S. and across 9 affiliations. Our aim is to create a collaborative environment where students of behavior analysis are exposed to and pursue behavior analytic literature, philosophy and research that is outside of the scope of the BACB approved course sequence. We work towards this mission via the following aims: a private listserv, weekly web-based meetings, settings weekly and monthly goals, tracking goals, and sharing professional presentations. Our main focus for involvement is that you have a passion for behavior analysis and that you are willing to experience the embarrassment, confusion, love, and all of the other baggage that comes with learning new things. If you share a similar interest, then please introduce yourself and chat with us!
 
150. Division 25 American Psychological Association
MATTHEW T. WEAVER (Mercyhurst Univesity), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: Membership strengthens the voice of Behavior Analysis within APA. Your participation ensures that the behavior analytic perspective is represented in governance and that our field’s contributions are recognized by APA. Additionally, members are given the opportunity for recognition and leadership positions. Membership also includes: Bi-yearly newsletter, The Division 25 Recorder, for news, grants, and job postings. Sponsored programs at APA and other conferences (e.g., ABAi). Awards for various accomplishments
 
151. Graduate Internet Coursework in Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas
BROOK B. WHEETLEY (University of North Texas), Todd A. Ward (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas offers a distance program in behavior analysis. This internet program is a sequence of six self-paced courses, designed by full-time faculty, to meet the needs of individuals who cannot obtain coursework in behavior analysis locally. The courses are multimedia, high interactive, and cover the academic content required by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) for BCBAs and BCaBAs. Students may also earn a 18-SCH academic Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis for completing the 6-course sequence.
 
152. ABA in Saudi Arabia: Dar Al-Hekma College BCaBA Course Sequence
Mona Al Haddad (Dar Al-Hekma College), MICHELLE P. KELLY (Dar Al-Hekma College)
Abstract: Dar Al-Hekma College, as a learning community, is committed to the furtherance and enhancement of creativity, excellence, intellect and independent thinking amongst its students. The college awards bachelor’s degrees to students who successfully complete a four-year, college-level curriculum. The college is managed and operated by highly qualified Saudi and expatriate faculty and staff to provide the highest standards of academic services The purpose of the Bachelor of Science degree in Special Education is to prepare students to become teachers at the elementary and intermediate school levels, with a well-balanced knowledge base and skills in identifying learner characteristics, designing curricula and implementing instructional methods to meet the learning needs of exceptional learners. The School of Education and Applied Health Sciences offers an undergraduate degree in Special Education with an emphasis in Autism. The ABA courses are designed to be part of the program of study in the autism track. Upon completion of all courses, the program produces well-knowledgeable professionals skilled in the application of behavior- analytic principles to individuals with ASD. In 2008, the School of Education and Applied Health Sciences at DAH offered the first course sequence in ABA in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the whole region of the Gulf Cooperation Council.
 
Keyword(s): expo poster

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}